Proposed Rule Change Report

Transcription

1 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status GR Description: arabian 2 Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 Governance Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Rule Change Process - Individual Members GR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Licensed Officials Approved (11/12/2018) Description: FEI sanctioned competitions GR Standard 12/1/2018 USEF Officers Approved (1/20/2018) Description: New Competition License Applications GR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (11/12/2018) Description: performance championships GR Description: rider tests GR Description: time-out GR Description: Schooling Rules GR Description: Reporting Falls 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (11/12/2018) 5 Standard 12/1/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Approved (6/11/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) 3 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 Veterinary Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Horse/Pony Collapse GR Description: western dressage 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Licensed Officials Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 Licensed Officials Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western dressage judges GR Standard 12/1/2018 Steward-Technical Delegate Approved Committee (1/20/2018) Description: Minimum Age - C1 Stewards GR Standard 12/1/2018 Andalusian/Lusitano Approved (1/20/2018) Description: A/L dressage sport horse in hand GR Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) Description: American Saddlebred Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 1 of 400

2 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status GR Standard 12/1/2018 Licensed Officials Approved (1/14/2017) Description: eventing course designers GR Description: Friesian judges GR Description: roadster judges 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Friesian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) Description: American Saddlebred Judges GR Standard 12/1/2018 Licensed Officials Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western dressage judges GR Description: A/L awards 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Andalusian/Lusitano Approved (1/20/2018) GR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (11/12/2018) Description: working western horse GR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 National Hunter Committee Approved (11/12/2018) Description: hunter and equitation divisions GR Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: HU Reorg - HB Points: HU to GR GR Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Jumper Point Tabulation GR Description: welsh 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Welsh Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 Competition Management Approved (1/14/2017) Description: Competition Manager GR Standard 12/1/2018 Safety Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Medical Personnel at Competitions GR Description: Hunter Results 2 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) GR Standard 12/1/2018 Hearing Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Definition of Catch Rider Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 2 of 400

3 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status AL Standard 12/1/2018 Andalusian/Lusitano Approved (1/20/2018) Description: in-hand championships AL Description: best movement AL Description: sport horse AR Description: AHA membership AR Description: vision AR Description: time outs 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Andalusian/Lusitano Approved (1/20/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Andalusian/Lusitano Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: amateur owner classes AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: numbers and appointments AR Description: judges AR Description: vision AR Description: over check AR Description: snaffle AR Description: bridle AR Description: Appointments 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: working hunter - height of obstacles Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 3 of 400

4 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status AR Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) Description: working hunter section AR Description: sport horse AR Description: working western AR Description: reined cow horse AR Description: cutting<br /> AR Description: western dressage 2 Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western dressage breaking ties AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Western or English Trail AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western or English trail horse AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western or english trail horse AR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (11/12/2018) Description: hunter seat equitation AR Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) Description: reining seat equitation AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Equitation Section AR Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) Description: showmanship faults AR Standard 12/1/2018 Arabian Approved (1/20/2018) Description: walk trot/walk jog section Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 4 of 400

5 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status AR Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Walk-Trot/Walk-Jog Section CP Description: organizer CP Description: cones DC App. A Description: measurement 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Carriage Pleasure Driving Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Carriage Pleasure Driving Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) DC Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) Description: categories and levels DC Description: entries DC Description: entries DC Description: schedule of event DC Description: height DC Description: stable security 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) DC Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) Description: weights and dimensions DC Description: participation DC Description: participation DC Description: times 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) DC Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) Description: the marathon course Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 5 of 400

6 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status DC Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (11/12/2018) Description: marathon - distances DC Description: obstacles DC Description: cones 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) DC Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Driving Approved (8/27/2018) Description: technical delegate DR Description: rider tests DR Description: number of rides 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (11/12/2018) DR Standard 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (1/20/2018) Description: participation in dressage competitions DR FEI Rule Change 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (11/12/2018) Description: saddlery and equipment DR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (8/27/2018) Description: competition grounds DR Description: error DR Description: owner 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (1/20/2018) DR Standard 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (1/20/2018) Description: National Championships DR Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (8/27/2018) Description: musical freestyle ride DR Description: exhibition classes DR Description: para dressage 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Dressage Approved (6/11/2018) 4 Standard 12/1/2018 ParaEquestrian Approved (1/20/2018) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 6 of 400

7 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status EQ Description: eligibility 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Saddle Seat Eq Approved (1/20/2018) EQ Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (11/12/2018) Description: eligibility to compete EQ Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Reporting Falls - Equitation Ring EQ Description: Schooling Rules 2 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) EQ Standard 12/1/2018 National Hunter Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: USEF Pony Medal - specs to website EQ Standard 12/1/2018 National Hunter Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: USEF Adult Equitation EQ Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Testing - Figure Eight Course EQ Standard 12/1/2018 Saddle Seat Eq Approved (1/20/2018) Description: USEF Saddle Seat Medal Class EV App Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (11/12/2018) Description: levels of horse trials EV App Description: committee 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (8/27/2018) EV Standard 12/1/2018 Stephanie Reimers Approved (1/20/2018) Description: protective headgear - brown EV Description: ear hoods EV Description: shoes 1 FEI Rule Change 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 US Eventing Approved (1/20/2018) EV Standard 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (1/20/2018) Description: radios and cellular phones EV Description: eventing officials 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (11/12/2018) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 7 of 400

8 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status EV Description: arena eventing 1 Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (11/12/2018) EV Standard 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Three Star Championships EV Description: officials EV Description: controller FR Description: driving FR Description: driving FR Description: qualifying gaits FR Description: specifications FR Description: walk-trot GR Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Eventing Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Friesian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Friesian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Friesian Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 IFSHA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Friesian Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Bill Moroney Approved (1/10/2018) HJ Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: HU Chapter Reorg - HU to HJ HJ Standard 12/1/2018 Competition Management Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Exhibition Class Prize Money HK Extraordinary 12/1/2018 Hackney Approved (8/27/2018) Description: performance classes HK Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Hackney Approved (11/12/2018) Description: appointments - ponies HK Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Hackney Approved (11/12/2018) Description: appointments - harness ponies Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 8 of 400

9 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status HK Standard 12/1/2018 Hackney Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Hackney Roadster Ponies HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: HU Chapter Reorganization HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Outreach Microchip Exception HU Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (11/12/2018) Description: horse identification document HU Standard 12/1/2018 Chelsea Blackie Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Small Hunter Height HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Combining Hunter Sections - new language HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Definition of Random Split - new language HU Standard 12/1/2018 Amy Jo Magee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Sidesaddle Tack - Pads/Saddle Cloths HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Reporting Falls - Hunter Ring HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Results Reporting HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Hunter Classic Declarations HU Description: Schooling Rules 3 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) HU Standard 12/1/2018 National Hunter Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: USEF Pony Hunter Natl Champ. - Points HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: IHD Specs to Website HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: NHD Specs to Website Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 9 of 400

10 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Green Hunter Challenge Specs to Website HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Pony Hunter Derby Specs to Website HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: IHD Welcome Stake Specs to Website HU Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Green Hunter Incentive - Add to Rule Book JP Description: schooling JP Description: Safety Cups JP Description: Schooling Rules JP Description: Bonus Money 2 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) 4 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) 5 Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (6/11/2018) JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Jumper Prize Money JP Description: Irish Martingales JP Description: tack and attire JP Description: Raincoats 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) JP Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (11/12/2018) Description: horse identification document JP Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Boots on Young Jumpers JP Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) Description: classes restricted by age of horse Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 10 of 400

11 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Jr/AO/Am Restriction JP Description: dividing classes 2 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (11/12/2018) JP Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Dividing Classes 80 or More JP Description: amateurs JP Description: U25 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Jr/AO/Am Fence Heights JP Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) Description: broken equipment JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Starting & Stopping - Timekeeping JP Standard 12/1/2018 USHJA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Reporting Falls - Jumper Ring JP Description: breaking ties 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) JP Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) Description: classes scored on faults and time JP Description: first jump-off 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Jr/AO/Am Fence Heights JP Standard 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (1/20/2018) Description: FEI Children's Champ Qualification JP Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Jumper Approved (11/12/2018) Description: championship qualification Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 11 of 400

12 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status MO Description: chains and rollers MO Description: morgan gaited 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Morgan Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Morgan Approved (1/20/2018) RD Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (8/27/2018) Description: performance classes RD Description: appointments RD Description: harness 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (1/20/2018) RD Standard 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (1/20/2018) Description: roadster horse to bike RD Description: appointments RD Description: roadster ponies SB Description: appointments SB Description: appointments SB Description: pleasure -general SB Description: western 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (8/27/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Roadster Approved (1/20/2018) 3 Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) SB Standard 12/1/2018 ASHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: dressage suitability SB Standard 12/1/2018 ASHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Dressage Suitability SB Standard 12/1/2018 ASHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Dressage Suitability - transitions Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 12 of 400

13 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status SB Standard 12/1/2018 American Saddlebred Approved (1/20/2018) Description: American saddlebred-type pony VA Description: equipment VA Description: back pad VA Description: substitution VA Description: eligibility 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (11/12/2018) 2 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (11/12/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (11/12/2018) VA Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) Description: Event requirements VA Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) Description: event requirements VA Description: Judging code VA Description: points and values 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (11/12/2018) VA Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) Description: penalties and deductions VA Standard 12/1/2018 Vaulting Approved (1/20/2018) Description: penalties and deductions WD Description: working jog WD Description: the lope WD Description: saddle gait 1 Standard 12/1/2018 WDAA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 WDAA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 WDAA Approved (1/20/2018) WD Standard 12/1/2018 WDAA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: western two rein bridle Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 13 of 400

14 USEF Proposed Rule Change Report (204) Rule Tracking Draft Proposal Type Effective Date Proponent Status WD Description: polo wraps WD WD Description: classification 1 Standard 12/1/2018 WDAA Approved (1/20/2018) 1 Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 Cindy Butler Approved (6/11/2018) 1 Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) WD Standard 12/1/2018 AHA Approved (1/20/2018) Description: competition requirements WS Standard 12/1/2018 Western Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: eligibility - ranch riding WS Description: extended trot 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Western Committee Approved (1/20/2018) WS Standard 12/1/2018 Western Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Description: apparel and equipment WS Description: gaits WS Description: penalties 1 Standard 12/1/2018 Western Committee Approved (1/20/2018) 2 Standard 12/1/2018 Western Committee Approved (1/20/2018) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM Page 14 of 400

15 GR141.3 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR141 Owner s Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 1-A DEFINITIONS] 1. Every competitor must be an amateur and the owner, or an amateur member of the owner s family, unless the prize list states otherwise. Exception: Paso Fino Division. 2. Owners classes may be restricted to riders, drivers or handlers who are no longer eligible to compete as a junior exhibitor. 3. Combined ownership is not permitted in Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes unless all owners are members of the same family. Exception: Paso Fino. 4. In the Arabian Division, combined ownership is permitted in Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes, per AR Leased horses are not eligible. Exception: Paso Fino Division. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The Arabian Horse Show world is changing and as an industry we need to look for new and innovative ways for our Arabian Horses to be enjoyed by more individuals. In the opinion of the proponent, the Arabian Horse industry needs to be encouraging, not discouraging membership. With the cost of showing horses increasing, the opportunity to share the training/board/showing/etc. expenses with an unrelated owner may increase participation at competitions by allowing another class entry without ownership restrictions. The lack of opportunity to partner and exhibit these co-owned horses in amateur owner classes effectively reduces any incentive to co-own or partner on the purchase or showing of horses. The expanded definition of "ownership" will allow for participation at lower costs. The ownership must be an "AND" ownership which may limit the ability for individuals to change ownership multiple times and demonstrates the level of commitment required on behalf of both parties. The intent is to add "Arabian" to the exception in number 3. AR 110 (305-17) Web: arabian Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2017 Draft 2: No Action Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Paso Fino Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 15 of 400

16 GR151.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR151 Rule Change Procedures [CHAPTER 1-B Adoption and Amendment of Federation Rules] GR151 Rule Change Procedures These rules may be added to, altered or amended at any meeting of the Board of Directors by a majority vote of those present as provided herein below. The USEF Legislative Committee is responsible for review, analysis, and oversight of the Federation s rule change process, subject to review and approval by the Board of Directors. Rule Change Categories: Standard, Clarification, Extraordinary, and FEI. 1. Standard Rule Changes. Individual Federation members, Federation Senior Staff, Federation Committees, and Recognized Affiliate Associations (Recognized Associations and International Discipline Associations), and eligible Individual Federation members may propose standard rule changes. Individual Federation members are eligible so long as the member is a Lifetime member or has held a Federation Senior Active membership for at least five (5) consecutive years. If an Individual Federation member is ineligible to submit a rule change due to these requirements, he may contact the appropriate Recognized Affiliate Association or Federation committee and request that either one consider proposing his desired rule change. 1. Standard Rule Changes. a. Standard rule changes must be submitted to the Federation in writing on the USEF official form within the following deadlines in order to be considered within the current rule change year. 1. Individual Federation members June 1 2. Federation Senior Staff June 1 3. Federation Committees September 1 4. Affiliated Entities (Bylaw 221) September 1 5. Recognized Affiliate Associations (Bylaw 222) September 1 b. The proponent s name must be clearly listed on the official rule change form. When the proponent is other than an individual, upon request, such submissions shall be accompanied by minutes or certification signed by the Committee Chair or Recognized Affiliate Association s President that document the review and action taken at a meeting. c. The Legislative Committee may reject a proposal for: 1. failure to comply with the requirements of the official form; 2. lateness; 3. incompleteness; 4. inexact or confusing language; 5. a proposal that was disapproved the prior year; 6. attempts to amend a rule or rules in effect for less than a year; 7. proposing to change a rule that is solely within the Federation s purview 8. any other specified reason in the Committee s discretion. d. In the event the Legislative Committee rejects a proposal, the proponent must be notified in writing. Proponents of a rejected proposal may revise and resubmit a proposal. Any decision to reject a proposal made by the Legislative Committee shall prevail subject to review by the Board of Directors. e. The Legislative Committee will designate review of the proposed rule change by any and all standing Federation Committees and each assigned entity deemed appropriate. Proponent Details Governance Sonja Keating skeating@usef.org This proposed rule change is being submitted to ensure proposed rule changes come from those individual members of the Federation who are involved in Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 16 of 400

17 the Breed or Discipline impacted by the proposed rule change. Those individuals are most likely to know the rules and effects that changes to such rules will have on the Breed or Discipline. Additionally, those individuals will best understand the purposes for such rule changes and the enforcement of such rules. Therefore, those individuals with a history in the particular Breed or Discipline are best suited to propose rules with an impact on the sport. Web: Rule Change Process - Individual Members Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/02/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/09/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/25/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/14/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 American Saddlebred Andalusian/Lusitano Arabian Breeds/Disciplines Carriage Pleasure Driving Competition Management Connemara Council - Admin & Finance Draft 1: No new drafts of this proposed rule change have been received. The Council therefore recommends that the Board refer this to the Mid-Year Board Meeting. At its meeting on 2/27/2018, the Council again reviewed this proposed rule change. No new drafts have been received. The Council therefore recommends that the Board refer this to the Mid-Year Board Meeting. Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Dressage Driving Endurance English Pleasure Eventing Friesian Governance Hackney Jumper Licensed Officials Morgan Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 17 of 400

18 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/13/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/01/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/25/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 National Hunter Committee National Show Horse Paso Fino Reining Roadster Saddle Seat Eq Shetland USHJA Draft 1: USHJA is voting to approve this proposal, but also wanted to provide a comment to indicate it suggests the Federation amend this RCP to clarify that a Lifetime member needs to be 18 years of age or older to be eligible to submit a rule change proposal under this rule. Instances exist where individuals obtain a Lifetime Membership when they are still children. Vaulting Welsh Western Committee Western Dressage Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 18 of 400

19 GR151.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/30/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 GR151 Rules [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 1-B ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF FEDERATION RULES] GR151 Rules 2. The rules of the Federation take precedence over the rules of any other Association. (Exception: See GR915.2.) All divisions and sections for which rules are provided herein must be conducted accordingly and cannot be held under rules that are not in agreement. a. FEI rules take precedence as to international classes and events over Federation rules at all FEI Sanctioned Competitions. b. Federation rules take precedence as to national classes and events which are not FEI Sanctioned at FEI Sanctioned Competitions. c. In connection with Endurance Riding Events, The Federation shall nationally enforce the prohibition of the gastric ulcer medications ranitidine and omeprazole, in accordance with GR409.1 d. At FEI Sanctioned Competitions which include no national classes, a licensee is not required to have a Federation steward or technical delegate. (Exception: FEI Sanctioned Jumper competitions licensed by the Federation must have a Federation steward.) Proponent Details Licensed Officials Alina Brazzil abrazzil@usef.org USEF rules are superseded by FEI rules in FEI sanctioned classes and events. Therefore, GR151's reference to the requirement that a USEF national Steward be present during FEI Jumping competition should be removed from the rulebook. A national Steward is not required to be present during FEI sanctioned events. Web: FEI sanctioned competitions Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/22/2018 Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Jumper Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 19 of 400

20 GR302.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/11/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR302 License Application Policies and Procedures [CHAPTER Sub-Chapter 3-A, Competition License Applications] GR302 License Application Policies and Procedures 2. New Competitions Without Mileage Conflicts. a. License applications for new competitions will be accepted beginning December 1 of each year for the subsequent competition year. b. A competition year begins on December 1st of the prior calendar year. c. Applicants will should refer to the Federation Competitions Calendar for open dates. d. Applications for a new competition license agreement must be made on the form provided by the Federation and received by the Federation at least 60 calendar days prior to the start date of the competition. The Federation may accept applications for a new competition license agreement, subject to applicable late fees, between 60 and 30 calendar days prior to the start date of the competition. e. In the event that an applicant competition has a mileage conflict with an existing competition(s), an applicant may seek a mileage exemption in accordance with GR Absent a showing of material change to the mileage exemption application as determined by the CEO or his designee, a request for a mileage exemption will be returned if the licensee has submitted and been denied two previous mileage exemption requests for the same competition. f. License Applications for new competitions that the Federation disapproves for any reason, including mileage conflicts, will be sent written notification by the Federation. Proponent Details USEF Officers Matt Fine mfine@usef.org New competitions without mileage conflicts or existing competitions without a mileage conflict that fail to renew their license on time must submit a license application 60-days prior to the start of competition (GR302.2.d). However, numerous Requests for Presidential Modification were submitted this year to this rule for applications received inside of the 60-day requirement by only a matter of days (e.g. 57-days prior to the start of competition). The intent is to add language to the existing rule that would permit the Federation to receive an application between 60-days and 30-days prior to the start of competition for an additional late fee. The logic behind this permission is that modifications to existing licenses are permitted up to 30-days prior to the start of competition for competitions without a mileage conflict. This change should increase the number of competitions by permitting, essentially, late applications where there is no mileage conflict. This change would not impact competitions with a mileage conflict. Web: New Competition License Applications Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 20 of 400

21 GR809.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/6/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 GR809 Performance Championships [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 8-B COMPETITION AWARDS, HONORS, AND PRIZES] GR809 Performance Championships 1. A Show Committee or Competition Management must designate all qualifying classes and can require any or all winners in a qualifying class at that competition to compete in a Performance Championship class provided this is stated in the prize list and the gaits required are the same as in the qualifying class. Any exhibitor failing to comply must forfeit all prize money in the qualifying class. If an exhibitor or trainer qualifies more than one horse for a Championship class he can elect to show only one. (Exception: This does not apply to Regional and National/World/Grand Breed Affiliate approved Competitions.) 2. To be eligible to show in a Performance Championship class a horse must have been properly entered, shown and judged in one qualifying class at that competition in the same division or section. (This does not apply to Exception: Regional and National/World/Grand Breed Affiliate approved Competitions.) Proponent Details Arabian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org Breeds affiliates call their national championships by different names. The addition of "World" and "Grand" is needed in this rule in order to clarify that the performance championship rule does not apply to the breed affiliate championship that go by those names. As currently written, the rule has led to confusion as to whether certain championship are exempted from the performance championship rule. Web: performance championships Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 AHA Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Hackney Draft 1: Recommends Approval Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 21 of 400

22 GR821 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/5/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason Rider Tests have been withdrawn by the Dressage Sport Committee effective It will cause confusion to management & competitors if these tests are still offered in the Rule Book. GR821 Opportunity Classes [CHAPTER CHAPTER 8 CONDUCT OF LICENSED COMPETITIONS] e. Dressage classes can be offered as Opportunity classes at Dressage Competitions or Regular/Local Competitions with Open Dressage classes as described below: 1. Classes are limited to the following competition levels and dressage tests: a. Level 1 competitions may offer two tests and only two classes per level per day at Introductory - Second Level one of which can be the Riders Test at Training - Second levels. b. Level 2 competitions may offer two tests and only two classes per level per day at Introductory - First Level one of which can be the Riders Test at Training and First levels. c. Level 3 competitions may offer two tests and only two classes per level per day at Introductory - Training Level one of which can be the Training Level Riders Test. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org Rider Tests have been withdrawn by the Dressage Sport Committee effective Reference to rider tests needs to be struck from the GR language. none Potential Impact DR 118 (207-18) Web: rider tests Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 22 of 400

23 GR833 Tracking # Draft #5 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 6/12/2018 Approved 6/11/2018 GR833 Time-Out [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 8-D SCHEDULING DURING COMPETITION] A suspension of judging which may be requested by a competitor or directed by the judge(s). 1. A competitor is entitled to request a time-out for a period not to exceed five minutes in aggregate in order to make obvious adjustments or to repair broken equipment or to rectify a similar condition, or to replace a shoe (See GR804). (Exception: Arabian Hunter, AR108 and HU132.6; Arabian Jumper, AR108 and JP135.6; Dressage, GR833.9 and DR122.7j; Jumper, JP135.6; Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation, EQ107.4; Reining, RN103.5g; Vaulting, VA111). Time-outs are not allowed in Western Dressage. 2. If division rules allow a competitor to call for a time-out, the competitor may call only one time-out per class (Exception: Paso Fino and Welsh where a competitor may request a time-out no more than two times.) The penalty for exceeding the allowed time out(s) is for the entry to be excused eliminated. 3. To request a time-out for any such emergency, the competitor must go to the center of the ring (if possible) and or be acknowledged by the judge. The announcer will declare that a request for time-out has been made and permission granted; time will be taken from the moment such announcement is made. 4. If a horse casts a shoe in a class, time starts (after weighing, measuring and/or gauging has concluded, if applicable) when the farrier or his assistant touches the shoe or the horse. No more than three minutes will be allotted to find a shoe; if the shoe is not found, the exhibitor may elect to continue or withdraw. If a horse is removed from the ring for the purposes of shoeing, the steward or judge shall accompany and remain with the horse until it is returned to the ring or excused eliminated from the class. 5. Two attendants are permitted in the ring to assist a competitor during his/her time-out. If at the expiration of five minutes the repair has not been made, the competitor may proceed as is or be eliminated. 6. The steward or judge is responsible for timing unless an official timer is present. 7. Competitors who are not involved in a time-out may make minor adjustments that can be performed with the assistance of one attendant and not be charged with a time-out. Minor adjustments do not include replacing shoes. 8. At any time the judge(s) considers it necessary he/she may call for a time-out. Said time-out may be charged to a competitor that, in the judge s opinion, is responsible for the suspension of judging as long as the competitor is so informed by the judge prior to calling the class back to order. 9. None of the above apply to the Eventing, Dressage or Driving divisions; see specific division rules. Time-outs are not permitted in the Dressage or Western Dressage division. 10. In the Saddlebred division: a. In classes in which competitors compete collectively, after the previous class has exited the ring, the show ring has been cleared, and the officials are ready to continue with the competition, Competition Management may allow 5 minutes to replace a shoe or repair equipment outside of show ring, and a time-out will be charged to the competitor. The time-out will be officially timed by a steward, management, or paddock master. b. Prior to commencement of the class, the individual responsible for timing the time out outside of the ring must communicate the back number of that entry to the judge(s) officiating. c. Once the gate opens and the first entry goes into the ring all further time outs for that class must be taken in the ring as indicated in GR (renumber accordingly) Proponent Details Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Lori Nelson lnelson@usef.org Intent: 1. To add that if a shoe is cast outside the ring and horses are delayed from entering, that five minutes be allotted for the shoeing outside of the ring and time Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 23 of 400

24 out charged. 2. Make it more clear for the different situations; repairing equipment, shoeing what can happen as it currently states a competitor can be excused, eliminated or may withdraw. Web: time-out Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/02/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Tabled 11/15/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/19/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/09/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/18/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/25/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 3: Referred 02/27/2018 Draft 4: Recommends Approval 05/29/2018 Draft 5: No Action American Saddlebred Draft 1: Would like the following amended language. 6. If stated in prize list: For safety, after previous class has exited, cleared the show ring and officials are ready to continue with competition. Management may grant 5 minutes to replace a shoe or repair equipment outside of show ring, and a time-out will be charged to this competitor. This time out will be officially timed by a steward, management or paddock master. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Andalusian/Lusitano Arabian Breeds/Disciplines Carriage Pleasure Driving Draft 1: Concern that this rule change is contradictory to GR109 concerning the commencement of class. Does not feel a time out should be charged prior to entering the ring - not exhibitor friendly. Feels GR809.3 should be referenced in number 4. Draft 2: Committee is concerned about who would call the time out and who would be responsible for timing. Committee felt it might be safer to have the horses enter the ring before replacing the shoe or repairing equipment. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Competition Management Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Connemara Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: No new drafts of this proposed rule change have been received. The Council therefore recommends that the Board refer this to the Mid-Year Board Meeting. Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 24 of 400

25 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 4: Recommends Approval 05/29/2018 Draft 5: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action 12/04/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action 12/20/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action 12/09/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/20/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/14/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/13/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Council - Intl Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 4: The Council recommends approval as amended by the National Breeds and Disciplines Council on May 29, Draft 5: No Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 2: This rule is approved pending the amendment discussed in meeting Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Dressage Driving Endurance English Pleasure Eventing Draft 1: The Eventing Sport Committee recommend taking no action as the proposed change does not impact Eventing. Draft 2: The sport of Eventing is exempt from the provisions of this rule and therefore have voted to take No Action. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Friesian Hackney Draft 1: Committee would rather have the horse or pony come in the ring and call a time out. Too difficult to monitor concerning when the timing was to start for the 5 minute shoeing rule if done out side the ring before the class was called to the ring. Draft 2: If this rule passes the Hackney Committee would like to be an exception because of the Committee disapproval. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Morgan Draft 1: Feels this rule change is contradictory to GR109 regarding the commencement of classes and that a timeout should not be issued prior to the start of the class. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No National Show Horse Draft 1: The Committee feels this rule change is not exhibitor friendly and should be left up to competition management. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 25 of 400

26 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/19/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/20/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/01/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action 10/25/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Paso Fino Reining Roadster Draft 1: Committee would like a clarification of when a class is commenced. Draft 2: The committee felt that the current system worked and that this new rule would allow too many chances for problems to arise. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Saddle Seat Eq Draft 1: Concern that this rule change is contradictory to GR109 concerning the commencement of class. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Shetland Vaulting Welsh Draft 1: This rule does not really impact the Welsh Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Western Committee Western Dressage Draft 1: Time-outs are not allowed in Western Dressage. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 26 of 400

27 GR837 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR837 & GR844 Schooling [CHAPTER 8-E SCHOOLING] GR844 Poling Manual poling, or the use of offsets, is prohibited on competition grounds. 1. If a Licensed Competition allows manual poling and the relevant state laws do not prohibit such practices, it must be done in the designated schooling areas. Manual poling is prohibited for all horses competing in Jumper classes at Regular Competitions. Horses found to be in violation of these rules by the Competition Steward or other Federation official shall be eliminated/disqualified from competing within the upcoming 24-hour period and shall forfeit all entry fees for such competition. In addition after consultation between Competition Management, the Steward, or other official involved, and a senior judge in the Jumper division additional penalties including disqualification from the balance of the competition may be imposed. Exception: Eventing Division (see EV111.2); Jumpers (see JP103.1). 2. Single poles of bamboo only (not rattan or any other material) must be used, and may not be filled with sand or any other foreign substance. They may be taped to prevent splitting but they may not be wired, contain tacks or have a diameter of over 2 at the large end. Pole must be held by one person only, using either one or two hands. Pole shall not be supported by any other means (i.e., standard, cup, or ring fence). There shall be no ropes, lunge reins or any other devices attached to said poles. Exhibitors must furnish their own poles and no other object may be manually employed. 3. Manual poling is permitted at a vertical fence only but a bamboo pole may be used as an off-set bar at either a vertical or spread fence. An off-set bamboo pole is one which is placed at any height behind or in front of the elements of the obstacle itself instead of being placed in the same vertical plane or planes. The length of the off-set bamboo pole may not exceed the length of the obstacle s rails. No other form of off-set or false ground line (ground line cannot be behind the vertical plane of the face of the fence or more than 3 feet in front, any trotting rail or placement pole may not be less than 8 to fence) is permitted. The spread fence must be jumped in the right direction. 4. Violators will be automatically penalized by elimination of the horse involved from the class in which it is participating and the next succeeding class in which it is entered. If the violation occurs after the horse has completed its performance in a class or between classes, it will be eliminated from the next two succeeding classes in which it is entered. All such violations must be recorded in the Steward s Report and, if cruelty or abusive behavior is evident, it will be reviewed by the Hearing Committee for such action as may be deemed appropriate to the particular circumstances. GR839 Cruelty to and Abuse of a Horse 4. The following acts are included under the words Cruelty and Abuse but are not limited thereto: a. Excessive use of a whip on any horse in a stall, runway, schooling area, competition ring or elsewhere on the competition grounds, before or during a competition, by any person. Except in emergency situations, any striking of the horse s head (on the poll and forward of the poll) with the whip shall be deemed excessive. b. Rapping the legs of a horse with the butt end of a riding crop or other implement. c. Use of any substance to induce temporary heat. d. Manual poling with any object other than a bamboo pole. GR837 Hunter 1. Schooling areas for hunters must contain adequate hunter-type fences. A trotting fence, a vertical and an oxer are required. See also HU It is recommended that separate schooling areas be provided for hunters. A separate schooling area and jumps should also be provided for ponies. 3. A supervisor of schooling must be appointed for the schooling area designated for hunters if the area is less than 20,000 sq. ft. in size or more than 500 horses are entered in the competition. 4. A Steward/schooling supervisor must be present in the schooling area during any Hunter class offering $10,000 or more in prize money. 5. The Steward/schooling supervisor s decision regarding schooling fences, or tack and equipment in the warm-up area is final. Proponent Details Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 27 of 400

28 USHJA Leslie Mangan This rule change proposal is linked to several other rule change proposals drafted to unify the schooling rules across the disciplines of jumper, hunter and hunter/jumping seat equitation. Additionally, this rule change will disallow poling and/or the use of offsets any time while on the competition grounds in the interest of horse welfare, to ensure safety, and for the overall benefit of the sport. GR 844 (214-17), HU 157 (174-17), JP 103 (171-17), EQ 108 (192-17) Web: Schooling Rules Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Jumper Licensed Officials Draft 1: Recommend that it is only necessary to require that a vertical and an oxer are provided. National Hunter Committee Safety Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 1: Recommend that it is only necessary to require that a vertical and an oxer are provided. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 28 of 400

29 GR842 Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR842 Falls [CHAPTER 8-F WELFARE OF THE HORSE] GR842 Falls The fall of horse and/or rider does not disqualify the competitor unless due to bad manners of the horse. Exception: Andalusian (see AL101.14), Dressage, Driving, Eventing, Equitation, Hunter, Jumper, Reining, Vaulting and Western classes, in which specific rules prevail. In the event of a fall of a horse in any Hunter, Jumper, or Hunter/Jumper equitation seat competition ring at a Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competition, the judge shall notify a steward, regardless of whether an EMT is called, and the steward must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation. (See HU132.8, EQ107.1.i.1, JP139.6) [Linked to USHJA RCPs to EQ107.1.i.1, HU132.8, HU137.3.e & JP139.6] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org In the interest of both horse welfare and rider safety, all falls occurring in the competition ring during any hunter, jumper, and hunter/jumping seat equitation classes should be immediately reported to the competition steward who must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. JP 139 (170-17), EQ 107 (195-17), HU 132 (175-17) Web: Reporting Falls Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Competition Management Draft 2: The committee does not believe this could be enforced and that it should not be a General rule. Draft 3: No Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: Council felt that there needs to be better tracking between judge and steward. Recommends the following language, The steward, if notified by the judge of a fall, must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. Council - Intl Discipline Draft 3: Approved with the caveat that the Steward must not be held accountable for failure to comply on the part of the Judge. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 3: No Jumper Draft 2: JSC approves but also feels that schooling areas should be included. Draft 3: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 29 of 400

30 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/29/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Licensed Officials Draft 3: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. National Hunter Committee Draft 2: The committee feels this rule will be a hardship for the stewards to keep track of all the falls. Additionally, the details of the fall and the cause are often a judgement call and we are not sure who this responsibility falls on. Draft 3: No Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to keep track of. Additionally, the details of the fall and the cause are often a judgement call and it is unclear who this responsibility falls on. Draft 3: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. Draft 3: No USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 30 of 400

31 GR843.7 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /20/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR843 - Mandatory Reporting and Cooperation of Horse/Pony Collapse [CHAPTER 8-F Welfare of the Horse] GR843 Mandatory Reporting and Cooperation of Horse/Pony Collapse This rule applies to collapses of horses/ponies. For purposes of this rule, a collapse is defined as a fall to the ground with no apparent cause at any time from when entries arrive at the venue until departure from the venue. Other falls are not considered to be a collapse and are defined in GR122 and specified division rules. Refer to GR for reporting requirements for all other falls and accidents. 1. The trainer as defined in GR 404, or the owner if the trainer is unavailable, or the rider if the trainer and owner are both unavailable, shall notify the Steward/Technical Delegate as soon as possible but no later than three hours after such occurrence of any collapse of a horse or pony. When a collapse occurs outside of competition hours or before the competition begins, notification must occur as soon as possible but no later than three hours after the Steward/TD reports to the show or returns to duty. 2. The Steward/TD shall report to Competition Management and the Federation within one hour of notification of a collapse. 3. In addition to the duties set forth in GR , the Steward/TD shall file an Accident/Injury/Equine Collapse Report Form or Equine Fatality Report Form with the Federation within 24 hours of notification, except in exceptional circumstances such as no internet access at the venue. 4. The Federation, at its expense, may appoint a veterinarian to inspect the horse or pony that has collapsed and provide a full report to the Federation. Refusal to submit an animal for examination by an authorized veterinarian after due notification shall constitute a violation of this rule. 5. Any horse or pony that collapses at a licensed or endorsed competition is subject to drug and medication testing in accordance with Chapter 4 of these rules. In the absence of a Federation testing veterinarian, a veterinarian appointed under paragraph 4 (above) or the official competition veterinarian is authorized to collect and submit fluid samples in accordance with these rules. 6. The rider, owner, and trainer as defined in GR 404 shall cooperate with the Federation as to any investigation it undertakes with respect to a collapse or death of a horse/pony. This includes providing information requested by the Federation within 10 days of the request. 7. Any horse/pony that collapses is prohibited from competing for 72 hours after said collapse. Exception: Upon examination by a veterinarian and submission of a statement by the veterinarian certifying the horse/pony s fitness to compete, a horse/pony that collapses is permitted to return to competition 24 hours after said collapse. Proponent Details Veterinary Stephen Schumacher sschumacher@usef.org Currently, there are no rules governing the return to competition of a horse or pony that collapses. It is in the best interest of horses/ponies to not return to competition for the 24 hour period following the collapse. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/02/2017 Draft 2: No Action American Saddlebred Andalusian/Lusitano Web: Horse/Pony Collapse Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 31 of 400

32 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/15/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/09/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/25/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Arabian Draft 1: The committee approves of the rule and intent, but would like to see an additional vet exam prior to returning to play. Breeds/Disciplines Carriage Pleasure Driving Draft 1: We approve of this rule and concept, but would like an additional vet check prior to returning to competition. Like language to include minimum 24 hours Competition Management Draft 1: The committee feels the language needs some further clarification and additional language requiring a vet check. Connemara Draft 1: We approve this rule and concept, but would also like to see language that includes a veterinary exam and approval for the horse/pony to return to play. Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: Everything that was problematic in Draft #1 was addressed in Draft #2. Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Dressage Draft 1: Recommend language for a vet exam versus the 24 hours. Also recommend that proponents of tracking #272 and #271 work together for one rule change proposal. Driving Endurance English Pleasure Eventing Draft 1: The Eventing Sport Committee recommend that a request be made to combine tracking #'s & Friesian Draft 1: Would like to see an additional vet check prior to returning to competition. Governance Hackney Jumper Draft 1: JSC approves but thinks stronger language could be included to require the official competition vet to exam the horse prior to returning to play and this only after a minimum of 24 hrs. Morgan Draft 1: We approve this rule and concept, but would like to see language that includes an additional vet check prior to returning to competition. Also feels the horses trainer and owner should be involved. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 32 of 400

33 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/13/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/20/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/01/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/22/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/25/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action National Hunter Committee Draft 1: The committee is in favor with the intent of this rule change but we feel the language needs some further clarification: 1. Who is responsible for reporting the collapse and ensuring the horse or pony does not compete for 24 hours? 2. What happens if a horse arrives on the competition grounds prior to the start of the competitions (i.e. schooling day) and collapses when there is no steward available? 3. Is the withdrawal period based on the start time of the class that the horse/pony is entering? Would it not be easier to withdraw for the entire competition day rather than a 24 hour period. We are concerned that somebody competing a horse/pony at the very end of the 24 hour period could just move down in the order and get around the rule. National Show Horse Draft 1: Would like to see an additional vet check prior to returning to play. Paso Fino Reining Roadster Saddle Seat Eq Draft 1: Committee approved the concept however, it was felt this should be approved on a case by case basis with the decision from the Official Veterinarian at the competition. Safety Draft 2: The Safety Committee had a similar rule in the system and has withdrawn it in favor of the Vet Committee's rule. Additionally, the Safety Committee is in favor of the edits made in Draft 2. Shetland Steward-Technical Delegate Committee USHJA Draft 1: USHJA is voting to approve this proposal, but also wanted to provide comment to indicate it suggests the Federation consider amending the language to lengthen the amount of time a horse/pony is prohibited from competing after a collapse from 24 hours to "the remainder of the competition." Although the proposal as presented strengthens the current rule with respect to horse/pony welfare, lengthening the time frame of restriction from competition would better protect the horse/pony involved. Vaulting Veterinary Draft 2: Based upon comments from other Committees, a second draft was proposed which incorporated additional considerations. Welsh Western Committee Western Dressage Draft 1: We approve of this rule; but would like to see an additional vet check prior to returning to competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 33 of 400

34 GR1004 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /11/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1004, GR1007, GR1008, GR1009, and WD123 [CHAPTER Licensed Officials, Western Dressage] GR1004 General 17. A licensed Dressage or Western Dressage judge must judge Western Dressage classes. a. licensed Dressage judge may officiate all levels of Western Dressage classes (see also GR for exceptions); ab. a licensed r Western Dressage judge may officiate Introductory, Basic and First levels only and Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation (see also GR1009); bc. a licensed R Western Dressage judge may officiate all levels of Western Dressage classes and Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation (see also GR1008) cd. Breed licensed judges are eligible to officiate Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes only. GR1007 Senior Judge Senior judge classification (S) applies to Dressage. Senior Dressage judges may officiate in all national and FEI Level Dressage classes at Federation Licensed Competitions. Senior Eventing Judges may officiate at any level of Eventing (see also EV171.1b). A Senior Dressage judge may officiate all levels of Western Dressage with the exception of Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack, and Western Dressage Seat Equitation. GR1008 Registered Judge 1. A Registered judge (R) may officiate alone at any competition in the divisions in which he/she is Registered. 2. Registered Dressage judges may officiate in classes at Fourth Level and below except for FEI Dressage Tests for 5 and 6-year-old horses. Registered Dressage judges may officiate in FEI Junior Tests, FEI Pony Tests, FEI Childrens Tests, FEI Para-Equestrian Dressage Tests, FEI and USEF Dressage Tests for 4 year old horses, and USEF and FEI Eventing Dressage Tests at all levels. Registered Dressage judges may not officiate in any classes above Fourth Level. 3. Rated Hunter sections at Premier competitions must be judged by two Registered (R) judges. 4. A Registered Eventing judge may officiate the intermediate level and below (see also EV171.1c). 5. A Registered Dressage Judge may officiate at any level of Western Dressage with the exception of Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes. 56. A Registered Western Dressage Judge may officiate at any level of Western Dressage including Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes. GR1009 Recorded Judge 1. The following divisions have specific limitations for r recorded judges. j. Western Dressage: 1. A Recorded Dressage Judge may officiate at any level of Western Dressage with the exception of Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes. 12. A Recorded Western Dressage judge may officiate Introductory, Basic, and First Levels only and also Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 34 of 400

35 AR174 Purpose The Sport Horse section was developed to evaluate and encourage the breeding of Purebred Arabian and Half-Arabian/Anglo-Arabian horses suitable for Dressage, Working Hunter, Eventing, Jumper, Carriage Pleasure Driving, Combined Driving, Racing, Competitive Trail and Endurance, and to provide an opportunity to demonstrate the effectiveness of breeding programs. Form to function will be emphasized. Sport Horse classes in the Arabian, Half-Arabian and Anglo/Arabian Division are to be judged by Federation/ Equine Canada judges licensed in Dressage Sport Horse Breeding, Hunter Breeding, Dressage, Hunter or Jumper divisions; no guest card will be required. DR126.1.d.1(exception Arabian Sport Horse Classes). In the event that a Competition Management intends to schedule a Dressage Judge outside of the limitations of DR126.1d.1-2, it must be specifically noted in the contract. Management must also specify in the contract which classes the Dressage judge is contracted to judge, i.e. Dressage, and/or Sport Horse and/or Western Dressage. Management and the Dressage judge must agree upon the contract provisions, to eligible overtime and compensation; both Management and the Dressage judge must sign and date the contract. WD123 Judges and Stewards 1. Western Dressage classes offered at Federation licensed competitions must be judged by a Federation licensed Dressage judge or licensed Western Dressage judge in good standing. Any judge officiating Western Dressage classes at a Federation licensed competition must be a current member in good standing with the Western Dressage Association of America. (Exception: for Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation, judged as a group on the rail with the option of individual work rather than as an individual performance only, a judge must be a Federation licensed judge in the appropriate breed or breeds.) 2. For additional restrictions see GR GR C2 Stewards. A USEF licensed competition that offers Western Dressage tests/classes may use either a USEF licensed Category 2 Steward or an inspector designated by show management and under the direction of the C2 Steward. Tack and bits on both sides of the horse of a minimum of one-third (1/3) of the horses in each class/test must be inspected. a. Once the exhibitor leaves the arena, the exhibiitor must remain mounted until they reach the C2 Steward or equipment inspector. At that time, the exhibitor will dismount for the equipment inspection. Competitors will be asked to drop the bridle of the horse, removing the bit to below the mouth of the horse. A metal detector and/ or magnet may be used to detect the presence of the metal in nosebands. Random pulling of leg wraps will also occur at this time. See also WD119. b. Any evidence of blood on the horse s mouth or sides or the addition of substances or devices behind wraps or boots will result in elimination of the entry for that class/test. c. The checking of the bridle must be done with the greatest caution, as some horses are very touchy and sensitive about their mouths. d. New disposable gloves must be available for and used by bit inspectors if a mouth piece must be handled by the inspector. e. The responsibility for the correct attire and equipment rests with the competitor. Proponent Details Licensed Officials Sally Ike sally.ike@usef.org The LOC wants to change the existing language in the indicated rules to reflect that dressage judges (of any level) are no longer permitted to judge western dressage classes. Currently, the language of the indicated rules permits a dressage judge (not holding a western dressage judge license) to officiate western dressage classes. The Committee seeks to eliminate this permission and require that any judge judging a western dressage class hold the appropriate western dressage license. Applicable Rules: GR1004, GR1007, GR1008, GR1009, and WD123. Web: western dressage Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/15/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Arabian Draft 1: The committee feels there are not enough Western Dressage judges for the number of competitions. The lack of judges would cause a hardship on shows. Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 35 of 400

36 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/07/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Dressage Friesian Licensed Officials Morgan Western Dressage Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 36 of 400

37 GR1004 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/ /2/2017 Approved 1/20/ General [CHAPTER 10-B General Rules and Fees] GR1004 General a. Unless stated otherwise, judges in the following classes are not required to be licensed by USEF nor is the competition required to obtain a guest card for the judge: 1. Exhibition classes for Breed, hunter, jumper or Western. 2. Opportunity Classes, with the exception of; i. Dressage which must be judged by licensed Dressage judges. 3. ii. Opportunity classes in the Western Dressage Divison which must be judged by Western Dressage judges. either licensed Dressage judges with the exception of Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation or licensed Western Dressage judges including Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack, and Western Dressage Seat Equitation. Exception: Federation breed licensed judges are also eligible to officiate opportunity classes in Western Dressage Suitability, Western Dressage Hack and Western Dressage Seat Equitation classes. Proponent Details Licensed Officials Sally Ike sally.ike@usef.org The WDAA, through the LOC, submitted a rule change that would permit only Western Dressage judges to judge Western Dressage classes with a 12/1/18 effective date. The change to GR1004.a is intended to reflect the same officiating limitation in opportunity classes (i.e. Dressage judges are no longer able to judge Western Dressage classes). However, certain breed judges are still permitted to judge Western Dressage opportunity classes. Web: western dressage judges Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/15/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/14/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Arabian Draft 1: The committee feels there are not enough Western Dressage judges for the number of competitions. The lack of judges would cause a hardship on shows. Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Friesian Licensed Officials Morgan Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 37 of 400

38 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Western Dressage Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 38 of 400

39 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/5/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR [CHAPTER Sub-Chapter 10-B, General Rules and Fees] GR1004 General 2. All national level and Federation FEI officials must be Senior Active Members, 21 years of age or over. (Exception: Learner judges must be 21 years of age or over. Federation C1 Stewards and judges in the Paso Fino Division must be at least 25 years of age.) Proponent Details Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Sally Ike The Steward and TD Committee wants to eliminate the exception that currently requires C1 Stewards to be a minimum of 25 years old prior to application. By removing the exception, the minimum age would default to 21 years old, which is the Committee's desire. The Committee's intent is to align the age requirements for C1 Stewards with other licenses and expand the eligible pool of applicants. Web: Minimum Age - C1 Stewards Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/14/2017 Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: The rule is appropriate as is; minimum age for C1 Steward eligibility should remain at 25 years. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 39 of 400

40 GR Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1004 General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-B GENERAL RULES AND FEES ] GR1004 General 5. Judges licensed for the Andalusian/Lusitano, Dressage, Dressage Sport Horse Breeding, Driving, Hunter, or Jumper division may adjudicate Andalusian/Lusitano Dressage Sport Horse in Hand classes. Guest cards may be issued to individuals on the AL foreign expert listing. A licensed Dressage Sport Horse Breeding or Dressage judge is required at the IALHA National Championship competition. A Technical Delegate is not required. Proponent Details Andalusian/Lusitano Erin Desnoyers edesnoyers@usef.org The Andalusian/Lusitano Committee has proposed a rule change to the remove Dressage in the A/L Dressage Sport Horse section; therefore, the name of the section on GR should also change. It is the intent to strike Dressage in Andalusian/Lusitano Dressage Sport Horse in Hand classes. In reference to the second draft of this rule change, it is the intent of the Andalusian/Lusitano Committee to remove Dressage Sport Horse Breeding judges and add Driving, Hunter, and Jumper licenses to adjudicate Andalusian/Lusitano Sport Horse classes. GR 1123 (326-17) Staff: the intent was amended as DR and IDC pointed out that the intent did not match the rule change. Web: A/L dressage sport horse in hand Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Dressage Draft 2: Approved. However, the Rule change in the 'intent' does not match the wording in the RCP. Licensed Officials Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 40 of 400

41 GR Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1004 General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-B GENERAL RULES AND FEES] 20. In the American Saddlebred division, if the previous year s competition had more than 250 horses competing in the saddlebred sections, and: a. If the competition hires a multi-judge panel, at least two (2) judges on the panel must be a Registered judge (R) in the divisions in which they are officiating. A special card cannot be used to fulfill this requirement. b. If the competition hires a single judge, then the judge must be a Registered judge (R) in the divisions in which he is officiating. A special card cannot be used to fulfill this requirement. Proponent Details American Saddlebred Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org Establishing criteria for a Large R license in order to provide value for the promotion and recognizing the level of prestige of a large competition. Web: American Saddlebred Draft 1: Tabled 11/27/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/12/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/05/2018 American Saddlebred Draft 1: Would like to amend number of horses required to more than 100 but need to review data first. Would suggest all horses judged by apprentice be Saddlebred but could be difficult to accurately track. Draft 3: No Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: No Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Licensed Officials Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 41 of 400

42 GR1055 Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /5/2016 Approved 1/14/2017 GR1055 Eventing Course Designers [CHAPTER 10-I License Applications, Enrollment, Promotion, Maintenance ] 1. No application will be considered unless and until 15 forms which actually evaluate the applicant per division are returned from USEF members who are Licensed Eventing Officials or current members of the Federation Eventing Committee. (See GR below for additional requirements for Eventing Show Jumping Course Designer.) 2. Applicants for status as an Eventing Course Designer must fulfill the requirements for such status recommended by the Federation Eventing Committee and approved by the Federation Licensed Officials Committee. 3. Cross Country Course Designers. a. Recorded or RegisteredCross Country Eventing Course Designers must be the Eventing Cross Country Course Designer at a minimum of three horse trials every three years. b. Eventing Cross Country course designers must attend a continuing education clinic and receive a passing score of 85% or above on a written exam once every three years. 4. Show Jumping Course Designers a. No application will be considered unless and until the USEF Licensed Officials Committee has received written recommendations from two R Eventing Technical Delegates and two riders who have officiated/ridden over jumping courses designed by the applicant and from the Eventing Show Jumping Course Advisor, stating that they believe that the applicant has demonstrated the knowledge necessary to design suitable courses and should be issued a license by the Federation. These evaluations will help fulfill the requirement of GR b. Eventing Show Jumping Course Designers must officiate at a minimum of two separate Events at the Intermediate, Advanced or FEI two star or higher event every three years to maintain the license. c. Eventing Show Jumping Course Designers must attend either a continuing education USEF Jumping Course Designer clinic or a clinic given by the Eventing Jumping Course Advisor at least once every three years. 5. Certified Eventing Jumping Course Designer a. A Certified Eventing Jumping Course Designer is required for any Individual designing Show Jumping at the Intermediate and Advanced levels at Federation Licensed Eventing Competitions. b. An application is not required to be a Certified Eventing Jumping Course Designer, but the individual must have attended either a continuing education Federation Jumping Course Designer clinic or a clinic given by the Eventing Jumping Course Advisor at least once every three years. Proponent Details Licensed Officials Samantha Kline skline@usef.org To ensure that Jumper courses are safe and appropriate for the levels at Eventing competitions, it is recommended that a new status for Certified Eventing Jumping Course Designers be added. This will require that those certified must have attended a respective clinic and every three years thereafter. Web: eventing course designers Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 42 of 400

43 Draft 1: No Action 11/16/2016 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/21/2016 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/22/2016 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/20/2016 Continuing Education Draft 1: Committee would consider approval with amendment of implementation Draft 3: No Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: No Council - Intl Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Eventing Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 43 of 400

44 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1056 Friesian Judges [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICATIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND] SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICATIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND MAINTENANCE GR1056 Friesian Judges 1. No application will be considered unless and until ten forms which actually evaluate the applicant per division are returned from USEF Federation members, one of which must be a recommendation from a member of the Federation Friesian Committee. 2. Applicants for enrollment in the Friesian Division must learner judge at least three Federation Licensed Competitions, under a minimum of three different Friesian judges within a three-year period preceding application. Exception: If a judge is already licensed as a Registered (R) or Recorded (r) judge in the Andalusian, Arabian, Hackney, Morgan, National Show Horse, American Saddlebred, or Welsh divisions, he/she may apply for a Friesian license without learner judging but must attend the USEF Friesian Judges Clinic within a three-year period preceding application. 3. All persons applying for enrollment or re-enrollment must have attended a Federation Friesian Clinic within three years preceding application. 4. All Friesian Judges must attend a Federation Friesian Judges Clinic every five years and receive a passing score of 85% or better on a written exam administered every two years. 5. The Committee will require Friesian judges who do not officiate at one Licensed Competition within five years in the Friesian division after obtaining a license or for any five-year period thereafter, to re-apply for a license. 6. No applicant will be considered for promotion unless he has adjudicated in at least two Licensed Competitions during the past five years, verified by stewards reports. 7. All Federation judges holding a Friesian card must be a current member in good standing with the International Friesian Show Horse Association. Proponent Details Friesian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org In order to be consistent with the requirements of other USEF breed licensed judges (Morgan, Hackey, Roadster, Saddlebred, Paso Fino, Shetland, Welsh and Western Dressage) and to keep Friesian judges more informed through their Affiliate. The intent is to add the following language as number seven "All Federation judges holding a Friesian card must be a current member in good standing with the International Friesian Show Horse Association." Web: Friesian judges Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Admin & Finance Draft 1: This would create a rule requiring USEF to verify IFSHA membership, however, there is currently no data sharing with IFSHA, which would be required to facilitate enforcement. In 2017 there were 58 judges holding a Friesian license and there were 165 members declaring Friesian as the primary B/D. Cost outweighs benefits. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 44 of 400

45 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/27/2017 Licensed Officials Draft 1: Before this rule could go into effect, a data sharing system must be established between USEF and IFSHA. Additionally, the Committee felt that the affiliate must be responsible for any costs incurred. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 45 of 400

46 GR1069 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1069 Roadster Judges [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICATIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND MAINTENANCE] GR1069 Roadster Judges [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICATIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND MAINTENANCE] 2. Learner judge a minimum of two days at two Federation Licensed Competitions, a minimum of five Roadster Horse classes, under a minimum of two different Federation Registered (R) licensed Roadster judges within a three year period preceding application. It is recommended that the Learner Judge attend the clinic prior to learner judging. a. If a judge is already licensed in the Hackney, American Saddlebred or Saddle Seat Equitation divisions, he/she may add an additional license in the Roadster division by enrolling as per GR GR1069.1and learner judging a minimum of 5 Roadster Horse classes. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The committee would like to insert "Horse" into the rule GR1069 for enrollment of learner Roadster judges and promotion of 'r' Roadster Judges to clarify that the requirements are for judging Roadster Horses and do not include judging Roadster ponies to fulfill the judging requirements. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Web: roadster judges Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials Roadster Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 46 of 400

47 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1070 American Saddlebred Judges [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICATIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND] GR1070 American Saddlebred Judges 5. No applicant will be considered for promotion unless he has adjudicated in at least two Licensed Competitions (with a minimum of 100 entries) during the past five (5) years in the American Saddlebred Division, verified by the Steward s report 6. Any judge officiating at Federation licensed American Saddlebred classes must be a current member in good standing of the American American Saddlebred Horse Association. 7. A Judge may be required by the Federation to attend a Clinic outside of his regular rotation. 8. Judges who do not officiate at one (1) Licensed Competition within five (5) years in the Saddlebred division are required to attend an applicants clinic before they are eligible to renew their license. Proponent Details American Saddlebred Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The American Saddlebred Committee would like to strengthen the requirements for the judges of their classes and for that reason they would like to add parts 8 and 9 to GR1070. I have sent a separate with the proposed language to help with writing this rule change. Web: American Saddlebred Judges Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 American Saddlebred Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 47 of 400

48 GR1078 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/6/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1078 [CHAPTER 10-I License Applications, Enrollment, Promotion, and Maintenance] GR1078 Western Dressage Judges 1. Applicants must meet minimum requirements and complete the current training program approved by the Federation. Information on application procedure and the current program is available on the USEF website and also from the Federation Office. No application will be considered unless and until 15 forms which actually evaluate the applicant for the Western Dressage division are returned from USEF members, eight of which must be from relevant licensed Western Dressage, Dressage, breed licensed judges, C2 stewards, or Western Dressage Committee members. 2. Every applicant must be a current member in good standing of the Western Dressage Association of America. Once licensed, each judge must maintain membership in good standing of the Western Dressage Association of America. 3. Each applicant must complete the current training program of the Federation Western Dressage Committee, approved by the Federation Licensed Officials Committee. Information on the application procedure and on the current program is available from the Federation. 4. All Western Dressage judge must participate in and successfully complete all requirements of a Federation Western Dressage Judges continuing education clinic at least once every three (3) years. 5. At the request of the USEF Licensed Official Committee Federation, a judge may be required to attend a continuing education clinic, outside of his regular rotation or may be asked to complete additional testing. 6. All Western Dressage judges must satisfactorily complete a written exam once every three years with a minimum passing score of 85%. The exam will be administered by USEF once in each three-year period. 7. No applicant will be considered for promotion unless he has adjudicated a minimum of 15 entries at each level in USEF Western Dressage classes. Of these 15 entries at each level, five (5) must have been at the two highest tests for the level. 8. Applicants must complete the current training program of the Federation Western Dressage Committee, approved by the Federation Licensed Officials Committee. Proponent Details Licensed Officials Sally Ike sally.ike@usef.org The current language of GR1078 relating to promotion of officials does not match the requirements document posted online ( The motion from the LOC was to align the language of GR1078 with the requirements listed in the online document via a reference to the online document. That is, for promotion to 'R' status, they would like to strike the language regarding promotion in GR1078 and replace it with language directing applicants to the online document. Their request is that this be an EO with the earliest effective date possible. If not certified as an EO, the Committee would ask that the rule change move forward as a standard rule change. Applicable rule: GR1078. Web: western dressage judges Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Council - Admin & Finance Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 48 of 400

49 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials Western Dressage Draft 1: Approving with desire to amend once policies and procedures document is available. Feels there is additional language needed and some current language needs amending. Approving with the hopes to work together to revise policy prior to going into effect Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 49 of 400

50 GR Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1123 Andalusian/Lusitano Division [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 11-F AWARD SECTIONS] GR1123 Andalusian/Lusitano Division 7. Award Categories. National and Regional awards will be awarded in the following categories: a. Andalusian/Lusitano Halter: Classes to count include stallions, mares, and geldings, and Dressage Sport Horse In-Hand. b. Half Andalusian/Lusitano Halter: Classes to count include stallions, mares, and geldings, and Dressage Sport Horse In-Hand. c. Andalusian/Lusitano Sport Horse: Classes to count include: Sport Horse In-Hand; Sport Horse Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack are combined. d. Half Andalusian/Lusitano Sport Horse: Classes to count include: Sport Horse In-Hand; Sport Horse Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack are combined. Proponent Details Andalusian/Lusitano Erin Desnoyers The Andalusian/Lusitano Committee has proposed a rule change to the remove Dressage in the A/L Dressage Sport Horse section; therefore, the name of the section in GR a. and GR b. should also change. It is the intent to strike Dressage in Dressage Sport Horse in Hand classes. GR 1004 (327-17) Web: A/L awards Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 50 of 400

51 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/6/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 GR1124 Arabian and Half/Anglo Arabian Divisions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 11-F AWARD SECTIONS] 6. Award Categories. National and Regional awards will be awarded in the following categories: English Pleasure/Pleasure Driving Open, Adult Amateur, Junior Exhibitor; Country English Pleasure/Country Pleasure Driving Open, Adult Amateur, Junior Exhibitor; Hunter Pleasure Open, Adult Amateur, Junior Exhibitor; Western Pleasure Open, Adult Amateur, Junior Exhibitor; Working Western Horse includes Trail, In-Hand Trail, Reining, Working Cowhorse, Cutting and Western Riding, Ranch Horse Pleasure Riding, one award category; Hunter Regular Working; Green Working; Hunter Specialty (Hunter Specialty is one award category based on total number of points from ATR/JTR, AOTR, Horses 14.2 Hands and Under; and Working Hunter 2 ); Specialty Horse includes Park, English Show Hack, Ladies Side Saddle, Native Costume, Hunter Hack, Formal Combination, Informal Combination, Formal Driving, Roadster, English Trail, Versatility, Gymkhana, Carriage Pleasure Driving, Western Dressage, and Jumper, one award category; Breeding/In-Hand includes Stallions, Mares, Geldings for Arabians and Mares and Geldings for Half/Anglo Arabians,one award category; Dressage Open: Training Level; First Level; Second Level, Third Level, Fourth Level and FEI combined Level Amateur: Training Level; First Level; Second Level, Third Level, Fourth Level, and FEI combined Level Sport Horse - Sport Horse In-Hand, Sport Horse Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack are combined. Proponent Details Arabian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org Arabian Ranch Horse Pleasure changed to Ranch Horse Riding, effective 12/1/2016. This clarification will make Chapter 11 align with the language used in the Arabian Chapter. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2018 Web: working western horse Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Western Committee Draft 1: Recommends approval Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 51 of 400

52 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/5/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 GR1131 Hunter and Equitation Divisions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 11-F AWARD SECTIONS] 4. All Hunter competitions are required to offer the minimum number of classes and amounts of prize money listed in GR312 for each approved Hunter section. If sections are canceled or entries are insufficient to award all prize money offered then only money offered to the number of places awarded must be distributed. All Hunter competitions must state their Increment rating clearly on the cover of the prize list. See Subchapter HJ-3 for Hunter competition rating requirements. A maximum of $5,000 in Hunter Classic, USHJA International Hunter Derby and/or USHJA National Hunter Derby prize money can count as part of the required $24,000 in prize money, including add back money if any, that must be paid in order to maintain a Premier rating. If an addback is offered, the minimum required prize money for that section must be guaranteed, and the add-backs must be clearly indicated in the prize list. Premier competitions offering add back must offer a minimum of $18,001 and must pay a minimum of $24,000. Exception: if sections are cancelled or entries are insufficient to award all prize money, then additional money not awarded must be pooled and redistributed 60% to the champions, and 40% to the reserve champions of the remaining A rated hunter sections. Proponent Details National Hunter Committee Kelsey Shanley kshanley@usef.org The language being stuck currently exists in both GR11 and HJ. The removal of the language from GR11 and reference to HJ prevents one section from being changed without the other and thus conflicting language. Web: hunter and equitation divisions Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Natl Breed & Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 52 of 400

53 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1132 Pony Hunter Breeding and Hunter Breeding [CHAPTER 11-F AWARD SECTIONS] GR1132 Pony Hunter Breeding and Hunter Breeding [ ] 2. Hunter Breeding Awards are offered for the following at the Zone level from USHJA and National level from the Federation: Hunter Breeding Yearling, Hunter Breeding Two-Year-Old, and Hunter Breeding Three-Year-Old. Point Tabulation, see HU The horse accumulating the most National points out of the Yearling, Two-Year-Old and Three-Year-Old Hunter Breeding (horse) sections will be awarded the Grand Champion Hunter Breeding Award. 4. Pony Hunter Breeding awards are only offered at the Zone level from USHJA for the following: Pony Hunter Breeding Yearling, Pony Hunter Breeding Two- Year-Old, Pony Hunter Breeding Three-Year-Old. Point Tabulation, see HU Point Tabulation a. Classes with combined age groups do not count toward the Horse or Zone Horse of the Year Awards. Exception: Best Young Horse and Best Young Pony classes. See also GR1113. b. Points will be based on the number of horses/ponies in the class as follows: Number in Class 1 st 2nd 3rd 4 th 1 1 (*) (*) c. (*) If a horse or pony that competes in a qualifying class with less than three entries becomes Best Young Horse/Pony or Reserve Best Young Horse/Pony at that competition, they will receive full points for the qualifying class (i.e. 5 pts. for 1st, 3 pts. for 2nd). d. Points awarded in the Best Young Horse Class for the Championship and Reserve Championship are based on the total number of horses entered in all rated classes of the Hunter Breeding section. e. Pony Hunter Breeding Championship points are based on the total number of ponies in the rated classes of the Pony Hunter Breeding Division (Yearling, Two year-olds, and Three year-olds) 1 to 14 total entries: Champion 5 points, Reserve 3 points 15 or more entries: Champion 10 points, Reserve 6 points [renumber remainder of section accordingly] Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 53 of 400

54 5 6. Presentation of the National Horse of the Year Awards will be made at the Federation Annual Meeting Presentation of the USHJA Zone Horse of the Year Awards will be made at Zone meetings at the discretion of Zone Committees and auspices of Zone Committees, only after approval of the USHJA USHJA Zone awards will be distributed according to the USHJA Zone map The USHJA shall determine the National, Zone and/or Stirrup Cup HOTY points to be awarded for its USHJA Hunter Breeding Finals and Classes. The USHJA shall notify the Federation and publish the point scale to be utilized on the USHJA website a minimum of 120 days prior to the start of each event. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The points for Hunter Breeding and Pony Hunter Breeding belong in GR11 rather than in the HU Chapter. This rule change proposal contains NO new rule language, but instead, transfers existing language from the HU Chapter to GR1132 to make the rules easier to follow. [Linked to USHJA RCP to HU100, HU112.4, HU112.9 & HJ300] Web: HU Reorg - HB Points: HU to GR Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 54 of 400

55 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/5/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1133 Jumpers [CHAPTER 11-F Award Sections] GR1133 Jumpers [ ] 2. Point Tabulation. See GR1113-GR1119. Children s and Adult Jumper USHJA Zone Horse of the Year Awards and Pony, 5-Year Old, 6-Year Old, and 7/8- Year Old Jumper National and USHJA Zone Horse of the Year Awards will be based on the following: Exhibitors st nd rd th th th Exhibitors st nd rd th th Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 55 of 400

56 6th th th *Determined by the number of entries that competed (see JP135.13) in the class. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To make the point tabulation in Children's & Adult Jumper, Pony, and Young Jumper classes comparable to hunters and equitation; award points through eighth place and to decrease the decline of points after the first few places. Staff: Information Technology - 2 hours to implement Web: Jumper Point Tabulation Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Jumper USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 56 of 400

57 GR1142 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/5/2017 Approved 1/20/ Welsh Pony, Cob and Half Welsh & GR312 [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER 11-F AWARD SECTIONS] GR1142 Welsh Pony, Cob and Half Welsh 1. Welsh Pony Awards are offered for the following at the Regional and National level a. Welsh English Pleasure Sections A&B, 12.2 hands & Under (to include English and Western Pleasure) b. Welsh English Pleasure Sections B over 12.2 hands but not exceeding 14.2 hands (to include English and Western Pleasure) c. Welsh English Pleasure Sections C&D (to include English and Western Pleasure) d. Welsh English Pleasure Sections A&B- Adult to Ride (to include English and Western Pleasure) e. Welsh Pleasure Driving, Sections A&B f. Welsh Hunter Sections A&B 12.2 hands & Under not exceeding 14.2 hands g. Welsh Hunter Sections B over 12.2 hands but not exceeding 14.2 hands hg. Welsh Hunter Sections C&D ih. Welsh Hunter Sections A&B- Adult to Ride 2. Half/Part-Bred Welsh Awards are offered for the following at the Regional and National level: a. Half/Part-Bred Welsh Pleasure b. Half /Part-Bred Welsh Hunter 3. An overall Western Pleasure award is offered for the following at the Regional and National Level: a. Western Pleasure Sections A, B, C & D and Half/Part-Bred Welsh Chart in GR312: Division or Section minimum number classes minimum prize money minimum Welsh Welsh English Pleasure Sections A & B (12.2h & under/junior to ride) 3 $100 3 Welsh English Pleasure Section B (over 12.2h-14.2h/junior to ride) 3 $100 3 Welsh English Pleasure Sections C & D (junior and adult to ride) 3 $100 3 Adult Welsh English Pleasure Adult to ride Sections A & B (14.2h & under/adult to ride) 3 $100 3 Half/Part-Bred Welsh Pleasure (junior and adult to ride) 3 $100 3 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 57 of 400

58 Welsh Pleasure Driving Sections A & B (junior and adult to drive) 3 $100 3 Welsh Hunter Sections A & B (12.2h & under up to 14.2h /junior to ride) 3 $100 3 Welsh Hunter Section B (over 12.2h-14.2h/junior to ride) 3 $100 3 Welsh Hunter Sections C & D (junior and adult to ride) 3 $100 3 Adult Welsh Hunter Sections A & B Adult to ride 3 $100 3 (14.2h & under/adult to ride) Half/Part-Bred Welsh Hunter (junior and adult to ride) 3 $100 3 Welsh Western Pleasure Sections A, B, C, D and Half/Part-Bred Welsh 3 $100 3 Proponent Details Welsh Natalie Norwood nnorwood@usef.org The Welsh would like to change the way some of their classes/awards function to better facilitate participation and provide a more fair, level, playing field for several of the Welsh performance sections. First, the committee proposes to combine two of the Hunter sections. Currently there is a very small number of ponies competing which represent the small Welsh pony hunter (under 12.2 h). Rather than have an award for the Welsh Hunter A & B sections (under 12.2 h), and an award for only Section B ponies (over 12.2 h but under 14.2 h) section, the committee would like to see the 2 sections combined into one, Welsh Hunter Sections A & B not to exceed 14.2 h section. This will eliminate one Hunter HOTY Award section. The second proposed change will separate out the Western Pleasure from the existing English/Western Pleasure sections. It's proposed that Western Pleasure exhibitors no longer be judged in conjunction with the English Pleasure exhibitors for the same class/award, thus dividing the existing English/Western Pleasure awards. This will allow the English Pleasure and Western Pleasure participants to compete against others within the same discipline. The third proposed change, in conjunction with the proposed separation of what is currently the Welsh Pleasure (to include English and Western Pleasure), is to create one combined (A/B/C/D and Half/Part-Welsh) Western Pleasure section. The committee feels adding this section will better serve the Western Pleasure Welsh members. The Western entries will now compete against fellow Western riders rather than both English and Western. This proposed Western Pleasure Sections A, B, C & D and Half/Part-Bred Welsh section will be offered at both the Regional and National Level. The chart in GR312 will also need to be updated to reflect the English Pleasure, Western Pleasure, and Hunter updates. The Welsh Hunter Sections should be combine to create the: Welsh Hunter Sections A & B (not to exceed 14.2h/junior to ride) Staff: Information Technology - 3 hours to implement Web: welsh Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 58 of 400

59 GR Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/5/2017 Approved 1/14/2017 GR Competition Manager [CHAPTER GR1202.1] 1. An individual acting in this capacity is required to be a Senior Active Member of the Federation. In addition, Aany individual acting as the Competition Mmanager of a hunter and/or jumper Open (not restricted to a breed) competition must be a Senior Active member in good standing of the United States Hunter Jumper Association, Inc. The competition manager of a Federation-licensed/USDF-recognized competition must be a current USDF Participating or Group member in good standing at the time competition recognition is granted and on the date of the competition. Anyone acting in the capacity of Competition Manager at a Federation licensed competition must complete applicable Federation education requirements or Federation approved Affiliate education requirements prior to the start date of the competition. Draft 3 - no changes to the rule. Additional information was added to the intent. Proponent Details Competition Management Lisa Owens lowens@usef.org This will make our shows have more continuity, the managers will be more attune to safety and regulations and this is in the best interest of the sport. The rule as written above permits the incorporation of Recognized Affiliate education programs and other professional education tools that may be identified by the Competition Management committee in developing and reviewing the curriculum. The curriculum, which will likely be administered in an online education system, may include Safe Sport training, Accident Preparedness, Identifying and reporting cruelty and abuse, collapse and death of a horse and the responsibilities of competition management, officials, employees and volunteers as outlined in chapter 12 of the rule book. Competition Management will assess any program or curriculum with a focus on minimizing any expense to the manager. Web: Competition Manager Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/15/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/03/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/03/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 10/26/2016 Draft 3: No Action American Saddlebred Draft 2: The committee would like more information regarding the timeframe for implementation, how often would this be required and the cost to the managers. Draft 3: No Andalusian/Lusitano Draft 2: Committee feels this will discourage people from becoming managers or licensing their competitions with USEF. This requirement may create financial hardships for managers who would pass the burden on to exhibitors. Committee would prefer to see the Federation provide more free education and resources to help people getting started as managers to offer for those who are interested. Draft 3: No Arabian Draft 2: Impractical; assume there will be fees? Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Breeds/Disciplines Carriage Pleasure Driving Draft 2: Need more information; costs? Draft 3: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 59 of 400

60 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/18/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action 01/04/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/12/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/04/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/12/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/01/2016 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/05/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/10/2016 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 01/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 10/25/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/01/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/03/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/26/2016 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/22/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/28/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/21/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/15/2016 Draft 3: No Action Connemara Draft 2: It is difficult to get people to manage a competition as it is, and this would discourage individuals even more. Draft 3: No Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: No Council - Intl Discipline Draft 2: IDC wants to discuss this rule further during Annual Meeting. Draft 3: No Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 2: The Council feels this rule is incomplete and would like to see more structure in how this rule would be implemented. This rule may discourage individuals from managing licensed competitions. Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Dressage Eventing Draft 2: The Committee feels that "applicable Federation Education Requirements" is vague and do not feel comfortable with approving this change until details about the Education required is made available. Draft 3: Having reviewed the expanded intent, the Committee remains concerned that the reference to "applicable Federation Education Requirements" is vague and do not feel comfortable approving the rule until this information is better defined in within the rule. Friesian Draft 2: Not enough information; increased costs will be put on shows already struggling Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Hackney Morgan Draft 2: Education is fine; no fees for this education, otherwise it will only be added to the overall costs of the show to the exhibitors so the manager can recoup his fees. Draft 3: No National Hunter Committee Draft 2: We would like to know what specific requirements are before we can have an opinion. Draft 3: No NSH Draft 2: Impractical- fees involved? Draft 3: No Paso Fino Draft 2: Would discourage some all breed competitions from licensing with USEF, for example, state fairs. Draft 3: No Roadster Draft 2: This would give competitions one more reason to not be licensed by USEF. Draft 3: No Saddle Seat Eq Draft 2: This would negatively affect small competitions that have volunteer managers that may not be able to afford or have the extra time to participate in these educational sessions. Draft 3: No Shetland Draft 2: We want more people to license their competitions with USEF and more requirements equals more resistance. Draft 3: No Draft 3: No USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 60 of 400

61 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/17/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/08/2016 Draft 3: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 10/25/2016 Draft 3: No Action Welsh Draft 2: Concept is good, but more details are needed on the requirements and types of material to be used. Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Western Committee Western Dressage Draft 2: Need more information-what is involved? Draft 3: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 61 of 400

62 GR Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/16/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 GR Appointment of Officials and Employees [CHAPTER 12-C Duties of Competition Management in General] GR1211 Appointment of Officials and Employees 5. Qualified Medical Personnel. a. Qualified medical personnel with no other duties and with appropriate medical equipment, as required by their certifying State or EMS Region, must be present during all scheduled performances at all competitions and during all paid scheduled schooling sessions over fences, including one (1) day prior to the start of the competition if applicable, and during all scheduled performances. 1. Qualified medical personnel is a currently certified or licensed EMT, or Paramedic, Certified First Responder, or a Physician or Nurse trained in pre-hospital trauma care and currently certified or licensed in their profession under applicable law where the competition is held. (Exception: Eventing - see EV113.5). 2. A Physician or Nurse trained in pre-hospital trauma care is a Physician or Nurse who is currently certified in Advanced Trauma Life Support (ATLS), Basic Trauma Life Support (BTLS), Pre-hospital Trauma Life Support (PHTLS), or who has First Responder or comparable certification. Comparable certification requires review and written approval in advance by the Safety Committee. (Exception: Eventing - see EV113.5). Proponent Details Safety Sonja Keating skeating@usef.org As currently written, GR1211 designates the Safety Committee as the appropriate body to review certification of those medical professionals that fail to meet the qualifications to serve as Qualified Medical Personnel. The Safety Committee is not populated with medical professionals, therefore it is not equipped to determine whether medical certifications are comparable to those enumerated in the rule and necessary to serve as Qualified Medical Personnel at Licensed Competitions. Additionally, those trained in Advanced Life Support have the requisite skills to serve as Qualified Medical Personnel. Therefore, those certified in Advanced Life Support should be added to the list of individuals eligible to serve as Qualified Medical Personnel. As a result of this rule change, those individuals seeking an exception to the list of qualifications, will submit a request for a Presidential Modification to the rule in accordance with GR152. Web: Medical Personnel at Competitions Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 01/10/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 2: No Action American Saddlebred Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Draft 1: There were concerns raised within the Council that the additional medical personnel do not have the proper training to provide medical support in the field. The Council also believes that this opens the Council up for liability issues if the Council is approving medical qualifications. Beezie Madden abstained. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 62 of 400

63 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Eventing Licensed Officials Roadster Steward-Technical Delegate Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 63 of 400

64 GR Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 GR1214 Results [CHAPTER 12-D DUTIES CONCERNING COMPETITION RECORDS] GR1214 Results 1. All competition results and other data as specified by USEF in the license agreement may be electronically transmitted to USEF within 10 days following a Licensed competition including all corrections, changes and additions to the prize list. All results must meet the criteria and format of the Federation result template as published by USEF and must be submitted as outlined in the license agreement. A fee may be assessed for any required data not received electronically. Full results are defined as the names and Federation numbers of all horses, riders and owners in all classes. In the event of an entry under multiple ownership, only one owner need be a Member or pay a Show Pass fee. The competition is responsible for listing either the active member or the person that paid the Show Pass fee in the results. (Exception GR901.9). For all Jumper Classes offering $500 or more in prize money (including add back) the competition must submit the following in addition to the above: the number of horses competing in the class, the Level under which the class was conducted, the identification/recording number for each horse in the class, and the placings with the money paid out to each placed entry. For Young Jumper classes the first round fault scores for each entry must also be included. For classes with $25,000 or more in prize money a copy of the starting order (showing the rider) and judges card(s) are required. At Jumper Rating 4 or higher competitions, results must include faults of each round in jumper classes held at 1.40m or above. Results must include faults from each round of Pony Jumper classes. Results for Dressage Competitions and Regular or Local competitions holding open Dressage or Dressage Sport Horse Breeding classes must include the Federation and USDF membership and identification/recording numbers for all owners, riders, handlers and horses for whom this information is required for the competition. This material is needed in order to include the winnings of exhibitors in the Federation s permanent records. Results in Hunter Competitions in over fences classes must record the following information, if applicable: (i) Did Not Compete and (ii) Did Not Place. See HU Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org If the USHJA rule change proposal concerning HU132.9 is approved, an updated reference to HU132.9 will need to be added to clarify the designations that will be required to be included with all hunter class results. The purpose of this addition to the rulebook is to provide the hunter discipline with better and more precise data more akin to the data available under the jumper rules, thus providing resulting in more accurate horse and rider reports that can be used more definitively in guiding the trajectory of programs and championships. HU 132 (188-17) Web: Hunter Results Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Competition Management Draft 1: Would approve if this included Did Not Compete and Did Not Place only. Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: Would create additional work for show secretaries. This information is already being tracked in the results. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials Draft 1: The Committee felt that adding these additional comments to their cards is an unnecessary burden. Draft 2: The Committee feels that adding these additional comments to their cards is an unnecessary burden to judges and show management. National Hunter Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 64 of 400

65 Draft 1: No Action 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Committee feels that adding these additional comments to their cards is an unnecessary burden to judges and show management. USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 65 of 400

66 GR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/5/2017 Approved 1/20/ Regulations Governing Showing Under Judges, Stewards and Technical Delegates [CHAPTER 13-A Responsibilities] 22. When you are officiating as a Judge in the Hunter or Hunter Seat Equitation divisions, none of the following may compete as a trainer, coach, competitor, rider, owner, handler, lessor or lessee in either the Hunter or the Hunter Seat Equitation divisions in a class in which you are officiating at that competition, unless the relationship is terminated, or the transaction is completed, at least 30 days prior to the competition: a. A member of your family. b. A member of your household or housemate. c. A cohabitant, companion, or domestic partner. d. An employee. Catch Riders and Independent Service Providers (defined below) are not employees for purposes of this rule. 1. Catch Rider: An individual who is engaged, for remuneration or not as a volunteer, exclusively to compete, including any warm-up schooling for that immediate competition, on a horse(s) owned by another with whom they have no current business relationship. A catch rider has no influence regarding the ongoing competition schedule, management, schooling, exercising, training, care, custody or control of the horse. 2. Independent Service Provider: An individual who performs a service(s) for another and the payer has the right to control or direct only the result of the work and what will be done and how it will be done. The Independent service provider controls the details as to how the service is performed. e. A client. f. Your trainer. g. A client of your trainer. h. An entity that employs you or a member of your family, which includes individuals, corporations, partnerships, foundations, trusts, non-profit organizations, and any shareholder owning five or more percent of the stock, if any. i. A horse trained or shown by you or by a member of your family. j. A horse sold by you or by your employer. Proponent Details Hearing Committee Emily Pratt epratt@usef.org As currently written, GR 's definition of Catch Rider leaves open the possibility of an ongoing relationship between riders and owners to compete a horse regularly throughout the season without conflict, as well as riders who take on the role of trainer. The definition of a Catch Rider should be limited to those individuals who ride a horse on occasion or at a single competition. Riders with ongoing relationships with owners likely play a role in the schooling and exercising of the horse in preparation for competition. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Web: Definition of Catch Rider Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 66 of 400

67 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: No Action 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Draft 1: No Action Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Dressage Driving Endurance Eventing Jumper Licensed Officials National Hunter Committee Draft 1: The language of this rule re-write is currently ambiguous. The new terms used to further define a catch rider are words that will need to be further defined themselves, such as "management". Reining Steward-Technical Delegate Committee USHJA Vaulting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 67 of 400

68 AL106 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AL106.1 Championships [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AL-2 HALTER CLASSES] AL106 Championships 1. For purebreds and Half Andalusians: a. Junior Breeding or In-Hand Championships may be offered for 4 year olds and under; Senior Breeding or InHand Championships may be offered for 5 year olds and over. b. In the Breeding and In-Hand section, the Championship and Reserve Championship will be awarded to horses that have placed first or second in their qualifying classes. Only first place winners in qualifying classes may be chosen as champion. First and second place horses from all classes must compete in their respective championship classes or forfeit their prizes. (Exception: In the event that either of the top two placings in any class fail to show back in their championship, the subsequent two places are eligible to move up in the order and compete in that Championship.) After the Championship has been awarded, the second place horse from its age group shall move up to the front line and be judged equally with the remaining first place horses for the Reserve Championship. c. If a Show Grand Championship is held, all Champion and Reserve Champion ribbon winners are eligible to compete. a. In Hand championship classes. i. The Championship and Reserve Championship may be awarded to the horses that have placed first or second in their qualifying classes. Only first place winners in the qualifying classes may be chosen as champion. ii. First and second place horses from all classes must compete in their respective championship classes or forfeit their prizes. After the championship has been awarded the second place horse from its age group shall move up to the front line and be judged equally with the remaining first place horses for the reserve championship. b. If a Champion of show is held for in hand classes, all champion and reserve champion ribbon winners are eligible to compete, however champions of show will not receive USEF points for this class. c. Under saddle championships may be held at the discretion of show management, but will not receive USEF points for this class. Proponent Details Andalusian/Lusitano Erin Desnoyers edesnoyers@usef.org The Andalusian/Lusitano Committee is proposing a change to AL106 Championships. Currently the rule states there should be a junior championship and a senior championship which is considered to be an antiquated rule that no longer applies to today's Andalusian/Lusitano competitions. The proposed rule change will restrict competitions from holding multiple championship classes leveling the playing field at the regional level. None Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: in-hand championships Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 68 of 400

69 AL111.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AL-4 Best Movement [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AL-4 BEST MOVEMENT] SUBCHAPTER AL-4 BEST MOVEMENT AL111 General 1. Open to Purebred Stallions, Mares and Geldings of all ages. 2. To be judged on movement only and not conformation. Open to Purebred and Partbred horses, however in no case may Purebred and Partbred horses compete in the same class. 3. A handler may only handle one horse in this class, the multiple handler rule does not apply to this class. AL112 Appointments Refer to AL104. Exception: Length of lead may exceed 12 from the point of attachment. AL113 Qualifying Gaits 1. Horses are to be shown In-Hand as they would in a halter class. 2. Four-beat walk showing as much overstep of the front hoofprint by the hind hoofprint as possible. 3. Animated trot with emphasis on extension, suspension and a balanced cadence with impulsion. AL114 Best Movement Class Specifications 1. Best Movement Pattern: Horses enter the arena through the in gate at a trot and trot counterclockwise to Position A, come down to a walk and proceed at the walk to Position B. After all horses are in the arena and lined up, each horse will trot straight down the center of the arena to the opposite end, come down to a walk turn right (clockwise) and walk around the arena to Position C. After the last horse has trotted, the horses will walk on the rail to the right, (clockwise), single file to Position A. Each horse will then trot straight down the center and turn to the left (counterclockwise) and walk back to Position A. After all horses have been reviewed individually, they will be asked to walk on the rail until requested to stop and maintain position. a. Horses enter the arena through the in gate at the walk, and walk counterclockwise until all entrants have entered the arena and been viewed by the judges. Horses stop and line up at A. b. After all horses are in the arena and lined up at A, each horse will trot along the arena wall (counterclockwise) to position B where the horse will walk to A, and stand next to the horses that have yet to present at the trot. c. After the last horse has trotted, the horses will walk on the rail counterclockwise, single file to position B. Each horse will then trot down the arena wall to position A where they will walk back to position at B. d. Once the final horse has walked back into line, horse and handlers will reverse and walk single file clockwise on the rail until all judges have viewed and scored the walk. They will then be asked to stop and maintain position, and present back numbers to the judges. Proponent Details Andalusian/Lusitano Erin Desnoyers edesnoyers@usef.org The Andalusian/Lusitano Committee would like to change the AL Best Movement section to open the section up to Purebred and Partbred classes. The committee would also like to make an exception to the length of lead to mirror best movement in Spain and Portugal. With a longer line, the brilliance of the trot, in both expression, and balance may be seen without the handler attempting to manufacture the trot. Handlers may still choose to use a 10 foot line without penalty. The committee is also proposing a change to the Best Movement pattern. The current pattern does not allow time to correctly view and judge the walk in classes with more than eight participants or when shown in smaller arenas. The suggested change takes away the ability of other exhibitors from moving their horses into the trot line of another exhibitor. Additionally, this change will remove the issue of center ring judges' boxes in the way of the pattern. None Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: best movement Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 69 of 400

70 AL234 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /10/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AL234 Dressage Sport Horse In Hand [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AL-42 DRESSAGE SPORT HORSE IN HAND] SUBCHAPTER AL-42 DRESSAGE SPORT HORSE IN HAND AL234 Dressage Sport Horse In Hand 1. For rules governing Sport Horse In Hand classes see Dressage Division, Subchapter DR-2 Dressage Sport Horse Breeding. Breed restricted Sport Horse In Hand classes held in the Andalusian/Lusitano Division to be conducted in accordance with USEF Dressage Sport Horse Breeding (Subchapter DR-2) rules except as stated herein: a. Exception to DR204: Sport Horse In Hand classes for the Andalusian and Half Andalusian Sport Horses may be held separately or in conjunction with any licensed Andalusian/Lusitano competition. Sport Horse In Hand classes may be held as specified in the AL division or as deemed appropriate by competition management and published in the prize list with the exception that horses of one sex shall not be judged against those of the opposite sex. b. Exception to DR206: Bridles are mandatory on horses three years and older. A bridle shall be a dressage-type snaffle bridle or hunter-type snaffle bridle. Snaffle may be with or without cheeks, keepers allowed. A noseband is optional but if used, it must be a cavesson style noseband. A split or single chain may be used, attached through both sides of the bit, with/or instead of reins. Horses aged two years may be shown in a bridle (as listed above), or a brown or black plain leather stable halter. Horses under age two years must be shown in a brown or black plain leather stable halter. Horse wearing non conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. 1. Conservative casual attire is recommended for the handler. This would include casual pants and shirt. Also acceptable would be Dressage or hunter attire including breeches, boots, shirt with tie, stock tie or choker collar. Jackets, hats, vests, and gloves are optional. 2. The handler may carry only one whip, maximum length of six feet, including lash and without attachments (i.e. plastic bags, ribbons, etc.). AL234 Purpose The Sport Horse section is to evaluate and encourage the breeding of Purebred Andalusian/Lusitano and Half Andalusian/Lusitano horses suitable for a variety of today's sports with horses such as, Dressage, Working Hunter, Eventing, Jumper, Carriage Pleasure Driving, Combined Driving, Competitive Trail and Working Equitation. Form to function will be emphasized. These classes must be judged by a Federation judge licensed in the Andalusian/Lusitano, Dressage, Driving, Hunter, or Jumper divisions. AL235 Conduct of Classes 1. In-hand, Under Saddle and Show Hack Sport Horse classes for 1) Andalusion/Lusitano and 2) Half Andalusian/Lusitano Sport Horses may be held separately or in conjunction with any licensed Andalusian/Lusitano competition. Sport Horse In-hand, Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack classes may be held for stallions, mares and geldings. 2. In-hand Classes may be held in any age groups deemed appropriate by competition management and published in the prize list with the exception that horses of one sex shall not be judged against those of the opposite sex. Exception: Amateur or specified championship classes may have horses of all sexes. Sport Horse In-Hand and Under Saddle classes may be divided at the discretion of competition management into Dressage type and Hunter type. Horses may cross enter. Both Dressage and Hunter style appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both the Dressage-type and Hunter-type In-Hand and Under Saddle classes. a. Dressage type - displays the conformation and movement qualities as follows: Horses of this type carry a higher set-on neck than the Hunter type with sufficient length and flexion of the poll. Movement should be free, elastic, active and regular with good push from behind without tension and with a tendency toward an uphill balance. b. Hunter type - displays the conformation and movement qualities as follows: Horses of this type carry a more level frame than the Dressage type horse, yet must display a natural looking carriage. Movement should have good ground cover and tend to be long and low with good push from behind, free of tension and showing good balance. 3. Sport Horse In-Hand Championships shall be based upon highest scoring horses in qualifying classes. Sport Horse In-Hand Champions and Reserve Champions must be at least two years of age. No horse may be named Champion and Reserve Champion in the same class. (Example: when amateur and open classes qualify for the same championship class.) If the same horse has the two (2) highest scores, the next highest eligible horse shall be named Reserve Champion. AL236 Sport Horse In-Hand Classes Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 70 of 400

71 1. Sport Horse In-Hand Classes. Conformation is to be evaluated in terms of potential trainability, potential performance and predisposition to soundness. Form to function is to be emphasized. Blemishes are not to count unless resulting from conformation faults. Gaits are to be evaluated in terms of purity, quality and correctness. Correct gaits which contribute to ease in training and the horse remaining sound and useable are most important. Purity and quality are judged mainly in profile. Correctness is judged mainly while the horse is coming to and going from the judge s position. Colts and stallions two years and over must have both testicles descended. 2. Following a posted or announced order, or on request from the judge, entries in each class will approach the judging area one at a time, walk to the apex of the triangle. Conformation judging may take place before or after performance on the triangle, so wait for the judge s instructions. Wait for the judge s request to proceed on the triangle. The handler will lead the horse on the perimeter of the triangle at the walk and trot, returning to the apex and wait for further instructions. At the completion of the judging, the handler will lead the horse away from the judging area. The triangle may be adjusted to fit local conditions. 3. Triangle: Corners should be well defined. A marker will be used at the apex and at each corner to define placement of the turn for the exhibitor. Use of plants or flowers is allowed. 4. The horse is to be shown in an open position, for conformation judging. The traditional way of showing open position would be with the right front leg slightly back and the right hind leg slightly forward; but as long as all four legs of the horse are visible to the judge when standing on either side of the horse, this would be acceptable. The horse s head and neck should be allowed to show in a natural and comfortable carriage, and the handler should stand away from the horse with a loose lead line. 5. Foals may not be shown loose. 6. When possible, the announcement of awards will include the breeding of the horses placed: sire and dam as well as the name of the owner and breeder. 7. Judge must excuse from the ring any unruly horse or one whose actions threaten to endanger other exhibitors or their entries 8. The handler may carry only one whip, maximum length of six feet, including lash and without attachments (i.e. plastic bags, ribbons, etc.). No trailers allowed. 9. Causes for mandatory elimination from the arena or designated judging area for In-Hand classes are: a. Removal of eyelashes, b. Changing the natural color of the mane and/or tail c. Applying a product to a horse s hoof to hide or conceal a conformation defect. Only clear or transparent products may be used on the hooves of horses while being shown in Breeding and/or In-Hand classes. 10. An entry must be penalized for: a. Excessive amounts of oil, grease or other similar substances. b. Balding the area around the eyes or proximal to the muzzle and nostrils c. Excessive use of the whip or actions that may disturb other entries shall be severely penalized. AL237 Sport Horse Scoring In-hand Procedures 1. The IALHA In-Hand Score Sheet shall be used. Each judge will be assigned a scribe who will record scores and comments as dictated by the judge. Horses will be shown individually on the triangle. 2. The judge shall use the approved individual score sheets for individual classes. 3. Decimals may be used in scoring. 4. A scribe shall be provided for each judge whose main duty is to record the judge s scores and comments on the score sheets. The scribe may be asked to transfer scores from the individual sheets to the master score sheet. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 71 of 400

72 5. Tied scores for Sport Horse In-Hand shall be broken first by referring to movement, then conformation, then overall balance and finally manners. If the horses are still tied, the judge (or call judge in a multiple judge system), will make a final tie-breaking decision. 6. When multiple judges officiate the same class, competition management may assign separate or shared triangles. In either case, judges will have separate score sheets and scribes. 7. Scores shall be reported as a total based on the stated percentages against a possible total of 100% and all scores and placings must be posted. Unofficial scores may be posted during the class and/or final score may be posted at the end of each class. 8. If a mathematical error on the score sheet is discovered, it must be brought to the attention of competition management within one hour of the official posting of the scores from the last class of the competition day. Competition management must announce said posting, and must make score sheets available to competitors immediately AL238 Sport Horse Under Saddle and Show Hack Class Procedures 1. AL , 6-8,10, 11, 13, 16-19, 21-22, AL102, and AL 103apply to Sport Horse Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 2. Score sheets are not required for Sport Horse Under Saddle or Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 3. Judge must excuse from the ring any unruly horse or one whose actions threaten to endanger other exhibitors or their entries. 4. Sport Horse Under Saddle. To enter the ring counterclockwise at the trot. To be shown at a walk, trot, and canter both directions of the ring. Judge may request lengthening of stride at any gait and may request horses to back in the line-up. 5. Sport Horse Show Hack. To enter the ring counterclockwise at the normal walk or normal trot. To be shown both directions of the ring at a walk, trot, and canter; collected, normal and extended gaits to be called for, and the hand gallop. Horses should stand quietly and back readily. AL239 Sport Horse In-Hand Appointments 1. Both Dressage-type and Hunter-type appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both Dressage-type and Hunter-type In-Hand classes. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. 2. Tack: Bridles are mandatory on horses three years and older. A bridle shall be a dressage-type snaffle bridle or hunter-type snaffle bridle. Snaffle may be with or without cheeks, keepers allowed. Use of a noseband is optional but if used, it must be a cavesson, flash, figure 8, mexican, dropped, or crescent style noseband. A split or single lead made of either leather or chain (or a combination of both) may be used, attached through both sides of the bit, with/or instead of reins. Horses aged two years may be shown in a bridle (as listed above), or a plain leather stable halter. Horses under age two years must be shown in a plain leather stable halter. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. 3. Attire a. Conservative casual attire is recommended for the handler. This would include casual pants and shirt. Also acceptable would be Dressage or Hunter attire including breeches, boots, shirt with tie, stock tie or choker collar. Jackets, hats, vests, and gloves are optional. b. The handler may carry only one whip, maximum length of six feet, including lash and without attachments (i.e. plastic bags, ribbons, etc.) AL240 Sport Horse Under Saddle Appointments 1. Both Dressage-type and Hunter-type appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both Dressage-type and Hunter-type Under Saddle classes. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. 2. Tack: a. Bridle shall be a dressage-type snaffle bridle with snaffle bit, hunter-type double bridle or dressage-type double bridle, or hunter-type snaffle or Pelham bridle is acceptable. Converters on Pelham bridle are not permitted and two reins are required. Unconventional bits may be penalized at the discretion of the judge, BUT kimberwicks are prohibited. In junior horse under saddle classes, snaffle bits are mandatory. Snaffles may be with or without cheeks, keepers allowed. Cavesson nosebands are to be used, but flash nosebands would be acceptable when using a snaffle bridle with snaffle bit. b. A dressage, forward seat or English all purpose saddle is to be used. No saddle seat type saddles allowed. c. Martingales are not permitted. 3. Attire: a. Dressage or Hunter attire acceptable. Dressage attire will be defined as white or light colored breeches, short riding coat of conservative color, with tie, choker or stock tie, boots, a hunt cap, derby, top hat or protective headgear. Hunter attire will be defined as light colored breeches, short riding coat of conservative color, with tie or choker, boots or smooth leather half-chaps, and hunt cap or protective headgear. It is recommended that attire reflect the tack used on the horse. b. Gloves of conservative color are optional for either style of attire. c. Spurs and whip are optional. If a whip is carried, it may not exceed the length requirements in DR120. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 72 of 400

73 AL241 Sport Horse Show Hack Appointments 1. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. 2. Tack: a. Bridle shall be a dressage style snaffle bridle, or hunter style snaffle or Pelham bridle, or dressage style double bridle or hunter style double bridle is acceptable. Converters on Pelham bit not permitted and two reins are required. Kimberwick bit is prohibited. If using a double bridle of either style, the lever arm (length below the mouthpiece) must not exceed 3.94 inches or 10 cm. The inside diameter of the bridoon ring must not exceed 3.15 inches or 8 cm. Cavesson nosebands to be used but flash nosebands would be acceptable when using a snaffle bridle and snaffle bit. b. A dressage, forward seat or English all-purpose saddle is to be used. No saddle seat type saddles allowed. c. Martingales are not permitted. 3. Attire: a. Informal attire consists of conservatively colored short, dark coat, with tie, stock tie or choker collar, white or light b. colored breeches, boots or smooth leather half-chaps, hunt cap, derby, top hat or protective headgear. c. Formal attire consists of white breeches, top hat and shad belly coat which may be worn after 6:00 p.m. or in championship classes. d. Spurs and whip are optional. If a whip is carried, it may not exceed the length requirements in DR120. AL242 Sport Horse Qualifying Gaits 1. Innate quality movement is a priority in the Sport Horse classes. All gaits should be pure in rhythm, and should be without tension or resistance. 2. Walk a. Walk. (Also Normal Walk) The rhythm of the walk is 4 beats. The walk is to be regular and unconstrained. b. Collected Walk. The rhythm is 4 beats. The stride maintains the marching quality of the normal walk, with hind legs well engaged but covers less ground. c. Extended Walk. The rhythm is 4 beats. While maintaining the march quality, the horse does not rush, but with regular steps, will clearly show the hind feet touching the ground in front of the footprints of the forefeet. The rider allows the horse to stretch forward with head and neck, but does not release contact with the mouth. 3. Trot a. Trot. (Also Normal Trot) The rhythm of the trot is 2 beats. The trot is free, active and regular. The steps should be balanced and elastic with the horse demonstrating a supple back and well engaged hindquarters. b. Collected Trot. The rhythm is 2 beats. The horse continues to move forward with impulsion, and demonstrates an ability to further engage the hocks, which allows the shoulders of the horse to become lighter and the stride to become shorter. The neck is raised and arched, but not constrained. c. Extended Trot. The rhythm is 2 beats. The horse covers as much ground as possible, while maintaining regularity and balance. The stride lengthens as a result of great impulsion. The rider allows the horse, while remaining on the bit, to reach with its frame. The forefeet should touch the ground where they point. The transitions to and from should be balanced and smoothly executed. 4. Canter a. Canter. (Also Normal Canter). The rhythm of the canter is 3 beats. The canter should be light, cadenced (rhythm with a suitable tempo combined with springy impulsion) and regular. Transitions should be without hesitation and balanced. The canter should always be straight on straight lines. b. Collected Canter. The rhythm is 3 beats. The horse moves forward with impulsion, through increased engagement of the hindquarters and lightness of the forehand. The neck is raised and arched but not constrained. The back remains supple and the strides are shorter. c. Extended Canter. The rhythm is 3 beats. The horse covers as much ground as possible while maintaining regularity and balance. The stride lengthens as a result of great impulsion from the hindquarters and the rider allows the horse to lower and extend the neck, without losing contact with the bit, or leaning. 5. Lengthening Stride. When a lengthening of stride is requested at walk, trot, or canter, the horse should maintain rhythm, regularity and balance, while reaching with the frame and stride. The rider should maintain contact with the bit, while allowing the lengthening. The strides should be more ground covering and the horse should remain calm and supple. 6. Hand Gallop. The rhythm is 3 beats. The hand gallop is performed with long, free, ground covering strides. The amount of ground covered will vary between horses due to the difference in the natural length of stride. The hand gallop shows a looser, freer elongation of stride and frame of the horse. The horse must remain mannerly, correct, and straight. Extreme speed to be penalized. 7. Rein-back. The rhythm is 2 beats. The feet are raised and set down by diagonal pairs. The horse should remain calm and obedient, lifting and setting down the feet, without shuffling AL243 Sport Horse Class Specifications 1. IN-HAND CLASSES. Horses shall be shown at the walk and trot on the triangle. The IALHA Score Sheet is divided as follows: Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 73 of 400

74 Movement - 40% (20% for walk and 20% for trot) Conformation - 40% Expression, Manners, Willingness - 10% Quality, Balance and Harmony, Suitability as a Sport Horse - 10% Transmissible weaknesses or predisposition to unsoundness shall be penalized commensurate with severity. 2. UNDER SADDLE CLASSES. To be shown at the walk, trot, and canter both directions of the ring. Judge may request lengthening of stride at any gait and may request horse to back in the line-up. a. OPEN. To be judged on performance (purity and quality of gaits), manners, conformation, suitability as a Sport Horse and quality. b. AMATEUR. To be judged on manners, performance (purity and quality of gaits), suitability as a Sport Horse, conformation and quality. c. JUNIOR HORSE. To be judged on quality, suitability as a Sport Horse, performance (purity and quality of gaits), conformation and manners. 3. SPORT HORSE SHOW HACK CLASSES. To be shown both directions of the ring at a walk, trot, and canter (collected, normal and extended gaits to be called for), and the hand gallop. Horses should stand quietly and back readily. a. OPEN. To be judged on performance, manners, quality, and conformation. b. AMATEUR. To be judged on manners, performance, quality, and conformation. AL244 Sport Horse Showmanship 1. Purpose To be judged on presentation of horse, neatness and appearance of handler, overall condition of the horse, handling techniques, appropriate tack and equipment, and ability to show the horse to the best advantage. 2. General a. Classes may be divided by age of handler. b. Unsoundness of the horse being shown shall not penalize a handler unless it is sufficiently severe as to impair the required performance, in which case penalty is at the judge s discretion. c. Offering prize money in Youth Sport Horse Showmanship is prohibited. d. A minimum of six ribbons should be awarded, but no more than ten places are recommended. e. Hair must be neat and securely fastened so as not to cover the handler s number The handler s number must be worn on the back and must be clearly visible. f. Coaching or unauthorized assistance in any manner is subject to penalty or disqualification at the judge s discretion. It is recommended that stallions be prohibited, but it must be stated in the prize list. 3. Class Conduct a. The IALHA Sport Horse Showmanship Score Sheetshall be used. Each judge will be assigned a scribe who will record scores and comments as dictated by the judge. Horses will be shown individually on the triangle. The IALHA score sheets will be provided to competition management by IALHA. Competition Management may make as many individual copies as necessary for their competition. b. Following a posted or announced order, or on request from the judge, entries in each class will approach the judging area one at a time, and walk to the apex of the triangle. The presentation judging while the horse is stationary may take place before or after performance on the triangle; the handler must wait for the judge s instructions before proceeding on the triangle. The handler will lead the horse on the perimeter of the triangle at the walk and trot, returning to the apex and wait for further instructions. At the completion of the judging, the handler will lead the horse away from the judging area. The triangle may be adjusted to fit local conditions. c. The horse is to be shown in an open position. The traditional way of showing open position would be with the right front leg slightly back and the right hind leg slightly forward; but as long as all four legs of the horse are visible to the judge when standing on either side of the horse, this stance would be acceptable. The horse s head and neck should be allowed to show in a natural and comfortable carriage, and the handler should stand away from the horse with a loose lead line. Handlers may use treats to keep horse s attention and focus. d. Judge must excuse from the ring any unruly horse or one whose actions threaten to endanger other exhibitors or their entries. e. A whip may be used to guide the horse. See AL236.8 f. Decimals may be used in scoring. g. Tied scores for Sport Horse Showmanship shall be broken first by referring to presentation and handling score, then movement scores (walk and trot presentation). If still tied, the tie will be broken at the judge s discretion. h. Scores shall be reported as a total possible 100 points. All scores and placings must be posted. i. If a mathematical error on the score sheet is discovered, it must be brought to the attention of competition management within one hour of the official posting of the scores from the last class of the competition day. Competition management must announce said posting, and must make score sheets available to competitors as soon as possible after completion of the class 4. For appointments, see AL239 Sport Horse in Hand Appointments 5. Showmanship Faults/Eliminations a. Not following the judge s instructions. b. Handlers not showing the horse, but just showing themselves. c. Not lining up in front of the judge when walking and trotting. d. Standing in a position to obstruct the judge s view of the horse. e. Excessive use of the whip, or actions that may disturb others entries. f. Not holding the shank correctly or jerking the shank excessively. g. Improper attire or attire not clean and neat. h. Horse in poor condition, not clean or properly groomed. i. Improper tack or tack that is not clean. j. Number not worn or improperly displayed. k. Any handler not having his horse under sufficient control must be dismissed from the ring by the judge and be eliminated. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 74 of 400

75 *Renumber subsections accordingly Proponent Details Andalusian/Lusitano Erin Desnoyers The Andalusian/Lusitano Committee would like to change the A/L Dressage Sport Horse section to remove dressage and open the section to more exhibitors. The rewrite of this section includes in hand, under saddle, and showmanship which will allow more exhibitors to compete. By removing dressage, the section will mirror other National breed sport horse sections and open the section up to allow more exhibitors to compete in these classes. A chart will need to be inserted after AL236. Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: sport horse Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AL Tracking # Page 75 of 400

76 AR103.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR103 AHA Exhibitor Membership and Competition Entry Requirements [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-1 GENERAL SECTION] 1. Each competitor in an Arabian Horse Association recognized Arabian Division, at the time of entry into a competition, must submit a copy of a valid AHA membership/competition card (exception: this requirement is optional if indicated as such in the prize list), join AHA or pay an AHA Single Event Membership fee per competitor. a. When an agent signs for the owner at an AHA recognized competition, both the owner and agent must be members of AHA or pay the AHA Single Event Membership. b. Single Event Membership is not acceptable at AHA Regional or National competitions. c. Exhibitors in Walk-Trot classes are exempt from AHA Membership requirements at qualifying competitions, but must have an AHA Membership with Competition Card at AHA Regional and National competitions. d. Exhibitors in Lead Line classes or Parents/Guardians signing for minors are exempt from AHA Membership requirements. 2. A copy of the registration papers showing the current owner of record with the Arabian Horse Association must may be optional as indicated in the prize list. If required, the copy must be submitted with the entry form at the time of making entry; competition management is responsible for notifying exhibitors of this requirement. a. Exception: Horses under one year of age that are eligible for registry and registration applied for. (Only weanlings that have had registration applied for may show without registration papers.) b. Upon request a copy of the registration papers will be returned when exhibitors pick up their numbers. In the case of a sale or lease, it is required that a contract of the sale or lease, or statement from owner be submitted with the copy of the registration papers. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org With interface capability to the AHA database, the requirement for hard copy AHA membership/competition cards and horse registration papers becomes obsolete. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: AHA membership Arabian Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 76 of 400

77 AR105 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 AR105 Conduct, Specifications, Soundness and Welfare of the Horse [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-1 GENERAL SECTION] AR105 Conduct, Specifications, Soundness and Welfare of the Horse 1. All horses, except horses entered in Sub-Chapter 29 Equitation and Sub-Chapter 30 Showmanship classes, must be serviceably sound. a. All horses must be in good condition. All Horses with loss of sight must have vision in at least one eye in order to may compete in any class except Breeding/Gelding In-Hand classes and Sport Horse In-Hand Classes, where horses must have vision in both eyes. 1. The official veterinarian s decision, if requested by the judge as to the serviceable soundness of a horse (i.e., whether the horse shows evidence of lameness, broken wind, or complete loss of sight in either eye), will be final for the purpose of awarding ribbons in the class for which he has been called. Subchapter AR-2 PUREBRED ARABIAN BREEDING/GELDING IN-HAND SECTION AR117 Specifications Horses must be serviceably sound and have vision in both eyes (i.e., horse must not show evidence of lameness or broken wind) or complete loss of sight in either eye Proponent Details Arabian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org There has been confusion among competitors regarding the definition of "loss of sight". This is to further clarify and define what is considered "loss of sight" for the Arabian division Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Web: vision Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 77 of 400

78 AR108.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR108 Time Outs [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-1 GENERAL SECTION] AR108 Time Outs [...] 2. Exceptions include: a. Eventing, Dressage or Driving divisions; see specific division rules. b. Time-outs are not permitted in the Dressage division including Dressage Seat Equitation. c. While competing in a jumping (Working Hunter, Hunter Hack, Jumping, or Hunter Seat Equitation) class, if a rider s chin strap becomes unfastened, the rider may stop, re-fasten the chin strap and continue his/her round without penalty or elimination. A judge may, but is not required, to stop a rider and ask them to refasten a chin strap which has become unfastened, again without penalty to the rider. d. Working Hunter: In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe, rider may either continue without penalty or be eliminated. In the case of the jump(s) falling over due to weather or act of God, the rider must remain in the ring until receiving instructions from the judge(s) or be eliminated. In this instance, the decision of the judge(s) is final. No Time Outs will be allowed. e. Jumper: Broken Equipment. In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe, the rider must continue if he wishes to avoid penalty, or may retire. No Time Outs will be allowed Hunter Seat Equitation: In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe, the competitor must continue or be eliminated. This applies to over obstacles and on the flat. No Time Outs will be allowed. f. Reining Seat Equitation, Horsemanship, Western Seat Equitation, Reining, Trail, Reined Cow Horse, Working Cow, Cutting, and Western Riding, no Time Outs will be allowed. Walk-Trot/Walk-jog: Time outs are permitted, except in classes that require a pattern. g. Time-outs are not permitted in Reining Seat Equitation, Horsemanship, Western Seat Equitation, Reining, Trail, Reined Cow Horse, Working Cow, Cutting, Ranch Riding and Western Riding. no Time Outs will be allowed. Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To allow time outs in walk-trot/walk-jog classes that do not require a pattern. These exhibitors should not be penalized or eliminated for a time-out as their safety is the primary concern. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: time outs Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 78 of 400

79 AR110.4 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR110 Abbreviations of Class Specifications/Junior Exhibitor/Amateur Requirements/Ages [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-1 GENERAL SECTION] Link to GR141 Number Amateur Owner Classes a. Horses entered in amateur owner and junior owner classes must be registered in the name of the competitor or a member of the competitor s family, as defined by AR110.4.d.e.f (Horses registered in a farm/ranch/syndicate/ partnership/corporation name may be shown in Amateur Owner classes provided the family is the sole owner of the farm or entity as defined by AR110.4.d.e.f The sale of a horse does not eliminate this registration requirement. (Contracts of Sale or Bill of Sale will not be accepted in Owner classes.) b. Every competitor must be an amateur and the owner, or an amateur member of the owner s family c. Owners classes may be restricted to riders, drivers or handlers who are no longer eligible to compete as a junior exhibitor. d. Combined ownership is not permitted in Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes unless all owners are members of the same family. Leased horses are not eligible. (Contracts of Sale or Bill of Sale will not be accepted in Owner Classes.) d. e. For ownership by the same family, competition purposes the term family includes the following: spouse, parent, step-parent, child, step-child, brother, sister, half brother and sister, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, step-brother and sister, grandparents and grandchildren, and in-laws of the same relation as stated above. e. Combined ownership is permitted in Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes. As per GR141.4 combined ownership is permitted in Junior Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes under the following conditions: 1. Two distinct non family owners may co-own a horse and show that horse in Junior Owner or Amateur Owner classes except that no family member of a professional may enter into this relationship. Non family owners are defined as two distinct individuals who are not related as family as defined by US Equestrian or Equestrian Canada. 2. A Horse that is co-owned by the two distinct non family owners must be registered with Arabian Horse Registry of America, Half Arabian Horse Registry, Anglo Arabian Horse Registry, Canadian Arabian Horse Registry or Canadian Partbred Arabian Registry, or other registry approved by the Arabian Horse Association as an and ownership relationship. An or ownership relationship does not enable two distinct non family owners to show in Junior Owner s or Amateur Owner s classes. 3. The right to show horses in Junior Owner or Amateur Owner classes when there are two distinct non family owners registered as the owners of said horse, does not extend to the family of these distinct non family owners. 4. In order to show in Junior Owner or Amateur Owner classes both distinct non family owners must be members of US Equestrian or Equestrian Canada and hold valid amateur cards or be juniors or a combination of amateur and junior. 5. Both distinct non family owners must be individuals, no Farm or Corporation co-owned horses are eligible. 6. No family member of a distinct non family owner may receive any remuneration in relation to the co-owned horse as defined in SUBCHAPTER 13-B AMATEURS AND PROFESSIONALS (or Equestrian Canada equivalent). 7. Horses co-owned by more than two distinct non family owners cannot be shown in Junior Owner or Amateur Owner classes. 8. If the co-ownership relationship is terminated, that horse is not eligible to be co-owned by another distinct non family person for the remainder of that show year as defined by US Equestrian. The remaining owner and his or her family members are eligible to show in Junior Owner or Amateur Owner classes. 9. A horse that is co-owned by the two distinct non family members cannot be shown in a Maturity and Jackpot classes at any AHA National Championship show. 10. An individual AHA Affiliate Association/club may elect to not allow horses that are co-owned by two distinct non family member to compete in classes designated for Amateur Owner and Junior Owner for which they offer prize money, Futurity, or other restricted classes with payouts greater than $2, An individual member may only enter into two distinct co-owner relationships and compete with these arrangements in Junior Owner and Amateur Owner classes at USEF/EC approved shows. Arrangements with other individuals, same or otherwise, for purposes other than competing Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 79 of 400

80 in USEF/EC approved show in Junior Owner and Amateur Owner classes, are not impacted. f. Leased horses are not eligible. (Contracts of Sale or Bill of Sale will not be accepted in Owner Classes.) Continue numbering Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed The Arabian Horse Show world is changing and as an industry we need to look for new and innovative ways for our Arabian Horses to be enjoyed by more individuals. In the opinion of the proponent, the Arabian Horse industry needs to be encouraging, not discouraging membership. With the cost of showing horses increasing, the opportunity to share the training/board/showing/etc. expenses with an unrelated owner may increase participation at competitions by allowing another class entry without ownership restrictions. The lack of opportunity to partner and exhibit these co-owned horses in amateur owner classes effectively reduces any incentive to co-own or partner on the purchase or showing of horses. The expanded definition of "ownership" will allow for participation at lower costs. The ownership must be an "AND" ownership which may limit the ability for individuals to change ownership multiple times and demonstrates the level of commitment required on behalf of both parties. GR 141 (331-17) Web: amateur owner classes Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 80 of 400

81 AR112 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/5/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR112 Numbers and Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-1 GENERAL SECTION] 1. Competitors must display the correct number which must be clearly visible while performing in any class unless otherwise stated in the prize list. Competitors may be penalized at the discretion of the judge. 2. Numbers to be supplied by management. A number card for each competitor must be provided. a. For Dressage/Western Dressage: A separate number must be issued for each horse. This is an exception to DR126.1.j.(4) and WD Horses or riders are required to display only one number and may not be penalized for displaying only one number. b. Dressage: Exhibitors may use bridle tag numbers on one or both sides of the bridle. Back numbers, or armband numbers may be used. Dressage Seat Equitation exhibitors must use back numbers. and, Be It Further Continueing numbering to 13. [...] SUBCHAPTER AR-27 WESTERN DRESSAGE AR221 Western Dressage Conduct Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org There are current rules which exist in the USEF Dressage section of the Arabian Division which state that a separate number is not required for each horse/rider combination. For the ease of application and consistency, there is a desire to follow these same rules in the discipline of Western Dressage. Web: numbers and appointments Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 81 of 400

82 AR113.4 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason To outline the responsibility of an In-Hand ring Compliance Judge, as well as who can serve in this capacity and when an In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge could be used. The need for an In-Hand ring Compliance Judge is in direct response to and Arabian Horse Associations best solution to keep in compliance with the directive from the USEF Hearing Committee. A USEF licensed Arabian judge will serve as the In-Hand ring Compliance Judge during Breeding/Gelding In-Hand classes (Purebred and Half-Arabian). This judge shall monitor the conduct of exhibitors to mitigate shanking of horses or other possibly abusive actions during the class. While monitoring the conduct of the class, the Compliance judge has no responsibility in the actual judging of the entries but will have the authority to warn, eliminate or hand out yellow cards to exhibitors like judges officiating the class. AR113 Conduct [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-2 PUREBRED ARABIAN BREEDING/GELDING IN-HAND SECTION] 4. Competition management has the authority to appoint/employ a Federation/EC licensed Arabian division judge to serve as the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge during Breeding/Gelding In-hand classes. a. An individual fulfilling the position of the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge must be an Arabian Division judge in good standing with both USEF/EC and AHA. b. The In-Hand Compliance Judge has no input or authority in the actual judging of entries in the class beyond the authority described here-in. c. The In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge is governed by the same conflict of interest rules as any other judge at the competition. d. The In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge s authority starts when the first horse enters the ring at the start of the class and ends when the official judges cards are signed and turned in to the announcer or scorer, in accordance with GR e. The In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge cannot serve as a scheduled judge during the same competition but could be utilized as an emergency substitute judge in any performance section for which they are qualified to adjudicate. f. The In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge has the authority to warn or eliminate an entry at anytime during a class for violation of AR115.1 and/or AR115.3c except during the time the exhibitor is actively being evaluated by the officiating judge(s). g. The AHA Education and Evaluation Commission and AHA Judges & Stewards Commissioner will provide the official form for use by the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge and will provide instruction in the use of the form. h. The decision of the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge cannot be protested. Proponent Details AHA Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org To outline the responsibility of an In-Hand ring Compliance Judge, as well as who can serve in this capacity and when an In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge could be used. The need for an In-Hand ring Compliance Judge is in direct response to and Arabian Horse Associations best solution to keep in compliance with the directive from the USEF Hearing Committee. A USEF licensed Arabian judge will serve as the In-Hand ring Compliance Judge during Breeding/Gelding In-Hand classes (Purebred and Half-Arabian). This judge shall monitor the conduct of exhibitors to mitigate shanking of horses or other possibly abusive actions during the class. While monitoring the conduct of the class, the Compliance judge has no responsibility in the actual judging of the entries but will have the authority to warn, eliminate or hand out yellow cards to exhibitors like judges officiating the class. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 82 of 400

83 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Web: judges Arabian Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 10/29/2018 Licensed Officials Draft 1: The LOC recommends disapproval, but would approve if corrections to the Federation/EC and USEF/EC references are edited. A jointly licensed USEF and Equestrian Canada Arabian judge does not exist, therefore an official would either be a Federation judge, EC judge, or a Federation and EC judge. Suggested edits: 4. Competition management has the authority to appoint/employ a Federation or Equestrian Canada licensed Arabian division judge to serve as the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge during Breeding/Gelding In-hand classes. a. An individual fulfilling the position of the In-Hand Ring Compliance Judge must be an Arabian Division judge in good standing with AHA and the Federation or Equestrian Canada. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 83 of 400

84 AR123.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 8/30/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason Horses with loss of sight in one eye are considered serviceably sound to compete in all performance classes, it is logical that those same horses would be considered serviceably sound for performance halter AR123 General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-4 PERFORMANCE HALTER SECTION] 1. Performance Halter classes (See also AR-1, AR-2 and AR-3). Horses with loss of sight in one eye may compete in Performance Halter classes. Proponent Details AHA Nicole Zerbee Allows for horses with the loss of sight in one eye to compete in Performance Halter classes. Horses with loss of sight in one eye are considered serviceably sound to compete in all performance classes, it is logical that those same horses would be considered serviceably sound for performance halter. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Web: vision Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 84 of 400

85 AR125 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR125 General Performance Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-5 PERFORMANCE SECTION] 4. In the line up, horses must stand quietly and may be asked to back individually or as a group. In driving classes requiring a reinback in the line up, the overcheck over check or side check may be adjusted by the header but must remain fastened until the reinback has been completed. Linked rules: SUBCHAPTER AR-21 FORMAL DRIVING SECTION AR188 Conduct 3. To stand quietly and back readily. In driving classes requiring a reinback in the line-up, the overcheck over check or side check may be adjusted by the header but must remained fastened until the reinback has been completed. SUBCHAPTER AR-22 PLEASURE DRIVING SECTION AR192 Conduct 3. To stand quietly and back readily. In driving classes requiring a reinback in the line-up, the overcheck over check or side check may be adjusted by the header but must remained fastened until the reinback has been completed. SUBCHAPTER AR-23 COUNTRY PLEASURE DRIVING SECTION AR196 Conduct 3. To stand quietly and back readily. In driving classes requiring a reinback in the line-up, the overcheck over check or side check may be adjusted by the header but must remained fastened until the reinback has been completed. Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The current rule refers to over check rein. In order to clarify that the rule actually applies to both over check and side check (the intent) the change to over check or side check is appropriate Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: over check Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 85 of 400

86 AR140.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 AR140 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-9 HUNTER PLEASURE SECTION] 1. Tack: a. Bridle shall be light, show type; either snaffle (full or half cheek), pelham, full bridle or kimberwicke bit acceptable. Browband/cavessons must be of hunter type. b. Junior Horse classes require a snaffle bit. Snaffle bit is defined as snaffle bit of at least 3/8 diameter as measured ½ from the ring. The snaffle bit may be jointed, double jointed or unjointed. For all junior horse performance classes, all snaffle bits must have a round, egg butt or D shaped ring with no attachments to the headstall or reins through a hook (except for keepers for a full cheek snaffle when section rules allow a full cheek). Full cheek (with or without keepers), French and Dr. Bristol snaffle bits are permitted. The following are not permitted: half cheek snaffles, ornamented bridles, browbands or cavessons, saddle seat style colored browbands/cavessons, figure eight, drop, or flash nosebands. b. Breastplate or breast collar is optional. c. No martingales or tie-downs. d. Type of English saddle is optional, but forward seat type saddle recommended. Saddle Seat type saddles are not allowed. Proponent Details Arabian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org There has been confusion among competitors and stewards as to whether half cheek snaffles are permitted in the Hunter Pleasure section of the Arabian division. The added language will clarify that full and half cheek snaffles are permitted in all Hunter Pleasure classes, except Junior horse classes where half cheek snaffles are not permitted. Web: snaffle Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 AHA Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 86 of 400

87 AR144 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR144 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-10 WESTERN PLEASURE SECTION] Tack: a. Bridle. Any western type headstall without noseband in conjunction with any standard western bit shall be allowed. A standard western bit is defined as having a shank with a maximum length overall of 8 ½. The mouthpiece will consist of a round or oval metal bar 5/16 to ¾ in diameter as measured one inch in from the shank. The bars may be metal, rubber or synthetic material and may be inlaid, but must be smooth or latex wrapped. The bars may be encased in smooth 5/16 to 3/4 in diameter tubular barrels that rotate around the bars. Nothing may protrude below the mouthpiece (bar) such as extensions, prongs, or rivets designed to intimidate the horse. Rollers attached to the center of the bit are acceptable, and may extend below the bar. Jointed mouthpieces are acceptable and may consist of two or three pieces and may have one or two joints. A three piece mouthpiece may include a connecting ring of 1 ¼ or less in diameter or a connecting flat bar of 3/8 to ¾ (measured top to bottom with a maximum length of two 2 ), which lies flat in the mouth, or a roller or port as described herein. The port must be no higher than 3 ½ with roller(s) and covers acceptable. Jointed mouthpieces, half-breeds, and spade bits are standard. Slip or gag bits, rigid donut mouthpieces and flat polo mouthpieces are prohibited. Roping bits with both reins connected to a single ring at center of crossbar shall not be used. Reins must be attached to each shank. Either a curb chain or flat leather chin strap must be at least ½ in width and lie flat against the jaws of the horse. No wire, rawhide, metal or other substance can be used in conjunction with or as part of the flat leather chin strap, or curb chain. Round, rolled, braided or rawhide curb straps are prohibited, except when used on a ring snaffle when applied below the reins. A light lip strap is permissible. See illustration in Western Division. Any rein design or other device which increases the effective length and thereby the leverage of the shank of a standard Western bit is prohibited (see WS105.2). Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To allow materials other than metal for bits. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: bridle Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 87 of 400

88 AR148 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR148 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-11 LADIES SIDE SADDLE SECTION] 1. Tack a. Bridle: Appropriate to style of attire. 1. Western See AR144.2.a 2. English Show Hack, See AR156.1.a 3. English, See AR132.1.a 4. Hunter, See AR140.1.a 5. Period, any bridle outlined in the above sections (1-4) are appropriate. b. Martingales or tie downs are prohibited. c. Saddle: Appropriate sidesaddle, to style of attire. 2. Attire: a. English (Hunter, English Show Hack, or Saddle Seat), Western or Period. If a shirt is worn as part of Western attire, it must be long sleeved. Jackets are allowed as part of any style attire. Skirt, divided skirt or apron, hat, and boots are required. Period attire is acceptable and encouraged to be researched as to the authenticity of the entire costume. Hat and boots required. b. Spur, whip or crop optional, at the exhibitor s discretion. c. Competitors must be penalized for incomplete appointments but not necessarily disqualified. Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To make explicit what is allowed for each discipline's bridles Web: Appointments Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 88 of 400

89 AR162.1 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR162 Height of Obstacles [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-14 WORKING HUNTER SECTION] 1. Regular Hunter Divisions/Classes to be determined as follows (Note any class offered at an AHA approved show that does not specifically adhere to the following nomenclature and specifications will be considered an unrated class): [...] b. Restricted classes: 1. Horse eligibility: a. Green Working Hunter Open Horses at in their first year of competition will jump at 2 6 (0.8m) at Federation licensed Arabian competitions, Equestrian Canada or AHA approved shows. or Horses in their second year of competition year will jump at (0.85m) at Federation licensed Arabian competitions (EC), Equestrian Canada, or AHA approved shows. Horses never to have shown over fences (Hunter, Equitation or Jumper) at a height of 2 6 (0.8m) or greater above their green eligibility height prior to the beginning of the competition year. Exception: Hunter Hack classes or horses competing in their second year Green Hunters. A first year green hunter is a horse that has not competed above 2 6 (0.8m). A second year green hunter is a horse that has not competed above at 2 6 (0.8m) 2 9 (0.85m) or greater in the prior year. Competition years do not need to be consecutive. However, if a horse has been shown in any two competition years at a height of 2 6 (0.8m) or greater. Once a horse competes at a height over 2 9 (0.85m) it would no longer be eligible to compete as a green hunter. It is the sole responsibility of the owner to determine the eligibility of a horse to compete as a green hunter. Horses that have competed in Modified Hunter ATR and 14.2 hands and under prior to the 2017 competition year are still eligible to compete as a green hunter over fences in the 2017 competition year as long as they did not compete in other classes over (0.85m) or higher. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The National Arabian Sport Horse Association hopes to make the entire division more inviting and accessible to all levels of our exhibitors. The safety, health and well-being of the Green Working Hunter will be increased as the additional height necessitates requires better attention from both horse and rider and encourages correct hunter form. The current height of 2'6" limits the classes that be entered at local recognized events and at Sport Horse Nationals, causing a loss of potential income to those shows. Web: working hunter - height of obstacles Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 89 of 400

90 AR165.1 Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /12/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR165 Divisions and Championships [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-14 WORKING HUNTER SECTION] AR165 Divisions Sections and Championships 1. A Division Section is defined as a minimum of two classes over fences and an under saddle. a. The over fence classes may be Working Hunter Under, Handy Hunter or Working Hunter Stake. A Division Section can be expanded to include three over fence classes at the shows discretion. b. Horses are only permitted to show in the under saddle class if they have shown in at least one over fences class in that section. 2. No competition shall offer a Working Hunter Division Section Championship unless a minimum of three classes are offered, one of which must be an under saddle class and the other two or three over fences. The over fence classes will be considered Working Hunter classes unless deemed otherwise. Show Management or the course designer may deem one over fence class a Handy Hunter when courses are posted. Show Management may, prior to the commencement of the competition, if three over fence classes are offered may deem one of the Working Hunter classes as a Working Hunter Stake class. Working Hunter Division Section champions are calculated in accordance with HU Subchapter HU-7 Championships, except there is no minimum number of entries required. 3. At Regional and Nationals Competitions, where horses are shown in 3 sections of the same classes in the same section, riders may not be different from section to section class to class. Exception, if a rider has more than one horse entered in the class, they may appoint another rider to ride their other entries in the under saddle section class, or if a rider becomes ill and is unable to continue another rider with the approval of the show steward may compete in the remaining sections of the classes. The alternate/substitute rider must be eligible to compete in the class, where riders are restricted for eligibility. Continuing numbering... Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To correct improper language and allow horses to be shown in the under saddle class only if they have shown in the over fences classes of the same section. The Arabian chapter currently refers to the Hunter chapter, which allows horses to be shown in the under saddle class as long as they are are entered in the over fences section. Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 3: No Web: working hunter section Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 90 of 400

91 AR175 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR175 Conduct of Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-17 SPORT HORSE SECTION] AR175 Conduct of Classes General Note: Protective headgear (as defined in AR111) is encouraged but is not required for all classes within this section. 1. In-hand, Under Saddle and Show Hack Sport Horse classes for 1) Arabians and 2) Half-Arabians/Anglo-Arabian Sport Horses may be held separately or in conjunction with any licensed Arabian competition. Sport Horse In-hand, Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack classes may be held for stallions, mares and geldings. SUBCHAPTER AR-1 Applies to Sport Horse classes. 2. In-hand Classes may be held in any age groups deemed appropriate by competition management and published in the prize list with the exception that horses of one sex shall not be judged against those of the opposite sex. Exception: Specified group classes or specified championship classes may have horses of all sexes. Sport Horse In-Hand and Under Saddle classes may be divided at the discretion of competition management into Dressage type and Hunter type. Horses may cross enter. Both Dressage and Hunter style appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both the Dressage-type and Huntertype In-Hand and Under Saddle classes. All appointments and attire must match for the discipline being shown. Competition management is encouraged to offer separate Championship classes for each type, but the championship classes may be combined at competition management s discretion. If competition management decides to combine the types for the championship, the appointments and attire for each exhibitor must match for the specified discipline (dressage or hunter). Please refer to DR and HU a. c.dressage type - displays the conformation and movement qualities as follows: Horses of this type carry a higher set-on neck than the Hunter type with sufficient length and flexion of the poll. Movement should be free, elastic, active and regular with good push from behind without tension and with a tendency toward an uphill balance. b. d.hunter type - displays the conformation and movement qualities as follows: Horses of this type carry a more level frame than the Dressage type horse, yet must display a natural looking carriage. Movement should have good ground cover and tend to be long and low with good push from behind, free of tension and showing good balance. 3. Sport Horse In-Hand Championships shall be based upon highest scoring horses in qualifying classes. Sport Horse In-Hand Champions and Reserve Champions must be at least two years of age. No horse may be named Champion and Reserve Champion in the same class. (Example: when amateur and open classes qualify for the same championship class.) If the same horse has the two (2) highest scores, the next highest eligible horse shall be named Reserve Champion. AR176 Sport Horse In-Hand Classes 1. Sport Horse In-Hand Classes. Conformation is to be evaluated in terms of potential trainability, potential performance and predisposition to soundness. Form to function is to be emphasized. Blemishes are not to count unless resulting from conformation faults. Gaits are to be evaluated in terms of purity, quality and correctness. Correct gaits which contribute to ease in training and the horse remaining sound and useable are most important. Purity and quality are judged mainly in profile. Correctness is judged mainly while the horse is coming to and going from the judge s position. Colts and stallions two years and over must have both testicles descended. 1. Horses will be shown individually on the triangle; assistant handlers or whip handlers are not allowed. In-hand Classes may be held in any age groups deemed appropriate by competition management and published in the prize list with the exception that horses of one sex shall not be judged against those of the opposite sex. Exception: Specified group classes or specified championship classes may have horses of all sexes. 2. Following a posted or announced order, or on request from the judge, entries in each class will approach the judging area one at a time, walk to the apex of the triangle. Open cards may be used. Conformation judging may take place before or after performance on the triangle, so wait for the judge s instructions. Wait for the judge s request to proceed on the triangle. The handler will lead the horse on the perimeter of the triangle in a clockwise direction, at the walk and trot, returning to the apex and wait for further instructions. Repetition of all or any part of the movement on the triangle may be allowed at the judge s request only. At the completion of the judging, the handler will lead the horse away from the judging area. The triangle may be adjusted to fit local conditions. 3. Triangle: Corners should be well defined. A marker will be used at the apex and at each corner to define placement of the turn for the exhibitor. Use of plants or flowers is allowed. 4. The horse is to be shown in an open position, for conformation judging. The traditional way of showing open position would be with the right front leg slightly back and the right hind leg slightly forward; but as long as all four legs of the horse are visible to the judge when standing on either side of the horse, this would be acceptable. The horse s head and neck should be allowed to show in a natural and comfortable carriage, and the handler should stand away from the horse with a loose lead line. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 91 of 400

92 5. SPORT HORSE GROUPS IN-HAND. The AHA Group Score Sheet shall be used. Each judge will be assigned a scribe who will record scores and comments as dictated by the judge. Groups will be examined one group at a time, but not necessarily on the triangle. The judge will require the individuals of each group to move at the walk and trot. Horses shall stand for conformation judging before and/or after completion of the group s movement. 6. Foals may not be shown loose. Foals shall not accompany nor be accompanied by their dam. Continue numbering to 11. AR177 Sport Horse Scoring In-hand Procedures 1. The AHA Individual Sport Horse Score Sheet shall be used. Each judge will be assigned a scribe who will record scores and comments as dictated by the judge. Horses will be shown individually on the triangle. Sport Horse In-Hand Classes are exempt from using the Arabian Halter Judging System. 2. The judge shall use the AHA approved individual score sheets for individual classes, and the individual Group Score Sheet for group classes (Get of Sire/Produce of Dam). The AHA score sheets will be provided to competition management by AHA. AHA will provide the AHA individual, group, master class, and championship Score Sheets to Competition Managment via the website. Competition management may make as many individual copies as necessary for their competition. 3. INDIVIDUAL CLASSES The AHA Score Sheet is divided as follows: a. Movement - 40% (20% for walk and 20% for trot) b. Conformation - 40% c. Expression, Manners, Willingness - 10% d. Quality, Balance and Harmony, Suitability as a Sport Horse - 10% e. Transmissible weaknesses or predisposition to unsoundness shall be penalized commensurate with severity. 4. GROUP CLASSES (Get of Sire, Produce of Dam). Horses will be judged at the walk and trot, but not necessarily on the triangle. Horse shall stand for conformation judging before and/or after completion of the group s movement. The AHA Score Sheet is divided as follows: a. Movement - 40% (20% for walk and 20% for trot) b. Conformation - 40% c. Quality and Uniformity of Quality (Reproductive likeness) - 10% d. Overall Quality, Balance, Harmony (Apparent ability of sire or dam to produce or beget Sport Horse performance or breeding stock - 10% Decimals may be used in scoring A scribe shall be provided for each judge whose main duty is to record the judge s scores and comments on the score sheets. The scribe may be asked to transfer scores from the individual sheets to the master score sheet Tied scores for Sport Horse In-Hand shall be broken first by referring to movement, then conformation, then overall balance and finally manners. If the horses are still tied, the judge (or call judge in a multiple judge system), will make a final tie-breaking decision When multiple judges officiate the same class, competition management may assign separate or shared triangles. In either case, judges will have separate score sheets and scribes Scores shall be reported as a total based on the stated percentages against a possible total of 100% and all scores and placings must be posted. (A copy of the master class score sheet may be posted to satisfy this requirement.) Unofficial scores may be posted during the class and/or final score may be posted at the end of each class If a mathematical error on the score sheet is discovered, it must be brought to the attention of competition management within one hour of the official posting of the scores from the last class of the competition day. Competition management must announce said posting, and must make score sheets available to competitors immediately. AR Sport Horse In-Hand Appointments 1. Both Dressage-type and Hunter-type appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both Dressage-type and Hunter-type In-Hand classes. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 92 of 400

93 1. 2. Tack: Bridles are mandatory on horses three years and older. A bridle shall be a dressage-type snaffle bridle ( for dressage type) or hunter-type snaffle bridle (for hunter type). Snaffle bit may be with or without cheeks, keepers allowed. Use of a noseband is optional but if used, it must be a cavesson, flash, figure 8, mexican, dropped, or crescent style noseband the style must match the discipline being shown. If the dressage type/hunter type splits are not offered, the exhibitor may choose the type of snaffle bridle used. A split or single lead made of either leather or leather like material with or without a chain (or a combination of both) may be used, and must be attached through to both sides of the bit, with/or instead of reins. Horses aged two years may be shown in a bridle (as listed above), or a plain leather stable halter. Horses under age two years must be shown in a plain leather stable halter. Competitors with nonconforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration Attire a. Conservative casual attire is recommended for the handler. This would include casual pants and shirt. Also acceptable would be Dressage or Hunter attire including breeches, boots, shirt with tie, stock tie or choker collar, providing the tack match the attire for the specified discipline. Jackets, hats, vests, and gloves are optional. b. The handler may carry only one whip, maximum length of six feet, including lash and without attachments (i.e. plastic bags, ribbons, etc.). AR Sport Horse Under Saddle and Show Hack Class Procedures 1. SUBCHAPTERS AR1 & AR4 apply to Sport Horse Under Saddle and Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 2. Score sheets are not required used for Sport Horse Under Saddle or Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 3. Judge must excuse from the ring any unruly horse or one whose actions threaten to endanger other exhibitors or their entries. 4. Sport Horse Under Saddle. To enter the ring counterclockwise at the trot. To be shown at a walk, trot, and canter both directions of the ring. Judge may request lengthening of stride at any gait and may request horses to back in the line-up. a. OPEN. To be judged on performance (purity and quality of gaits), manners, conformation, suitability as a Sport Horse and quality. b. AMATEUR. To be judged on manners, performance (purity and qualify of gaits), suitability as a Sport Horse, conformation and quality. c. JUNIOR HORSE. To be judged on quality, suitability as a Sport Horse, performance (purity and quality of gaits), conformation and manners. 5. Sport Horse Show Hack. To enter the ring counterclockwise at the normal walk or normal trot. To be shown both directions of the ring at a walk, trot, and canter; collected, normal and extended gaits to be called for, and the hand gallop. Horses should stand quietly and back readily. AR180 Sport Horse Under Saddle Appointments (Tack & Attire) 1. Both Dressage-type and Hunter-type appointments (tack and attire) are permitted in both Dressage-type and Hunter-type Under Saddle classes. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. Refer to DR and HU Tack: a. Bridle shall be a dressage-type snaffle bridle with snaffle bit, hunter-type double bridle or dressage-type double bridle, or hunter-type snaffle or Pelham bridle is acceptable. Converters on Pelham bridle are not permitted and two reins are required. Unconventional bits may be penalized at the discretion of the judge, BUT kimberwicks are prohibited. In junior horse under saddle classes, snaffle bits are mandatory. Snaffles may be with or without cheeks, keepers allowed. Cavesson nosebands are to be used, but flash nosebands would be acceptable when using a snaffle bridle with snaffle bit. b. A dressage, forward seat or English all purpose saddle is to be used. No saddle seat type saddles allowed. c. Martingales are not permitted. 3. Attire: a. Dressage or Hunter attire acceptable. Dressage attire will be defined as white or light colored breeches, short riding coat of conservative color, with tie, choker or stock tie, boots, a hunt cap, derby, top hat or protective headgear. Hunter attire will be defined as light colored breeches, short riding coat of conservative color, with tie or choker, boots or smooth leather half-chaps, and hunt cap or protective headgear. It is recommended that attire reflect the tack used on the horse. b. Gloves of conservative color are optional for either style of attire. c. Spurs and whip are optional. If a whip is carried, it may not exceed the length requirements in DR Appointments (tack & attire) must adhere to one discipline (dressage or hunter) and are not to be mixed. Refer DR , and HU Mixing tack is not permitted (e.g. Pelham bit not permitted with a dressage style bridle.) a) Converters on Pelham bits are not permitted and two reins are required. b) Unconventional bits may be penalized at the discretion of the judge. c) Double bridles are permitted, except in Junior Sport Horse Under Saddle classes where snaffle bits are mandatory. If using a double bridle of either style, the lever arm/shank (length below the mouthpiece) must not exceed 3.94 inches or 10 cm. The inside diameter of the bridoon ring Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 93 of 400

94 must not exceed 3.15 inches or 8 cm. d) Kimberwick bits are prohibited. e) Martingales are prohibited. 3. If the show is offering dressage type and hunter type splits, each exhibitor must ensure the appointments (tack & attire) are legal for the type shown. If the show does not offer the splits for the under saddle classes and/or championship classes, each exhibitor must ensure their appointments (tack & attire) adhere to one discipline only (dressage or hunter). AR181 Sport Horse Show Hack Class Procedures 1. SUBCHAPTERS AR1 & AR4 apply to Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 2. Score sheets are not used for Sport Horse Show Hack classes. 3. Judge must excuse from the ring any unruly horse or one whose actions threaten to endanger other exhibitors or their entries. 4. Sport Horse Show Hack. To enter the ring counterclockwise at the normal walk or normal trot. To be shown both directions of the ring at a walk, trot, and canter; collected, normal and extended gaits to be called for, and the hand gallop. All phases of all gaits to be called for both directions of the ring. Horses should stand quietly and rein back readily. a. OPEN. To be judged on performance, manners, quality, and conformation. b. AMATEUR. To be judged on manners, performance, quality, and conformation. AR Sport Horse Show Hack Appointments (Tack & Attire) 1. Competitors with non-conforming appointments will be eliminated from judging consideration. Appointments (tack & attire) must adhere to one discipline (dressage and hunter) and are not to be mixed. Refer to DR and HU Tack: a. Bridle shall be a dressage style snaffle bridle, or hunter style snaffle or Pelham bridle, or dressage style double bridle or hunter style double bridle is acceptable. Converters on Pelham bit not permitted and two reins are required. Kimberwick bit is prohibited. If using a double bridle of either style, the lever arm (length below the mouthpiece) must not exceed 3.94 inches or 10 cm. The inside diameter of the bridoon ring must not exceed 3.15 inches or 8 cm. Cavesson nosebands to be used but flash nosebands would be acceptable when using a snaffle bridle and snaffle bit. b. A dressage, forward seat or English all-purpose saddle is to be used. No saddle seat type saddles allowed. Converters on Pelham bit not permitted and two reins are required. c. Martingales are not permitted. Unconventional bits may be penalized at discretion of the judge. d. If using a double bridle of either style, the lever arm/shank (length below the mouthpiece) must not exceed 3.94 inches or 10cm. The inside diameter of the bridoon ring must not exceed 3.15 inches or 8cm. Cavesson nosebands to be used but flash nosebands would be acceptable only when using a snaffle bridle and snaffle bit. e. Kimberwick bit prohibited. f. Martingales are prohibited. 3. Attire: a. Informal attire consists of conservatively colored short, dark coat, with tie, stock tie or choker collar, white or light b. colored breeches, boots or smooth leather half-chaps, hunt cap, derby, top hat or protective headgear. b. c.formal attire consists of white breeches, top hat and shad belly coat may be worn. It is usual to wear such attire after 6:00 p.m. or in championship classes. c. d.spurs and whip are optional. If a whip is carried, it may not exceed the length requirements in DR120. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The AHA Sport Horse Division continues to grow and become sophisticated. With that, the AHA Sport Horse Committee members and the AHA Sport Horse Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 94 of 400

95 exhibitors wish to have our division rule be more clearly defined. Web: sport horse Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 95 of 400

96 AR213.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR213 Working Cow Horse General Conduct [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-26 WORKING WESTERN SECTION] 1. It is the intent of the Arabian Horse Association to comply with the National Reined Cow Horse Association (NRCHA) rules. Refer to Chapter 6 Broken Equipment, Chapter 15 Self Adjusted Monitor System, Chapter 17 Scoring, Chapter 19 Judging for herd work, reined work and cow work, and Chapter 22 Judges Score Sheet regarding working cow and reined cow horse classes held at licensed competitions. For further information regarding the conduct of Working Cow competitions, contact the NRCHA, US Highway 177, Byars, OK 74831; (580) phone; Linked rule: AR215 Reined Cow Horse - General It is the intent of the Arabian Horse Association to comply with the National Reined Cow Horse Association (NRCHA) rules and refer to Chapter 6 Broken Equipment, Chapter 17 Scoring, Chapter 19 Judging for herd work, reined work and cow work, Chapter 20 Patterns, Chapter 21 Pattern Description (Maneuvers) and Chapter 22 Judges Score Sheet regarding working cow classes held at licensed competitions. For further information regarding the conduct of Reined Cow classes contact the NRCHA, US Highway 177, Byars, OK 74831; (580) phone; Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The additional language will be consistent with the Western (WS) Chapter Division rules Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: working western Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 96 of 400

97 AR215 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR215 Reined Cow Horse - General [CHAPTER AR SUBCHAPTER AR-26 WORKING WESTERN SECTION] It is the intent of the Arabian Horse Association to comply with the National Reined Cow Horse Association (NRCHA) rules and refer to Chapter 6 Broken Equipment, Chapter 17 Scoring, Chapter 19 Judging, Chapter 20 Patterns, Chapter 21 Pattern Description (Maneuvers) and Chapter 22 Judges Score Sheet regarding working cow classes held at licensed competitions. For further information regarding the conduct of Reined Cow classes contact the NRCHA, US Highway 177, Byars, OK 74831; (580) phone; Exceptions: a. See AR144 Arabian Western Pleasure for Appointments b. See AR105.6 for inhumane treatment and undue stress c. See AR209 for scoring Reined Cow Horse classes with more than one go-round and for breaking ties. Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To provide rule references which deviate from NRCHA rules Web: reined cow horse Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 97 of 400

98 AR218 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR218 Cutting General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-26 WORKING WESTERN SECTION] 1. Cutting classes held in the Arabian Division shall be conducted in accordance with the rules adopted by the Working Western Committee of the Arabian Horse Association. Refer to the AHA Handbook, Chapter 11, COMP. 807 Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed To define the reference for Cutting information Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: cutting Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 98 of 400

99 AR221.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR221 Western Dressage [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-27 WESTERN DRESSAGE] Western Dressage classes held in the Arabian division are to be conducted in accordance with the Western Dressage Division, Chapter WD. 1. Walk/Trot classes will not be considered one of the two levels to which the horse is restricted at that competition under WD Exception: Open Western Dressage classes or division Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed There are current rules which exist in the USEF Dressage section of the Arabian Division which state that Walk-Trot classes are not considered one of the two levels to which a horse is restricted at the competition. For the ease of application and consistency, there is a desire to follow this same rule in the discipline of Western Dressage. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: western dressage Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 99 of 400

100 AR222.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR222 Western Dressage Classes Breaking Ties [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-27 WESTERN DRESSAGE] AR222 Western Dressage Classes Breaking Ties 1. In the event two or more competitors have equal points (a tie), the tie shall be broken pursuant to WD126.3 in the USEF Rule Book except when after a review of the scores for Collective Marks/General Impressions there remains a tie, the tie must be broken as follows: a. The competitor with the highest Collective Mark scores by the judge sitting at C shall be declared the winner of the tie; or b. If in the event there remains a tie with the judge's (sitting at C) Collective Mark scores, the winner of the tie shall be determined by that judge's scores as follows: 1. The competitor with the highest free walk score shall be determined the winner; or 2. If in the event there is a tie on the free walk, the competitor with the highest sum of scores with coefficients greater than one shall be determined the winner; or 3. If in the event there is a tie based on the sum or the scores with coefficients greater than one, the competitor with the first highest Collective Mark score shall be determined the winner. (Start at the top of the collective mark scores and work down until the tie is broken); or 4. If in the event that the Collective Mark scores are identical, the competitor with the first highest movement score shall be determined the winner. (Start at the top of the movement scores and work down until the tie is broken); or 5. If a tie remains, the judge(s) must break the tie. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The discipline of Western Dressage is increasing in popularity and entries are increasing. Western Dressage has become a National Championship discipline at the 2017 Sport Horse Nationals and the potential exist for scores to be tied. A tie procedure has been submitted in the AHA Handbook (COMP 719) for Western Dressage, however, it should actually exist in the USEF/EC Rule Book in the Arabian section. WD 126 (307-17) Web: western dressage breaking ties Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 100 of 400

101 AR224.4 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR224 Trail Obstacle Mandatory Dimensions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-28 WESTERN OR ENGLISH TRAIL HORSE SECTION] All elevated poles must be in a pole holder e.g. trail blocks, trail risers, standard jump cups or similar type supports. The judge has the right to alter the course. Number JUMPS (Note: ASTM helmets are not required for trail horse jump obstacles). a. Mounted: Maximum height 24 b. Amateur and Junior to ride classes jumps, mounted, must be cross rails and may not exceed 18. The height of a cross rail shall be measured at the top of the center of the intersection of the poles. The height of the jump cups should be set so the angle of the poles does not exceed approximately 30 degrees. c. Lead Over: Maximum height 12 d. Minimum width between standards of a jump: 4 feet e. Combinations: 12 feet for a one stride; 6 feet for a no stride f. Box Jumps and L Jumps: Poles must be at least 12 feet long. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org Jumps in English Trail have become more prevalent and there is desire to give more direction to course designers regarding what is a reasonable jump for youth and amateur riders. Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Web: Western or English Trail Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 101 of 400

102 AR227.2 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR227 Scoring Penalties [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-28 WESTERN OR ENGLISH TRAIL HORSE SECTION] In addition to the obstacle score, each entry may incur penalties for the following infractions: 1. NO SCORE a. Illegal equipment (AR144). This includes any attachment which alters the movement of or circulation to the tail. b. Abuse to the animal inside or outside the competition arena and/or evidence that an act of abuse has occurred. This includes lameness and/or fresh blood in the mouth, chin, shoulder, barrel, flank or hip areas. c. Disrespect or misconduct by exhibitor. d. No whips allowed in In-Hand Trail. 2. ZERO SCORE Disqualified 0 - Score a. Off course including: Use of two hands (except snaffle bit or hackamore classes designated for two hands) or changing hands on reins; except for junior horses shown with hackamore or snaffle bit, only one hand may be used on the reins, except that it is permissible to change hands to work an obstacle as outlined in Art. 144, or to straighten reins when stopped (Exception: Does not apply for English Trail or In-Hand Trail.) 1. Pulling gate when designated to push in course directions (or vice versa) or when using a rope gate, walking through the gate when designated to back through (or vice versa) 2. Sidepassing the wrong end of horse in slot 3. Working obstacles out of sequence 4. Deliberately failing to enter, exit or work obstacle from correct side or direction 5. Riding/leading horse outside designated boundary marker of the course b. Fall of horse or rider/handler. Equipment failure or loss of shoe that delays completion of course. Failure to maintain 16 of rein between hands. (Exception: Does not apply to English Trail or In-Hand Trail.) c. Dropping a rein or the Lead that contacts the ground while the horse is in motion No attempt to perform an obstacle. d. Two hands on reins (Exception: Snaffles or Hackamore) or changing hands on reins; except for junior horses shown with hackamore or snaffle bit, only one hand may be used on the reins, except that it is permissible to change hands to work an obstacle. Exception: Does not apply for English Trail or In-Hand Trail. Equipment failure that delays completion of pattern excessively or repeatedly touching the horse on the neck to lower the head. e. More than one finger between split reins. Exception: Does not apply for English Trail or In-Hand Trail. Entering or exiting an obstacle from the incorrect side or direction. f. Fingers between closed reins. Exception: Does not apply for English Trail or In-Hand Trail. Working obstacle the incorrect direction; including overturns of more than ¼ turn. g. Failure to maintain 16 inches of rein between hands when using romal reins except to work an obstacle. Exception: Does not apply for English Trail or In- Hand Trail. Note: Neither a no score nor a zero score penalty may receive an award in that class. A zero score may advance in a multiple-go event. Riding outside designated boundary maker of the arena or course area. h. Baiting is not allowed in In-Hand Trail. h. Failure to ever demonstrate correct gait as designated. i. Failure to follow the correct line of travel between obstacles excessive schooling, pulling, turning, stepping or backing anywhere on course. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 102 of 400

103 j. Baiting is not allowed in In-Hand Trail POINT PENALTIES a. Temporary loss of control, stampeding, running through or jumping over entire obstacle when jump is not called for. This penalty can be awarded when an entry has completed an obstacle and has sufficiently destroyed the obstacle or where it is impossible to ascertain if the obstacle has been completed in any manner. b. blatant disobedience (kicking, bucking, rearing, biting, striking, horse leaving designated ground tie area) POINT PENALTIES a. Each refusal. Refusals are cumulative. After three (3) refusals at a single obstacle or when deemed necessary by the judge, the judge will ask the contestant to proceed to the next obstacle for a total of 15 penalty points. When the refusal is the result of a complete loss of the gate the entry may retrieve the gate and continue. If they are unable to retrieve the gate and the judge asks them to move on they will have been deemed to have earned three refusals for a total of three (3) five-point penalties. Dropping slicker or object required to be carried on course each refusal (three refusals move to the next obstacle), balk, or evading an obstacle by shying or backing. b. Horse places two or more hooves outside of a confining element. Letting go of gate or dropping rope gate. c. Horse misses/evades an element/component of an obstacle that is part of a series. Use of either hand to instill fear or praise. d. Rider/handler loses drag or object being carried. Falling or jumping off or out of a bridge or water box with more than one foot once the horse has got onto or into the obstacle. e. Horse places one hoof off side of bridge or falling off side of bridge. Stepping outside of the confines of an obstacle with designated boundaries (i.e. back through, 360 degree box, side pass) with more than one foot once the horse has entered the obstacle. f. Horse performs obstacle at the wrong gait or lead. Missing or evading a pole that is a part of a series of an obstacle with more than one foot. g. Rider spurring or obvious cueing or touching of horse in front of forward cinch including, but not limited to use of free hand to instill fear or praise. Blatant disobedience (including kicking out, bucking, rearing, striking). h. Handler touching the horse with either hand in In-Hand unless instructed by the judge, course designer or performing a side pass. Holding saddle with either hand (EXCEPTION: Jumps, Elevated Lope Overs, or Elevated Jog Overs). i. Handler touching the horse with either hand in In-Hand unless instructed by the judge, course designer or performing a side pass. j. Performing entire obstacle on the wrong lead POINT PENALTIES a. Horse/handler knockdowns or obviously displacing the original configuration of an obstacle. b. Horse places one hoof outside of a confining element. c. Horse breaks gait for more than two strides. When an entry is transitioning down from a lope to a walk, a couple of steps of jog is acceptable and will not result in a penalty; however, the judge may take that transition into consideration in the maneuver score. The same would be for when a horse momentarily hesitates before undertaking a series of walkovers, working the bridge, or any other maneuver from a walk. A momentary halt is not considered a break of gait, and, in fact, is desired. If the entry takes two or more steps back, it would be considered a refusal and be subject to a five-point penalty. d. Rider holds saddle with free hand. (Exception: over a jump, elevated jog over(s) or elevated lope over(s). e. Horse approaches obstacle at wrong gait or lead. During transition areas between obstacles, if horse is, for instance, loping where a jog is called for, or jogging where a walk is called for, a two point penalty has occurred 4. 3 POINT PENALITIES a. Incorrect or break of gait at walk or jog for more than two strides. b. Out of lead or break of gait at lope (except when correcting an incorrect lead.) c. Knocking down an elevated pole, cone, barrel, plant, obstacle, or severely disturbing an obstacle. d. Falling or jumping off or out of a bridge or water box with one foot once the hrose has got onto or into that obstacle stepping outside of the confines of an obstacle with designated boundaries (i.e. back through, 360 degree box, side pass) with one foot once the horse has entered the obstacle. Missing or evading a pole that is part of a series of an obstacle with one foot. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 103 of 400

104 POINT PENALTIES a. Horse double strides or adds strides or adds steps. (Walkovers, jogovers, lope overs, tires). b. Horse skips slot (walkovers, jogovers, lope overs) a. c. Major Each hard hit, bite or stepping on an element of an obstacle, a log, pole, cone, plant or an component of the obstacle. by horse/handler. d. Each time horse switches leads where not called for, picking up wrong leads, or cross leading. NOTE: If a horse switches leads and must be broken down to correct the lead, then two penalties have been incurred (The first for switching leads (1 point) and the second for breaking of gait (1 or a two point penalty depending on the number of strides) e. Horse breaks gait for two strides or less. When an entry is transitioning down from a lope to a walk, a couple of steps of jog is acceptable and will not result in a penalty; however, the judge may take that transition into consideration in the maneuver score. The same would be for when a horse momentarily hesitates before undertaking a series of walkovers, working the bridge, or any other maneuver from a walk. A momentary halt is not considered a break of gait, and, in fact, is desired. If the entry takes two or more steps back, it would be considered a refusal and be subject to a five (5) point penalty b. Incorrect or break of gait at walk or jog for two strides or less; both front or hind feet in a single-strided slot or space at a walk or jog. c. Skipping over or failing to step into required space; spit pole in lope-over. d. Incorrect number of strides, if specified. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org There is a desire to revise the current Trail Scoring System to be consistent with the penalties in other associations as we commonly ask judges from other associations to adjudicate our National Shows. Web: western or English trail horse Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 104 of 400

105 AR234 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR234 Walk-Jog Trail Class Requirements [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-28 WESTERN OR ENGLISH TRAIL HORSE SECTION] WALK-JOG TRAIL - Riders may not be more than ten years of age as of December 1 of the current competition year. Horse and rider must follow the appointments as set forth in the Arabian Western Pleasure Sub-Chapter. The rider must never have been judged in a class at a Licensed Competition that required a canter or lope. Exception: Short Stirrup Reining Riders and Cross Rails 10 & Under. Obstacles are to consist of no more than three non-elevated poles and no more than three jog over poles, serpentine(s), open gates, straight back through, and a bridge. Prohibited obstacles include water, tarps, drags, pick-up objects and closed gates. Acceptable Obstacles: 1. Walk-overs No more than 5 consecutive poles, of which no more than 2 may be elevated with a maximum height of Jog-overs - No more than 5 consecutive non-elevated poles. 3. Serpentine Walk Around No more than 5 consecutive pylons a minimum of 6 feet apart (base to base). Guardrails, if used, should be 3 to 4 feet to either side of pylons. (English Trail Walk Trot minimum 8 feet apart with guardrails, if used, 4 to 5 feet either side of pylons). 4. Serpentine Jog Around No more than 5 consecutive pylons a minimum of 10 feet apart (base to base). Guardrails, if used, should be 8 to 10 feet on either side of pylons. (English Trail Walk Trot Trot Serpentine minimum 12 feet apart with guardrails, if used, 10 to 12 feet on either side of pylons). 5. Open Gates The actual opening and closing of a gate may not be negotiated, however, simulation of doing so by touching gate standards is encouraged. A single non-elevated walk over pole may be placed in the open gate. 6. Bridge A safe unobstructed bridge (no poles or obstacles on the bridge) Bridges should be of sturdy design with a non-slip surface. a. Minimum 40 wide b. Minimum 6 feet long c. Maximum 8 in height 7. Straight Back Through of reasonable width 40 or greater. 8. Turns of 90 or 180 degrees within a box or confined area no smaller than 8 x 8 ; 270 or 360 degrees within a box or confined area of no less than 10 x10. Prohibited Obstacles: 1. Water 2. Water boxes (empty) 3. Drags 4. Pick-up object 5. Closed gates 6. Side pass Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org Working Western Committee has been charged with better defining the Walk-Jog Trail Obstacles. Web: western or english trail horse Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 105 of 400

106 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 106 of 400

107 AR236.3 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/30/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 AR236 Hunter Seat Equitation [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-29 EQUITATION SECTION] Number Hunter Seat Equitation Not to Jump. Horses to be shown at the Walk, Posting Trot, Sitting Trot and Canter. A lengthening or shortening of stride may be called for at any gait. Horses may be asked to back on the rail or in line up. Additional tests, EQ112, may be called for but if the class entry is age restricted, the tests must be consistent with AHA Medal class requirements as outlined below. a. For AHA Hunter Seat Equitation Not to Jump Medal ( 13 & Under), Regional (13 & Under) and National (13 & Under). Not to Jump classes, all contestants are required to perform both the rail work and two or more individual tests from Equitation rule EQ 112, Tests 1-5, 8. b. For AHA Hunter Seat Equitation Not to Jump Medal (14-18, 18 & Under and Adult), Regional (14-18, 18 & Under and Adult) and National (14-18, 18 & Under, and Adult) Not to Jump classes, all contestants are required to perform both the rail work and two or more individual tests from Equitation rule EQ112 tests 1-5, 8-9, Exception: Test 16 may be called for only at the AHA National Competition. c. All Medal, Regional and National Championship classes are a two phase class and all riders must return for additional testing to be considered for an award. For tests from which judges must choose, see EQ112. d. 1. Judging is based on 50% rail work and 50% pattern work. e. 2. Patterns must be posted one hour before the class, 24 hours for Regional and National Championships. f. 3. A rider going off pattern is not eliminated from consideration for an award but must be severely penalized. g. 4. A Fall of horse or rider in any phase of the class is cause for elimination. Proponent Details Arabian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org Hunter Seat Equitation Not to Jump at the local qualifying level does not require a pattern, however, in its current form it does. By changing the lettering to numbering it clarifies that the items currently listed in points d. through g. pertain only to the Medal, Regional and National level Hunter Seat Equitation Not to Jump classes. Web: hunter seat equitation Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 107 of 400

108 AR245 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR245 Reining Seat Equitation [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-29 EQUITATION SECTION] 2. Judges are required to use the AHA prescribed Reining Seat Equitation Score Sheet for Reining Seat Equitation Classes. A rider who is off pattern will be disqualified (receives a zero score) and will not receive any award except in a work-off in the case of a tie where the rider will be placed last of those chosen for the work-off. The scores will then be announced after each exhibitor has completed his pattern and the score sheets will be posted in accordance with AR209.1 Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org This is to clarify what happens when a rider is off pattern to that runs score. AR 245 (292-17) Web: reining seat equitation Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 108 of 400

109 AR245.3 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /21/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR245 Reining Seat Equitation [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-29 EQUITATION SECTION] Number A rider that is off pattern will receive a zero score for both the reined work and the equitation score. A rider with a zero score will not receive any award except in a work off, in the case of a tie, the rider will be placed last of those chosen for a work off. In a multiple go class, a rider receiving a zero in the first go may move forward to the second go round. A rider receiving a zero in the second or subsequent go round is eligible to receive a placing/prize provided they received a score other than zero in one of the previous go rounds For position, see EQ For appointments, see EQ123. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org It is the desire of the Equitation/Showmanship Committee to have clarity in scoring Reining Seat Equitation classes and to keep consistency within the Reining discipline. In non-equitation Reining classes going off pattern is given a zero score. AR 245 (072-17) Web: Equitation Section Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 109 of 400

110 AR252 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR252 Showmanship Faults [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-30 SHOWMANSHIP SECTION] 6.Equipment eliminations b. English/Hunter Style 1. Full bridle:/pelham: Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed To clarify that a Pelham will be cause for elimination in English/Hunter style showmanship Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: showmanship faults Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 110 of 400

111 AR254 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/8/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR254 Conduct [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-31 WALK-TROT/WALK -JOG SECTION] 1. Competitors to enter the ring in a counter-clockwise direction at a walk. 2. To be shown both directions of the ring at the walk and trot or jog only. The order to reverse may be executed by turning either toward or away from the rail. 3. Entries will line up on command. 4. Riders in equitation classes may not be requested to perform any tests. 5. One header per horse must be allowed during the line-up to insure safety of exhibitors. Headers must be properly attired. A plain, unmarked smock, business attire or appropriate show attire is required. 6. Exceptions: Walk-Jog Trail, Walk-Trot Cross Rails 10 and under and Short Stirrup Reining. (AR242) Proponent Details Arabian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org Attire for handlers in driving classes changed to allow for additional choices beside smocks; this will allow these options in this subchapter. The initial purpose of the smock was to ensure that those assisting in the ring were suitably dressed to appear before an audience. With the rule change, this would allow for even more suitable attire to be allowed. Web: walk trot/walk jog section Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 111 of 400

112 AR254.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 9/1/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 AR254 Conduct [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER AR-31 WALK-TROT/WALK -JOG SECTION] 1. Competitors to enter the ring in a counter-clockwise direction at a walk. 2. To be shown both directions of the ring at the walk and trot or jog only. Exception: Hunter Seat Walk/Trot Equitation on the flat, a sitting trot may be called for. 3. The order to reverse may be executed by turning either toward or away from the rail Entries will line up on command Riders in equitation classes may not be requested to perform any tests One header per horse must be allowed during the line-up to insure safety of exhibitors. Headers must be properly attired. A plain, unmarked smock is required Exceptions: Walk-Jog Trail, Walk-Trot Cross Rails 10 and under and Short Stirrup Reining. (AR242) [ ] AR257 Walk-Trot/Walk-Jog Equitation Class Specifications 1. Saddle Seat Equitation: To be shown at a walk and trot. 2. Hunter Seat Equitation on the Flat: To be shown at a walk and posting trot. A sitting trot may be called for. 3. Hunter Seat Equitation over Cross Rails: Riders are allowed to chose the gaits over eight cross rail fences not to exceed 18 in height. 4. Western Seat Equitation: To be shown at a walk and jog. 5. Dressage Seat Equitation: To be shown at a walk and a trot. Must be judged by a Dressage Judge. Proponent Details AHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The Equitation/Showmanship Committee wants to have clarity in class gaits in conducting Hunter Seat Equitation Walk/Trot classes. Web: Walk-Trot/Walk-Jog Section Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/17/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Arabian Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM AR Tracking # Page 112 of 400

113 CP0 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 CHAPTER CP CARRIAGE PLEASURE DRIVING DIVISION [CHAPTER CHAPTER CP CARRIAGE PLEASURE DRIVING DIVISION] Please replace the word "Management" with the word "Organizer" in the following rules CP103.1 CP110.2 CP111.4 CP113.5 CP114.6 CP120.3 CP120.5 CP210 CP216.2 CP223.5 CP223.7 CP224.1d CP226.1 CP230.2 CP230.3 SUB-CHAPTER CP-15 CP236.1 CP238.4 CP252.4 CP259.5 CP259.5 CP259.7 CP260.3 CP260.4 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM CP 0.0 Tracking # Page 113 of 400

114 Proponent Details Carriage Pleasure Driving Chuck Walker The purpose of these changes in the rules according to ADS is to better define the person responsible for organizing the running the competition. ADS wants to replace the word "Management" with the word "Organizer" in all instances in the CP chapter. These rule changes will bring the USEF rules to a comparable level with the ADS rulebook. Web: organizer Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: No Action ADS Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM CP 0.0 Tracking # Page 114 of 400

115 CP239.3 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 CP239 Measurement of Obstacles [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER CP-15 CLASS SPECIFICATIONS: PLEASURE OBSTACLE DRIVING] CP239 Measurement of Obstacles 2. On markers cones with perpendicular sides, adjustment for the widest part of the vehicle at the highest part of the marker cones may be made. 3. Care should be taken when numbers are placed to ensure that the numbers do not protrude inside the markers where they might be disturbed without hitting the obstacle itself It is the responsibility of the Technical Delegate to ensure that each set of markers cones is properly adjusted. Proponent Details Carriage Pleasure Driving Chuck Walker The purpose of this rule change is to delete verbiage that is unnecessary in the rulebook. This is a course designer instruction, should not be listed as a rule and the changes make the USEF rules consistent with the ADS rulebook. Web: cones Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 ADS Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM CP Tracking # Page 115 of 400

116 DC App. DC-A Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason Preliminary & Intermediate Ponies don t always have a measurement card. This rule requires them to get one in order to compete. The Committee feels that the requirement should only be imposed on the Advanced division. Measurement of Combined Driving Ponies [CHAPTER APPENDIX DC-A] APPENDIX DC-A MEASUREMENT OF COMBINED DRIVING PONIES 1. For the Advanced division, The USEF Measurement Card will be presented at the First Veterinary Inspection. If a pony is not in possession of a fully and correctly completed Measurement Card, the Ground Jury may order the pony to be measured by a certified measuring official and the Competition Veterinarian and/or a Judge, pursuant to Chapter 5, Subchapter 5-C in General Regulations. Failure to allow the pony to be remeasured will result in the pony being disqualified at that competition. The remeasurement must be reported to the Ground Jury, which must then disqualify the pony from the competition if it is over height (see DC ). 2. Ponies in the Advanced division without Measurement cards will be measured before the First Horse Inspection at their first competition of the year. 3. Measurement will be conducted by a certified measuring official and the Competition Veterinarian and/or a Judge. 4. The measurement specifications will be recorded on a USEF measurement form. A copy of this form will be given to the competitor at the time of measurement. 5. Measurement will be required yearly until the pony has reached the age of eight years. Animals four through seven years old will be issued an annual Temporary Measurement card. Animals eight years and older will be issued Permanent Measurement cards which will not need to be renewed. 6. If the Ground Jury questions the height of a pony and the pony is in possession of a fully and correctly completed Measurement card, the Ground Jury may request through the Federation, that the pony be remeasured by a certified measuring official and a Veterinarian who are approved by the Federation, pursuant to Chapter 5, Subchapter 5-C in General Regulations. Remeasurement must be made within 30 days of the request. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org Originally, the rule only applied to the Advanced level (as the only recognized division), but when Preliminary and Intermediate divisions became recognized this rule was not changed and therefore applied to all. The Committee voted to change the rule to only require ponies in the Advanced division to carry measurement cards. It was noted that Preliminary and Intermediate ponies are still able to obtain measurement cards, but it is optional. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: measurement Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC 0.0 Tracking # Page 116 of 400

117 DC901 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC901 Categories and Levels [CHAPTER Chapter 2: Structure of Competition] DC901 Categories and Levels 1. Classes: All, or any, of the following classes may be held at the same Event, but each must be classified separately: Horse: Single (H1), Pair (H2), Tandem (HT2), Unicorn (HU3), and Four-in-Hand (H4) Pony: Single (P1), Pair (P2), Tandem (PT2), Unicorn (PU3), and Four-in-Hand (P4) In Preliminary and Intermediate only: Very Small Equine: Single (VSE1), Pair (VSE2), Tandem (VSET2), Unicorn (VSEU3), and Four-in-Hand (VSE4) 2. Levels of difficulty : The levels of difficulty are defined by a progressive rating system ranging from the lowest level Preliminary, to Intermediate, then to the highest level Advanced. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org To clarify the levels and classes. Also to add VSE to class list for Preliminary and Intermediate, which is already noted throughout the DC chapters. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: categories and levels Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 117 of 400

118 DC911 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC911 Entries [CHAPTER DC-4 ELIGIBILITY] DC911 Entries 1. The number of Horses that may be entered for an Event must be in accordance with the Prize List or the American Driving Society Omnibus. 2. Entry forms for Horses must include the name/names, breed, sex, age, colour, country of birth, present nationality and passport number and/or USEF number, and where appropriate, qualifications. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt Change rule to match USEF entry forms, rather than FEI entries. Web: entries Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 118 of 400

119 DC911 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC911 Entries [CHAPTER DC-4 ELIGIBILITY] DC911 Entries 1. The number of Horses that may be entered for an Event must be in accordance with the Prize List or the American Driving Society Omnibus. 2. Entry forms for Horses must include the name/names, breed, sex, age, colour, country of birth, present nationality and passport number and, where appropriate, qualifications. 3. Withdrawals after the date of definite entries or no-shows will be liable to reimburse the OC for the financial loss incurred by the OC (i.e. stabling and hotel Expenses) as a result of late withdrawal or no-show. Refunds need not be given for no-shows or withdrawals after the closing date of entries or no shows, however, this information must be posted in the prize list and/or ADS Omnibus. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org To delete the requirement of athletes to pay entry expenses if they withdraw prior to closing of entries. Leave the rule which allows OC to retain entry fee for withdrawals / no shows after entry closing date. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: entries Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 119 of 400

120 DC912 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC912 Schedule of the event [CHAPTER DC-4 ELIGIBILITY] DC912 Schedule of the event The Schedule also means the official Prize List or the American Driving Society Omnibus in accordance with these rules. When applicable, the FEI Approved Schedule applies to FEI divisions which are also USEF Advanced. All other USEF divisions will follow the official Prize List or the American Driving Society Omnibus, which must be in accordance with USEF rules. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt First, to clarify confusing language. Also, to specify that the FEI schedule will apply to Advanced divisions when applicable, but official Prize List or Omnibus listing will apply to all other USEF divisions. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: schedule of event Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 120 of 400

121 DC915 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC915 Height [CHAPTER DC-6 HORSES] 4. A mixed height turnout is not allowed. Large Pony 120 cm -148 cm without shoes or 149 cm. with shoes Small Pony 99 cm - under less than 120 cm with or without shoes Very Small Equine Under 99 cm Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org Clarify small pony height, using consistent language. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: height Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 121 of 400

122 DC919 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC919 Stable Security [CHAPTER DC-6 HORSES] DC919 Stable Security 1. The OC is responsible for the control of all stable areas so that the following minimum security requirements are met: 1.2 The Welfare of the Horse is the first priority hour security and supervision of the Stable Area(s) must be maintained whenever any stables are occupied. Stable arrangements and security are at the discretion of the Organizer and shall be approved by of the Technical Delegate. Arrangements must be published with the Prize List. 1.4 Security fences are not obligatory, but fences and gates may be installed for safety and security reasons at the discretion the OC. 1.5 The stabling area must be approved by the Technical Delegate in conjunction with the FEI Chief Steward. 1.6 No Horse may be stabled overnight inside a truck or trailer. Only the Technical Delegate in consultation with the Chief Steward and the FEI Official Veterinaryian Delegate may grant exceptions in extreme circumstances or wet ground conditions in the stable area. Stable arrangements and security are at the discretion of the Organizer and approval of the Technical Delegate. Arrangements must be published with the Prize List. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org A USEF Licensed Show does not require an FEI Steward, so responsibilities go to the TD. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: stable security Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 122 of 400

123 DC922 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC922 Weights and Dimensions [CHAPTER DC-7 CARRIAGES AND HARNESS] DC922 Weights and Dimensions 1. General 1.1 In all Classes, during Dressage, Marathon, and Cones, if the carriage has no brakes, breeching is compulsory. Failure to comply will result in Elimination. In single horse and single pony classes breeching is compulsory. 1.2 No part of a carriage may be wider than the outside Track Width, with the exception of hub caps, mud guards and the Splinter Bar for carriages used in Dressage and Cones. 1.3 The track width of all carriages is measured at ground level on the widest part of the rear wheels. 1.4 Athletes whose carriages do not conform to the required weights or measurements will be eliminated from the relevant Competition. 2. Carriages for Para-Equestrian Driving: 2.1 Carriages suitable for the Athletes with disabilities must be used and carriages for PE Singles may be 2 or 4-wheeled. 2.2 The OC or Technical Delegate may refuse the use of a carriage, but must give the reason for the refusal. 3. Dressage Carriages must comply with the following: For Intermediate and Preliminary levels, the requirement for a groom with a single turnout is at the discretion of the OC. [chart is here] For Intermediate and Preliminary levels, no minimum width is required. At Intermediate and Preliminary levels a groom is not required with a Single. 3.1 The same Carriage must be used for Dressage and Cones for CAI2* (See DC936). 3.2 Artificial extensions to increase the measured width of a Carriage are not permitted in Cones. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org This rule contradicts several other rules throughout the DC chapters which state that groom requirements for Preliminary and Intermediate divisions are at the discretion of the OC. It was probably meant to be deleted at one point and overlooked. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: weights and dimensions Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 123 of 400

124 DC928 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC928 Participation [CHAPTER DC-8 CONDITIONS FOR PARTICIPATION] 928 Participation Para-equestrian athletes are allowed to compete using compensating aids in accordance with their respective degree of disability, with degree of disability as certified by the Federation. See Annex 10 Preliminary and Intermediate exceptions per ADS rules eg no groom required in Dressage for singles, no groom in Dressage or Marathon for VSEs. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt Delete last sentence, as example does not necessarily apply to Para aids. Also, the groom requirements are at the discretion of the OC, as stated elsewhere in rule book. There is no exception for Para Drivers, they are also subject to the discretion of the OC regarding groom requirements. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: participation Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 124 of 400

125 DC928 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC928 Participation [CHAPTER DC-8 CONDITIONS FOR PARTICIPATION] 2. The Athletes and Grooms 2.1 Each Athlete must drive the same Horse(s) in all phases of the Competitions, except where a substitution was decided in compliance with the rules. See DC In National Championships, an Athlete or Groom may compete only once. A driver may compete only one turnout in a USEF National Championship. If a driver wishes to enter more than one turnout in a USEF National Championship class, one hour before the beginning of the scheduled First Horse Inspection ( the jog ), the competitor must declare which of his turnouts is participating in the Championship. Where possible, that entry, and any other entry by the same driver in a different class or division, must compete before the non-championship entry in competition B When participating in a National Championship, Athletes and Grooms with multiple entries must complete the Championship entry before the non-championship entry in Marathon. Accepting multiple entries will be at the discretion of the OC, if scheduling permits Athletes and Grooms competing in a National Championship cannot be part of a turnout in another Marathon Competition held on the same showground For Intermediate and Preliminary levels, the requirement for a Groom with a Single or VSE turnout is at the discretion of the OC. 2.3 Depending on the schedule, an Athlete can compete twice and in addition, he can act as Groom. Athletes can compete more than once as Athlete or Groom, subject to event scheduling requirements. (Exception: Not at a National Championship) 2.4 Groom(s) may participate several times in all competitions, as per The Athlete is the only person allowed to handle the reins, use whip and brake throughout each Competition. Each contravention of this rule, even if to prevent an accident, will result in 20 penalties. However, a Groom may handle the Reins and Brake without penalty in all Competitions provided the Vehicle remains stationary. 2.6 No person may be tied to the Carriage in any way during the Competitions. An Athlete may be secured by rope, webbing or belt provided one end is held by a Groom and not wrapped or fastened to the Carriage in any way. Failure to comply will result in Elimination For Para-Equestrian drivers, in addition refer to Annex An Athlete with disabilities may be attached for support, but must have a method for quick release. 2.7 Substitution of a groom during the Marathon competition is not permitted under any circumstances, and will incur Elimination of the Athlete. 2.8 In Dressage (as part of the test) and Cones, Athletes will be required to salute the Jury, unless time or layout of the Course prevents it. 2.9 Passengers may not ride on the carriage during any competition. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org Current wording was contradictory: allowed drivers to compete multiple entries (one in the NC & one that is not), but & 2.3 were restricting the same thing. The intent is to allow Athletes/grooms to compete multiple entries at an Event, even if participating in a National Championship. The only restriction is that the Championship entry must compete BEFORE the non-championship entry in Marathon, so there is no unfair advantage. Scheduling availability will be at the discretion of the OC. Further explanation: The Committee tries to benefit multiple shows by spreading out the Driving National Championships to several different events; restricting multiple entries will potentially force OCs to turn away entries when they accept to host a National Championship. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: participation Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 125 of 400

126 DC944 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC944 The Course [CHAPTER DC-12 MARATHON] DC947 Times 1. Timetable 1.1 A timetable showing the start of Section A and the time table of each Section, including the compulsory rest, must be drawn up by the OC for the Ground Jury and Technical Delegate. It must be adjusted in the event of unforeseen circumstances and redistributed. 1.2 A timetable showing the starting time for each Athlete on Section A must be provided to the Athletes and the timekeeper at the start of Section A. Running order lists must be provided to all other timekeepers, ground observers and obstacle observers. 2. Times in Sections 2.1 The Time Allowed in all Sections is calculated according to the average speed selected for that Section. 2.2 The Minimum Time in Section A is two minutes less than the Time Allowed. 2.3 The Minimum Time for Section B is three minutes less than the Time Allowed. 2.4 The Time Limit for Section A and Transfer section is the Time Allowed plus 20%. The Time Limit for Section B is twice the Time Allowed. 2.5 At the Advanced Leval an Athlete who exceeds the Time Limit in any section will be Eliminated. For Preliminary and Intermediate level, in the Transfer section, there is no minimum time and the time limit is twice the time allowed Start and finish 4.1 Athletes should be at the start of Section A at least 10 minutes before their published Start Time. 4.2 If an Athlete is not ready to start Section A at his scheduled time, the Timekeeper will start him at the earliest available time at his discretion, and record the actual starting time, which must be reported to the Technical Delegate and President of Jury, for onward transmission to the Scorer, at the earliest opportunity. The Athlete will be penaliszed 0.25 of a penalty per second of the time elapsed between his scheduled start time and the time he was ready to start and he must not be allowed to start less than 2 minutes before the next Athlete s starting time. For the avoidance of doubt, Athletes will not be penalised where the start of Section A is delayed for organiszational reasons. 4.3 Athlete must start each section from the halt with the leading horse behind the line. The Timekeepers will count down to the start time. If an Athlete starts before the Timekeeper gives him the authoriszation, he will be recalled, a new start will be given and the Marathon Time Card will be amended. If the Athlete fails to stop he may be eliminated. A member of the Ground Jury must be made aware of the circumstances as soon as possible. 4.4 The timing of the section ends when the nose of the leading horse has passed the finish line. Section penalties will apply until the whole turnout has passed the finish line. Section penalties will apply until the whole turnout has passed the finish line. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org 2.5 Additional note is unnecessary, as rule is the same for all divisions / Note corrections to misspellings in 4.2 & 4.3 / 4.4 last line is repeated twice Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: times Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 126 of 400

127 DC944 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC944 The Course [CHAPTER DC-12 MARATHON] DC944 The Course 1. General 1.1 Maximum Distances and speeds must not be exceeded. 1.2 These speeds may be reduced by the Technical Delegate and the President of Jury in the case of adverse weather or ground conditions. 1.3 In CAI2* and 3* t The Course must consist of two or three Sections. In CAIO4* and above, the Course must consist of three Sections. The distance must be as close to maximum distance as possible for Championships. Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org Removing CAI references and FEI Championship references since they do not apply to USEF licensed competitions. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: the marathon course Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 127 of 400

128 DC944 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 8/8/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason The rule requires intermediate courses to be the same length as the advanced section and for the horses to travel at higher speed. The change will reduce the course length and required speed for intermediate horses. This is an extraordinary rule change as this impacts the safety and welfare of horses. DC944 The Course [CHAPTER DC-12 MARATHON] 2. Marathon: Combined Driving Event Option 1 Three Section Marathon: Advanced * Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony Small Pony A 8000m 5000m free Transfer 1500m 800m free B 7500m 5000m free Intermediate - VSE speeds Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony Small pony VSE A 7000m 5000m free Transfer 1500m 800m free B 7500m 7000m 5000m free Preliminary - VSE distance and pace Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony Small pony VSE A 6000m 5000m free Transfer 1500m 800m free B 7000m 5000m free Option 2 - Two Section Marathon: Advanced: at least 1 km per Obstacle. Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony A 9000m 5800m free Max. 13 Min. 11 B 7500m 5000m free Intermediate Max. 12 Min. 10 Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony Small Pony VSE A 9000m 8000m 6500m free B 7500m 7000m 5000m free Preliminary Speed km/hr Section Maximum distance Minimum distance Pace Horse Pony Small Pony VSE A 8500m 7000m 6500m free B 7000m 5000m free Para-Equestrian Driving - CPEAI... Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 128 of 400

129 Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt Match the speeds used by the Affiliate, American Driving Society, for Preliminary and Intermediate divisions. The Committee also voted to remove the small pony class option from the Advanced division to align with the FEI at the Advanced level. (Note: re-formatting and charts moved to go in correct order from Advanced to Intermediate then Preliminary) Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Council - Intl Discipline Legal: Web: marathon - distances Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 129 of 400

130 DC957 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC957 Obstacles [CHAPTER DC-13 CONES] DC957 Obstacles 1. Cones 1.1 The cones forming an obstacle must be at least 30 cm high and made of indestructible plastic material. A weighted ball must be placed in the hollow on top of the cone, so that it falls down only if the cone is touched. 1.2 All obstacles consisting of a single pair of cones will constitute a single obstacle. 1.3 The obstacle includes cones, red and white markers, numbers and letters. [Delete chart after ] Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org Add an 'S' to 1.3 / CHART UNDER MUST BE DELETED (will be added to DC 958) it is in the wrong section. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: obstacles Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 130 of 400

131 DC958 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC 958 Cones Competition Summary [CHAPTER DC-13 CONES] DC 958 Cones Competition Summary 1. Single Obstalces and Open Multiple obstacles Division Class Speed M/min Advanced Serpentine (m) Zig-zag (m) Wave Distance between obstacles (m) Cones Width (cm) Horse Four-in-hand & Unicorn /12 15 Pair and Tandem /10 12 Single /10 12 Para-Eqn /10 12 Pony Four-in-hand & Unicorn /10 12 VSE Pair & Tandem /10 12 Single /10 12 Para-Eqn /10 12 Pair/Multiple Single n/a Standard Cones Settings apply to Preliminary and Intermediate Levels ONLY. Vehicle Track Width Standard Cones Setting Marathon Vehicle Preliminary Intermediate Horse/Pony Singles & Pairs cm 155 cm* 150 cm* Presentation Vehicle *add 10 cm for tandems, unicorns and teams VSE cm 135 cm* 130 cm* All Ponies & Single/Tandem Horses cm 170 cm* 165 cm* Horse Pair cm 180 cm 175 cm Horse Unicorn / Teams cm 200 cm 195 cm *add 10 cm for tandems, unicorns and teams Preliminary & Intermediate - For any and all vehicles that are outside of the above measurements, the cones setting is determined by measuring the carriage at the widest part of the rear wheels and then adding the following clearance: Preliminary Intermediate All Classes All other vehicle track widths 30 cm + track width* 25 cm + track width* VSE 25 cm + track width* 20 cm + track width* *add 10 cm for tandems, unicorns and teams ADS Art Standardized Cones settings Measurements for Closed Multiple obstacles, see Annexes Reduced Cones: The width of up to five single obstacles can be reduced by 5 cm. Such obstacles will be marked differently (color of the cones) Alternative options: A maximum of two single obstacles may offer an alternative single option (See Annex 7) In Exceptional circumstances and in the interests of safety, the Ground Jury in consultation with the Course Designer and the Technical Delegate, may reduce the speed Drive-offs and Winning-Round: the obstacle width may be reduced up to 10 cm at the discretion of the Ground Jury in conjunction with the Course Designer and the Technical Delegate. 2. Single Obstacles and Open Multiple obstacles: [DELETE chart] DC 959 Judging Cones Competition Timing 9.1 Each Athlete will be timed by stopwatch or by an electronic timing device, from the moment the nose of the leading horse crosses the Start Line until the nose of the leading horse crosses the Finish Line but penalties are incurred until the whole turnout has passed the finish line. 9.2 Times must be recorded to hundredths of a second. 9.3 The Time Limit is twice the Time Allowed. Exceeding the Time Limit will incur elimination. 9.4 The Time Allowed is calculated using the following speeds in metres per minute (except for Time Competition, DC ): [DELETE existing chart, replace with...] DIVISION Single or Pair Four-in-hand, Tandem or Unicorn VSE 180 mpm 170 mpm Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 131 of 400

132 Preliminary Intermediate Advanced VSE 180 mpm 170 mpm Horse/Pony 200 mpm 190 mpm VSE 190 mpm 180 mpm Horse/Pony 220 mpm 210 mpm Single Pair or Tandem Four-in-hand or Unicorn Pony 260 mpm 250 mpm 240 mpm 240 mpm Horse 250 mpm 250 mpm Tables for lower levels at ADS Art [DELETE CHART - it was combined above] 9.5 The Penalty for exceeding the time allowed: any time over the time allowed in hundredths of seconds, multiplied by 0.5 Penalties will be calculated to two decimal places.... DC 962 Time Competition 1. Definition In a Time Competition, all penalties (knock-downs, exceeding time, disobedience, etc ) are converted to penalty seconds. 2. Obstacles The Rules concerning the number, type and dimensions of obstacles and the length of the Course must be the same as for a Fault Competition. 3. Pace: [DELETE all existing charts, replace with...] DIVISION Single or Pair Four-in-hand, Tandem or Unicorn Preliminary VSE 180 mpm 170 mpm Horse/Pony 200 mpm 190 mpm VSE 190 mpm 180 mpm Intermediate Horse/Pony 220 mpm 210 mpm Single Pair or Tandem Four-in-hand or Unicorn Pony 260 mpm 250 mpm 240 mpm Advanced Horse 250 mpm 250 mpm 240 mpm Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt daamodt@usef.org This entire chapter had charts pulled from both FEI & ADS rulebooks, but none had been combined into an applicable format for USEF divisions. Speeds and widths were mentioned in odd sections & several ADS divisions that are not USEF recognized were included. To fix this, ALL charts were reformatted, combined or deleted (if not licensed) to make them all applicable. NONE of the widths or speeds were changed - simply all reformatted, so the information can be found in the right place. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: cones Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 132 of 400

133 DC971 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DC 971 Technical Delegate [CHAPTER DC-14 OFFICIALS] DC971 Technical Delegate 1. Appointment The Technical Delegate must be selected as per the level hereafter: [DELETE CHART] Renumber Proponent Details Driving Danielle Aamodt DELETE Chart, since it is empty and has no use. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: technical delegate Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DC Tracking # Page 133 of 400

134 DR118 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason Rider Tests have been withdrawn by the Dressage Sport Committee effective If not approved, the Rider tests language will still remain in the Rule book causing confusion with membership (comp management and exhibitors) DR118 Tests for Dressage Competitions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] RCPs for removal of Rider Tests: DR118 Tests for Dressage Competitions. Change to read and renumber remaining: 4. Purpose of Federation Dressage Rider Tests: TRAINING LEVEL RIDER TEST: To confirm that the rider sits in the correct posture and alignment and shows correct mechanics in walk, rising trot and canter. The seat is sufficiently independent for the rider to maintain a steady, 510 elastic rein contact and encourage the horse to stretch into that contact. The horse is ridden actively forward showing impulsion and balance required for the level, bends equally to the left and right sides on turns and circles, and makes smooth, willing transitions. FIRST LEVEL RIDER TEST: To confirm that the rider, in addition to the requirements of training level, shows correct alignment, posture and mechanics in sitting trot, including maintaining a steady, elastic rein contact. In turns on forehand and leg yields the rider remains centered and the horse responds willingly to the aids. The transitions are ridden in a better balance and with more throughness that at training level. In response to the correct application of the rider s aids, the horse moves actively forward showing a consistent tempo and correct rhythm in each gait, shows appropriate bending, lengthens and shortens the stride in trot and responds willingly to both longitudinal and lateral aids. SECOND LEVEL RIDER TEST: To confirm that the rider, having achieved the requirements of first level, is able to ride the horse reliably on the bit with an uphill tendency. The rider lengthens and shortens the horse s stride in trot and canter while maintaining correct alignment, posture and mechanics. In lateral movements the rider stays centered and demonstrates an appropriate angle and bending of the horse. As a result of the correct application of the rider s aids, the horse shows a greater degree of straightness, bending, suppleness, throughness, balance and self-carriage than at first level. 6. Tests for Para Equestrians may be ridden only in classes, including Test of Choice classes, that are limited to Para Equestrians. Young Horse tests may be ridden only in classes, including Test of Choice classes, that are limited to Young Horses. Freestyle tests may be ridden only in classes, including Test of Choice classes, that are limited to Freestyles. Rider tests may be ridden only in classes, including Test of Choice classes, that are limited to Rider tests. Quadrille and Pas de Deux classes cannot be ridden in Freestyle Test of Choice classes. Quadrilles and Pas de Deux rides may be ridden only in classes, including Test of Choice classes that are limited to Quadrilles and Pas de Deux rides. DR119 Participation in Dressage Competitions. Change to read: 2. Horses may compete in no more than one Licensed Competition on the same day and are limited to a maximum of three Dressage rides per day at Fourth Level and below (including Rider Tests) or two Dressage rides per day above Fourth Level.. Rider Tests are equivalent to Dressage tests of the same level. DR122 Execution and Judging of Tests. Change to read and renumber remaining: 5. Errors. e. For Rider Tests, the deduction for an error shall be: 1. First error: Total Score reduced by 0.5 points 2. Second error: Total Score reduced by 1.0 points 3. Third error: Elimination Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 134 of 400

135 9. Collective marks are awarded (from 0 to 10) after the competitor has finished his performance for USEF and FEI Dressage Tests: Rider Tests: a. Riders position b. Riders correct and effective use of aids c. Horse s response and performance d. Accuracy of the exercises e. Harmony between Rider and Horse 14. When multiple judges officiate in Rider Tests, the judges must sit together at C. Individual movements are not judged. The judges must fill out one Marking Sheet with general comments and marks at the end of the test. Tests may be called. DR123 Scoring, Classification and Prize-Giving. Change to read: 3. Individual Classification. In all competitions the winner is the competitor having the highest percentage, the second placed competitor is the one with the next highest percentage, and so on. In case of equality of points the competitor with the highest marks received under General Impressions shall be declared the winner. When the scores for General Impressions are equal after coefficients have been applied, the horses must remain tied. Errors on a test may not be used to break ties. When the final score in Rider Tests are equal, the competitors must remain 1. Final results for each class must be posted as soon as possible after the class is completed DR126 Requirements for Dressage Competition Management. Change to read: 1.g. Location of Judges. 1. If there is only one judge he is preferably placed a maximum of five meters and minimum of three meters from the end of the arena and must be opposite the letter C. Except in Young Horse and Rider Tests,when two judges are used one is placed at C and the other at B or E, preferably a maximum of five meters and minimum of three meters opposite the letter.. 3. Except in Young Horse tests and Rider Tests, a separate enclosure (booth, tent, trailer) or platform for indoor classes must be provided for each judge.. 7. The jury for the FEI Dressage Tests for 4, 5, and 6-year-old horses and USEF Dressage Test for 4-year old horses, and Rider Tests, must be seated together at C and may comprise a maximum of three judges. (Exception: See Selection Procedures for the USEF National Championships for Young Horses for the number and placement of judges in the Young Horse championship competition.) Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org Rider Tests have been withdrawn by the Dressage Sport Committee effective Potential Impact none GR 821 (332-18) Web: rider tests Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 135 of 400

136 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 136 of 400

137 DR119 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 8/8/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Horse welfare. Extraordinary Change Reason DR.119 DR119 Participation in Dressage Competitions. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] 2. Horses may compete in no more than one Licensed Competition on the same day and are prohibited from competing in any non-licensed competition(s) held on the same day(s) as they compete in a Licensed Dressage Competition. Horses are limited to a maximum of three Dressage rides per day at Fourth Level and below (including Rider Tests) or two Dressage rides per day above Fourth Level. Effective: Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org Horse Welfare. To limit the number of rides per day for each horse. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Web: number of rides Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 137 of 400

138 DR119.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 DR119 Participation in Dressage Competitions. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR119 Participation in Dressage Competitions. Change to read: 1. Dressage classes are open to riders on horses, mules and/or ponies of any origin Horses in any under saddle class must be at least thirty-six months of age (from foaling date) at the time of competition. Horses competing in the following tests and levels must meet the following minimum age requirements per FEI rules: FEI Children/Pony/Junior and Fourth Level tests: minimum six (6) years; Young Riders/Prix St. Georges/Intermediate I: minimum seven (7) years; tests above Intermediate I: minimum eight (8) years. The horse s age is to be counted from January 1 of the year of birth to January 1 of the current competition year. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To protect horse welfare and ensure that horses are not pushed to show collection before they are physically mature. none Potential Impact Web: participation in dressage competitions Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 138 of 400

139 DR121.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved FEI Rule Change 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 DR121 Saddlery and Equipment [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR121 Saddlery and Equipment. Change to read: 2. For Training, First and Second Level tests, FEI Tests for Children, and FEI Pony tests, a plain snaffle bridle is required with a regular cavesson, a dropped noseband, a flash noseband (a combination of a cavesson noseband and a dropped noseband attachment) or a crossed noseband. Except for the buckles and a small disk of sheepskin, which may be used in the intersection of the two leather straps of a crossed noseband, the headstall and cavesson/noseband of the bridle must be made entirely of leather or leather-like material. However, wear tabs on cheek pieces and reins may be made of non-leather or other material. A padded cavesson/noseband and crownpiece are allowed. Nylon or other non-metal material may be used to reinforce leather in the headstall but must not come in direct contact with the horse. Elastic inserts are permitted in the crownpiece and cheekpieces only. A browband is required, and except for the parts that attach to the crownpiece or headstall, is not required to be made of leather or leather-like material. The crownpiece of the bridle must lie immediately behind the poll and may extend forward onto the poll, but it may not be fitted to lie behind the skull (see diagram). Bridles are not permitted in which the noseband is connected to the bit or cheekpiece below the level of the browband. A throatlatch is required except when the combined noseband or Micklem bridle are used. A jowl strap is considered a throat latch and can be used to replace, or be used in addition to, a traditional throat latch. In order to meet the requirements of this rule the jowl strap must be fitted around or immediately below the horse's jowl. Nosebands with one or two lower (chin) straps must also have a throat latch, as described above. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org New bridles have continued to change the boundaries of saddlery that can be used in dressage competitions. The FEI has frequently approved new bridles that do not fall within the USEF rules for approved saddlery. This rule change is meant to clarify when a jowl strap can replace a traditional throatlatch. This proposal allows for USEF approval of saddlery recently published by the FEI in July 2018 in its Summary of Approved and Not Permitted Equipment for FEI Dressage Events. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Intl Discipline USDF Web: saddlery and equipment Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 139 of 400

140 DR Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 DR Saddlery and Equipment. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR121. Saddlery and Equipment. Change to read: 15. Horses may only be exercised and ridden in management-designated areas on the competition grounds. Management must post a map in the show office outlining the designated competition grounds where horses may be ridden and exercised. Any restricted areas must also be noted. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To clarify existing rule and inform competitors the location of the designated competition grounds. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: competition grounds Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 140 of 400

141 DR122 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 8/8/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 For consistency with FEI rules. Extraordinary Change Reason DR122 Execution and Judging of Tests. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR122 Execution and Judging of Tests. Change to read: 5. Errors. f. For FEI Level and USDF Freestyle tests, two points will be deducted for each error, however they are not cumulative and will not result in elimination. Effective: Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski USDF has requested that errors in USDF Freestyle tests be counted the same as in FEI Level Freestyles and that this change be in effect for next test cycle beginning Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Web: error Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 141 of 400

142 DR127.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 DR127 USEF/USDF Qualifying and Championship Classes and USEF/USDF National Championships for Dressage [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] 2. Unless specified otherwise in published selection procedures, all qualifying competitions for USEF/USDF Championships are open only to horses that have been recorded with the Federation, ridden by Junior Active, Senior Active, or Life Members. Annual or lifetime Horse Recording is required and horses with only HID numbers are not eligible. Horse owners must also be Junior Active, Senior Active or Life Members. If the horse has more than one owner, at least one owner must have both active USEF Junior Active, Senior Active or Life membership and active USDF Participating or Business Membership. For a business or farm to be the valid owner under this requirement, it must be listed as an owner of the horse with both USEF and USDF. Responsibility to record their horse(s) with and become members of the Federation rests entirely with the competitors. Qualifications will not count until the applications and fees for the horse s recording and rider s and owner s Junior Active, Senior Active, or Life Membership are received by the Federation, unless submitted according to the provisions of GR203.1 and GR Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To update and clarify membership requirements for USEF/USDF Dressage Championships per USDF Affiliate request none Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Web: owner Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 142 of 400

143 DR128.4 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /5/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 DR128 USEF National Championships. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR128 USEF National Championships. Add new: 4. Qualifying scores for USEF National Championships, including Children, Pony Riders, Juniors, Young Riders, Brentina Cup (Young Adults), Young and Developing Horse, and High Performance (Intermediate I and Grand Prix), must be submitted by Competition Management to the USEF Dressage Department within 48 hours after the competition. Exception: Competitions held at the end of the qualifying period require submission of results within 24 hours after the competition. This rule also applies to NAJYRC qualifying classes. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To ensure compliance with results submission deadlines for these championships. none Potential Impact Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Web: National Championships Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 143 of 400

144 DR129.9 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason To achieve consistency across dressage competitions for both eligibility for USEF/USDF regional championships qualifying class requirements and Freestyle classes. USDF already requires a higher score to qualify for regional championships. DR129.9 Musical Freestyle Ride. [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR129.9 Musical Freestyle Ride. Change to read: 9. Except for USEF/USDF Championship classes and for FEI Pony Riders, FEI Junior, FEI Young Rider and FEI Para-Equestrian Freestyles, in order to enter a freestyle class at any level, a horse/rider combination must have received a minimum score of 60% 63% in the highest test of the declared freestyle level or any test of a higher level at a Federation Licensed or FEI recognized Dressage Competition or open Dressage class (i.e. open to all breeds) at a Federation Licensed Competition held prior to the competition where the horse/rider combination is entered to ride a freestyle class. Effective Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To achieve consistency across dressage competitions for both eligibility for USEF/USDF regional championships qualifying class requirements and Freestyle classes in all other licensed dressage competitions (and classes at competitions run under DR Rules). none Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: musical freestyle ride Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 144 of 400

145 DR136.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 4/12/2018 Approved 6/11/2018 DR136 Exhibition (class or demonstration) [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER DR-I DRESSAGE GOVERNING REGULATIONS] DR136 Exhibition (Class or Demonstration) Change to read: 1. An Exhibition may be held as either a recognized but unrated class or as a demonstration, under the following conditions: h. No more than two exhibition classes may be held per licensed competition day and the dressage part of any class may not be divided into divisions or sections for any purpose. Proponent Details Dressage Hannah Niebielski HNiebielski@usef.org To clarify Exhibition Rules Web: exhibition classes Draft 1: Recommends Approval 05/21/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 05/21/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 05/29/2018 Draft 1: No Action Competition Management Draft 1: Approve but do not believe this proposal is clear as to the intent Draft 1: Approve but do not believe this proposal is clear as to the intent Council - Intl Discipline Driving Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 145 of 400

146 DR138 Tracking # Draft #4 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/9/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 DR138 Para Dressage [CHAPTER DR138 Para Dressage] SUBCHAPTER DR-3 PARA DRESSAGE DR301 Object of Para Dressage (PE) 1. The object of Para Equestrian Dressage is to provide and develop competition opportunities for equestrian athletes with impairments. To classify all athletes and give them a functional profile and a Grade, enabling them to compete on an equitable basis under agreed compensating aids according to their respective degree of impairment, and to give them suitable Tests for competition. 2. Refer to Subchapter DR-1 for rules not covered in Subchapter DR-3. DR302 Position of the Athlete: 1.a. Wherever possible the PE Athlete should follow the object and general principles of Dressage. However, as Athletes with impairments do not have the use of the entire body, all references to the aids must be interpreted to include the use of other parts of the body and/or appropriate and approved compensating aids. 1. b Wherever able, the Athlete will try to be well balanced and steady in the saddle, conforming as far as possible to the USEF definition of the Athlete position. This position makes it possible for the Athlete to school/ride the Horse progressively and correctly showing that all the movements and transitions can be obtained with as little effort of the Athlete as possible. The aids that communicate the Athlete s wishes to the Horse are of great importance in Dressage. 2. Wherever possible, Athletes will ride with both hands at all PE Dressage Events, not only when executing any of the Official PE Dressage Tests published by the FEI but also when executing any other FEI or USEF Test that might be ridden at the same event. However, when leaving the arena at a walk on a long rein, after having finished his performance, the Athlete may, at his own discretion, ride with only one (1) hand. 3. If foot reins are used, neither the hands nor arms may be used with the reins. DR303 Para Dressage Tests. 1. There are five para dressage grades. These grades are designed based upon the physical limitations of the athlete not based upon their riding ability. 2. Each Grade has its own series of Tests - Novice Tests, Team Test, Individual Test and Freestyle Test. Any additional PE Tests developed by the FEI can be included. The Official PE Tests are published by the FEI and can, in no case, be modified. Please refer to the FEI website for PE Tests. 3. Para Dressage and Freestyle to Music Tests are graded according to suitability for the Athletes in the five (5) Grades (I, II, III, IV and V). All Grades should be included in the prize list if possible or FEI para test of choice. Please note that if the prize list includes FEI Test of choice or FEI Freestyle Test of Choice para tests are not included as they must be ridden in separate Test of Choice classes that are limited to Para Equestrian Athletes. Only the current FEI Para-equestrian Dressage Tests may be used in USEF Competitions. a. In Grade I Tests, Athletes compete at walk. b. In Grade II Tests, Athletes compete at walk and trot. c. In Grade III Tests, Athletes compete at walk and trot. d. In Grade IV Tests, Athletes compete at walk, trot, (including lateral work), and canter. e. In Grade V Tests, Athletes compete at walk, trot (including lateral work), and canter (including lateral work). f. There are some additional allowances for each grade in the freestyle tests. These are listed on the freestyle tests. 4. It is recommended wherever possible, that Grades I-III compete in a small (20m x 40m) arena. Grades IV and V must compete in a standard (20m Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 146 of 400

147 x 60m) arena. At the discretion of competition management, all Para Dressage Tests may be ridden in a Standard arena. (Exception: Grade I - III freestyle tests must be held in a small arena. Grade IV - V freestyle tests must be held in a standard arena.) The arena sizes to be used must be indicated in the prize list. For designated national qualifying competitions, the USEF National Para-Equestrian Championships and Para-Equestrian Selection Trials, all tests for Grades I III must be ridden in a small arena and Grades IV - V must be ridden in a standard size arena. See DR126.1f Athletes may compete in a maximum of two (2) Tests per day per Horse, in accordance with DR119.2 that horses can be ridden in two FEI tests per day. See DR Collective Marks are awarded, after the Athlete has finished his performance for: a) Paces. b) Activity. c) Submission d) Equestrian feel and skill of the Athlete. Accuracy. Rider s position is NOT taken into account as it is for USEF tests and other FEI tests. DR304. The Para Dressage Freestyle Tests 1. The Freestyle to Music Tests are Competitions that can be used by all Grades at all levels. Each Grade has its own Test. All Athlete/Horse combinations must show proof of earning a minimum score of sixty percent (60%) in either the Team or Individual test at their grade at a previous USEF recognized competition in order to enter the freestyle test at their grade. See DR Grade I, II and III Freestyle to Music Tests must be no shorter than four (4) minutes and no longer than four (4) minutes and thirty (30) seconds. 3. Grade I, II and III Freestyle to Music Tests must be performed in a twenty meters by forty meters (20mx40m) arena (no exceptions). See DR126.1f.14 and DR Grades IV and V Freestyle to Music Tests must be no shorter than four (4) minutes thirty (30) seconds, and no longer than five (5) minutes. 5. Grades IV and V Freestyle to Music Tests must be ridden in a twenty meters by sixty meters (20mx60m) arena. See DR126.1f The music must not start more than thirty (30) seconds before the Athlete enters the arena, and the music must cease at the final salute. 7. At the beginning and end of the Test, a Halt and Salute on the center line facing the Judge at C are compulsory. The Test time will start when the Athlete moves off from the first halt and finishes at the final halt. 8. Non-permitted movements. See DR129.7d. a. Athletes riding in Grade I and II may not show Canter, Piaffe or Passage. b. Athletes riding in Grade III may not show Piaffe or Passage and only show canter work that does not include lateral work, flying changes, Half or Full Pirouettes. c. Athletes riding in Grade IV may not show Piaffe, Passage, sequence changes or Half or Full canter Pirouettes. d. Athletes riding in Grade V may not show Piaffe, Passage, one (1) time or two (2) times sequence changes or Full Pirouettes. e. An Athlete intentionally showing disallowed paces or movements during the execution of the Test will have eight (8) marks deducted by each Judge each time a not allowed movement is shown, and the choreography and rider skill marks will also be affected. The Athlete will not be eliminated. The decision of the Judge at C will be final in such cases. 9. On the Freestyle Test sheet there is a list of compulsory movements that must be included in the Test. On noticing that a compulsory movement has been omitted, each judge will each give zero (0) for that movement. The marks for choreography and rider skill will also be affected. The decision of the Judge at C will be final in such cases. 10. If the Freestyle test is longer or shorter than stipulated on the test sheet, zero point five percentage points (0.5%) will be deducted from the total artistic score. DR305. Conditions of participation 1. Athlete Classification a. It is a condition of participation in FEI para dressage classes that the Athlete has a permanent, verifiable and measurable physical or visual impairment which is supported by medical evidence and satisfies the minimal impairment criteria as detailed in the FEI PE Classification Manual. See DR Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 147 of 400

148 b. All Athletes must undergo Athlete evaluation by at least one accredited PE classifier before they may participate in para dressage classes. An Athlete will be allocated a Grade for Dressage competition based on their functional Profile as described in the FEI PE Classification Manual. This functional Profile may need to be reassessed or reviewed on more than one occasion. c. Athletes will be assigned a Grade Status of New, Review or Confirmed following Classification and all relevant details will be included on the athletes USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate along with their allowed compensating aids. d. Athletes must provide Competition Management a copy of their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate with their entry. A copy of their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate must be attached to the Athlete s test for the Judge s reference. See DR e. Athletes must ride in their allocated Grade. 2. Horses a. Horses must be a minimum of six (6) years of age to compete in an FEI para dressage class. The age is counted from the 1st January of the year of birth. Horses should be schooled to the standard required. b. In the interest of safety, Horses must not behave in a manner deemed dangerous when in the vicinity of other Horses. It is the responsibility of the Athlete that the horse is safe for the Athlete, other horses and people at the competition. DR306. Dress See DR Military, police, etc. may wear civil or service dress at all USEF recognized competitions. 2. Protective Headgear must be worn in compliance with DR Black or brown boots or stout riding shoes with heels must be worn. Plain black or brown half-chaps or gaiters to the knee may be used. 4. Cream, beige or white jodhpurs or breeches shall be worn, with a black or dark jacket. Contrast coloring and piping is allowed. Striped or multicolored coats are not permitted. Tasteful and discreet accents, such as a collar of a different hue, modest piping or crystal decorations, are acceptable. A stock tie or tie that is white, off white or same color as coat is required. Gloves that are white, off white or same color as the coat may be worn. Riding boots or paddock boots should be black or same color as coat. Safety vests (including inflatable) are permitted. 5. An arm band, provided by the Athlete, in a distinctive color must be worn at all times by Athletes with visual impairment while mounted outside of the Competition arena. 6. Spurs are optional. Spurs must be made of metal. The shank must be either curved or straight, pointing directly back from the center of the spur when on the Athlete s boot. Spurs must not be offset, unless allowed as a compensating aid and noted on the Athletes USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. The arm of the spur must be smooth and blunt. If rowels are used, they must be blunt, smooth and free to rotate. Metal spurs with round hard plastic knobs ( Impuls spurs) or Dummy spurs with no shank are allowed. Athletes abusing the Horse with their spurs, whether intentionally or not may be asked to remove spurs by the Technical Delegate. 7. Earphones and/or other electronic communication devices are strictly prohibited, such usage is penalized by elimination. However, Athletes qualified to use a commander (reader), who are also deaf or hearing impaired as identified through the classification process may use sign language and/or they may use a radio head set during all tests. This will be stated as a compensating aid on the USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. Earphones or similar devices are however permitted during training and warm-up. DR307. Compensating Aids 1. Allowed Compensating Aids, standard and non-standard are determined as part of the classification process, as set forth in the FEI Classification Manual & Rules, and will be listed on the athlete s USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. (See Compensating Aids and FEI Rule Reference chart below). See DR The use of a non-standard compensating aid must be approved and listed on the athlete s USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate before the competition takes place. Any such request must be submitted to the USEF or FEI in writing with supporting documentation (medical documentation, aid description, photos, etc.). If approved, the aid is added to the Athlete s USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. 3. Voice. a. Athletes in Grades I, II and III may use their voice as an aid during their test in their allocated Grade, provided they do so in moderation. Grade I, II, III Athletes may not use their voice in other USEF or FEI tests unless stated on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. b. Athletes in Grades IV and V may not use their voice at any time during the execution of their Test. c. Once a Test has started, the Athlete shall not speak to any other person, unless spoken to by the Judge. Such a fault will be penalized by each Judge by the deduction of at least two (2) marks from those that would otherwise have been awarded for the movement where this occurred. Compensating Aids and FEI Rule Reference Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 148 of 400

149 DR308. Saddlery 1. Athletes must use snaffle or double bridles. Double bridles must have a cavesson noseband, a bridoon and curb bit with a curb chain. Cover for curb chain can be made of leather, rubber or sheep skin. The cavesson noseband may never be so tightly fixed as to harm the Horse. Lip strap and rubber or leather covers for the curb chain are optional. Athletes whose riding appears to near the level of abuse to the Horse, whether intentionally or not, will be asked to make changes by the Technical Delegate, or Judge. See DR The bridoon, snaffle and curb must be made of metal and/or rigid plastic and may be covered with rubber/latex (manufactured state). Wrapping of bits with any kind of material and flexible rubber bits are not permitted. The lever arm of the curb bit is limited to ten centimeters (10 cm) (length below the mouth piece), and never be shorter than the upper arm. If the curb has a sliding mouthpiece, the lever arm of the curb bit below the mouthpiece should not measure more than ten centimeters (10 cm) when the mouthpiece is at the uppermost position. The diameter of the mouthpiece of the bridoon and/or curb must be such so as not to hurt the Horse. Minimum diameter of mouthpiece to be twelve millimeters (12 mm) for curb bit and ten millimeters (10 mm) for bridoon bit. The diameter of the mouth piece is measured adjacent to the rings or the cheeks of the mouthpiece. 3. Nosebands. It is obligatory to use a noseband. A cavesson, drop or flash noseband must be used with a snaffle bridle. A double bridle must only be used with a cavesson noseband. Normal dropped nosebands and flash straps must lie in the chin groove. A Horse may be equipped with no more than one (1) noseband (a Flash noseband is considered to be one noseband). Nosebands, including their adjustment, must be in Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 149 of 400

150 compliance with DR A well fitting, well maintained saddle, suitable to the Horse and Athlete shall be used. At the halt there must be a clear three centimeters (3cm) between any means of support and the Athlete s trunk. Any adaptations to a saddle must allow the Athlete to fall free of the Horse. No saddle must be deeper in the seat than twelve centimeters (12cm) with the seat pressed down. This is measured from the seat to the middle of a line from top of pommel to top of cantle. 5. Handhold. a. The use of a soft (flexible) handhold, not more than thirty centimeters (30cm) wide, to assist the Athlete to balance, may be attached to the front of the saddle, in front of or above the pommel. Such a handhold may not be more than ten centimeters (10cm) above the top of the pommel when held. b. If a hard (fixed/rigid) handhold is essential, it must be stated on the USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. The hard handhold must comply with the same measurement criteria as the soft handhold. USEF reserves the right to allow dispensation to these measures according to the specific impairment of an Athlete 6. Whips. One (1) whip (a total maximum length of one hundred twenty centimeters (120 cm)) may be carried. Two (2) whips may only be used if they are specified as a compensating aid for the Athlete on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. Any alteration to conventional or curved whips must be listed on the Athlete's USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. If whips are required for use in other USEF or FEI tests for able-bodied Athletes, this must be stated on the Athlete's USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. 7. Other PE Saddlery Aids Allowed/Not Allowed a. Breast plates, neck straps, handholds (see 4.2 above) are allowed. Martingales, blinkers, side, balancing, running, bearing and similar reins are forbidden. Any rein adaptation that produces a similar effect to these forbidden reins is not permitted. Any rein from any bit in the Horse s mouth must be in direct contact with the Athlete. This means that if riding in a double bridle the two (2) reins on one (1) side must either both go to the Athlete s hand(s) or be connected into one (1) rein before reaching the Athlete (split reins). Elastic insert reins are allowed. Foot reins are only allowed when no other reins are going to be controlled by arm(s) or hand(s)/fingers from the upper part of the body of the Athlete. See DR b. If the rein is not used in a conventional manner, it must be in as straight a line as possible from the Athlete s point of contact on the reins to the Horse s mouth. For Athletes with two (2) very short arms reins may be run through rings that are attached to the front of the saddle by leather straps. These rings must not be in a fixed position, but shall be loose. Athletes using such rings must have details noted on the USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. c. Athletes must not be held in position by any mechanism that does not automatically release in the event of an accident. d. Use of Velcro or similar material. i. Velcro may be used on the lower limbs to assist the Athlete in the saddle where there is an identified need as determined by the Athlete s functional profile and Grade. The use of Velcro in this way must be recorded as a compensating aid for their Athlete on the USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. ii. The total amount of overlapping Velcro, or similar material, used by any Athlete, must not exceed fifty square centimeters (50 sq. cm). Each overlap contact must not exceed the dimensions of three centimeters by six centimeters (3cmx6cm). The total area of overlapping Velcro or similar material per leg must not exceed three centimeters (3cm) wide by six centimeters (6cm) of overlap contact. For safety reasons it is recommended that it is fastened in a V shape. iii. A Velcro or thin leather strap may be used to attach the stirrup leather or the stirrup iron to the girth to assist control of the lower leg where there is an identified need as determined by the Athlete s functional profile and Grade. This must be recorded as a compensating aid for the Athlete on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. iv. Velcro or similar materials must, in all cases, allow the Athlete to fall free of the Horse. e. Elastic rubber bands may be used to keep the feet in the stirrups. Such elastic must be of a width and strength to allow the Athlete to fall free of the Horse. Magnetic stirrups are permitted. f. To prevent the possibility of the foot sliding through the stirrup, stirrups may be closed at the front (enclosed stirrups). If an Athlete has only one (1) leg he may ride with only one (1) stirrup. If he uses a prosthesis he must use two (2) stirrups. An Athlete may only ride without stirrups if this is specified on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. See DR Fly hoods (ear covers) are permitted for all Events in compliance with DR Ear plugs are not permitted except during awards ceremonies. Ear hoods may not be attached to the noseband. 9. The ring steward should check the saddlery of one-third of the horses in each class immediately after the horse leaves the arena, in compliance with DR In Selection Trials and National Championship classes, the saddlery of all horses will be checked. Any discrepancy will be reported to the Judge at C and may entail elimination. Management must provide a copy of each Athlete s USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate to the ring stewards for all Para Athletes. 10. Refer to DR121 for rules not specifically covered under DR308. Due to the complex nature of the saddlery used by some Para riders, refer to the FEI rule book for any additional requirements for bits and bridles not covered in DR121. See Article 8428 of the FEI Para Dressage rules. 11. It is the responsibility of the Athlete to ensure that all special equipment/compensating aids are allowed under the Para-Equestrian Dressage rules, and that any used are noted on the Athlete s USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. DR309. Execution of the Tests Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 150 of 400

151 1. The FEI PE Dressage Tests must be carried out entirely from memory, and all movements must follow in the order laid down in the Test; except for those Athletes who may have their Tests commanded(read) and/or called as a compensating aid listed on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. See DR Penalties: Every error of course, whether the bell is sounded or not, must be penalized. First error - Zero point five percentage points (0.5%) from the total score Second error - One percentage point (1%) from the total score Third error Elimination See DR122.5c3. 3. PE Athletes must enter the arena within forty five (45) seconds after the sound of the bell or they are eliminated. In the Freestyle, the Athlete has forty five (45) seconds to signal to start the music. 4. On the grounds of safety, Athletes in Grade I, II, III and Profile 36 (totally blind) may be accompanied around the outside of the arena by the trainer or his representative before the Test starts. They may be led, but must not be schooled from the ground. This person may stand outside the arena on the field of play during the Test. 5. All Para Equestrian Athletes may salute with a nod of their head only. Helmets must not be removed at the salute, and contact must be maintained on the reins. 6. A Horse leaving the arena completely, with all four (4) feet and in a willful manner, causing the Athlete to lose control, will be eliminated. However, if the Athlete directs the Horse to the outside of the arena or the arena is not fully boarded, the Horse is not automatically eliminated. The Judge at C will make this the decision, but a heavy deduction in marks will occur if the Athlete is not eliminated. 7. Any outside assistance (other than approved Commander or Callers) or intervention, including coaching by voice, signs etc., may result in elimination, at the discretion of the Judge. 8. In cases where an Athlete stops the test and receives outside assistance in order to turn a temporarily unsafe situation back into a safe situation (i.e. a lost stirrup), each judge should give zero (0) for the particular movement, but allow the Athlete to continue his Test. However, if the danger seems to be of a more permanent character it shall remain the discretion of the Judge at C to eliminate the combination. 9. The Athlete s trainer or representative may stand near the Competition arena to relay the Judges instructions, if necessary. Some athletes with mental impairment may need this additional communication. 10. For Grade I, II and III, helpers may be placed in corners outside the arena for safety reasons. In an emergency, they may give physical assistance. Penalties will be at the discretion of the Judge at C, who may also eliminate the Athlete either at the time, or at the conclusion of the Test. 11. For Grade I, II and III, if circumstances allow, a companion Horse may stand adjacent to the arena in an area designated and approved by the Technical Delegate. DR310. Commanders (Reader) and Callers (Living Letters) See DR Definitions: Para dressage has slightly different definitions for Commanders (Readers) and Callers (Living Letters). The Commander (Reader) is the individual that reads the Test during the ride. Callers (Living Letters) call out the letters to those Athletes with visual impairment who need this assistance during their ride. 2. Athletes who wish to have a commander (reader) must apply to the USEF or FEI for permission, clearly stating the reason for the need and providing supporting documentation. Permission to use a commander must be stated on the Athlete's USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. Tests may be commanded in English or in the Athlete s own language. The commander is only allowed to read the test and is not allowed to give other instructions or comments. However, the Commander is allowed to repeat each movement once. Athletes shall have no more than one (1) commander (reader) who shall stand in a fixed position outside the arena at E or B, or if this is not possible, stand as directed by the Judge at C. Commanders (readers) may not carry a whip. 3. Radio communication may not be used during the Test. Exceptions: A Commander (reader) may use sign language or a radio head set with the Athlete during all tests for those Athletes (qualified as above to use a Commander (reader)), who are also deaf or hearing impaired. The sign language or radio head set must be listed as a compensating aid on the Athlete's USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate. During Freestyle tests, all Athletes who have been allowed a commander or caller(s) as a compensating aid on their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate are permitted to use headsets. 4. All Athletes who have been allowed a commander or caller(s) as a compensating aid on the USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate are permitted to use a headset during Freestyle tests. 5. In the above, it is the responsibility of the Athlete to provide a fully functioning headset with an extra receiver to enable the Technical Delegate or his designated representative to listen to all communication going from the Commander (reader) to the Athlete. If this is not the case, the Athlete will not be permitted to use the equipment and must ride the test without it. 6. Callers (living letters) may only call the name of the letter(s). Only the lead caller (who may also Command (read) where approved) may be in the center of the arena. All other Callers must be positioned outside the arena, and may move from one marker to another, provided they do not restrict the vision of any of the Judges. There shall be no more than thirteen (13) Callers, but Athletes with visual impairment are encouraged to use as few Callers as possible. The Caller at C may be exchanged for a beacon or beeper which is to be provided by the Athlete. DR311. Para Athletes competing in Able-bodied Tests and Classes. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 151 of 400

152 1. When Para Athletes compete in able bodied tests and classes, DR Subchapter 1 rules take precedence for those classes, including the bits and bridles that are permitted. 2. Per DR119, riders with a diagnosed permanent disability who require the use of compensating aids or adaptive equipment must comply with DR When Para Athletes enter an able bodied test/class, they must provide their USEF Dispensation/Classification Certificate in order to use their compensating aids during the test. Proponent Details ParaEquestrian Laureen Johnson lkjohnson@usef.org These are the recommended rule changes/additions for the US Equestrian Rule Book regarding para dressage. Historically, the US Equestrian rulebook has included limited rules regarding para dressage. However, now that more riders are competing in this division, the Para Dressage Committee feels that the US Equestrian rulebook needs to be updated to be relative to the para equestrian. It is recommended that these rules be included in Chapter DR100 Dressage. We feel that a section dedicated to para dressage rules within Chapter DR100 would make the rules easier to find, navigate and understand for the athletes, judges, and technical delegates, managers. We do understand that other options such as developing Chapter DR300 related to these rules may be a better choice. However, we do feel strongly that these rules should be kept together for cohesiveness. We have used Section DR138 for this document but understand that is just a suggestion for getting started. Also some rules may be slightly repetitious to dressage rules in place. However, it may be warranted to include them in this section to ensure they are followed (such as the helmet rule). It is also understood that a different order of these rules Web: para dressage Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Tabled 12/21/2017 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Council - Intl Discipline Draft 2: Awaiting Sport Committee review. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Dressage Draft 1: Disapprove draft 1. Pending review of a draft 2. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM DR Tracking # Page 152 of 400

153 EQ101.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ101 ELIGIBILITY [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER EQ-1 REGULATIONS FOR ALL SEATS] 1. EQ101 Eligibility 1. In Equitation classes only the rider is being judged, therefore, any horse that is suitable for a particular style of riding (i.e., Hunter/Jumping Seat, Saddle Seat or Western/Reining Seat) and is capable of performing the required class routine is acceptable. Performing in Saddle Seat Equitation the gaits of the class are the walk, trot, and canter to be shown both ways of the ring, correct diagonals and leads to count. For five gaited division a slow gait and rack will be added to the class gaits. Proponent Details Saddle Seat Eq Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The Saddle Seat Equitation Committee is establishing and clarifying the gaits and requirements for conducting Saddle Seat Equitation classes. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Web: eligibility Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Saddle Seat Eq Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 153 of 400

154 EQ103 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 EQ Eligibility to Compete [CHAPTER EQ-2 HUNTER/JUMPING SEAT EQUITATION] EQ103 Eligibility to Compete [ ] 3.3 For classes that require age verification, age can be verified only through the following identification documents: a. registration papers, Certificate of Pedigree or passport issued by a World Breed Federation Sport Horse (WBFSH) recognized registry breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation. b. registration papers or Certificate of Pedigree from a breed or sport horse registry. Horse Identification Document issued by a breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation that states the registered name of the horse, the registration number of the horse, and age of the horse. [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org This rule clarification is proposed to ensure that all horses competing in age-restricted classes are properly age verified by requiring them to be registered with a breed or sport horse organization authorized and recognized by the Federation. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/22/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: eligibility to compete Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 154 of 400

155 EQ107.1 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /23/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ107.1.i.1 Class Routine [CHAPTER EQ-2 HUNTER/JUMPING SEAT EQUITATION SECTION] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR842, HU132.8, HU137.3.e & JP139.6] EQ107 Class Routine 1. Over obstacles. [ ] i. An eliminated rider must leave the ring immediately. If elimination occurs during a ride-off, the competitor is placed last of all those chosen for the ride-off, but placed before any riders not participating (see EQ112). The following actions will result in elimination: 1. Fall of horse and rider (rider shall not remount in the ring). In the event of a fall of a horse within the competition ring at a Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competition, the judge shall notify a steward, regardless of whether an EMT is called, and the steward must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation. 2. Three cumulative refusals. Exceptions: Riders will be eliminated after two refusals in the USEF Hunter Seat Medal Finals, USEF Pony Medal Finals, Maclay Finals, USEF Talent Search class and the WIHS Equitation Jumper phase. 3. Off course. 4. Trotting or cantering through the in-gate or out-gate. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org In the interest of both horse welfare and rider safety, all falls occurring in the competition ring during any hunter, jumper, and hunter/jumping seat equitation classes should be immediately reported to the competition steward who must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. HU 132 (175-17), GR 842 (338-17), JP 139 (170-17) Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Competition Management Web: Reporting Falls - Equitation Ring Draft 2: The committee feels this would be difficult for a steward to keep track of and enforce. Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: Council felt that there needs to be better tracking between judge and steward. Recommends the following language, The steward, if notified by the judge of a fall, must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. Council - Intl Discipline Draft 2: Approved with the caveat that the Steward must not be held accountable for failure to comply on the part of the Judge. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 155 of 400

156 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Jumper Draft 2: JSC approves but also feels schooling area should be included. Licensed Officials Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. National Hunter Committee Draft 2: The committee feels this rule will be a hardship for the stewards to keep track of all the falls. Additionally, the details of the fall and the cause are often a judgement call and we are not sure who this responsibility falls on. Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 156 of 400

157 EQ Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /12/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ Course Requirements [CHAPTER HUNTER/JUMPING SEAT EQUITATION SECTION] [linked to USHJA RCPs to GR837.1, GR844, HU157 & Appendix, JP103.7, JP123.2.b & Appendix] EQ108 Course Requirements [ ] 14. FEI approved safety mechanisms must be used in conjunction with a cup that is at least 1 ½ inches deep and at least 3 inches wide for the back rail of all oxers in the competition ring. 15. The use of FEI Approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up/schooling areas is strongly recommended; however when FEI approved safety cups are not available, cups with breakable pins, such as wooden dowels, must be used. After December 1, 2019, FEI approved safety cups will be mandatory in all warm-up/schooling areas. FEI approved safety cups must be made readily available for each equitation schooling area. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted in an equitation schooling area only when safety cups are not available. 16. Schooling Rules for all equitation classes will follow USEF Jumper Schooling Rules (see JP Appendix A) EXCEPT that Swedish Oxers (maximum 12 difference), ground lines on both sides of an oxer, tarps, coolers and liverpools are acceptable. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org This rule change proposal is drafted to clarify the use of safety cups in the equitation schooling area and it is linked with several others in an attempt to unify the schooling rules across the disciplines of jumper, hunter and hunter/jumping seat equitation in the interest of horse welfare, to ensure safety, and for the overall benefit of the sport. HU 157 (174-17), GR 844 (214-17), JP 103 (171-17), GR 837 (346-17) Web: Schooling Rules Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: Council recommends 12/1/2018 effective date requirement for safety cups. Council - Intl Discipline Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 157 of 400

158 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/15/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Jumper Draft 1: JSC would approve if a phased implementation for the mandatory use of safety cups by the 2020 competition year was included. Licensed Officials Draft 2: The Licensed Officials Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. National Hunter Committee Draft 1: 1. The committee believes that the use of wooden dowels should be removed from this rule change and all competitions should be required to provide safety cups. 2. The committee feels the actual use of safety cups is difficult to enforce at large competitions with many schooling rings. Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Steward/TD Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 158 of 400

159 EQ110.6 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ110 Requirements for Specific Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER EQ-2 HUNTER/JUMPING SEAT EQUITATION SECTION] 6. USEF PONY MEDAL CLASS. For full specifications and qualifying criteria see a. Eligibility. Open to Junior Active Members of the Federation who have not yet reached their 18th birthday, on ponies 14.2 hands and under. No Junior over 12 years of age may compete on a small pony. No Junior over 14 years of age may compete on a medium pony. Application for membership can be made directly to the Federation, or the exhibitor can join prior to the class through the Federation steward. Riders entered in this class cannot cross enter into a USEF Hunter Seat Medal Class at the same competition. Suitability of a pony to rider will be emphasized. b. Course requirements. 1. To be shown over a course of not less than six obstacles 2 3 for ponies not exceeding 12.2 hands; 2 6 for ponies over 12.2 hands and not exceeding 13.2 hands; and for ponies over 13.2 hands. 2. If distances between related fences are less than 100 (including in and outs), the distances must be adjusted for each height section. The course must include at least two changes of direction and 1/3 of the obstacles must be oxers. 3. In addition, USEF Pony Medal classes may include any of the following: bending line, narrow jump (5 6-8 ), rollback turn, fence at the end of the ring, long approach to a single jump, a combination. Two tests (1-18, excluding test 15) are required during the first round. c. Class conditions. 1. Only one rider per pony. 2. To fill a class three competitors must complete the course. Two cumulative refusals in the USEF Pony Medal Finals will result in elimination, see EQ Suitability of a pony to rider will be emphasized. 4. This class may be judged as one class, with all height sections run consecutively; or management may elect to divide and pin this class in three separate sections, small, medium and large or to divide into two sections, small-medium and large or small and medium-large. In no case may sections be divided into small-large and medium. When classes are divided as outlined above an exhibitor may only ride in one section per competition. Ribbon winners in each section will receive qualifying points. 5. The USEF Pony Medal may be run concurrently with the small, medium, and large pony division. The green pony division cannot be run with the USEF Pony Medal card open as the fence heights are not consistent. However, green ponies may jump in the USEF Pony Medal when the card is held open during the regular pony division if they so choose. A rider who accumulates 30 pts. will receive a silver medal from the Federation and will qualify for the Finals which is held in conjunction with the USEF Pony Competition. For classes with six or more entries 1st place = 30 pts.; 2nd place = 15 pts.; 3rd place = 10 pts. For classes with three to five entries 1 st place=15 points.; 2 nd place=8pts.; 3 rd place=5 pts. 6. If there are 50 or more entries at the beginning of this class, it must be divided by every other number and run as two separate classes. 7. Classes held at competitions with a start date after July 1 will count toward the next year s Final. d. Rider eligibility. 1. A rider that has qualified for the Finals can continue to compete in qualifying classes. 2. Riders entered in this class cannot cross enter into a USEF Hunter Seat Medal Class at the same competition. 3. The winner of the Finals may no longer ride in the Finals or in qualifying classes. Classes held at competitions with a start date after July 1 will count toward the next year s Final. 3. Riders cannot enter both the USEF Hunter Seat Medal Finals and the USEF Pony Medal Finals in the same year. If there are 50 or more entries at the beginning of this class, it must be divided by every other number and run as two separate classes. e. Certificate of Compliance - At Regional I, Regional II and Local Member competitions, National medal classes must be certified by the following: A course plan showing the actual height and spread of all the fences, signed by the judge and the course designer (the steward must sign if the course designer is not present on the competition grounds) which must be provided to the steward no later than the end of the competition day on which the national medal class is held. The signed course plan must be included in the steward s report to the Federation. Proponent Details National Hunter Committee Kelsey Shanley kshanley@usef.org To remove language that is not necessary in the USEF rule book based on recent efforts to reduce the size of the rulebook. Full qualifying criteria and specifications for the USEF Pony Medal Class will be posted on the USEF website. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 159 of 400

160 Web: USEF Pony Medal - specs to website Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 160 of 400

161 EQ110.7 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /12/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ110 Requirements for Specific Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER EQ-2 HUNTER/JUMPING SEAT EQUITATION SECTION] 7. USEF ADULT EQUITATION CLASS. Open to Amateur Senior Members of the Federation and USHJA. Application for membership and amateur certification can be made directly to the Federation, or the exhibitor can join prior to the class through the Federation Steward. Only one rider per horse. To be shown over a course of not less than eight obstacles at 3 3. The course must include one combination which includes an oxer and two changes of direction after the first obstacle. Two or more tests of the top four competitors are required. Tests To fill a class six three competitors must complete the course (five in Zones 8, 11 and 12). The winner will receive an embossed certificate from the Federation. Points will count as follows 7, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 toward the annual USEF High Point Adult Equitation Rider Award. Classes where six (6) or more entries complete the course: 7, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1. Classes where three (3) to five (5) entries complete the course: 3, 2, 1. If there are 50 or more entries at the beginning of this class, it must be divided by every other number and run as two separate classes. Proponent Details National Hunter Committee Kelsey Shanley kshanley@usef.org This rule change is a request from the USHJA Joint Equitation Task Force to have the USEF Adult Equitation Class match the USEF Pony Medal and the USEF Hunter Seat Medal where the classes fill with three entries and the points are fewer for classes with 3-5 completing the course. Potential Impact This rule change will allow more USEF Adult Medal classes to fill. Will cause an increase to income from Federation Medal Fees. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Web: USEF Adult Equitation Council - Natl Breed & Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 161 of 400

162 EQ112.7 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ112.7 Tests From Which Judges Must Choose [CHAPTER EQ- 2 Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation Section] EQ112 Tests From Which Judges Must Choose [ ] 1. Halt (4 to 6 seconds) or halt and back. When riders working collectively are asked to halt and then back, they must not be penalized if they walk forward a few steps and halt after backing. 2. Hand gallop. A hand gallop may be used on the approach to a jump. 3. Figure eight at trot, demonstrating change of diagonals. At left diagonal, rider should be sitting the saddle when left front leg is on the ground; at right diagonal, rider should be sitting the saddle when right front leg is on the ground; when circling clockwise at a trot, rider should be on left diagonal; when circling counterclockwise, rider should be on the right diagonal. 4. Figure eight at canter on correct lead, demonstrating simple change of lead. This is a change whereby the horse is brought back into a walk or trot (either is acceptable unless the judge specifies) and restarted into a canter on the opposite lead. Figures to be commenced in center of two circles so that one change of lead is shown. 5. Work collectively or individually at a walk, trot and/or canter. 6. Jump low obstacles at a trot as well as at a canter. The maximum height and spread for a trot jump is 3 for horses, 2 for ponies in classes restricted to ponies. 7. Jump obstacles on figure eight course Question(s) regarding basic horsemanship, tack and equipment and conformation Ride without stirrups, riders must be allowed option to cross stirrups Dismount and mount. Individually. [...] [Renumber remainder of section accordingly] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The USHJA Equitation Task Force believes this test is outdated and unclear in its intent therefore, the Task Force believes this test is best removed from the referenced rule. Web: Testing - Figure Eight Course Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 162 of 400

163 EQ Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/20/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 EQ117 Requirements for Specific Classes [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER EQ-3 SADDLE SEAT EQUITATION SECTION] EQ117 Requirements for Specific Classes 12. USEF SADDLE SEAT MEDAL CLASS (17 & Under and Adult/Amateur). b. Conditions Governing USEF Saddle Seat Medal Finals 6. Judges officiating these Finals will be asked to score the rail and pattern work numerically. Those scores will be placed then tabulated through the MOS system The name of the winner of a Finals is engraved upon a Perpetual Trophy which remains in the possession of the Federation. A replica trophy is given to the rider In the event that a horse is incapacitated in the first phase of a Medal Finals or before the ride-off, upon examination of the competition veterinarian and a judge or steward, a substitution is permitted. Proponent Details Saddle Seat Eq Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The Saddle Seat Equitation Committee believes that establishing this scoring system to be the most impartial and would like this to be used for the USEF Saddle Seat Medal class Finals on a three year trial that will then be revisited and assessed. Web: USEF Saddle Seat Medal Class Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 3: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 3: No Saddle Seat Eq Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EQ Tracking # Page 163 of 400

164 EV App. 1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason This proposed change was prompted by an protest filed by and Eventing competitor directly with the USEF Hearing Committee. The competitor felt that the Cross-Country Coursed Designer had not followed the rules per the current Eventing Appendix 1. The matter was forwarded to a Cross-Country Course Advisor for review resulting in a recommendation to the Eventing Sport Committee that certain aspects of the the current Appendix were unenforceable as rules due to the use of the terms "should" and "may. The Eventing Rules Working Group and Eventing Sport Committee worked together to clarify the language of the rule and reformat for ease of review. The USEF Course Designer/Builders Committee also provided input and recommended additional changes. The Eventing Sport Committee approved the following proposed change and feel it will alleviate any confusion while clarifying which matters which items re: design MUST be followed. EV Appendix 1 - Levels of Horse Trials [CHAPTER EV Appendix 1 - levels of Horse Trials] APPENDIX 1 - LEVELS OF HORSE TRIALS While the following is meant as a basic framework, please refer to Cross Country Guideline for more detailed and comprehensive details for the cross-country and jumping phases. 1. Beginner Novice The Beginner Novice level is designed to introduce green horses and riders to Horse Trials, combining dressage, cross-country and Beginner jumping tests. It is for competitors and horses that have already had experience in schooling competitions in all three disciplines. The entire experience should be safe, inviting and educational to build confidence and a desire to progress. Competitors should be prepared to do a walk, trot and canter dressage test with 20-meter figures and a halt. The cross-country shall include simple, straightforward obstacles, solid in appearance, with true ground lines. The course should start with the simplest of jumps, such as a log with brush ground line, and gradually progress to bigger logs, coops and small tables with a sloping face, and other natural and inviting obstacles. Water crossings, if included, should be simple and inviting in nature with consideration for an alternate jump next to it (a simple log), when possible, which could provide an option to those not ready to cross water. There must be no jumps before or after a water crossing within six strides before and four strides after. A small step up but not down may be included. Ditches, if included, must be natural in appearance with a generous take off log along with consideration for an optional jump alongside the ditch for those not ready to jump a ditch. The track of the course must be devoid of sharp turns, be inviting in nature, and encourage horses and riders to learn to gallop across country in rhythm with confidence. The course may include one combination of 2 or 3 strides in a straight line. The jumping course should be inviting and straightforward, preferably with lines of six strides or more and may include only one double of two strides which may include only one oxer. 2. Novice The Novice Level is a continuing introduction to Horse Trials. It is designed for competitors and horses with some experience at lower levels or for experienced riders and horses new to the sport. The dressage will not differ greatly from Beginner Novice. The cross-country should invite bold, forward movement involving galloping in balance and jumping out of stride. Combinations may include: obstacles on a two stride line, and an obstacle after a ditch at no less than two strides. Steps in combination may include: a step up followed by a step down at two strides, two steps up at two strides, or an obstacle after a step up at two strides. Waters may incorporate a simple jump out of water. The obstacles will be more substantial and may include a drop, a double, and a simple obstacle out of water. At such obstacles, the exit shall not be revetted. Individual obstacles may include: a simple log trakeher, or a double brush.the jumping course should be inviting and straightforward, preferably with lines of six strides or more and shall include only one or two doubles of two strides. Each combination may include only one oxer. 3. Training The Training Level is an elementary examination of competitors and horses with Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 164 of 400

165 some experience and training. The dressage test may ask for further development of the basic gaits, including lengthening at the trot and canter, as well as 10-meter trot and 15-meter canter figures. The cross-country should include questions that are becoming more sophisticated in nature, while remaining positive and inviting. Combinations may include: obstacles on a one stride line, a simple corner, and an obstacle before or after a ditch at two strides. Steps in combination may include: a step down followed by a step up at two strides, two steps down at one stride, two steps up at a one stride distance, or obstacle after a step up at one stride. Water may include a jump into water or a jump out of water. Individual obstacles may include: a simple obstacle jumped from water to water (provided this water jump does not include jumps into or out of water), a ditch/brush, a ditch/wall and a picture frame over a vertical. The jumping course must include either (i) two doubles; or (ii) simple triple combination in the second part of the course with only one oxer. If the oxer is at the "b" or "c" parts of any combination it should be set on two strides. The course should introduce simple technical questions with some related jumps on five strides or more. If a liverpool is used it must be built as a vertical over the center of the liverpool tray and a straight forward alternative jump must be offered. 4. MODIFIED - The Modified Level is for the training level horse with the intent on progressing to the FEI Introductory level and Preliminary level. The dressage may include medium paces at trot and canter, as well as the introduction of leg yielding, and changes of lead through trot. The crosscountry course should introduce tests of accuracy, agility and boldness, control, judgment and jumping ability. Combinations should be more complex then training but still be obvious and inviting to the horse. Obstacles should now involve angled lines, corners, varied terrain and combinations with water or narrow fences. The show jumping course shall include two doubles, or a double and a triple combination. If a triple combination is used, it should be in the second part of the course and with only one oxer. It should be more technical than the training level with any related jumps on five strides or more. BOD 1/20/18 Effective 2/1/18 5. Preliminary The Preliminary Level is a moderate examination of competitors and horses in a regular training program preparing for One Star Events. The dressage test may include medium paces at the trot and canter, as well as the introduction of leg yielding, shoulder in, rein back, and changes of lead through the trot. The cross-country should include tests of accuracy, agility, boldness, control, judgment and jumping ability. Obstacles may now include angled lines, corners, simple bounces, slopes, and combinations involving water or narrow fences. The jumping course must include either (i) two or three doubles; or (ii) a double and a triple combination. The jumping course should be more technical than the Training Level and may require lengthening or shortening of stride. 6. Intermediate The Intermediate Level is an examination of increasing technical difficulty, preparing competitors and horses for Two Star Events. The dressage test may include canter to halt and walk to canter transitions, as well as turns on the haunches, simple changes, and counter canter. The cross-country should now combine in more elaborate settings the tests introduced at the Preliminary Level, such as combinations with more than one question to be solved. Obstacles to be expected include banks, ditches, or water with narrow elements, a bounce combined with other elements, or corners in a combination. The jumping course must include either (i) a double and a triple combination; or (ii) three doubles, with more related distances, and technical questions than the preliminary. 7. Advanced The Advanced Level is the highest national level of Horse Trials. It offers tests of significant difficulty designed to prepare competitors and horses for either Three or Four Star Events. The dressage test may include extensions in all three paces, half pass at the trot and canter, and single flying changes. The cross-country should be clearly a test of boldness and Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 165 of 400

166 scope as it now combines size with technical difficulty. Combinations with multiple questions are to be expected, such as bounces into water, coffins with short distances or significant slopes, and bending lines or related distances between narrow questions. The jumping course must include either (i) a double and a triple combination; or (ii) three doubles. The jumping course must be the most technical Division of the national competition. As Horse Trials at the Preliminary, Intermediate and Advanced Levels are designed to prepare competitors and horses for Events, it is reasonable to assume that dressage tests, courses and obstacles, earlier in a season will be more straightforward than those used later in a season, closer to the goal Event. As Horse Trials at the Novice and Training Levels are not tied to such goals, it is reasonable to assume that they will offer variety without increasing in difficulty as a season progresses. APPENDIX 1 - LEVELS OF HORSE TRIALS For an additional description of the types of obstacles that may be presented at a given level, please refer to the USEA Cross-country Obstacle Design Guidelines, which are not specifically incorporated by reference. 1. Beginner Novice The Beginner Novice level is designed to introduce green horses and riders to Horse Trials, combining dressage, crosscountry and Beginner jumping tests. It is for competitors and horses that have already had experience in schooling competitions in all three disciplines. The goal for the experience should be educational to build confidence and a desire to progress. Dressage: Competitors should be prepared to do a walk, trot and canter dressage test with 20-meter figures and a halt. Cross-Country: Obstacles, solid in appearance, with ground lines where appropriate to enhance the fence profile. There must be no jumps before or after a water crossing within 78 feet (25 meters) before and 54 feet (16 meters) after. A step up and down, but not in combination, may be included. Ditches must be riveted and include a visible ground line that has rounded edges and is at least 6 inches (15 cm) above grade. The track of the course must avoid turns of less than a 20-meter radius. The course may not include more than one combination composed of two elements, where the fences must be a minimum of 33 feet apart or 54 feet after a ditch or step up. Show Jumping: The jumping course should be inviting and straightforward, preferably with lines of 82 feet or more and may include only one double set on two strides, a minimum of 34 feet, which may include only one oxer at the a) part of the combination. 2. Novice The Novice Level is a continuing introduction to Horse Trials. It is designed for competitors and horses with some experience at lower levels or for experienced riders and horses new to the sport. Dressage:The dressage will not differ greatly from Beginner Novice. Cross-Country: Obstacles, solid in appearance, with ground lines where appropriate to enhance the fence profile obstacles in combinations should bea minimum of 33 feet apart, and an obstacleafter a ditch or step up at no less than 42 feet (apart). Steps in combination may include: a step up followed by a step down at a minimum of 30 feet, two steps up at a minimum of 33 feet, or an obstacle after a step up of a minimum 30 feet. Water obstacles may include a step or single fence out of water or a single fence 45 feet before the water and a single fence 30 feet after water. Show Jumping: The jumping course should be inviting and straightforward, preferably with lines of 82 feet or more and shall include only one or two doubles, set on two strides of a minimum of 34 feet. Each combination may include only one oxer at the a) part of the combination. 3. Training The Training Level is an elementary examination of competitors and horses with some experience and training. Dressage:The dressage test may ask for further development of the basic gaits, including lengthening at the trot and canter, as well as 10-meter trot and 15-meter canter figures. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 166 of 400

167 Cross-Country:The cross-country mayinclude: Combinations with upright obstacles a minimum of 24 feet from one another, and an obstacle before and/or after a ditch at a minimum of 30 feet. Steps in combination may include: a step down followed by a step up at a minimum of 30 feet, two steps down a minimum of 18 feet, two steps up at a minimum of 18 feet, or obstacle after a step up a minimum of18 feet. Water may include a jump into water or a jump out of water or an obstacle jumped from water to water. Show Jumping: The jumping course must include either (i) two doubles; or (ii) simple triple combination in the second part of the course with only one oxer. If the oxer is at the b or c parts of any combination it should be set on two strides at a minimum of 35 feet. The course should introduce simple technical questions with some related jumps set at a minimum of 70 feet. If a liverpool is used it must be built as a vertical over the center of the liverpool tray and a straight forward alternative jump must be offered. 4. MODIFIED:The Modified Level is for the training level horse with the intent on progressing to the Preliminary level. Dressage: The dressage may include medium paces at trot and canter, as well as the introduction of leg yielding, and changes of lead through trot. Cross-Country: The cross-country course should introduce tests of accuracy, agility and boldness, control, judgment and jumping ability. Show Jumping:The show jumping course shall include two doubles, or a double and a triple combination. If a triple combination is used, it should be in the second part of the course and with only one oxer. o It should be more technical than the training level with any related jumps, set at a minimum of 70 feet. 5. Preliminary: The Preliminary Level is a moderate examination of competitors and horses in a regular training program preparing for One Star Events. Dressage: The dressage test may include medium paces at the trot and canter, as well as the introduction of leg yielding, shoulder in, rein back, and changes of lead through the trot. Cross-Country: The cross-country should include tests of accuracy, agility, boldness, control, judgment and jumping ability. Obstacles may be on a bounce distance. Show Jumping: The jumping course must include either (i) two or three doubles; or (ii) a double and a triple combination. The jumping course should be more technical than the Training Level and may require lengthening or shortening of stride. 6. Intermediate: The Intermediate Level is an examination of increasing technical difficulty, preparing competitors and horses for Two Star Events. Dressage: The dressage test may include canter to halt and walk to canter transitions, as well as turns on the haunches, simple changes, counter canter and half pass. Cross-Country: The cross-country should now combine in more elaborate settings the tests introduced at the Preliminary Level, such as combinations with more than one question to be solved. Show Jumping: The jumping course must include either (i) a double and a triple combination; or (ii) three doubles, with more related distances, and technical questions than the preliminary. 7. Advanced: The Advanced Level is the highest national level of Horse Trials. It offers tests of significant difficulty designed to prepare competitors and horses for either Three or Four Star Events. Dressage: The dressage test may include extensions in all three paces, half pass at the trot and/or canter, and single flying changes. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 167 of 400

168 Cross-Country: The cross-country should be clearly a test of boldness and scope as it now combines size with technical difficulty. Show Jumping: The jumping course must include either (i) a double and a triple combination; or (ii) three doubles. The jumping course must be the most technical Division of the national competition. Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org The Eventing Rules Working Group and Eventing Sport Committee worked together to clarify the language of the rule and reformat for ease of review. The USEF Course Designer/Builders Committee also provided input and recommended additional changes. The Eventing Sport Committee approved the following proposed change and feel it will alleviate any confusion while clarifying which matters which items regarding design MUST be followed and hopefully, avoid further protests regarding course design recommendations. None Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/29/2018 Web: levels of horse trials Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Licensed Officials Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 168 of 400

169 EV App. 3 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Credentials Committee name correction [CHAPTER Appendix 3] 2. Definitions When achieved at a National Horse Trials an MER is achieved by completing the entire Horse Trial and scoring. -not more than 50 penalty points in the Dressage Test; and - No jumping penalties at obstacles on the Cross Country Test unless specified otherwise, and not more than 90 seconds (36 penalty points) exceeding the optimum time; and - not more than 16 penalties at obstacles in the Jumping Test. -25 penalty points received for Dangerous Riding will not achieve a National Qualifying result. Exceptions to the qualifications noted below may only be approved by the Credentials/Grading Committee Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org Update the name of the Committee to be consistent with the rest of the rulebook Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: committee Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Driving Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV 0.0 Tracking # Page 169 of 400

170 EV114.5 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 6/6/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EV114 Dress [SUBCHAPTER EV1 GENERAL RULES FOR ALL EVENTING COMPETITIONS] 5. DRESSAGE TEST. a. Horse Trials (Beginner Novice through Modified) protective headgear predominantly black, brown, or dark blue 7. JUMPING TEST. Hunting dress or uniform. Protective headgear, with chin harness, designed expressly for equestrian use in accordance with paragraph 1 above. Hat covers other than solid those that are predominantly brown, black or dark blue are not allowed. Proponent Details Stephanie Reimers STEPHANIE REIMERS stephtassos@yahoo.com Many riders are now wearing brown as a dark color rather than black or navy and this color is still conservative and dark. Web: protective headgear - brown Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/09/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Eventing Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 170 of 400

171 EV115 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved FEI Rule Change 12/1/2018 8/8/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Ear Hoods [CHAPTER EV115 Saddelry] EV115.2.f f. Martingales, bit guards, any kind of gadgets (such as bearing, side, running or balancing reins, etc.), reins with any loops or hand attachments, any kind of boots or leg bandages and any form of blinkers, including earmuffs, earplugs, hoods, and seat covers are, under penalty of elimination, strictly forbidden. Ear hoods are permitted for all Tests and may also provide noise reduction. However, ear hoods must not cover the horse s eyes and ear plugs are not permitted. The ear hoods should be discreet in color and design. It must not reach inside the auricle or ear canal, and must not impair the movement of the ears. Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org To align with updates to the FEI FAQs for Eventing Equipment Web: ear hoods Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 171 of 400

172 EV115 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/29/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EV115 Saddlery [CHAPTER EV-1 General Rules For All Eventing Competitions ] EV115 Saddlery f. Martingales, bit guards, any kind of gadgets (such as bearing, side, running or balancing reins, etc.), reins with any loops or hand attachments, any kind of boots or leg bandages and any form of blinkers, including earmuffs, earplugs, hoods, nose covers and seat covers are, under penalty of elimination, strictly forbidden. Shoes (with or without cuffs) that are attached with nails or glue, or wraps that do not extend past the hair line of the hoof are permitted. Protective fly hoods made of thin material are permitted. However, these are subject to inspection by the Officials at the end of the test to ensure that nothing prohibited has been added (i.e. special material) or is covered by the fly hoods to protect from sound. The fly hoods should be discreet and should not cover the Horse s eyes. Proponent Details US Eventing Sharon Gallagher sharon@useventing.com To provide equal playing field and protection from terrain for barefoot or plainly-shod horses. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/07/2017 Web: shoes Council - Intl Discipline Eventing Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 172 of 400

173 EV116 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/24/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EV116 Radios and Cellular Phones [CHAPTER EV Subchapter EV 1 General Rules for All Eventing Competitions ] The use of a radio or cellular phone while competing is forbidden, under penalty of disqualification. Any other use while on the competition grounds by competitors, trainers, or members of the competitor s support group, is subject to restriction by the technical delegate and the president of the ground jury. The competition must provide adequate functional radios for communication for Officials during a Competition. Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org To ensure competitions must have adequate radios. Without this rule, it is not possible to sanction a competition that repeatedly operates with less than adequate radios. none Potential Impact Web: radios and cellular phones Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 173 of 400

174 EV121 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason The Criteria for Approval of Offiicals should be a clarification. The Eventing Sport Committee believes that the Criteria by which they recommend approval of Officials should be memorialized to ensure Organizers understand what is expected and also to ensure fair and unsubjective review of Officials..5 - Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing has been added to go along with the proposed change to add EV157 and Annex 3 - Specifications for Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing EV121 - Calendar Approval Process and Federation Guidance [CHAPTER EV-1 General Rules (Eventing)] EV121 Calendar Approval Process and Federation Guidance 1. FEDERATION EVENTING SPORT COMMITTEE. a. This Committee is responsible for the guidance of the sport, including rules, championships, grading horses, scheduling, etc. b. In addition to the membership requirements of EV102.3, Organizing Committees of selected competitions must apply for and receive approval of their competition date and venue per the provisions of the USEF Eventing Calendar Approval Process. The Eventing Sport Committee shall recommend approval of the date and site of the competition, the Ground Jury, the Technical Delegate, the Chief Steward, the Course Designer, the Veterinary Commission where appropriate, and the prize monies where appropriate. The criteria for approving Eventing Officials can be found in Eventing Annex 4 on the USEF website. All FEI Eventing Competitions must gain further approval of the USEF International Disciplines Council and the USEF Board of Directors. These selected competitions are: 1. USEF Eventing National Championships National Three-Day Events All FEI Eventing Competitions Advanced Horse Trials Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing Competition ANNEX 4 EVENTING OFFICIALS APPROVAL CRITERIA Under the provisions of EV121.1 b.1-4 of the USEF Rules for Eventing the Eventing Sport Committee is charged with the review and recommendation of officials for USEF Eventing National Championships, National Three-Day Events, FEI Eventing Competitions (in the United States) and Advanced Horse Trials. Upon the formation of the Eventing Licensed Officials Working Group, the Eventing Sport Committee further charged the Eventing Licensed Officials Working Group with reviewing the same officials and making preliminary recommendations to the ESC. Following are the criteria considered by the Eventing Licensed Officials Working Group and ultimately, the Eventing Sport Committee, in reviewing the officials for these competitions and making recommendations for approval/disapproval: While there should be no limit to the number of competitions a properly licensed official may officiate, care must be taken to ensure opportunities for advancement of newer officials at the level are available. Competition Official panels must show some variation from year to year. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 174 of 400

175 All Officials must be a current members in good standing with and currently licensed by US Equestrian and/ or the FEI, at the appropriate level and agree to fulfill the duties and responsibilities as expected by US Equestrian and the organizer of the competition. Foreign or FEI Judges and Course Designers officiating at National competitions, must be licensed through their National Federation at the appropriate level for the competition and must agree to adhere to the rules of the US Equestrian Federation. In addition: GROUND JURY PRESIDENT Must have officiated at the level previously as a member of the GJ. Must be licensed at the highest level offered at the competition. GROUND JURY MEMBER Must be licensed at the appropriate level for the competition divisions they will officiate NATIONAL TECHNICAL DELEGATE Must be licensed at the highest level Offered at the competition. FEI TECHNICAL DELEGATE May not officiate in National Competitions unless also licensed by US Equestrian. COURSE DESIGNER Must be licensed at the appropriate level for the competition divisions they will officiate. CHIEF STEWARD Must hold the appropriate level license for the competition. Must have acted as a Steward at a minimum of 5 International Events (of which 3 must have been at Eventing Competitions). FEI VETERINARY DELEGATE Must be currently licensed and be in good standing with the FEI Must have served as an Associate Veterinarian at prior competitions. Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 175 of 400

176 1) Re: The criteria for approval of Officials - to memorialize the factors considered by the Eventing Sport Committee when recommending approval of officials. To make this information available to all Organizers of affected competitions. 2) Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing Competitions - this change is linked to the proposed changes to add EV157 Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing to the Rules for Eventing along with Eventing Annex 3 the specifications for these Events. The Intent is to ensure these competitions are safely and consistently run under the USEF Rules. none Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/29/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: eventing officials Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Licensed Officials USEA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 176 of 400

177 EV157 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 9/4/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason To bring these these competitions, which are currently run as Special Competitions into the rule book and to provide specifications for course design, qualifying requirements and officials requirements with a mind to ensuring safety. EV157 Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing & Annex 3 - Specifications for Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing Competitions [CHAPTER EV-4 Rules for Events & Annex 3 (new)] EV157 Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing (NEW) 1. To promote the sport of Eventing and to present it to a new and diverse audience. 2. These competitions are conducted in accordance with the USEF Rules for Eventing. For guidance regarding specifications, qualifications and Officials see Eventing Annex 3 on the USEF website. ANNEX 3 (NOTE - charts as designed are available) EVENTING SHOWCASES AND ARENA EVENTING Purpose: To promote the sport of Eventing in a different environment and take it to a new and diverse audience. SPECIFICATIONS FOR EVENTING SHOWCASES AND ARENA EVENTING DIMENSIONS Cross-Country Fences: as per USEF Rules for Eventing at each level Show Jumping Fences: as per USEF Rules for Eventing at each level MINIMUM ELIGIBILTY REQUIREMENTS: Both horse and rider, though not necessarily as a combination, must be qualified to compete in a CCI of the same height level e.g. 3 Preliminary or higher (MER) plus 1 Preliminary or higher (MER) with not more than 20 Jumping Penalties at obstacles on the Cross- Country Course. In all cases one MER must be obtained in the twelve-month period prior to the competition. EVENTING SHOWCASES (OUTDOORS ONLY) Showcase Events may consist of: 3 phases or 2 phases including Dressage and Cross-Country or Show Jumping & Cross Country Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 177 of 400

178 Preliminary Intermediate Advanced Dressage Advanced A or B USEF Eventing Dressage Tests Preliminary A or B Intermediate A or B or Freestyle which must include required movements from Advanced tests Cross-Country Fixed Height 1.10m 1.15m 1.20m Distances m m m Efforts mpe mpe mpe Speeds mpm mpm mpm ARENA EVENTING Arena Eventing competitions must include two rounds. The first round will have an optimum time and the second, for the top 12 finishers from the first around, against the clock. Preliminary Intermediate Advanced (Outdoors Only or Indoors/Outdoors) Cross-Country Fixed Height 1.10m 1.15m 1.20m Distances m m m Efforts (Minimum) 30 mpe 40 mpe 60 mpe Speeds mpm mpm mpm Minimum Arena Size m² 3500 m² 10,000 m² Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 178 of 400

179 Officials for permitted for Eventing Showcases and Arena Eventing Showcases/Arena Eventing Preliminary Intermediate Advanced Ground Jury President minimum USEF R Eventing or equivalent foreign license with a Guest Card President USEF S Eventing or equivalent foreign license with a Guest Card President USEF S Eventing or equivalent foreign license with a Guest Card Additional Judges (Optional) Dressage: Judge must be either "R" Eventing or "r" Dressage Judge Jumping: Must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Jumping or Eventing Technical Delegates Dressage: Judge must be either "S" Eventing or "R" Dressage Judge Jumping: Must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Jumping or Eventing Technical Delegates Dressage: Judge must be either "S" Eventing or "R" Dressage Judge Jumping: Must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Jumping or Eventing Technical Delegates Technical Delegate Minimum USEF R USEF S USEF S Course Designer Minimum USEF R Eventing CD or equivalent foreign license USEF S Eventing CD or equivalent foreign license USEF S Eventing CD or equivalent foreign license SJ Course Designer N/A EVJCD or SJCD (to match recent EV Rule Change) EVJCD or S(to match recent EV Rule Change)JCD Additional Requirements Either President or TD must be USEF S Eventing or S Technical Delegate Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org To ensure these competitions run under a set of rules designed to ensure the safety of our competitors and to bring these competitions into the calendar approval process. none Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Web: arena eventing Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 179 of 400

180 EV164 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/24/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EV164 Three Star Championships [CHAPTER EV Subchapter EV5 Rules for Championships ] 1. National Developing Rider Championship for the Alexander MacKay Smith Trophy. Awarded to the highest placed competitor in the USEF National Developing Rider Championship who is a U.S. citizen. Open to competitors from the beginning of the calendar year in which they reach the age of 18 who have not completed competed in a CCI4*. The competition shall be an autumn CCI3* designated by the Federation. Competitors and horses shall qualify in accordance with the Federation and FEI rules for a CCI3* Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org This change will allow for a more comprehensive group of eligible athletes to maintain the dignity of the trophy. This award was intended to be given to athletes who are still in the developmental stages of their careers. This change will permit athletes to be put forward who are better suited to receive a developing athlete award. Web: Three Star Championships Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 180 of 400

181 EV169 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/19/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 EV169 and EV170 Officials Chart [CHAPTER EV-6 Rules for Officials ] EV169 National Horse Trials Officials will be appointed by the Organizing Committee according to the different types and level of Competitions and in accordance with the following tables. HORSE TRIALS BN-T M-P INTERMEDIATE ADVANCED REQUIRED OFFICIALS President Only or more President Only or more President Only or more President Only or more GROUND JURY ADDITIONAL JUDGES (if applicable) Minimum USEF r Eventing or equivalent foreign license with a Guest Card Dressage/Jumping: Judges must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Dressage or Jumping Juges or Eventing Technical Delegate (Jumping only) Minimum USEF r Eventing or equivalent foreign license with a Guest Card Dressage/Jumping: Judges must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Dressage or Jumping Juges or Eventing Technical Delegate (Jumping only) Minimum USEF R USEF S Eventing or Eventing or equivalent equivalent foreign license foreign license with a Guest with a Guest Card Card Dressage: Judge must be either "R" Eventing or "r" Dressage Judge Jumping: Must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Jumping or Eventing Technical Delegates Dressage: Judge must be either "S" Eventing or "R" Dressage Judge Jumping: Must be selected from the current roster of Eventing, Jumping or Eventing Technical Delegates TECHNICAL DELEGATE Minimum USEF r Minimum USEF r Minimum USEF R Minimum USEF S CROSS COUNTRY COURSE DESIGNER SHOW JUMPING COURSE DESIGNER Certified Cross Country Designer Minimum USEF r Minimum USEF R Minimum USEF S N/A N/A USEF License (Jumper or Eventing) USEF License (Jumper or Eventing) EV170 National Three-Day Events REQUIRED OFFICIALS GROUND JURY TECHNICAL DELEGATE COURSE DESIGNER ALL LEVELS President and 1 member Minimum USEF r, however President and one member- either PGJ or TD- must be S or R May be r if PGJ is S or R otherwise must be S or R May be r or higher EV171 Ground Jury 1. COMPOSITION AND QUALIFICATIONS. a. At Horse Trials, the Ground Jury may consist only of a President. At Three-Day Events, the Ground Jury must consist of a President and one member. b. A Senior (S) Eventing Judge may officiate at Horse Trials at any level. A Senior judge is required as the Presi- dent of the Ground Jury at an Advanced Horse Trial (see also EV172.2). c. A Registered (R) Eventing Judge may officiate at Horse Trials at the Intermediate level and below. The President of the Ground Jury at an Intermediate Horse Trial must be either a Senior (S) or a Registered (R) Judge (see also EV172.2). d. A recorded (r) Eventing Judge may officiate at Horse Trials at the Preliminary level and below, including as Presi- dent of the Ground Jury, and at any Eventing Test. e. At National Three Day Events, either the President of the Ground Jury or the Technical Delegate must hold a Senior (S) or Registered (R) license. a f. An individual recognized as a judge of Eventing by the FEI or another National Federation may serve on the Ground Jury for a specific competition with the approval of the Federation Eventing Sport Committee. An individual licensed as an eventing judge by another National Federation must obtain a Guest Card (GR ) b g. The following may not serve on the Ground Jury for a particular division: 1. The owner of a horse entered in that division; 2. A competitor entered in that division; 3. A close relative of those mentioned above; 4. Chefs d Equipe whose teams are entered in that division; 5. Instructors or trainers of competitors entered in that division. c h. The following may not serve on the Ground Jury at an Event: 1. The Technical Delegate or the Course Designer of the Event; 2. The Director (Manager) of the competition, or a member of the Director s family. d i. For additional restrictions, refer to General Rules, GR1304 and Chapter GR10, Subchapters 10-C and 10-H. EV172 Additional Judges 1. In addition to the Ground Jury, the Organizing Committee may appoint additional judges to judge the Dressage or Jumping Tests. These judges need not remain after completion of their duties. 2. Additional judges for the Dressage Test must be selected from the current roster of Eventing Judges or Dressage Judges of the Federation. In the case Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 181 of 400

182 of an Advanced Horse Trial, they must be either a Senior (S) Eventing Judge or a Registered (R) or higher Dressage Judge. In the case of an Intermediate Horse Trial, they must be either a Registered (R) or higher Eventing Judge or a recorded (r) or higher Dressage Judge. 3. Additional judges for the Jumping Test must be selected from the current roster of Eventing Judges, Eventing Tech- nical Delegates or Jumper Judges, of the Federation All additional judges are subject to the same restrictions as the members of the Ground Jury, see EV171.1c, EV171.1d, and EV171.1e with the exception to EV171.1e, that the Course Designer may serve as an additional judge if currently licensed to do so Guest Cards (see GR ) The provisions of GR1304 notwithstanding, additional judges may officiate at a competition provided that they do not judge any competitor(s) or horse(s) listed in sections of that rule. There are no restrictions on a Judge if a competitor(s) or horses(s) listed in GR participates in the Competition HC. EV173 Technical Delegates 1. QUALIFICATIONS. a. The Technical Delegate must be selected from the current roster of Eventing Technical Delegates of the Feder- ation. For Advanced Horse Trials, the Technical Delegate must have Senior (S) status.for Intermediate Horse Trials, the Technical Delegate must have Registered (R), or higher status. At National Three-Day Events, either the President of the Ground Jury or the Technical Delegate must hold a current, Registered (R) or Senior (S) license. EV175 Course Designers 1. QUALIFICATIONS The Course Designer must be selected from the current roster of Eventing Course Designers of the Federation, or must have received training as a course designer. An individual recognized by the FEI or by another National Feder- ation may serve as the course designer for a specific competition with the approval of the Federation Eventing Sport Committee. A Senior (S) course designer is required for an Advanced Horse Trial. A Registered (R) or higher course designer is required for an Intermediate Horse Trial. A recorded (r) or higher course designer is required for Prelimi- nary and Modified Horse Trials and National Three- Day Events. A Certified Eventing Cross Country Course Designer is required for Beginner Novice, Novice and Training Horse Trials. See SUBCHAPTER 10-I LICENSE APPLICA- TIONS, ENROLLMENT, PROMOTION, AND MAINTENANCE for maintenance requirements for all licenses and certification Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org The chart will provide clarifications to the requirement of officials at certain levels Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/14/2018 Web: officials Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 182 of 400

183 EV177.4 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/24/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 EV177 Additional Officials [CHAPTER EV-6 Rules for Officials ] 4. CONTROLLER. During the Cross-Country or Endurance Tests, there must be a Controller. He will control the dispatch of competitors on the course(s), and will direct emergency action in the event of an accident. The Controller should have extensive knowledge of the sport of eventing SUPERVISION. Each of the Tests of the competition must be under the supervision of a Steward. He will be responsible to see that there are sufficient personnel, and that they report in a timely fashion. Their briefings and conduct during the competition will be the responsibility of the Technical Delegate. Furthermore, during the Cross-Country or Endurance Tests, there must be a Controller. He will control the dispatch of competitors on the course(s), and will direct emergency action in the event of an accident FARRIER. At Horse Trials and Three-Day Events offering competition at the Preliminary Level and above, a qualified farrier shall be present on the grounds during the Cross-Country and Jumping Tests. Proponent Details Eventing Shealagh Costello scostello@usef.org The Controller is an essential part of an eventing competition and should have a solid knowledge base of the sport in order to properly do his job. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Web: controller Council - Intl Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM EV Tracking # Page 183 of 400

184 FR153.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 FR153 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER FR 12 FINE HARNESS] SUBCHAPTER FR-12 FINE HARNESS FR153 Appointments Harness and bits in all Friesian driving classes must be appropriate to the horse and vehicle according to the tradition and safety. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. 1. Horses must be shown to an appropriate vehicle, preferably a small buggy with four wire wheels but without top. Burr, gags, and twisted wire bits are not allowed. 2. Light harness requires a headstall with blinkers, and a martingale if a snaffle bit is used. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. Burr, gags, and twisted wire bits are not allowed. 3. A whip in-hand suitable to the vehicle is required. 4. Equipment is to be serviceable, structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-13 SHOW PLEASURE DRIVING FR161 Appointments Harness and bits in all Friesian driving classes should be appropriate to the horse and vehicle according to tradition and safety. 1. Horses must be shown to a two wheeled vehicle suitable to the horse such as traditional Meadowbrooks or roadcarts. The Horse must be shown in a correctly sized and fitted harness and vehicle suitable to the size of the horse, which is of the utmost importance for the safety of horses and exhibitors alike. 2. Harness requires a headstall with blinkers, a martingale when a snaffle bit is used. Sidechecks and over checks may be used when appropriate to a class or vehicle. Any harness and bit(s) must be appropriate to the vehicle used. Burr, gags, and twisted wire bits are not allowed. 3. A whip in-hand suitable to the vehicle is required. 4. Equipment is to be in sound serviceable, and in good condition structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-14 COUNTRY PLEASURE DRIVING FR165 Appointments Harness and bits in all Friesian driving classes should be appropriate to the horse and vehicle according to tradition and safety. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. 1. To be shown to a traditional Meadowbrook, roadcart, or other suitable two wheeled vehicle. Any harness and bit(s) used must be suitable to the vehicle driven. 2. Harness to include a headstall with blinkers and a martingale when a snaffle bit is used. Burr, gags, and twisted wire bits are not allowed. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. 3. A whip in-hand suitable to the vehicle is required. 4. Equipment is to be serviceable, structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-15 SPORT PLEASURE DRIVING Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 184 of 400

185 FR169 Appointments Harness and bits in all Friesian driving classes should be appropriate to the horse and vehicle according to tradition and safety. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. 1.To be Shown to a suitable two or four wheel vehicle in light or heavy harness as appropriate. 2. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle. 3. A whip in-hand suitable to the vehicle is required. 4. Equipment is to be serviceable, structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-16 FRIESIAN SJEES TRADITIONAL SHOW DRIVING FR173 Appointments 1. The traditional Friesian Sjees is a sleigh-like vehicle on two wheels that vary in color and ornamentation. 2. Horses are to be shown in traditional Friesian show harness. Show harness is traditionally black leather appointed in silver, with white padding on the chest behind the black leather. Reins and traces are traditionally white rope. No breeching. Traditional bridle with blinkers, no over check, no side checks. 3. The traditional bit is a rosette, however use of a Liverpool bit is highly recommended, and use of either bit should not be weighed higher than the other. For show driving the rein may be moved down to the second hole from the mouth without penalty. 4. A wooden or modern style whip must be carried in hand and the lash should be able to extend to the horse s shoulder. 5. Equipment is to be in serviceable, and sound condition. structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-17 CARRIAGE COSTUME FR178 Appointments 1. Harness and bits in all Friesian driving classes should be appropriate to the horse and vehicle according to tradition and safety. Sidechecks and overchecks are permitted when appropriate to a class or vehicle To be shown to a traditional Meadowbrook, roadcart, or other suitable two or 4 wheeled vehicle. Any harness and bit(s) used must be suitable to the vehicle driven. 2. Harness to include a headstall with blinkers and a martingale when a snaffle bit is used. Burr, gags, and twisted wire bits are not allowed. 3. Costume-Period/Fantasy (no metallic or metal armor) see FR211 and FR212 for Costume Requirements. 4. A whip in-hand suitable to the vehicle is required. 5. Equipment is to be serviceable, structurally sound and quiet, causing no sound disturbances to other competitors. Proponent Details Friesian Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org The Friesian Driving sections require equipment to be serviceable and in good condition but there are still issues with noisy carriages/vehicles disrupting other competitors and horses in the ring. Also, the Friesian committee felt that all drivers should be required to carry a whip for safety reasons. In adding additional language, it was noted that the Driving sections were inconsistent, e.g. some sections were in paragraph form while others were numbered. For consistency purposes, all Driving sections have been reformatted. Web: driving Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 185 of 400

186 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 186 of 400

187 FR156 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 FR156 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER FR 12 FINE HARNESS] FR156 Ring Attendants. One attendant, wearing an unadorned smock or duster, business attire or appropriate show attire, will be permitted to stand quietly inside the gate during any Ladies, Amateurs, Owners, Amateur Owners or Junior Exhibitors class but must take no action that will affect the performance of any horse. Unadorned refers to a smock or duster bearing the IFSHA logo only. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-13 SHOW PLEASURE DRIVING FR159 General 1. Exhibitors shall enter the ring in a counter clockwise direction at the normal trot. Entries are to be shown at a walk, normal trot and strong trot both ways of the ring. 2. Horses are to stand quietly and back readily. 3. Headers, wearing unadorned dusters or smocks, business attire or appropriate show attire, (unadorned includes dusters or smocks with IFSHA logo) must be utilized to insure the safety of the exhibitors. 4. One or two people per vehicle, as appropriate, is allowed. Junior drivers under fourteen (14) years of age must be accompanied by a knowledgeable adult driver. [...] SUBCHAPTER FR-25 TANDEM RIDING FR217 General 1. All horses must adhere to rules in Subchapter FR1 General Qualifications. 2. Exhibitors shall enter at a trot in a counterclockwise direction. Exhibitors shall be asked to go both ways of the ring at the walk, trot, and extended trot. 3. At the judge s discretion, horses may be asked to extend any gait. 4. In the lineup, horses must stand quietly and may be asked to back individually or as a group. 5. Light hand contact must be maintained. 6. It is imperative that horses give the distinct appearance of being pleasurable to ride and drive. Horses must display a pleasurable attitude. Vitality and presence are highly desirable and obedience to the rider of prime importance. All gaits must be performed with willingness and obvious ease, cadence, balance and smoothness. 7. Each entry shall be limited to two horses. Entry is to be shown with one horse under saddle with rider, while the second horse is being driven in the front by the same rider. Only one rider allowed for two horses. 8. One header for the driven horse may be utilized to ensure the safety of the exhibitors. Headers must wait at the in gate and may enter the arena once the class has lined up, but must be available at all times during the class. Header shall not touch the horse unless the horse presents a safety problem. Header must be properly attired, white or light colored smock is customary but business attire or appropriate show attire is permitted. No lettering on smock is permitted. 9. At the judge s discretion, the class may be split with up to 5 entries to be judged per section, dependent upon the number of exhibitors the arena can safely accommodate. After all sections have been judged, and the placing determined, the placing exhibitors shall be called back into the arena to receive their awards. Proponent Details Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 187 of 400

188 Friesian Sarah Beth Hollowed To allow headers/handlers in driving classes to have additional choices besides smocks or dusters and still be suitably dressed to appear before an audience and judge. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: driving Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 188 of 400

189 FR170.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 FR170 Qualifying Gaits [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER FR-15 SPORT PLEASURE DRIVING] SUBCHAPTER FR-15 SPORT PLEASURE DRIVING FR170 Qualifying Gaits 1. To be shown both ways of the arena at the walk, trot, and strong trot. Horses will reverse at the walk. Horses should stand quietly in the lineup and may must be asked to back. Headers permitted. 2. High action and excessive speed in this division must be penalized. Proponent Details Friesian Sarah Beth Hollowed To require horses to rein back in the Sport Pleasure Driving section. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: qualifying gaits Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 189 of 400

190 FR222.4 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 FR222 Walk Trot [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER FR-26 MISCELLANEOUS] SUBCHAPTER FR-26 MISCELLANEOUS FR222 Walk Trot 1. General: Horses must adhere to rules in Subchapter FR1 General Qualifications. 2. Appointments: Horses may be shown in any style of tack. (Dressage, Hunt seat, Saddle Seat, or Western.) Please refer to rules for Friesians in each of these sections for required appointments. Protective headgear will not be penalized. (See GR801.4) Equipment, attire, and presentation should match the discipline being ridden. 3. Qualifying Gaits: Exhibitors shall enter at a trot or jog-trot in a counter clockwise direction. All horses shall be worked at a walk and a trot or jog-trot in both directions. Horses must stand quietly in the lineup. Horses not to be asked to back. 4. Specifications: a. WALK-TROT GREEN HORSE PLEASURE is open to any horse that is in its first year of showing. Horses may not show in any class that requires a canter or lope at the same show. To be judged on performance, type, quality, manners and conformation. b. WALK-TROT, PLEASURE. No horse and rider combination may have shown in a class requiring a canter or lope at that same competition. To be judged on manners, performance, type, quality and conformation. c. WALK-TROT JUNIOR HORSE (three to five years of age) is open to any junior horses. Horses may not show in any class that requires a canter or lope at the same competition. To be judged on quality, type, performance, conformation, and manners. d. Cross entries are prohibited between the Friesian Country English Pleasure and Saddle Seat sections and the Friesian English Pleasure and Park sections at the same competition; cross entries are permitted, however, between Friesian English Pleasure and Park sections. 5. Competitions are encouraged to divide the walk-trot classes by seat (Hunt seat, Saddle Seat, and Western) and/or by age of rider (JUNIOR EXHIBITOR, ADULT EXHIBITOR), and/or by classification (OPEN, AMATEUR, AMATEUR OWNER, MASTERS) but this is not required. Proponent Details IFSHA Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org To provide consistency between Walk-Trot and Walk-Trot-Canter classes. The Friesian rules currently prohibit cross entry between Country Pleasure, Saddle Seat and Country Pleasure Driving and English Pleasure, Park, Fine Harness and Show Pleasure in all other sections except Walk-Trot. The lack of consistency between sections is causing confusion among exhibitors and show management. Inconsistencies have also caused classes to be re-pinned and winnings to be returned/redistributed. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 09/14/2017 Web: specifications Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Friesian Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 190 of 400

191 FR231 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 FR231 Walk Trot [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER FR-26 MISCELLANEOUS] 1. General: Horses must adhere to rules in Subchapter FR1 General Qualifications. a. It is recommended that classes be divided by seat, age, and/or by classification (amateur, amateur owner, master). 2. Appointments: (Tack and Attire:). Horses may be shown in the following styles of tack - Dressage, Hunt Seat, Saddle Seat, or Western. Please refer to rules in the applicable Friesian Subchapters for proper Tack and Attire. (Subchapters FR3, FR-4, FR5, FR-6, FR-7 and FR-19.) Equipment, attire, and presentation should match the discipline being ridden. Protective headgear will not be penalized. (See GR801.4) 3. Qualifying Gaits Conduct: Exhibitors shall enter at a trot or jog-trot in a counter clockwise direction. All horses shall be worked at a walk and a trot or jogtrot in both directions. Horses must stand quietly in the lineup. Horses not to be asked to back. Horses may be asked to back with the exception of all seat classes. 4. Specifications: All walk-trot or walk-jog classes are to be judged according to the criteria of the specific section. a. b.walk-trot, PLEASURE. No horse and rider combination may have shown in a class requiring a canter or lope at that same competition. To be judged on manners, performance, type, quality and conformation. b. a.walk-trot GREEN HORSE PLEASURE is open to any horse that is in its first or second year of showing. Horses may not show in any class that requires a canter or lope at the same competition show. To be judged on performance, type, quality, manners and conformation. c. WALK-TROT JUNIOR HORSE (three to five years of age) is open to any junior horses three to five years of age. Horses may not show in any class that requires a canter or lope at the same competition. To be judged on quality, type, performance, conformation, and manners. 5. Competitions are encouraged to divide the walk-trot classes by seat (Hunt seat, Saddle Seat, and Western) and/ or by age of rider (JUNIOR EXHIBITOR, ADULT EXHIBITOR), and/or by classification (OPEN, AMATEUR, AMATEUR OWNER, MASTERS) but this is not required. Proponent Details Friesian Nicole Zerbee nzerbee@usef.org The Walk/Trot/Jog section rules are difficult for members to navigate as the layout and language differs from other section rules within the chapter. This clarification will clean up repetitive language, will be easier for members to read and will align with the rest of the Friesian chapter. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: walk-trot Council - Natl Breed & Discipline IFSHA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM FR Tracking # Page 191 of 400

192 GR208.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/ /9/2017 Approved 1/10/2018 GR208 Competition Fees [CHAPTER 2-D Federation Fees and Dues] GR208 Competition Fees 1. For every horse participating in any competition licensed by the Federation, a $1623 Federation fee will be collected ($815 shall be an Equine Drugs and Medication fee to provide for research, inspection, and enforcement of rules regarding use of medications and drugs; see GR407.1,.2 and.3). Exception: Horses entered in classes exempted from the Equine Drugs and Medication fee are also exempt from the balance of the Federation fee. Proponent Details Bill Moroney Sarah Gilbert sgilbert@usef.org As a result of other fee increases this rules needs to be changed. Originally, the math was not done. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM GR Tracking # Page 192 of 400

193 HJ300 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HJ300 Federation Hunter/Jumper or Hunter/Jumper - Local Competitions [CHAPTER HJ-2 RATINGS & HORSE ENTRY NUMBER STANDARDS] [Linked to USHJA RCP to HU100, GR1132.2, HU112.4 & HU112.9] CHAPTER HJ HUNTER/JUMPER COMPETITIONS SUBCHAPTER HJ-1 COMPETITION FACILITY AND SERVICE STANDARDS INTRODUCTION TO HUNTER/JUMPER COMPETITIONS STANDARDS TYPES HJ100 Types of Standards and Application HJ101 Effective Dates for Standard Application HJ102 Definitions - Competition Rings, Schooling Areas, Exercise Areas & Lunge Areas, Maintenance and Judge s Site HJ103 Footing for Competition Rings, Schooling Areas, Exercise Areas & Lunge Areas HJ104 HJs Support and/or Stabling Facilities HJ105 Other Competition Standards Requirements SUBCHAPTER HJ-2 RATING & HORSE ENTRY NUMBER HJ200 HJ Competition Standards (HJS) Specific Only to Regular Competition Classifications and Ratings as Defined Below HJ201 Definitions HJ202 HJS Competition Standards Horse Entry & Renewal HJ203 Requirements to Obtain Federation Local and/or Jumper Level 1 HJ204 HJS Requirements to Obtain Federation Regional II Rating HJ205 HJS Requirements to Obtain Federation Regional I Rating and/or Jumper Level 2 HJ206 HJS Requirements to Obtain Federation National Rating and/or Jumper Levels 3 and 4 HJ207 HJS Requirements to Obtain Federation Premier Rating and/or Jumper Level 5 HJ208 Horse entry numbers exceed five hundred (500) and/or Duration of Competition or Series of Competitions Exceeds Twenty-One (21) days without a break of five (5) consecutive calendar days HJ209 HJS Requirements for Federation Special Competitions (GR301 Classifications) and/or Jumper Level 6 Events HJ210 HJS Options Menu Selections Required to Obtain Federation Rating for Premier, National, Regional I and Regional II and/or Jumper Levels 5, 4, 3 or 2 (See Specific Rating and Competition Standards Requirements) HJ211 HJS Option Selection List HJ300 HJ215 Federation Hunter/Jumper or Hunter/Jumper - Local Competitions HJ500 Exhibitions at Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper Competitions SUBCHAPTER HJ-3 COMPETITION SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS HJ300 Premier Rated Competitions HJ301 National Rated Competitions HJ302 National Rated Junior/Amateur Restricted Competitions HJ303 Regional I Rated Competitions HJ304 Regional II Rated Competitions HJ305 Cancellations HJ306 Prize Money HJ307 Green Hunter Sections HJ308 Young Hunter Sections HJ309 Conformation Hunter Sections HJ310 Amateur Owner Hunter Sections HJ311 Junior Hunter Sections HJ312 Pony Hunter Sections SUBCHAPTER HJ-4 SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SECTIONS HJ400 General HJ401 Green Hunter Sections HJ402 Young Hunter Sections HJ403 Conformation Hunter Sections HJ404 Amateur Owner Hunter Sections HJ405 Junior Hunter Sections HJ406 Pony Hunter Sections Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 193 of 400

194 SUBCHAPTER HJ-45 LIMITING ENTRIES HJ500 Limiting Entries at Hunter/Jumper Competitions HJ501 Limiting Entries in the Hunter Division SUBCHAPTER HJ-6 MEASUREMENT HJ600 General HJ601 Required Measurements HJ602 Membership Requirements and Fees HJ603 Completing the Measurement Form HJ604 Measurement Device HJ605 Measurement Surface HJ606 Position of Animal HJ607 Method of Measurement HJ608 Re-Measurement HJ609 Protesting Height HJ610 Federation Measurement Verification HJ611 Measurement Appeal HJ612 Official Measurement SUBCHAPTER HJ-7 EXHIBITIONS HJ700 Exhibitions at Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper Competitions CHAPTER HJ HUNTER/JUMPER COMPETITIONS STANDARDS IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THIS CHAPTER ADDITIONAL RULES RELATING TO FEDERATION HUNTER AND JUMPER COMPETITIONS ARE LOCATED IN OTHER CHAPTERS OF THE FEDERATION RULE BOOK specifically, GR, HU, EQ, and JP. Pursuant to GR 150.1, when a division or section rule is in conflict with a general rule (GR), the division or section rule shall govern. In the event that a standard within this section exceeds the requirement in other Federation rules, the higher standard is applicable. SUBCHAPTER HJ-1 INTRODUCTION TO HUNTER/JUMPER COMPETITION STANDARDS TYPES [ ] SUBCHAPTER HJ-2 RATINGS & HORSE ENTRY NUMBER STANDARDS [ ] HJ300 HJ215 Federation Hunter/Jumper or Hunter/Jumper - Local Competitions All Local and Jumper Level 1 competitions must meet the Standards forth in HJ100 through HJ105. No additional option selections are required. SUBCHAPTER HJ-3 COMPETITION SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS See also GR901.21b, GR and Chapter GR3. All competitions must state their competition rating clearly on the cover of the prize list. HJ300 Premier Rated Competitions 1. Must be held and judged over a minimum of five (5) days on the same competition grounds. 2.Number of horse entries required for a Premier rated hunter or HJ competition is a minimum of two hundred (200). 3. A minimum of fifteen (15) A rated Hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be offered. 4. A minimum of ten A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be held and judged, a maximum of four of which can be C rated sections. Ladies Side Saddle does not count towards these requirements. 5. Scheduling a. A minimum of two performance classes from two different A rated Hunter sections must be scheduled and judged on four of the five days. b. Classes in recognized sections must run on consecutive days. (Exception: Hunter Classics) 6. The High Performance Hunter section must be offered. 7. Prize Money a. A minimum of $24,000 in prize money, including add-back money if any, must be paid in the rated Hunter sections of a Premier competition. If an add-back is offered, the minimum required prize money for that section must be guaranteed, and the add-backs must be clearly indicated in the prize list. *Money from model classes does not count towards this requirement. b. A maximum of $5,000 of Hunter Classic, USHJA National Hunter Derby, USHJA Pony Hunter Derby, USHJA Green Hunter Incentive, and/or USHJA Green Hunter Challenge prize money can be used towards calculating the $24,000 of prize money, including add-back money if any, which must be paid for a Premier rated competition. c. If sections are canceled or entries are insufficient to award all prize money, then additional money not awarded must be pooled and redistributed 60% to the champions, and 40% to the reserve champions of the remaining A rated hunter sections. Model classes do not count towards the number of required classes to meet the rating requirement, therefore the prize money offered in Model classes cannot be used to determine the amount of required prize money to calculate the Premier rating. HJ301 National Rated Competitions 1. Must be held and judged over a minimum of three days on the same competition grounds. 2. Number of horse entries required for a National rated hunter or HJ competition is a minimum of seventy-five (75). 3. A minimum of ten A rated hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be offered. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 194 of 400

195 4. A minimum of five A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be held and judged. Ladies Side Saddle does not count towards these requirements. 5. Scheduling a. A minimum of two performance classes from two different A rated Hunter sections must be scheduled and judged on each of the three days. b. Classes in recognized sections must be held on consecutive days (Exception: Hunter Classics) 6. The High Performance Hunter section must be offered. 7. Prize Money a. Minimum Prize Money paid- A minimum of $5,000 in prize money must be paid in the rated Hunter sections of a National competition. *Money from model classes does not count towards this requirement. b. How prize money from special classes counts- A maximum of $2,000 of Hunter Classic, USHJA Pony Hunter Derby, USHJA National Hunter Derby, USHJA Green Hunter Incentive, and/or USHJA Green Hunter Challenge prize money can be used towards calculating the $5,000 of required prize money for a National rated competition. HJ302 National Rated Junior/Amateur Restricted Competitions 1. Must be held on a minimum of two consecutive non-school days within the public school system, at the location of the competition, on the same competition grounds. 2. Two day National Junior/Amateur restricted competitions will have a Horse Entry Number requirement of fifty (50). 3. A minimum of six A rated Hunter sections listed in GR312.6 must be offered. 4. A minimum of three A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR312.6 must be held. Ladies side saddle does not count towards these requirements. 5. For scheduling see requirements for National Competitions (HJ301.5) 6. At Federation licensed Junior/Amateur competitions, the only rated Hunter sections that may be held are those which are restricted by definition to the participation of juniors and amateurs (example: Junior, Amateur, Children s, Adult and Pony). Exception: Pony Hunter Breeding and Hunter Breeding classes. 7. For Prize Money see requirements for National Competitions (HJ301.7) HJ303 Regional I Rated Competitions 1. Number of horse entries required for a Regional I rated hunter or HJ competition is a minimum of fifty (50). 2. At least three (3) B rated Hunter sections must be offered. One Children s Hunter or one Adult Amateur Hunter section may be substituted for two required B sections. Divided sections count as a single section. HJ304 Regional II Rated Competitions 1. Number of horse entries required for a Regional II rated hunter or HJ competition is a minimum of twenty-five (25). 2. At least two (2) C rated must be offered. Divided sections count as a single section. Competitions restricted to side saddle may offer a Ladies Hunter Side Saddle Section as the only C rated Hunter section. HJ305 Cancellations A or B rated sections with four (4) or more entries cannot be canceled. HJ306 Prize Money 1. Prize money offered in the open sections must be awarded on an escalating scale related to the height of fences. 2. No more than 60% of the prize money in the required classes for an A rated section may be offered on any one day when the division is held on two or more days, exception: A rated sections in which all required classes are held on one day. Prize money offered in Model classes and Classics at Premier rated competitions including add-back money, if any, in rated Hunter sections, does not count toward the minimum prize money required for a section s rating nor is it considered for purposes of determining 60% to be offered. SUBCHAPTER HJ-4 SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SECTIONS HJ400 General 1. A rated Hunter sections may be held and judged on one or more days. If held on one day A sections are limited to a maximum of four classes per section (3 over fences and 1 under saddle). If held on two or more days, three to five performance classes must be offered (Exception: Pony Hunter and Junior Hunter sections). 2. Competitions cannot offer more than the required amount of classes for an A or B section rating. Model classes and Classics do not count toward the number of classes required, (Model classes must be offered in A rated Conformation sections in addition to the four or five required classes), therefore, they can be offered as additional classes. In addition, Model and Classics do not count towards the number of required classes to meet the rating requirement, therefore the prize money offered in Model and/or Classic classes cannot be used to determine the amount of required prize money to calculate the Premier rating. (Exception: see HJ300.7 and HJ301.7). 4. No more than three (3) classes in any A rated hunter section at a National or Premier rated competition may be held in one day if the section is held over two days. (Exception: Model classes in Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 and High Performance Conformation Hunter sections may be held as a fourth class. High Performance Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6 and Performance Hunter 3 3 at National and Premier rated competitions and Pony Hunter sections at National rated competitions may be held on one day.) a. At National and Premier rated competitions, classes in recognized sections must be run on consecutive days. b. (Exception: hunter classics). 5. At all Regular Competitions, an Under Saddle class cannot be the first performance class held in a section. (Exception: Ladies Hunter Side Saddle and un-rated sections). 6. A Model class must be offered as the first class in an A rated Conformation Section. 7. All Amateur Owner classes should be scheduled in as short a period of time as possible. HJ401 Green Hunter Sections Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 195 of 400

196 1. Premier competitions offering Green Hunter must offer all four sections separately: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter National, Regional I and Regional II competitions offering Green Hunter must offer all four sections. These sections may be offered either separately or combined as follows: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter 3 9 e. Green Hunter 3 0 /3 3 and Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 HJ402 Young Hunter Sections 1. Premier competitions offering Young Hunter must offer all three sections separately: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 c. Young Hunter National, Regional I and Regional II competitions offering Young Hunter must offer all three sections. These sections may be offered either separately or combined as follows: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 c. Young Hunter 3 6 d. Young Hunter 3 0 /3 3 and Young Hunter 3 6 e. Young Hunter 3 0 and Young Hunter 3 3 /3 6 HJ403 Conformation Hunter Sections At Premier competitions, the Conformation sections must be offered separately. At National, Regional I and Regional II competitions, the Conformation sections may be offered as combined. HJ404 Amateur Owner Hunter Sections 1. Sections of Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6 held at National or Premier rated competitions must offer at least two (2) divided sections and may be divided as stipulated in HU159.6.b.1 2. Sections of Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3 held at National or Premier rated competitions must offer at least two divided sections and may be divided as stipulated in HU159.6.b.2 3. In addition while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. HJ405 Junior Hunter Sections 1. A Rated 3 6 Junior Hunter Sections. At least two sections must be offered in the prize list (large/small or older/younger). See GR312.6 for number of required classes and prize money. At Premier rated competitions, four 3 6 Junior Hunter sections must be offered in the prize list (large younger, large older, small younger, small older). 2. A Rated 3 3 Junior Hunter Sections. Junior Hunter 3 3 may not be offered unless Junior Hunter 3 6 is also offered. (Exception: USHJA Zone Championship competitions) See GR312.6 for number of required classes and prize money. If offered at least two sections are required to be listedin the prize list. 3. Management may elect to offer four (4) classes in A rated sections. If four (4) classes are offered at a multiple day competition, no more than two (2) classes may be held on one day and no more than 50% of the prize money may be offered on one day. 4. B Rated Sections. See GR C rated Sections. See GR No prize money is required. 6. Except for Medal classes, Junior Hunter over fences classes and Equitation classes over fences may be combined and held concurrently if separate judges officiate. Flat classes cannot be combined. 7. If a Model class is offered, it must be in addition to the minimum number of classes required for a section rating. HJ406 Pony Hunter Sections 1. At a National or Premier rated competition, the Regular Pony Hunter section must be offered as three height sections (small, medium, and large) and the prize money must be tripled. 2. Competitions may offer the Green Pony Hunter Section as three separate sections (small, medium and large); however an A or AA or rated Green Pony Hunter Section must be offered as a minimum of two sections (small/medium and large). 3. Competitions cannot offer more than the required amount of classes for a National or Regional I section rating. If a Model class is offered it must be in addition to the minimum number of classes required for a section rating and must be held as the first class in any section. 4. A Rated Sections. a. A rated Regular and Green Pony Hunter sections may be held on one or more days. A rated Regular and Green pony Hunter sections at Premier rated competitions must be held over two or more days. If held in one day, four (4) performance classes must be offered. If held over two or more days, four (4) or five (5) performance classes must be offered. b. A minimum of $400 prize money must be offered in any Regular Pony Hunter section. A minimum of $250 prize money must be offered in any Green Pony Hunter section. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 196 of 400

197 c. An A rated Green Pony Hunter section may only be offered in conjunction with an A rated Regular Pony Hunter section. d. National and Premier rated competitions must and all other rated competitions may, run an over fence class as a Handy Hunter. Exception: Green Hunter Pony sections may not offer Handy Hunter classes. Obstacles in this round should simulate those found in hunt country. The course must have two changes of direction and at least one combination. Ponies may be required to trot over one lowered fence on the course. Emphasis should be placed on turns and promptness. This class may not be used as a conformation class or offered as the first class of the section. Exception Green Hunter Pony Section may not have a Handy Hunter class. 5. B and C Rated Sections. a. Three (3) or four (4) classes must be offered in any B or C rated Regular or Green Pony Hunter section. b. B rated Regular Pony Hunter sections must offer a minimum of $100. B rated Green Pony Hunter sections must offer a minimum of $50. c. No prize money is required for C rated sections. 6. Pony Conformation Classes. In A rated sections, one over fence class must be judged 25% conformation; in B rated sections, one over fence class may include conformation at management s discretion. The conformation class must be clearly stipulated in the prize list. A Model class may be offered in addition to the conformation class. If a model class is held, it is recommended that all conformation classes offered in the section will be held on the same day as the model class. SUBCHAPTER HJ-45 LIMITING ENTRIES HJ500 Limiting Entries at Hunter/Jumper Competitions 1.A Federation member in good standing has the right to enter any Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper, and/or Hunter/Jumper competition and any division, section, or class for which he and his horse meet the eligibility requirements. (Exception: Management may refuse entries per GR914.) a. Entries may be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis per GR b. For competitions restricting entries in the Hunter division based on winnings, see HU196 HJ501 c. For competitions restricting entries in Jumper sections, see JP Management may collect a mandatory membership fee for a particular class or events which are part of a league or series. Collection of a mandatory Participation fee for the entire competition must follow GR If a competition wishes to limit entries into a class or section that is part of a League or Series, it must award the qualifying classes to licensed competitions on an equal basis or apply to the Federation Board of Directors for approval to set requirements to hold qualifying classes. 4. National and Zone HOTY points will not be awarded to any class or section with restricted entries. (Exception: Competitions approved by the Federation Board of Directors per the process below.) 5. Any Licensed Competition wishing to have HOTY points awarded for a class or section where entries are restricted must submit an application to the Federation Board of Directors at least ninety (90) days prior to the start of the competition where entries are restricted. If the class or section is part of a League or Series the application must be submitted at least ninety (90) days prior to the start of the qualifying period for the League or Series. The Federation Board of Directors will consider these requests with input from the USHJA, the relevant Council, and the relevant discipline committee. 6. The foregoing provisions do not apply to Federation or USHJA National Championships, qualifying events for Federation or USHJA National Championships, and any other events with selection criteria approved by the Federation Board of Directors HJ501 Limiting Entries in the Hunter Division Hunter sections restricting entries based on winnings must use the Federation National Horse of the Year points or prize money won, whichever is applicable, as a means of qualification for the specified time period or, alternatively, must use the greatest number of Federation National Horse of the Year points won at a specified number of competitions within a specified time period. (Exception: Green Hunter 3 0, 3 3, 3 6, and 3 9, Young Hunter 3 0, 3 3, and 3 6, Green Conformation Hunter 3 6, High Performance Conformation Hunter, High Performance Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6 and Performance Hunter 3 3 sections restricting entries based on winnings must accept 50% of the entries from the Federation National Horse of the Year points list and 50% of the entries from the Federation National Horse of the Year prize money won list. If an odd number of entries will be accepted, the Federation National Horse of the Year prize money won list will take precedence. The procedure for determining horses that qualify and their ranking will begin with the top placed horse on the Money Won standings list, then go to the top placed horse on the Points standings list, back to the second placed horse on the Money Won standings list, then on to the second placed horse on the Money Won standings list, continuing down both lists in that order until all available slots have been filled. If during this process a horse appears on either list that has already qualified, skip that horse and go instead to the next horse on the same list. Continue using this process until all slots are filled). Only points awarded in the particular section to count except in Amateur Owner, Adult Amateur and Junior Hunter sections where points from both the younger and older sections shall be counted. If the Horse of the Year list has been exhausted and positions are still available, an alternate system may be used provided it has been published in the prize list or otherwise prior to the end of any specified time period. Whichever method is used, no other restrictive criteria can be imposed. The method chosen may be clearly stated. Management can allow the previous year s Champion and Reserve Champion or Champion to enter the section he or she was Champion or Reserve Champion in the previous year without qualifying. Management may allow the horse or pony that is leading for the respective Federation Zone Award in its Zone to enter that section. SUBCHAPTER HJ-6 MEASUREMENT HJ600 General 1. Horses or ponies competing in any division, section or class where height is a requirement must be measured. Measurements will be conducted in accordance with HU172.1 below. 2. Competition Management is required to check measurement cards for horses or ponies showing in divisions, sections, or classes where height is a requirement. Management shall not provide a back number to an animal entered in such sections unless the exhibitor or his agent is in possession of: a. the original or a copy of a measurement card issued by the Federation. Equine Canada measurement cards are not acceptable proof of height. b. a copy of a valid measurement form. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 197 of 400

198 3. It is the responsibility of each owner to possess a valid measurement card for horses and ponies showing in divisions, sections or classes where height is a requirement. 4. Failure to comply with this rule by the owner, trainer or competition will result in a charge pursuant to GR6 and GR7. 5. Competition management may, at its discretion, confirm any of the foregoing information electronically with the Federation office. 6. If an exhibitor, owner, or trainer requests a reprint of a measurement card from the Federation office after the original measurement card has been issued, there will be a $10.00 fee for service charged to the requestor. 7. All horses and ponies that are presented for measurement of any kind are subject to drug testing. 8. Measurements must be performed by a steward and the official competition veterinarian. The official competition veterinarian must confirm the age of the horse or pony and that it was jogged and is serviceably sound. Upon the official competition veterinarian s verification of soundness, the steward s measurement is final. The steward and the official competition veterinarian shall sign the measurement form. A steward may not measure a horse or pony that is owned by a member of his family or by any of his or his family member s clients. (See GR1038.4) a. Written reports of every measurement or attempt to measure must be sent to the Federation s Lexington, KY office together with the Steward s Report, or the steward will be subject to charges and penalties per Chapters GR6 and GR7. b. The steward shall be either a steward officiating at the competition or a steward authorized in writing to conduct the measurement by the Federation CEO or his designee. If the official competition veterinarian is not present at the competition, or not available when on call (see GR1210.3) the measurement may be conducted by a steward and a judge officiating at the competition, or another steward officiating at the competition; however, the measurement will be for the purposes of that competition only and no measurement card will be issued. Measurement forms will be sent to the Federation, but will not be given to the owner. (Exception: Exhibitors will not be penalized by having points withheld for measurement forms that are incorrectly filled out by USEF stewards and/or competition management and/or competition veterinarians. 9. Stewards who perform measurements and other competition officials present who measure horses or ponies at a competition are responsible for their true measurement and must use the Federation approved measurement stick (See HJ404). The names of the measuring stewards will be printed on the measurement card and they and other measuring officials will be subject to charges of rule violations for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7 if it is subsequently determined that a measurement is incorrect. 10. Measurements are solely for the internal use of the Federation, its Licensed Competitions and its licensed officials in connection with competing for prizes, and do not constitute any representation or warranty regarding measurement information; accordingly, the Federation, its Licensed Competitions and its licensed officials make no representation and shall have no liability whatsoever for measurement errors. 11. Measurements must take place at a Licensed Competition in which the horse or pony is entered to compete. Once the pony or horse has been measured the measurement is effective whether or not the pony or horse does in fact compete; whether or not the pony or horse competes, it is also subject to drug testing. 12. Measurement forms received by the Federation that have inconsistencies or errors may be denied a measurement card at the discretion of the Federation. If the horse or pony is denied a measurement card, The Federation will notify the owner of the horse or pony and they must be measured before they are eligible to show. HJ601 Required Measurements 1. A horse or pony must be measured each competition year until it reaches the age of eight. Horses and ponies that are seven years and under will be issued a Temporary Measurement card designating the year measured. Horses and ponies that are eight years of age and over will be issued a Standard Measurement card which does not need to be renewed. Exception: Horses that measure 16.2 hands or over will receive a standard measurement card regardless of age. Horses and ponies may not be measured by the same steward for their Standard Measurement Card and the card preceding the Standard Measurement card. The Federation will invalidate a Standard Measurement card that does not comply with this rule. a. Those horses and ponies that are measured (and for which a valid measurement form is received by the Federation office) in the month of December immediately preceding the calendar year in which they turn eight years of age will be issued a Standard Measurement card that does not have to be renewed. b. For ponies, with the exception of ponies under eight years old, once a pony is issued a Standard Measurement card, a new card will not be issued unless the height of the pony is protested and upheld, or unless an appeal is made and the remeasurement results in the pony moving to a section other than that indicated on its current measurement card. c. For horses, with the exception of horses under eight years old, once a horse is issued a Standard Measurement card, a new card will not be issued unless the height of the horse is protested and upheld, or unless an appeal is made and the remeasurement results in the horse moving to a section other than that indicated on its current measurement card. 2. All horses and ponies issued a Standard Measurement card prior to December 1, 2014 are not required to be re-measured for a Standard Measurement card. 3. If an owner fails to present a valid measurement card or form or if Management cannot confirm the measurement electronically with the Federation at more than one (1) competition during the competition year an additional measurement fee of $250 will be charged by the Federation for each subsequent remeasurement necessary. HJ602 Membership Requirements and Fees Before any animal is measured the person presenting the animal must have in his possession the owner s membership number, a signed statement signifying that membership has been applied for or proof of Equine Canada membership. HJ603 Completing the Measurement Form 1. The measurement form must be filled out completely in triplicate before measurement takes place. Measurement cards will not be issued if the form is not completely filled out and legible. Exhibitors are cautioned to make sure their measurement forms are filled out accurately and completely. a. It must include the name and date of the competition, the height of the animal, name, color and markings or absence thereof, sex, year foaled which must be verified by the official competition veterinarian at time of measurement. b. It must include the name and address of the owner and his/her Federation membership number, if applicable, must be given. The form must be signed by the trainer furnishing the above information immediately before the animal is measured and then signed by the competition officials appointed to measure. c. The trainer who signs the entry blank at the competition must provide the information that appears on the measurement form. The trainer must be 18 years or older and is responsible for the accuracy of such information and care should be taken that all is in order before signing. When the Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 198 of 400

199 trainer signs the form he/she is certifying that all information is complete and correct. Charges of rule violation for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7 shall result for failure of compliance with this Rule. If a measurement form is signed by a person under the age of 18 and submitted to the Federation office, the measurement will be invalid. The official completing the form must designate on the form that the owner is a current member or that the membership has been applied for (See HJ602) and that the horse or pony is entered in a class at that competition. The white copy is given to the owner or trainer and the blue copy, with applicable fee, is returned to the Federation office. d. No changes can be made to such information once the form is signed. Any alterations, scratch outs, or rewrites to any part of the height must be clearly indicated and initialed by the measuring officials. 2. Before an animal is measured for a measurement card, the animal must be jogged for soundness on a firm, level surface with the official competition veterinarian in attendance, and show no evidence of lameness. If found to be lame by the official competition veterinarian, said animal cannot show at that competition and no measurement may be conducted. If an animal whose height has been protested is found to be lame by the official competition veterinarian, the measurement card will be held by the Federation and the owners must request an appeal measurement in order to reinstate the card. 3.Federation officials are not to perform courtesy, trial, or repeat measurements. Once a pony or horse is presented for measurement, the owner/agent must accept the resulting measurement. 4. The owner will retain the white copy which, when properly signed by the two officials who have made the measurement, is valid for 45 days from the time the animal is measured, regardless of age. 5. Once a foal year has been submitted to the Federation office, the original date cannot be changed without a copy of the animal s breed registration papers or a signed statement from a veterinarian certifying the animal s age. HJ604 Measurement Device 1. Federation Approved Measurement Stick. 2. A Federation approved measurement stick is a straight, stiff, unbendable stick that is equipped with a plumb bob or spirit level to make sure the standard is perpendicular to the ground and that the cross-piece or arm is parallel with the ground surface, and must be shod with metal. All Federation approved measurement sticks will be numbered, carry the Federation logo and the legend Federation approved. HU605 Measurement Surface 1. The measurement surface must be level and under no circumstances should animals be measured on dirt or gravel. A level concrete slab or other paved surface is required. (Exception: the measurement surface for a junior hunter can be a sheet of plywood in good condition.). 2. If the steward determines that a suitable surface is not available at a competition, animals without a measurement card or a valid measurement form may nonetheless be measured for the purpose of competing in that competition only, and no measurement form shall be given to the owner. 3. All Licensed Competitions having divisions, sections or classes requiring measurement are responsible for providing a Federation Approved Measurement stick and a suitable surface for measurements and for failure to do so charges of rule violation shall result for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7. HJ606 Position of Animal 1. The animal must stand squarely on all four feet in such a position that the front legs are vertical to the ground and the back of the hocks are in a vertical line with the point of the animal s quarters. The poll must be in the same horizontal plane as the withers and no lower and the head should be in a normal position. 2. A maximum of two handlers may present the animal for measurement and they must not interfere with the animal in any way that will prevent it from standing in this position nor may they have any direct physical contact with the animal that could influence the measurement, except that a handler may cover the animal s eyes. 3. The animal may be presented for measurement with or without shoes regardless of how it is shown. 4. Prior to presenting the animal for measurement it is the responsibility of the owner, and in his interest, to ensure that the pony or horse is handled properly, accustomed to the application of a measuring stick, and correctly pre- pared for measurement. 5. Exhibitors should make themselves familiar with the Measurement Guidelines Brochure, which is available from the competition steward on the reverse side of the measurement form. HJ607 Method of Measurement With the animal in the aforementioned position, measure the vertical distance from the highest point of the withers to the ground. The cross-piece, arm or bar of the measuring device must be placed over the highest point of the withers and no measurement taken at any other part of the animal s body will count. Additional pressure must not be applied to the cross-piece, arm or bar. HJ608 Re - Measurement 1. An owner may request a re-measurement of a horse or pony to a larger height section. Re-measurement may be done one time during a horse or pony s life. 2. Procedure: The owner requests a re-measurement from the Federation by either letter or e- mail. The Federation issues a re-measurement permission letter to the owner. After consulting with the owner, the Federation will select the Measuring Steward and competition at which the re-measurement will take place. This letter is presented to the measuring steward at the competition. If the horse or pony measures into a larger height section, a copy of the measurement form will be given to the presenter and a new card will be issued to the owner. The original card will be invalidated by the Federation. If the horse or pony measures into a larger height section it immediately becomes eligible to show in that section. The Horse of the Year points received in the previous height section is forfeited for the current competition year. No penalties will be incurred by the original measuring steward or current trainer. 3. An owner of a horse or pony may request a re-measurement of a horse or pony to a lower height section. Re-measurement may be done one time during a horse or pony s life. 4. Procedure: a. The owner requests a re-measurement from the Federation by either letter or . b. The re-measurement is conducted under the Measurement Appeal Rules (HJ611.1 and HJ611.2). Drug testing of the horse or pony may be Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 199 of 400

200 required. c. If the horse or pony measures into a smaller height section, a copy of the measurement form will be given to the presenter and a new card will be issued to the owner. d. The original card will be invalidated by the Federation. e. If the horse or pony measures into a smaller height section it will be ineligible to show in either section for ninety (90) calendar days from the date of the re-measurement. The horse or pony may compete in other divisions, sections or classes that do not have height as a requirement. The Horse of the Year points received in the previous height section is forfeited for the current competition year. f. No penalties will be incurred by the original measuring steward or current trainer. HJ609 Protesting Height 1. An owner or trainer may protest the height of only one horse or pony competing in a class in which he is also competing. 2. A protest questioning the height of a horse or pony showing in a division, section or class requiring measurement must be filed with the steward and must be filed at least one hour prior to the end of the competition day on which the horse or pony is showing in a division, section or class requiring measurement. Such measurement shall be conducted pursuant to HJ600-HJ611 rather than GR The animal is required to be presented for measurement within one hour of the completion of the animal s last class on the day of the protest. 4. The animal may be presented for a protest measurement with or without shoes regardless of how shown. 5. Protest Results. If a horse or pony is found to be outside the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card (e.g. Small Hunter Pony, Large Junior Hunter, etc.), the owner forfeits entry fees and winnings for that competition. All points accumulated for Horse of the Year and Zone Horse of the Year Awards to that date are forfeited. Said animal is suspended from competing in USEF Licensed Competitions for ninety (90) days from the date of the protest and a new measurement card will be issued to the owner at the end of the suspension period. a. The current trainer and the Steward who conducted the original measurement of a horse or pony that is found to measure outside of the permitted height range that is determined by the horse or pony s measurement card may be subject to penalty by the Federation. b. If the horse or pony remains in its current height section, the animal may continue to compete as before. c. The decision of the measuring officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation within fourteen (14) days (see HJ611). 6. If a competition s steward is unable to notify an exhibitor of a protest before the exhibitor leaves the competition grounds, the protest will become void, and the steward will refund the protest fee. If a competition s steward notifies an exhibitor of a protest of an animal s height, and the exhibitor leaves the grounds before the measurement can be conducted, the protest will be filed with the Federation and an official protest measurement will be set up at the owner s expense, before the animal is eligible to compete again. In addition, charges for rule violations may be filed against the owner and trainer by the Federation CEO or his designee per GR The measurement card, or valid measurement form of any animal that is found ineligible for the height section in which the animal was shown must be surrendered to the competition steward who must forward it to the Federation office with his report. If the owner is not in possession of the original measurement card at the time of the protest it is the owner s responsibility to surrender all measurement cards to the Federation Kentucky office within five (5) days of the protest. 8. The decision of competition officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation. 9. Pony and Junior Hunter measurement protests. a. The identity of the protestor will be revealed to the protestee by the competition steward. At the time the competition steward receives the protest, the competition steward will explain the protest measurement process to the parties involved and answer any questions. The competition steward will instruct the protestor and the protestee that any inappropriate behavior and/or communication between parties will result in charges being filed against those parties. This is not limited to those parties directly involved in the protest. Charges may be filed against any individuals at the discretion of the competition steward. b. When the animal is presented for measurement, only the following individuals may be present: The owner of the animal, two representatives/handlers of the animal being protested, the protestor, the competition veterinarian(s), the competition steward(s), and any representative of The Federation and the Federation Hunter/Jumper Pony Committee. c. If an animal is protested and found to be within its height section, the animal s height cannot be protested again for the remainder of the competition year. HJ610 Federation Measurement Verification 1. The CEO of the Federation may, at his/her discretion, cause a measurement verification to be undertaken of any animal competing in a division, section or class requiring measurement at a Licensed Competition. 2. The animal is required to be presented to the steward within one hour of the completion of the animal s last class on the day of the measurement verification within the section requiring measurement. At that time, the animal will be measured or the presenter will inform the steward that the animal will be presented for an appeal measurement see HJ611.5 b/c. The animal s measurement card will be forfeited and the animal will be suspended from showing until it is presented for the appeal measurement. If the measurement verification is on the first day of the section, the animal may finish competing in the section or class requiring measurement. The animal will be photographed by the measurement technician on the left and right sides, front and back at the time the animal is tagged for measurement verification. The photographs will be used to verify the identity of the animal at the appeal measurement. 3. The animal may be presented to be jogged shod or unshod, prior to measurement. a. If jogged with shoes, shoes may be removed after the jog but no changes to the hoof may occur prior to the measurement. b. If jogged without shoes, all changes to the hoof must be done prior to the jog but no changes to the hoof may occur after the animal has been jogged. 4. The animal may not receive or ingest any substances other than hay and water until the measurement is complete. 5. The animal must be sound. The Official Show Veterinarian will determine age and soundness. If the animal is determined to be unsound, the measurement verification cannot be completed and the animal may not compete until an appeal measurement is completed. 6. A Steward appointed by the Federation will perform the measurement(s). 7. If an animal is found to be outside the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card by 1/4, the owner forfeits entry fees and winnings for that competition. All points accumulated for Horse of the Year and Zone Horse of the Year Awards to that date are forfeited. Said animal is suspended from competing in Federation Licensed Competitions for 90 days from the date of the measurement verification and a new measurement card will be issued to the owner at the end of the suspension period. a. The current trainer and the Steward who conducted the original measurement of an animal that is found to measure outside of the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card may be subject to penalty by the Federation. b. If the animal remains in its current height section, the animal may continue to compete as before. c. The decision of the measuring officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation within fourteen (14) days (see HJ611.5 b and c). Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 200 of 400

201 8. An animal may only be selected for a Federation Measurement Verification one time in each calendar year. Animals that are 15 years of age or older are not subject to Federation Measurement Verification. HJ611 Measurement Appeal 1. Conditions. An owner or trainer who questions the accuracy of an initial measurement or an owner or trainer of an animal declared ineligible for a division or section on account of height may appeal a measurement. a. Pending the appeal of an initial measurement, the animal continues to be eligible to compete as initially measured. b. With respect to animals declared ineligible as a result of a protest measurement, the animal is barred from competing in the particular height division or section for which he was declared ineligible until the measurement is performed. c. There shall be only one appeal per each initial measurement, and only one appeal per each protest measurement. 2. Procedures. a. The appeal must be made to the Federation office in writing within fourteen (14) days of the measurement. The Federation reserves the right to grant an appeal measurement. The request for an appeal measurement due to extenuating circumstances must be made in writing to the Federation office. b. All expenses including veterinary fees must be paid to the Federation by the appellant. With respect to any appeal prior to the appeal measurement both the owner and trainer may be required to sign a waiver and consent on a form prepared by and acceptable to the Federation agreeing to the arrangements for the appeal measurement, agreeing to the administration of Lasix to the animal to aid in the collection of a urine sample for laboratory tests for Federation forbidden substances, agreeing that the appeal measurement shall be final and unappealable to a court of law, and agreeing that the owner and trainer of the animal each release and hold the Federation, and its officers, directors and licensed officials harmless from any claim whatsoever regarding the appeal measurement and respecting any measurements of the animal made prior to the appeal measurement. c. The Federation will select a location and time for the appeal measurement as convenient as possible. The owner or trainer must deliver the animal to the location at his own expense within 45 days of filing the appeal. d. The measurement must be performed by at least two persons appointed by the Federation which shall include one veterinarian who is a member of the American Association of Equine Practitioners and one Registered steward. The officials whose measurement is being appealed cannot be part of the team conducting the measurement appeal. 3. Any animal submitted for an appeal measurement must show no evidence of lameness. If found to be lame by the examining veterinarian, the animal cannot be measured or remeasured for thirty (30) days and the appellant forfeits his deposit and any veterinary expenses incurred. Each animal submitted for an appeal measurement must be tested for drugs and medications in accordance with General Rules, Chapter GR4, GR Appeal of initial measurement. a. If the appeal is denied the initially issued card remains in effect. b. If the appeal is upheld, upon surrender of the initially issued card (if any) a new card will be issued based upon the appeal measurement; such cards remain subject to protest per HJ609 of this rule. 5. Appeals of protest measurements, a. If the appeal is not upheld or the appellant fails to submit the animal within 45 days, all points accumulated for Horse of the Year Awards are nullified. b. If the appeal is upheld, a Temporary Measurement card is issued to animals seven years of age and under and a Standard Measurement card is issued to animals eight years of age or over. The Temporary and Standard Measurement cards cannot be protested for the remainder of the competition year. c. If the appeal is upheld, the animal will receive credit for all points accumulated including all points, prize money and trophies won at the competition where protested. HJ612 Official Measurement No Official Measurements will be granted for Pony Hunters, Junior Hunters, or Pony Jumpers. SUBCHAPTER HJ-7 EXHIBITIONS HJ Exhibitions at Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper Competitions 1. For the purposes of this rule, an Exhibition is defined as a recognized, but unrated class or demonstration. 2. At Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competitions, only one Exhibition may be held per licensed competition day. 3. An Exhibition must be held on a Federation licensed date, must be conducted in accordance with Division rules and is governed by all other applicable Federation rules. 4. Exhibitions held at competitions operating under a Mileage Exemption or with approved Special Competition status must be approved as part of the Mileage Exemption or Special Competition status request and the specifics of such exhibitions must be included in the competition license. 5. An Exhibition must be advertised in the prize list and may be judged and ranked. However, the following conditions apply: a. Results will not be counted for any Federation, Federation Alliance Member and/or USHJA high score awards or championships. b. If published, the Exhibition ranking report must be clearly separated from competition results and noted as being from an Exhibition. c. Judges for an Exhibition held at Licensed Competitions are not required to be licensed by USEF. 6. An Exhibition may also be held using horses individually, in groups or in entertainment acts. Such Exhibitions cannot be ranked. 7. Horses used in exhibitions, demonstrations, and retirement ceremonies are subject to the provisions of GR839, but are exempt from the dress and saddlery rules of the competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 201 of 400

202 Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan Many of the rules contained within Hunter Division Chapter related to competition structure, management, and procedure actually belong in the HJ Chapter rather than their current location. This rule change proposal contains NOnew rule language, but rather simply reflects a relocation and reorganization of existing language transferred from the HU Chapter into the HJ Chapter. HU 112 (261-17), HU 112 (260-17), HU 100 (263-17) Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Competition Management Web: HU Chapter Reorg - HU to HJ Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 202 of 400

203 HJ500 Tracking # Draft #5 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/20/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HJ 500 Exhibitions at Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper Competitions [CHAPTER HJ-2 Rating and Horse Entry Number] HJ 500 Exhibitions at Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper Competitions 1. For the purposes of this rule, an Exhibition is defined as a recognized, but unrated class or demonstration. 2. At Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competitions, only one Exhibition may be held per licensed competition day. 3. An Exhibition must be held on a Federation licensed date, must be conducted in accordance with Division rules and is governed by all other applicable Federation rules. Exhibition classes held at licensed Hunter, Jumper, or Hunter/Jumper competitions may offer prize money, however, the prize money must be included in the total prize money offered for the level or rating. 4. Exhibitions held at competitions operating under a Mileage Exemption or with approved Special Competition status must be approved as part of the Mileage Exemption or Special Competition status request and the specifics of such exhibitions must be included in the competition license. 5. An Exhibition must be advertised in the prize list and may be judged and ranked. However, the following conditions apply: a. Results will not be counted for any Federation, Federation Alliance Member and/or USHJA high score awards or championships. b. If published, the Exhibition ranking report must be clearly separated from competition results and noted as being from an Exhibition. c. Judges for an Exhibition held at Licensed Competitions are not required to be licensed by USEF. 6. An Exhibition may also be held using horses individually, in groups or in entertainment acts. Such Exhibitions cannot be ranked. 7. Horses used in exhibitions, demonstrations, and retirement ceremonies are subject to the provisions of GR839, but are exempt from the dress and saddlery rules of the competition. Proponent Details Competition Management Lisa Owens lowens@usef.org Exhibition classes are not intended to allow a competition to offer additional prize money for classes that would be held in division classes that a competition is licensed for. JP 104 (169-17) Web: Exhibition Class Prize Money Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 01/04/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Jumper Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 203 of 400

204 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/18/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/14/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action National Hunter Committee Draft 1: Exhibition classes should be allowed to offer prize money but this money should count toward the competition's rating. Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No USHJA Draft 1: Prefer language in Tracking , JP 104 Draft 2 Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HJ Tracking # Page 204 of 400

205 HK107 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Extraordinary 12/1/2018 7/17/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason This is a safety issue. This will make going to the line up safer. HK107 Requirements for Competitions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER HK-2. CONDUCT] HK107 Requirements for Competitions 1. In Hackney performance classes when the judge calls for the line up, exhibitors must continue in the second direction to bring their entries to the line up. Judge(s) shall penalize entries that do not comply All futurity classes are unrated classes. Procedures for conduct of futurity classes must be printed in the prize list or the Show Committee may state these classes are run under the same specifications as Federation rated classes UPHA Classic classes are run under the same specifications as Federation Hackney Division rules Ponies are not to be lined up head-to-tail in performance classes. All awards must be made from the lined up position and entries must not be asked to retire to the end of the ring. Classes shown in-hand may be lined up head-to-tail or as directed by the judge It is recommended that competition management offer Amateur Ladies and Amateur Gentlemen s classes qualifying for an Amateur Championship. If an Amateur Lady to Drive class is offered, competition management must also offer an Amateur Gentleman to Drive class as well and vice versa. A Junior Exhibitors class is optional. Proponent Details Hackney Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org This is a safety issue and this change standardizes the Hackney group with the American Saddlebreds concerning lining up in the show ring. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 08/13/2018 Web: performance classes Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HK Tracking # Page 205 of 400

206 HK117 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 HK117 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER HK-4. HACKNEY PONIES] HK117 Appointments 1. To be shown to a viceroy or other suitable vehicle. Proponent Details Hackney Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The purpose of this rule change is to clarify that an entry must be shown to the traditional vehicle which is a viceroy. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Web: appointments - ponies Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HK Tracking # Page 206 of 400

207 HK120 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 HK120 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER HK-5 HARNESS PONIES] HK120 Appointments 1. To be shown to a viceroy or other suitable vehicle. Proponent Details Hackney Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org This rule change is to clarify that entries must be shown to the traditional vehicle which is a viceroy. Aids staff with rule interpretation Potential Impact Web: appointments - harness ponies Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 AHHS Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HK Tracking # Page 207 of 400

208 HK134.4 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /14/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HK134.4 [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER HK-11 HACKNEY ROADSTER PONIES] SUBCHAPTER HK-11 HACKNEY ROADSTER PONIES HK134 General 4. All Hackney Roadster Ponies must have a be re-measured and issued new measurement cards prior to competing in licensed competitions for the year 2004 and beyond. In all Hackney Roadster pony championship/stake classes (except Junior Pony sections) at the Kentucky State Fair and three (3) randomly selected USEF competitions which will be notified in writing by USEF, the first place and fourth place ponies must allow a heel measurement to be taken immediately following the class to verify the heel measurement is at or below what is indicated on the current measurement card; a copy of which must be on file in the show office prior to the pony competing. The heel measurement will be taken by the competition steward at a location determined by the measuring official and competition management. The heel measurement must be taken from the left bulb of the left front heel, from the skin line on the lower side of the coronary band with the ruler perpendicular to the flat surface. It is the trainer s or driver s decision and responsibility to determine if the pony will be hitched or unhitched for this measurement. If the heel measurement is higher than the measurement on the pony s USEF measurement card, an overall height measurement must be performed by two measuring officials (See GR502.4) no later than one hour following the end of the session at the designated location. Any entry that exceeds the legal height limit will forfeit winnings in that class. In the event there are fewer than four ponies in a class, the pony occupying the final placing will be measured. In the event of an emergency and the steward is unavailable to take the heel measurement immediately, competition management must appoint a representative to remain with the pony until the heel measurement can occur. Proponent Details Hackney Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The Hackney Committee believes this rule change for heel measurements on Roadster Ponies at three (3) selected shows and three (3) randomly selected shows will help to maintain a standard of impartiality and credibility for exhibitors in the Roadster Pony classes. Web: Hackney Roadster Ponies Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Tabled 11/20/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Hackney Draft 2: Approved with amendments Revised from 3 mandatory shows and 3 random shows to 1 mandatory and 3 random shows. The annual mandatory competition will be the World's Championship Horse Show at the Kentucky State Fair. Roadster Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HK Tracking # Page 208 of 400

209 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HK Tracking # Page 209 of 400

210 HU100 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU100 Eligibility to Compete Rider or Handler [CHAPTER HU-1 DEFINITIONS AND ELIGIBILITY] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR1132.2, HU112.4, HU112.9 & HJ300] CHAPTER HU HUNTER DIVISION WHEN A SUBJECT IS NOT ADDRESSED IN THESE RULES, IT MUST BE ADDRESSED BY THE APPROPRIATE COMMITTEE AND THAT COMMITTEE S INTERPRETATION WILL STAND AS THE RULE UNTIL THE NEXT YEAR WHEN AN APPROPRIATE RULE CHANGE WILL BE SUBMITTED. SUBCHAPTER HU-1 DEFINITIONS HU100 Horse Welfare 1. The following acts are prohibited: a. Riding an exhausted horse. b. Excessive pressuring of a tired horse. c. Riding or lungeing an obviously lame horse. d. Excessive use of a whip on any horse in a stall, aisle, schooling area, competition ring or elsewhere on the competition grounds. The use of a whip must be for a good reason, done at the appropriate time, in the proper place and with appropriate restraint. Excessive whipping will not be tolerated. e. Any striking of the horse s head (on the poll or forward of the poll) shall be deemed excessive. f. Repeated jerking on the reins and sawing on the bit unless applied to an unruly horse that is jeopardizing his own safety or the safety of his rider. g. Improper use of the bit resulting in bleeding, broken skin or broken mucous membrane. h. Excessive use of the spurs or spurring resulting in broken and bleeding skin. i. Rapping the legs of a horse with the butt end of a riding crop or other implement. j. Use of any substance to induce temporary heat causing hyper-sensitization. k. Poling. l. Use of a wire or chain in conjunction with any schooling jumps. m. Use of electronic shock devices in schooling or showing. n. Use of shackles, hock hobbles and similar devices, with the exception of kicking chains while the horse is in the stall or in transport. This does not prohibit the use of rubber or plastic exercising devices. o. Showing a horse with hypersensitive, raw or bleeding sores around the cornets, pasterns, legs or body. p. Use of laser beam devices anywhere on the competition grounds, except in an exhibition or if required in class specifications. (Exception: Lasers used in a therapeutic manner). q. Withholding of feed or water for prolonged periods. r. Letting blood from a horse for other than diagnostic purposes. s. Inhumane treatment of a horse in a stall, aisle, schooling area, competition ring or elsewhere on the competition grounds, by any person. 2. Regular and local competitions. Competitors found to be in violation of these rules by the Competition Steward or other Federation Official shall be eliminated/disqualified from competing within the upcoming 24-hour period and shall forfeit all entry fees for such competition. In addition, after consultation between Competition Management, the Steward, or other official involved, and a Senior Judge in the division, additional penalties including disqualification from the balance of the competition may be imposed. All such violations must be recorded in the Steward s Report and, if cruelty or abusive behavior is evident, it will be reviewed by the Federation for such action as may be deemed appropriate to the particular circumstances. HU101 Ponies Shown By Juniors Ponies shown by a junior in any rated pony hunter sections (i.e. Children s Hunter Pony, Green Pony Hunter, Regular Pony Hunter), WIHS Pony Equitation, or USEF Pony Medal cannot be shown by an adult at the same competition. Exception: Breeding classes in hand and breed restricted sections at a multi-breed/discipline competition. (See also EQ103.4) SUBCHAPTER HU-2 COMPETITION REQUIREMENTS HU102 Competition Requirements Rider or Handler In order to compete in any Hunter, Hunter Breeding, Pony Hunter Breeding, Junior Hunter, or Pony Hunter classes at licensed competitions as an exhibitor, rider, trainer, or his/her agent(s), a person must be an Active member of the United States Hunter Jumper Association, Inc., or pay a Show Pass fee to the United States Hunter Jumper Association, Inc. Exception: Local Competitions, competitions restricted to a particular breed, classes restricted to breeds with Federation Recognized National Affiliate status, and exceptions listed in GR HU103 Competition Requirements Horse & Pony 1. USHJA Horse Registrations. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 210 of 400

211 a. All horses competing in Federation licensed and/or USHJA sanctioned competitions with Hunter, Hunter Breeding, Jumper and Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes not restricted by breed must be properly identified in accordance with GR1101, and must also be registered with USHJA (see GR1101.1). The USEF/USHJA registration number for each horse must be entered on all entry forms for licensed competitions. b. Applications for USHJA Registration can be completed online at or using the USEF Horse Registration application form. This form is also available from the USHJA or Federation office, as a download from the USHJA or Federation website or from competition management. Competition management is responsible for notifying exhibitors of this requirement in their prize list. 2. The Hunter Division is open to horses, stallions, mares or geldings. (For rules pertaining to exhibitors who are 18 years of age or older riding ponies, see HU101) HU104 Microchipping 1. In addition to the provisions of HU 103.1, on or after December 1, 2017, all horses competing in classes that require USHJA horse registration must provide a microchip number that verifies their animal s identity in order to compete for points, money won or be eligible for Federation and/or USHJA programs and awards where horses are required to be recorded or registered. 2. A microchip used to verify identity must be a fifteen-digit ISO compliant 11784/11785 chip and be implanted in the nuchal ligament of the animal. 3. This rule will have a transition period from December 1, 2017 to November 30, During this period, animals that are not in compliance with this rule will not receive points or be eligible for Federation and/or USHJA programs and awards. After this period, all horses that are competing in classes which require USHJA registration which are not microchipped will be ineligible to compete in Federation licensed competitions. SUBCHAPTER HU-3 ATTIRE, TACK AND EQUIPMENT HU105 Tack 1. Snaffles, pelhams and full bridles, all with cavesson nose bands, are required. a. Judges may penalize, but may not eliminate, a horse or pony that competes in a snaffle, pelham, or full bridle that is unconventional. Unconventional snaffles, pelhams, or full bridles include, but are not limited to, hunter gags, kimberwickes, etc. b. Judges must eliminate a horse or pony that competes in illegal bits or nosebands. Illegal bits include, but are not limited to, three rings, gags (other than the hunter gag), et cetera Illegal nosebands include, but are not limited to, drop, flash and figure eight nosebands. 2. Horses must return to the ring for conformation or soundness wearing a snaffle, pelham or full bridle with a cavesson noseband. 3. Martingales of any type are prohibited in Under Saddle, hack and tie-breaking classes. Standing and running martingales used in the conventional manner are allowed for all over fences classes. All other martingales are considered illegal. A judge must eliminate a horse or pony that competes in a martingale other than a standing or running martingale used in the conventional manner. HU106 Equipment 1. Light pads and bar shoes are permissible, however, bar shoes indicate a weakness and in Conformation classes a judge may penalize accordingly. All artificial appliances, including but not limited to nasal strips, boots, wraps and bandages are prohibited. In the case of inclement weather competition management may permit the use of bell boots. 2. Electronic Communication Devices a. No mounted exhibitor may wear or carry an electronic communication device (i.e., cellular telephone, pager, walkie talkie, ipod, etc.) while in the competition ring. The penalty for wearing or carrying a forbidden device if observed by the judge may be elimination from the class during which the device was worn or carried. b. Electronic communication devices used for purposes of coaching, etc., between competitors and individuals outside the ring shall be prohibited in all classes. c. Exhibitors who have a chronic condition may apply for a Presidential Modification exempting them from the provisions of this rule in accordance with GR152. Riders may not use these devices in over fences classes. d. An exhibitor who has a chronic condition and has previously been granted at least one annual presidential modification related to the condition, may submit an application for approval of a special three-year presidential modification related to the same condition. The application must be accompanied by sufficient supporting documentation that the condition is unlikely to improve during the three-year period. 3. Any rider competing and or riding anywhere on the competition grounds with their stirrup, stirrup leather, or foot tied and/or secured in any manner, will automatically be eliminated from the entire competition. The steward will note the trainer name(s) on the stewards report and further disciplinary actions may be taken by the Federation. 4. Whips. Competitors are prohibited from carrying a whip that is longer than 30 (75cm) while jumping or schooling over fences. A rider may not carry more than one whip. Whips that are weighted at the end are prohibited. (Exception: Ladies Side Saddle and appointments classes. See HU146.) 5. No exhibitor may carry a whip longer than 30 while competing. HU107 Attire 1. Protective headgear. All riders must wear protective headgear. See GR While competing in a jumping class, if a rider s chin strap becomes unfastened, the rider may stop, re-fasten the chin strap and continue his/her round without penalty or elimination. A judge may, but is not required, to stop a rider and ask them to refasten a chin strap which has become unfastened, again without penalty to the rider. 2. Attire. Riders are required to wear conservatively colored coats (black, blue, green, grey or brown) which are free from adornment which in the judge s opinion is overly distracting. Shirts must have a choker, similar collar or tie. Breeches may be buff, canary, tan, rust or white. 3. Formal Attire. Riders are required to wear scarlet or dark coats; white shirts with white stock; white, buff or canary breeches. Members of the Armed Services or the Police may wear the Service Dress Uniform. 4. Inappropriate attire. When management permits Hunter or Hunter Seat Equitation riders to ride without jackets, riders must wear traditional, short, or long-sleeved riding shirts with chokers or ties. Polo shirts and full chaps are not permitted except in unjudged warm-up classes. Management or Judge may eliminate an exhibitor who is inappropriately attired. HU108 Hunt Colors In classes restricted to members, subscribers or staff of a Hunt recognized by the Masters of Foxhounds Association, all riders who wear colors must carry a letter dated within the current year signifying that they are eligible. This letter must include the name of the Hunt and the color of the collar and must be signed by the Master or Honorary Secretary of that Hunt. The show committee must appoint a competent person to check these letters before riders compete in classes. If a rider holds a current letter but does not have it in his immediate possession or is entitled to receive one, the show committee may accept a signed statement to that effect which must be submitted to the Federation. In classes restricted to junior exhibitors, rules concerning hunt colors will be strictly enforced. Unless a junior wears scarlet, brown boot tops are Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 211 of 400

212 prohibited. SUBCHAPTER HU-4 COURSES HU109 General 1. All obstacles, except those noted below, must be set at required height. The required height may have a variance of no more than 2 over or under. Exceptions: a. Walk fences may not exceed 2 in height and spread. b. Trot fences may not exceed 3 in height and spread for horses and 2 in height for ponies in classes restricted to ponies. c. Brush obstacles, hedges, split-rail fences, simulated rock or stone walls, ditches, banks and other specialty jumps designed to simulate natural obstacles found in the hunt field. d. The first fence of any hunter course. 2. Except in case of inclement weather, broken equipment or similar emergency a course must not be altered except by written permission of all exhibitors. If one or more original obstacles are rendered unusable during a class and no duplicate exists, management may substitute obstacles which approximate as nearly as possible the originals. 3. In classes where Federation course requirements have not been met and the violation has not been observed and corrected prior to the third competitor s performance, the class must be completed without altering the course and the results will stand for the purposes of the Championship. a. With the exception of a course set at an improper height, competitors who have gone over the course with the violation have the option of rejumping the course. b. Classes conducted over improper courses are ineligible for Federation Horse of the Year Award points. 4. Horses must be shown over a minimum of eight obstacles the required height in all A, B or C rated sections. 5. In all rated hunter sections, at least two different courses are required. At least one change of direction (change of lead) is required in every course. All A rated sections at National and Premier rated shows, except for Green Hunter Pony sections, must offer an over fence class as a handy hunter. This handy hunter class may not be the first class of a section nor can it be the designated first round of a classic when using one round of a section as the first round of a classic. 6. No course may have exhibitors trotting or cantering through the in-gate or out-gate; any exhibitor choosing to trot or canter through the in-gate or out-gate will be eliminated. 7. In over fences classes, riders shall not be required to hand gallop the first fence of a line consisting of a measured distance. 8. A track is established once a horse has landed from a fence or completes a required test and follows the horse until the consecutive fence is jumped or the next test is executed. Upon completion of each consecutive fence or performance of the next test, the track is erased. Crossing a track between obstacles and/or required tests shall constitute a disobedience and will be penalized by the judge(s). Exceptions: a. A course diagram that requires a rider to cross his track. b. Snake or multiple panel jumps that are jumped consecutively. HU110 Course Diagrams 1. Course diagrams must be posted at least one half-hour before scheduled time of class unless they have been illustrated in the prize list. The plan or diagram of the course must show the obstacles which must be taken in the order indicated by numbers but apart from this the rider is not bound to follow a compulsory track. An arrow is used on the diagram to indicate the direction in which each obstacle is to be taken. When distances between related fences in all classes, rated or unrated, are 100 or less, the distance must be included on the posted course diagram. 2. If the area of the courtesy circle is to be restricted by a mandatory line, the line must be indicated on the diagram and a corresponding barrier must be erected on the course. As this becomes part of the judging specifications, this policy must be clearly stated in the prize list (see GR901.10) and announced at least one hour prior to the class. 3. All posted courses at Federation-licensed competitions must include the numbers of fences to be jumped (i.e. Fences 1-8). HU111 Height of Obstacles When a range of fence heights is allowed in a class or section, the minimum height must be used unless a higher height is specified in the prize list. In all cases, the spread of jump may not exceed height and must be measured including flowers, brush and ground lines. 1. Green Hunter Sections: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter 3 9 (Exception: Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12) 2. Young Hunter Sections: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 c. Young Hunter High Performance Hunter: 4 minimum in A rated sections at Premier rated competitions; 3 9 minimum in A rated sections at National rated competitions, and B and C sections. Obstacles may not exceed 4 6. (Exception: Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12) 4. Performance Hunter Performance Hunter Green Conformation Hunter High Performance Conformation Hunter: Amateur Owner Hunter Sections: a. Obstacles at National and Premier rated competitions must be 3 6 b. Obstacles at competitions in Zones 11 and 12 may be 3 3 or 3 6 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 212 of 400

213 c. If a 3 3 Amateur Owner Hunter Section is offered, obstacles are to be 3 3 d. If a competition offers both 3 3 and 3 6 Amateur Owner Hunter sections, regardless of the competition s rating, the obstacles must be set at 3 3 and 3 6 respectively e. No minimum height required at Local Competitions 9. Adult Amateur Hunter Sections: See individual USHJA Zone specifications. For those USHJA Zones that do not provide specifications, obstacles will be 2 9 to 3 3. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 10. Local Competitions: No minimum in any section. 11. Non-rated sections: Heights determined by competition management unless otherwise specified 12. Ladies Side Saddle Sections: Junior Hunter Sections: a. Obstacles must be 3 6 in all classes. (Exception: Fences may be 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12 and in the Junior Hunter 3 3 section.) b. No minimum height required at Local Competitions 14. Children s Hunter Sections: Obstacles will be 2 for small ponies and medium ponies; 2 6 for large ponies and 2 9 to 3 3 for horses. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 15. Green Pony Hunter: 2 3 for small, 2 6 for medium and 2 9 for large 16. Regular Pony Hunter: 2 3 for small, 2 6 for medium and for large 17. Three-Year-Old Hunter: Not to exceed Small Hunter Sections: Thoroughbred Hunter: 3 0 HU112 Type 1. Obstacles must simulate those found in the hunting field such as natural post and rail, brush, stone wall, white board fence or gate, chicken coop, aiken, hedge, oxer, etc. 2. Chicken coops hinged at the top and free at the bottom; triple bars and hogs back; striped rails; targets; any spread over 4 and square oxers are prohibited. 3. Every course must have at least four different type obstacles. (Exception: see HU170.10). The jumpable portion of all obstacles must be a minimum width of eight feet wide.4. A minimum 2 difference is required for the back element of an obstacle. A ground line is required for all obstacles except in Handy Hunter classes. 5. The top element of all obstacles must be securely placed with cups at least 1 1/2 inches deep and 3 inches wide so that a slight rub will not cause a knockdown and must be equally secure for different heights in the same class. At all Federation approved competitions, FEI approved safety mechanisms must be used in conjunction with a cup that is at least 1 ½ inches deep and at least 3 inches wide for the back rail of all oxers. Logs, caps on walls and gates with a separate plank style top element that can be knocked down are permitted. 6. In Handy classes obstacles must simulate those found in trappy hunting country. The course must have at least two changes of direction and at least one in and out as well as three of the following: hand gallop a jump, bending line, rollback turn, fence at the end of the ring or open a gate while mounted or trot over one obstacle (exception: in and outs are optional for Pony Handy courses). Judges must place emphasis on promptness and tight turns with precedence being given in that order. Handiness is defined as time and ground saving movement without adversely affecting performance or style. Brilliance of pace is defined as a faster pace than ordinary, without sacrificing performance or style. Hand Gallop is defined as a significant increase in pace without sacrificing performance or style. HU113 In and Outs 1. An in and out is considered as two obstacles in the required number of obstacles. It must never be used at the start of a course. 2. An in and out is two jumps set for one or two strides. The distance may be adjusted during a class requiring different fence heights. Exception: The distance must be adjusted in Pony Hunter classes, see HU114. HU114 Pony Hunter In the event that any or all of the Pony Hunter sections (Small, Medium, Large) are combined, the course designer may add or remove fill as necessary to meet the requirements of HU114 (spread of a jump). Every effort should be made to make the jump look as similar as possible at each height. Any removed fill should not be left next to the jump, and should be placed within an island or decoration, or removed completely from the ring. 1. Heights and Spreads. a. Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12. b. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. c. If a competition offers a team or pairs class or a pony hunter classic in which ponies of mixed heights are permitted, the prize list must state the height of the fences and stipulate all judging requirements. 2. Distances. a. If the distance between related fences is less than 100 (including in and outs), the distance must be adjusted for each height section. b. In B, C and Local rated sections, there must not be any other fences in the same line as an in and out. 3. Exception: In and outs are optional for Pony Handy Hunter classes. 4. For all hunter classes restricted to Ponies, the first obstacle of all courses must be a vertical. For pony hunter handy courses, leading over one obstacle as well as opening a gate are prohibited. SUBCHAPTER HU5 OFFICIALS HU114 Veterinarian In reference to GR a., every competition must have a qualified veterinarian present throughout the competition if the previous year s competition s entry number was 200 horses or greater. HU115 Judges 1. In A rated sections, at least one judge of Registered status must officiate. Recorded judges with Special judge s card may not officiate alone. 2. All judges who are assigned to a Conformation section must judge the Model class. 3. In A rated Hunter sections at Premier rated competitions, a minimum of two judges must officiate. They may officiate independently or together. If judging independently, no more than 60% of the classes in the section may be officiated by the same judge. (Exception: High Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 213 of 400

214 Performance Working Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6, Performance Hunter 3 3 and Pony Hunter sections held on one day). HU116 Course Designers 1. The licensed Hunter Course Designer, or his designated representative, must be present during all Hunter and Hunter Seat Equitation classes for which he has responsibility and over sees the courses are properly set for the competition. Course Designer should be available to report to the judge at any time. (Exception: breed restricted competitions and open competitions with 50% or more breed restricted classes.) 2. A minimum of an r license is required to officiate alone at a National or Premier rated competition with a Hunter class offering up to $4,999 in prize money. 3. An R license is required to officiate in any class offering $5,000 or more in prize money. SUBCHAPTER HU-6 JUDGING HU117 General 1. All classes must be judged on performance and soundness and when indicated, conformation, suitability or manners. a. When a horse makes two faults at one obstacle only the major fault will be counted. (Exception: refusals count in addition.) b. When an obstacle is composed of several elements in the same vertical plane, a fault at the top element is the only one penalized c. At an in and out, the faults committed at each obstacle are considered separately. In case of a refusal or runout at the 2nd obstacle of an in and out, the competitor may re-jump both obstacles of the in and out. d. Judges must penalize unsafe jumping and bad form over fences, whether touched or untouched. e. Teams, pairs and unicorns (abreast and tandem) should be judged as a single unit, scoring only major faults at each obstacle. (Exception: in cases where two or more horses have knockdowns or refusals, they are scored cumulatively.) In tandem formation, faults for horses not keeping proper hunting distance apart and in abreast formation, faults for horses not keeping abreast will be calculated at the rate of 1/2 fault for each 1/2 horse s length and are cumulative at each obstacle, as well as at each end of the ring; or on an outside course, at each obstacle and between each obstacle. No additional penalty for finishing out of original order. f. In classics and when a class is held on an outside course, brilliance should be emphasized. 2. Circling once upon entering the ring and once upon leaving is permissible. 3. In all classes over obstacles, all horses being considered for an award must jog for soundness in the judge s order of preference prior to being judged for conformation. Two more entries than the number of ribbons must jog if there are sufficient entries. Horses may not leave the ring until the jog is declared official by the judge. A horse that leaves the ring prior to the jog being declared official will be eliminated. A horse that is unruly, one that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, other exhibitors or their entries will be eliminated. (Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding). A horse may not be eliminated for receiving outside assistance in the jog. 4. In classes over obstacles, competitors cannot be requested to show at a walk, trot and canter or to re-jump the course unless eliminations are held. If eliminations are held, the finals are judged as an independent class. 5. After all competitors have had an opportunity to compete over a course in the High Performance Hunter and Performance Hunter section, competitors with faults which would eliminate the competitor from the ribbons, may be excused by the judge at management s discretion, provided four (4) more competitors than the number of ribbons awarded have completed the course. In Green Hunter classes riders are encouraged to withdraw after a major fault. 6. In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe while competing, the rider or handler may choose to continue without penalty. If they decide to stop to address the situation that rider/handler will be eliminated. In the case of the jump(s) falling over due to weather or act of God, the rider must remain in the ring until receiving instructions from the judge(s) or be eliminated. In this instance, the decision of the judge(s) is final. 7. In the event of elimination, the horse must exit the ring immediately. 8. Obstacle Not Properly Set. If a competitor jumps an obstacle that has not been reset, or has been reset improperly, due to it being downed by a previous competitor, the weather, or some other factor, the competitor receives no penalty. However, if the competitor knocks down the obstacle he will be penalized accordingly. HU118 Definition of Competed A horse has competed in an over fences class when the horse s entry number and a score for at least the first jump are recorded on the judges card. A horse failing to complete the entire course is not eligible to receive points, awards, or prize money. A horse has competed in an under saddle class when the horse has entered the ring. When three or fewer horses compete in an under saddle class, all horses numbers must be listed on the judges card regardless of whether they receive an award. HU119 Soundness All horses must be serviceably sound. All horses being considered for an award must jog for soundness with rider dismounted. (Exception: Under Saddle classes, classes with specifications that do not require horses to jog, unrated classes, and classes at Local Competitions). Horses may not leave the ring until the jog is declared official by the judge. A horse that leaves the ring prior to the jog being declared official will be eliminated. A horse that is unruly, one that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, or other exhibitors or their entries will be eliminated. (Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding). A horse may not be eliminated for receiving outside assistance in the jog. In classes restricted to ponies a junior must jog the horse for soundness. Horses that are not serviceably sound are ineligible for an award, including under saddle classes. HU120 Conformation Quality, substance and soundness. Judges must penalize but not necessarily eliminate horses with structural faults, defects and blemishes (such as pinfiring) in areas which might impair their activity and durability. Horses must be stripped for conformation judging in any class. (Exception: Under Saddle classes.) HU121 Performance 1. An even hunting pace, manners, jumping style together with faults and way of moving over the course. Manners to be emphasized in Ladies and Amateur classes; brilliance in Corinthian and Formal Hunting Attire classes.2. When the class is held in a ring, the performance starts as the competitor enters and ends when he leaves. When the class is held outside, the performance starts at any spot designated by competition management and ends at any spot so designated. If the start and finish are not clearly set forth, it is suggested that a judge consider the start approximately 50 before the first obstacle and the finish approximately 50 after the last. HU122 Faults 1. The following faults are scored according to the judge s opinion and depending on severity or division, may be considered minor or major faults. a. Rubbing the jump b. Swapping leads in a line or in front of a jump c. Late lead changes Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 214 of 400

215 d. Spooking e. Kicking up or out f. Jumping out of form g. Jumping off the center line of jump h. Bucking and/or playing i. Adding a stride in a line with a related distance j. Eliminating a stride in a line with a related distance k. Striking off on a wrong lead on the courtesy circle. (May be corrected with either a simple or flying change of lead) 2. The following are considered major faults. a. Knockdown b. Refusal c. Refusal or stopping while on course d. Crossing the track. A track is established once a horse has landed from a fence or completes a required test and follows the horse until the consecutive fence is jumped or the next test is executed. Upon completion of each consecutive fence or performance of the next test, the track is erased. Crossing a track between obstacles and/ or required tests shall constitute a disobedience and will be penalized by the judge(s). Exceptions 1. A course diagram that requires a rider to cross his track 2. Snake or multiple panel jumps that are jumped consecutively e. Dangerous jumping f. Addressing a jump - coming to a stop in front of a jump in order to show the jump to the horse. g. Completely missing a lead change h. Adding or eliminating a stride in an in and out i. Breaking stride, or Trotting while on course. (Exceptions-Where posted on the course diagram i.e. trot jumps, steep banks, etc, and also as outlined above in HU122.1k. Striking off on a wrong lead on the courtesy circle.) 3. The following constitute elimination: a. Three refusals (Exception: USEF Pony Hunter National Championship and USEF Junior Hunter National Championship, exhibitors will be eliminated after two cumulative refusals). b. Off course c. Jumping course before it is reset d. Bolting from the ring e. Fall of horse and/or rider (rider shall not remount in the ring) f. Stopping for loss of shoe or broken equipment g. In model classes, a horse or pony that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, other exhibitors or their entries. Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding classes. SUBCHAPTER HU-7 Conduct of classes HU123 Back to Back Classes No more than two rounds may be ridden back to back. In sections where three classes over fences are held on one day and the section has eight or fewer exhibitors, all three over fences classes may be held using back to back rounds with the judge s consent. Classes using this format must be jogged, if required, and pinned separately, following the last class. Management may not require back to back rounds in rated classes. Management may not require a judge to score more than three classes concurrently. Classes run back to back must be in the same division (i.e. Hunter or Equitation). Exception: USEF Pony Medal and WIHS Equitation Hunter Phase. HU124 Jumping Order 1. If a jumping order is established it must be posted in a conspicuous place at least one-half hour before the class. The jumping order must be legible to a mounted rider. If a jumping order is used throughout the section, a systematic rotation of the starting list must be employed so that a complete cycle is made during the competition. Failure to enter the ring within one minute after an audible signal to proceed is given incurs elimination. The time limit for entering the ring must be enforced by competition management. Management may permit a rider to compete out of order to minimize delays and in case of class conflicts. 2. Establishing the Order. (Either manually or via computer) The jumping order for the first round must be established by one of the following procedures: a. The horses names are drawn individually, starting with the first position and then working down b. The horses names are listed and their positions drawn c. The horses names and the positions are both drawn d. The horses names are listed (with multiple rides pre-spaced) with the first name drawn becoming the first horse to compete in the first round, the remaining horses following from that point (i.e., the horses name after the one drawn first is second, the next one third, etc.). HU125 Entry Fees 1. No competition may require a combined entry fee in any B or C rated section. A horse that is entered in a section that requires a combined entry fee may be entered in individual classes in another section for which he is qualified. (Exception: the horse may not be entered in the stake class unless it has met all qualifications.) A horse that is exhibited in the first performance class of an A rated section must pay a combined entry fee. After the first performance class exhibitors may enter individual classes at management s discretion. 2. A Model class may not be included in a combined entry fee. It must always be offered separately as an optional class. 3. Prize money in all rated classes at all licensed competitions must be distributed as follows: a minimum of 30% for 1st, 22% for 2nd, 15% for 3rd, with the balance to be distributed at competition management s discretion. SUBCHAPTER HU-8 Hunter Sections HU126 General Hunter classes are to be judged on performance, way of moving and soundness. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 215 of 400

216 HU127 Under Saddle and Hack Classes 1. In Under Saddle and Hunter Hack classes, horses are shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. Light contact with the horse s mouth is required. Horses should be obedient, alert, responsive and move freely. They should not be eliminated for slight errors. Judges may ask horses to hand gallop collectively, one way of the ring. (Exception: green classes.) No more than eight will be asked to hand gallop at one time. (Exception: Hunter National Championships see Championship Specifications) All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 2. To be eligible for a Model or Under Saddle class counting toward a Championship in any A or B rated section, horses must be entered in at least one full point class over obstacles in the same section during the competition. To maintain awards or points won in the aforementioned classes the competitor must complete the course in at least one class. HU128 Non-rated Classes 1. The following classes have no point value for Championships or for Horse of the Year Awards. Judging percentages are left to the discretion of competition management. (Exception: Hunter Hack for Ladies Side Saddle.) a. MAIDEN, NOVICE, LIMIT HUNTERS. Open to horses which have not won a blue ribbon, three blue ribbons, six blue ribbons in hunter over fences classes at Regular Competitions. b. HUNTER HACK. To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. At least eight horses, if available, are required to jump two obstacles and gallop one way of the ring. Horses are not to gallop in Green Hunter classes. c. BRIDLE PATH HACK (Hunter type). To be shown at a walk, trot and canter and hand gallop. To back easily and stand quietly. Emphasis is placed on actual suitability to purpose. d. THREE-YEAR-OLD HUNTER. Section must include two or three Over Fences classes and one Under Saddle class with a Championship and Reserve Championship awarded. If possible, this section should be held immediately after the Three-Year-Old Hunter Breeding class. Courses are to be simple. One Over Fences class must be judged on at least 25% conformation. e. Walk-Trot. 1. Classes that the exhibitor is asked to walk and trot only. These classes are exempted from non-member fees per GR901.9(5). 2. The horse must give the appearance of being a safe and suitable mount for the class. The safety of all exhibitors is of primary concern in walktrot hunter, walk-trot pleasure and walk-trot equitation classes. HU129 Hunter Eligibility and Green Eligibility Status for Horses 1. In all cases, the hunter eligibility and green status of the horse is the responsibility of the owner. 2. Hunter eligibility for a horse begins when a horse of any age, competes for the first time in any over fences class with jumps at three feet (3 0 ) in height or higher in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 3. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, competing in jumper classes affects its Green Status and Eligibility according to HU Horses may enter the Green Hunters in any height section for which they are eligible. Further eligibility in the Green Hunter section is determined by the height section in which they enter the system. 5. When a horse begins its hunter eligibility competing in hunter or equitation classes or sections with fence heights of , it remains eligible for Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 for two competition years (not necessarily consecutive). 6. A horse that competes in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation class at a recognized competition in the United States or Canada with fence heights of 3 6 or higher is no longer eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 0 section but remains eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 3 section. A horse may compete in any other hunter or equitation class with fence heights of a maximum of 3 6 if otherwise eligible a maximum of four (4) times in one competition year prior to August 1 and remain eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 3. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher a fifth time in one competition year, it is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year. If a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher after August 1, it is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a Federation or USHJA National Championship/Event with fence heights of 3 6 or higher he is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 0 or 3 3 sections. 9. Following a horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year, it is eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 9 section for one year. That one year will commence the next competition year that the horse competes in any hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher. For jumper restrictions see HU A horse that has completed his Green Hunter 3 9 year is no longer eligible for any Green Hunter section. 11. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, the following jumper restrictions apply: a. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 3 (or 1.0m when class specifications list fence height in metric). b. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 6, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 6 (or 1.10m when class specifications list fence height in metric). c. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 9, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 9 (or 1.20m when class specifications list fence height in metric). 12. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 13. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th Green status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. HU130 Green Hunter Sections 1. A horse may compete in only one Green Hunter fence height section at any one competition. 2. Green Hunters are divided into Green 3, Green 3 3, Green 3 6 and Green Green Hunters are required to jog for soundness. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 216 of 400

217 4. A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and 3 9 sections must offer an over fence class as a handy hunter. A handy hunter class may be offered in any Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 sections but is not required. HU131 Young Hunter Eligibility and Status for Horses 1. Young Hunter age restrictions are defined as: a. Young Hunter 3 0 horses five years of age and under b. Young Hunter 3 3 horses six years of age and under c. Young Hunter 3 6 horses seven years of age and under 2. Horses eligible for the Young Hunters may begin competing in any Young Hunter height section for which they are eligible. Further eligibility in the Young Hunter section is determined by the height section in which they enter the hunter eligibility system. (see HU ) 3. A horse is eligible to compete in an age-restricted hunter class from December 1 of the competition year in which they reach the applicable age at any time during that same competition year. 4. Age of horse must be verified in accordance with Federation policies and procedures prior to competing for awards in the Young Hunter sections. Age can be verified using only the following documents: a. Registration papers or Certificate of Pedigree from a breed or sport horse registry. b. Passport issued by a World Breed Federation Sport Horse (WBFSH) recognized registry. 5. When a horse begins its hunter eligibility competing in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation class or section with fence heights of , it remains eligible for Young Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 for two competition years provided it is eligible by age. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 6. A horse that competes in any hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher is no longer eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 0 section but remains eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 3 section if otherwise eligible. A horse may compete in any other hunter or equitation class with fence heights of a maximum of 3 6 a maximum of four (4) times in one com- petition year prior to August 1 and remain eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 3. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher a fifth time in one competition year, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Young Hunter 3 6 year. If a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher after August 1, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Young Hunter 3 6 year. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a Federation or USHJA National Championship/Event with fence heights of 3 6 or higher, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section. 9. A horse that has completed his Young Hunter 3 6 year is no longer eligible for any Young Hunter section. 10. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, the following jumper restrictions apply: a. To remain eligible for Young Hunter 3 0 and 3 3, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 3 (or 1.0m when class specifications list fence height in metric). b. To remain eligible for Young Hunter 3 6, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 6 (or 1.10m when class specifications list fence height in metric). 11. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 12. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th, Young Hunter status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. HU132 Young Hunter Sections 1. A horse may compete in only one Young Hunter fence height section at any one competition. 2. Young Hunters are not required to jog for soundness. 3. A handy hunter class may be offered in the Young Hunter 3 0, 3 3, and 3 9 sections but is not required. HU133 High Performance, Performance, Small Hunter and Thoroughbred Hunter Definition and Classifications 1. A High Performance or Performance Hunter is a horse of any age and is not restricted by previous showing. 2. High Performance Hunter a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU127.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. e. The High Performance section must offer the greatest amount of prize money of all hunter sections at the com- petition. (Exception: When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Performance Hunter or the Green Hunter, see HU159) 3. Performance Hunter 3 6 a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU127.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 217 of 400

218 4. Performance Hunter 3 3 a. Championship and Reserve must be offered in accordance with HU148. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU127.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. 5. Small Hunter a. Fences set at 3. b. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. c. This section will be C rated for Horse Of The Year Awards as per GR d. Individual classes may be entered. e. A small hunter is a horse over 14.2 hands and not to exceed 15 hands 2 1/2 inches. f. A measurement card is required for all horses entered as per HJ Thoroughbred Hunter a. Thoroughbred restricted classes are open only to horses that are registered with USHJA and are in possession of Breed Registry papers. Horses must have been either registered with The Jockey Club or meet one of the criteria below. All horse shows must require riders to verify registration on the day of the horse show through one of the following methods: 1. The Jockey Club Certificate of Foal Registration or a copy thereof 2. The horse s lip tattoo, the horse s 5-cross pedigree and the successful tattoo lookup result from The Jockey Club s Tattoo Identification Services, (located at www. registry.jockeyclub.com) 3. If neither of the above is available, a letter from The Jockey Club verifying the horse s identity. b. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in the prize list. c. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. d. This section will be C rated for Zone Horse of the Year Awards as per GR HU134 Conformation Hunter Sections 1. Model Classes for Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 and High Performance Conformation Hunter: a. To be shown at a walk and trot. To be judged on conformation, way of moving and soundness. b. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. c. Model classes to count 1/2 points. 2. In a combined section, if a horse is eligible for more than one section; the exhibitor must declare to the Competition Secretary which height section the points are to count toward. 3. No horse may compete in more than one height section of a combined division. 4. No credit will be given in combined sections unless three entries have competed. 5. A horse must be eligible for the Green Hunter 3 6 in order to be eligible for Green Conformation Hunter High Performance Conformation Hunter fences to be 3 9 and open to all horses. 7. All Conformation sections are to be judged 70% on performance, 30% on conformation. HU135 Amateur Owner Hunter 1. To be ridden by Amateur Owners or an amateur member of the owner s family. In either case classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Leased horses are not eligible and multiple ownership is not permitted unless all owners are members of the same family. 2. An amateur who competes for a person outside of his/her family may not compete in a class restricted to Amateur Owners at the same competition. Exceptions: a. Equitation classes, b. Under Saddle classes, c. and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider, or his/her family, in jumper sections and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in hunter sections, in classes not restricted to amateur owners. (For Amateur rules please see GR1306) 3. To be judged on performance and soundness. If conformation is to be judged, it may not count more than 25%. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 4. If an Under Saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, provided at least one horse is ridden by the Amateur Owner or an amateur member of the owner s family, the additional horse(s) entered may be ridden by another amateur regardless of rider s age. 5. Cross entry Riders may cross enter between the Adult Amateur (if Zone Specifications permit), Amateur Owner 3 3 and/or the Amateur Owner 3 6 sections. Horses may not cross enter between the sections. HU136 Adult Amateur 1. Competitions must offer Adult Amateur Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of the applicable USHJA zone. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1 of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Adult Amateur Hunter section: a. To be ridden by exhibitors who have reached their 18th birthday as of December 1 of the current competition year and who hold a current Federation Amateur Status. b. Horses and riders entered in the Adult Amateur Hunter sections may not compete in the Amateur Owner Hunter section at the same competition. Riders entered in the Adult Amateur Hunter sections may not compete in any other class in which obstacles are required to exceed 3 9 (1.15m) at the same competition. (Exception: USHJA National Hunter Derby). c. Horses may be entered in Junior Hunter sections at the same competition if ridden by a member of the same family. d. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in the prize list. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 218 of 400

219 2. To be judged on performance and soundness, suitability to count. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 3. If an under saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, all riders must be amateurs but need not be eligible by age. 4. When a section is divided by age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. HU137 Hunter Eligibility and Green Status for Ponies 1. In all cases, the hunter eligibility and green status of the pony is the responsibility of the owner. 2. Determining Hunter eligibility for ponies. Hunter eligibility for a pony begins when a pony of any age, competes for the first time in any over fences class with jumps at 2 3 or higher for small ponies, 2 6 or higher for medium ponies and 2 9 or higher for large ponies in Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 3. Determining Green Status for ponies. Ponies that have not broken their Green Status must jump less than their regulation height or their Green Status will be broken. The Green status of a pony is determined by the following factors in competition experience at Hunter or Hunter /Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America: a. The height of fences (determined by the class, section or division specifications) over which a pony has competed. b. The number of competition years a pony has competed at regulation height. A pony that has competed in such classes for one (1) or more competition years, without receiving a reinstatement, is no longer eligible to compete in the Green section. 4. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 5. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th, Green status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. 6. Green Pony Status. a. A green pony is a pony not exceeding 14.2 hands of any age, which is eligible to compete in the Green Pony section. A pony s Green Hunter eligibility, regardless of age, begins the first time the pony competes in any over fences class with jumps at 2 3 or higher for small ponies, 2 6 or higher for medium ponies and 2 9 or higher for large ponies in Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. b. A pony is eligible to compete as a Green Pony for a maximum of one (1) year regardless of age or change to measurement status. A pony that has changed height sections in its green year may complete the green year at its new height. c. In its first year of showing at regulation height or higher, a green pony may also compete in the Regular Pony Hunter section at its respective height. d. Once a pony begins competing in any class that restricts Green status, it may no longer compete in any Jumper class held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America or it will lose its Green status. e. A Pony Hunter Green reinstatement may be granted one time. A pony is not eligible for a green reinstatement if it has competed in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby or the US Hunter and/or Jumper Pony Championship. 7. Green Pony Reinstatement. A pony cannot return to compete in the section for which the reinstatement application was made until written notification has been received from the Federation that the reinstatement has been granted. A pony s eligibility to compete in restricted sections may be reinstated for a future competition year provided that: a. The pony was not shown at the regulation height or higher at more than four (4) competitions prior to September 1st of the current competition year. b. The pony was not shown at the regulation height or higher on or after September 1st of the current competition year. c. The pony no longer competes at the regulation height or higher immediately upon application for reinstatement. d. The pony is otherwise eligible for a reinstatement under Federation rules. e. The horse or pony is actively recorded with the Federation at the time of the request. If the horse or pony is not actively recorded at the time of request, it must be recorded/renewed at that time. If the horse or pony is not recorded/renewed at the time of application, the reinstatement request will automatically be denied. HU138 Ages, Sizes and Restrictions for Ponies 1. No animal may be shown in a performance class in this division unless the owner possesses a current measurement card or valid measurement form issued by the Federation (see HJ600). 2. Regular classes are open to all ponies not exceeding 14.2 hands. Qualifications must follow as nearly as possible those outlined for Hunters. 3. Small ponies: a. Small ponies are not to exceed 12.2 hands b. No junior over 12 years of age may ride in a Regular Small Pony Hunter Section. 4. Medium ponies: a. Medium ponies are over 12.2 and do not exceed 13.2 hands b. No junior over 14 years of age may ride in a Regular Medium Pony Hunter Section. 5. Large ponies: a. Large ponies are over 13.2 and do not exceed 14.2 hands. 6. Green ponies: a. Riders under the age of 18 years may ride in any Green Hunter Pony section. The rider age restrictions for the Regular Hunter Pony sections do not apply to the Green Hunter Pony section. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 219 of 400

220 7. Riders under 18 years of age may ride for other exhibitors who have more than one entry in the Under Saddle class and/or exhibit the pony in the model class. 8. Ponies must be handled by junior exhibitors in all phases of a class, except in breeding classes in-hand. 9. Restrictions: a. Stallions are prohibited from all Pony Hunter classes except breeding classes. b. Number that may be shown: 1. No rider may show more than three ponies in any green pony hunter height section. 2. In the regular pony hunter sections, a rider may ride three ponies in one height section and a maximum of two ponies in each remaining height section at Premier rated competitions. 3. At National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions, a rider may ride a maximum of 3 ponies in each height section. c. Junior riders showing ponies cannot compete in any class where fences may be set higher than 3 6 at the same competition (Exception Children s Jumpers, USHJA International Hunter Derby, Junior Hunter Classics, Pony Jumpers and WIHS Equitation Jumper Phase.) Additionally, junior riders competing Green Ponies but not Regular Ponies are exempt from this fence height restriction. HU139 Pony Hunter 1. Manners of the pony and suitability of the pony to the rider must be emphasized in all classes. Extreme speed must be penalized. Suitability of a pony for a rider is determined by height of rider as related to the height of the pony. Judges must penalize but not necessarily eliminate an entry not having such suitability and manners. 2. Class Specifications. a. Classes are the same as those listed for Hunters. Maiden, Novice, Limit and Green Ponies are not to gallop. b. Conformation must not exceed 25% in any class except a Model class. c. Appointment classes are prohibited in all competitions. Uniformity and similarity may count 15% in Team and Pair classes. d. Model and Conformation classes should occur on the same day. If a Model class is held it must be the first class held in any section. 3. Separate Championships must be offered when all classes are divided into height sections but cannot be offered unless they are divided. See HU148 HU151 for all requirements. 4. Championships. Show Champions and Reserve Champions are selected as outlined in GR808. HU140 Junior Hunter 3 3 and Riders must not have reached their 18th birthday (See GR127). 2. All horses showing in the Junior Hunter Section at Regular Competitions must have a Federation measurement card. a. A large Junior Hunter is over 16 hands. b. A small Junior Hunter is 16.0 hands and under. 3. Junior Hunter. In all classes manners will be emphasized and extreme speed will be penalized. 4. Conformation is not to exceed 25% in any class except a Model class. In Junior Working Hunter sections no more than 50% of the classes may be judged on conformation. 5. Show championships: a. Separate Championships must be offered when all classes are divided but cannot be offered unless they are divided. b. The Champion and Reserve titles are awarded to the top two of the four horses which have acquired the most points performing over a regulation course in the Junior Hunter section. In addition to these points only these horses will receive half points for ribbons won in Model classes and full points for ribbons won in Under Saddle classes if otherwise qualified. The prize list must specify which classes will count. 6. Restrictions for all Junior Hunter sections: a. Stallions are prohibited from all Junior Hunter classes. b. Ponies may not be entered in Junior Hunter classes if Pony Hunter classes are offered at the same competition. c. Horses cannot be entered in more than one age section of the same class. d. If two or more sections are offered, horses cannot be entered in more than one section. e. Number of horses ridden f. In A rated Junior Hunter sections divided by age of rider only, no exhibitor may ride more than two (2) large and two (2) small Junior Hunters in any section. g. In A rated Junior Hunter sections offered by the height of horse, an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) horses in any section. If sections offered by height of horse are combined, an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) large and two (2) small junior hunters in the combined section. h. In A rated Junior Hunter sections divided by height of horse and age of rider an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) horses in each section. i. In B and C rated and Local Junior Hunter sections, no exhibitor may ride more than three (3) horses in a class. 7. Junior Hunter 3 3 restrictions: a. Riders may not cross-enter into any class at 3 6 or higher in the Hunter division, higher than 3 9 in the Equitation division or higher than 1.20m in the Jumper division at the same competition. b. Horses entered in the Junior Hunter 3 3 section may not cross-enter into the Junior Hunter 3'6" section at the same competition. 8. If the Junior Hunter section is split by height of animal, the horse may be shown over fences by different riders as long as they are from the same age group. 9. If an under saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, all riders must be juniors but need not be eligible by age. HU 141 Children s Hunter Sections 1. If fence heights are changed to accommodate ponies in Children s Hunter classes, measurement cards in accordance with HJ600 are required for all entries. 2. Children s Hunter Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 220 of 400

221 Competitions must offer Children s Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of applicable USHJA Zone. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1 of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Children s Hunter section: a. To be ridden by exhibitors who have not reached their 18th birthday as of December 1 of the current competition year. b. Restrictions: 1. Riders entered in Children s Hunter sections may not compete over fences in any other class at the same competition in which obstacles are required to exceed 3 3. (Exception: USHJA National Hunter Derby). 2. Horses and ponies entered in Children s Hunter classes may not cross enter into Junior Hunter 3 6 sections or Pony Hunter sections at the same competition. 3. Ponies shown in Children s Hunter Pony sections may not be shown by an adult at the same competition, except in breeding classes in-hand. 4. Horses entered in Children s Hunter classes may be shown in the Amateur Owner Hunter section at the same competition if ridden by a member of the child s family. 5. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in prize list. 6. Stallions are prohibited from all Children s Hunter classes. 7. If two or more sections are offered, horses cannot be entered in more than one section. SUBCHAPTER HU-9 HUNTER & PONY HUNTER BREEDING HU142 General 1. Classes will only accumulate Federation Horse of the Year Points from January 1 to November 30 of the current show year (see GR1115). (Exception: Pony Hunter Breeding will accumulate Zone Horse of the Year points.) 2. Classes must be offered as printed in the prize list. Classes may not be combined however they may be split if the number of entries warrant. 3. Ribbons in all classes must be presented to the winners while in the ring. 4. Each entry will have only one handler per class. The same handler will present the horse in all phases of the class including the jog. 5. A competition may not offer more than one hunter breeding division to count for National or Zone HOTY Awards and one pony hunter breeding division to count for Zone HOTY awards. 6. Additional classes and championships may be offered but will not count towards National or Zone Horse Of The Year Awards. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Horse of the Year Awards. HU143 Hunter Breeding 1. The Hunter Breeding Section is open to horses only. a. Horses shown as a Thoroughbred must have been either registered with The Jockey Club or meet one of the criteria below. All competitions must require verification of registration on the day of the competition through one of the following methods: 1. The Jockey Club Certificate of Foal registration or a copy thereof 2. The horse s lip tattoo, the horse s 5-cross pedigree and the successful tattoo lookup result from The Jockey Club s Tattoo Identification Services, (located at 3. If neither of the above is available, a letter from The Jockey Club verifying the horse s identity. 2. Division of Classes. Breeding classes may be divided as to a) thoroughbred, and b) other than thoroughbred and include: Foals (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Yearlings (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Two-year-olds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Three-year-olds; Mares (3 years old or over, with or without foal); Mares (3 years old or over, without foal but having been bred); Broodmares (with foal at foot; 50% mare and 50% foal or 75% mare and 25% foal); Stallions (3 years old and over); Stallion (with 1, 2 or 3 of get; 50% stallion and 50% get or 75% stallion and 25% get). See also HU143.1 and GR907.2 for breed registry requirements. 3. Class Specifications. a. Breeding classes are judged on conformation, way of moving, quality, substance, soundness and suitability to become or in the case of sires and dams apparent ability to produce or beget hunters. Possible inheritable conformational defects are only to be considered in the case of sires and dams or prospective sires and dams. Horses are to be judged for conformation before being walked and/or trotted. Broodmares and weanlings are to walk. Yearlings, Two year-olds and Three year-olds are to walk and trot. Horses that are not sound are ineligible for an award. Entries should be lined up in the order of preference before the ribbons are pinned. b. Foals in Breeding classes may wear leather halters. All animals of yearling status and older must be shown in a bridle. Only a snaffle or straight bar bit may be used. A properly fitted in hand leather lead and chain, such as a new market or V shank type may be substituted for reins. A properly fitted in hand leather lead may also be substituted for reins. A properly fitted chain should be short enough to prevent the horse from getting it in his/her mouth and should never be placed over the nose or tightly under the chin. c. Four classes must be offered consisting of Yearlings, Two-year-olds, Three-year-olds and Best Young Horse. Classes may not be combined. Classes may be divided by sex and/or breeding and competition management is encouraged to divide classes where entries warrant. Only these classes will count for Federation Horse of the Year Awards. A Best Young Horse class must be offered and judged as a separate class. Winners in all qualifying classes may show in the Best Young Horse class. Second place winners may return. Federation Horse of the Year points will be awarded in the Best Young Horse class regardless of the number of entries. 4. Conduct. A competition may not offer more than two Hunter Breeding divisions to count for HOTY awards at any one competition. Each division must be judged by a different judge or judges, with neither judge conferring with the other concerning the judging until the divisions are completed. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Federation points. Additional classes and division championships may be offered but will not count for Federation points. HU144 Pony Hunter Breeding 1.Pony Hunter Breeding classes are open to ponies. 2. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1st of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Pony Hunter Breeding Division: a. Ponies in the Pony Hunter Breeding Division are not required to have a measurement card. However, a pony may be subject to measurement by the competition steward to verify a height that does not exceed 14.2 hands. b. Division of Classes. Foals (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Yearlings (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Two year-olds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Three year-olds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Broodmares (with foal at foot and/or bred with a breeding certificate); Stallions (three year olds and over); Produce of Dam (two ponies produced by the same mare); Get of Sire (two ponies sired by the same stallion). Animals shown in the Produce or Get classes must be three years of age or younger. c. Conduct. A Competition may not offer more than two Pony Hunter Breeding divisions to count for HOTY Zone awards at any one competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 221 of 400

222 Each division must be judged by a different judge or judges, with neither judge conferring with the other concerning the judging until the divisions are completed and the cards are turned in. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Federation Zone points. Additional classes and division championships may be offered but will not count for Federation Zone points. 3. Class Specifications. a. Breeding classes are judged on conformation, way of moving, quality, substance, soundness and suitability to become Pony Hunters. Transmissible unsoundness is only to be considered in the case of sires and dam or prospective sires and dams. Ponies are to be judged for conformation before being walked and/or jogged. Brood- mares and weanlings are to walk. Yearlings, Two year-olds and Three year-olds are to walk and jog. Ponies that are not sound are ineligible for an award. If the section has only one judge and thus one set of points, the entries should be lined up in order of preference before the ribbons are pinned. If this is a two-judge section, with two sets of points, the entries are not lined up in the order of preference until both judges have turned in their cards. The announcer or ringmaster will line up Judge #1 s entries in his/her order of preference before awarding the ribbons. After the entries have been pinned for the first judge, Judge #2 s entries will line up in his/her order of preference before the awarding of ribbons. b. All entries may either be shown in a bridle or a leather halter. c. Four classes must be offered consisting of Yearlings, Two year-olds, Three year olds and Best Young Pony. Classes may not be combined. Classes may be divided by sex. Management is encouraged to divide classes where entries warrant. Only these classes will count for Federation Zone Horse of the Year Awards. d. A Best Young Pony class must be offered and judged as a separate class. Winners in all qualifying classes may show in the best Young Pony Class. Second place winners may return. Federation Zone Horse of the Year Points will be awarded in the Best Young Pony class regardless of the number of entries. SUBCHAPTER HU-10 LADIES SIDE SADDLE HU145 Ladies Side Saddle Classes (See also EQ104.1) 1. To be ridden by ladies who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. 2. Stallions not permitted. 3. To be judged on performance and soundness with emphasis on manners 75%; formal hunting attire, appointments and general overall appearance of horse and rider 25%. Judges should give particular consideration to quality, condition and cleanliness of tack. Mane and tail must be braided, (Exception: roached manes or pulled tails). Judges must line up exhibitors in order of preference before checking appointments. 4. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 5. Over Fences: To be shown over a course of at least eight fences 3 in height. No in and out to be used. 6. Under Saddle: To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring in formal hunting attire with appointments. See HU146-HU147. If the Under Saddle class is not scheduled as the first class of the section, the schedule must allow at least two hours to prepare before the start. 7. Hunter Hack: To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. Judges may ask for a hand gallop but no more than eight to hand gallop at one time. To jump two fences at 2 6. To be judged on performance and soundness with an emphasis on manners. Under Saddle performance to count 50%, Over Fences performance to count 50%. 8. Three classes must be offered: Over Fences, Under Saddle and Hunter Hack. a. All three classes will count equally for the Championship. b. In cases of ties, horses are to hack off for Champion and Reserve. c. HOTY points will be awarded in the Over Fences classes to entries that place, provided that there are at least three horses entered and shown in the Over Fences class. d. At least three entries must compete in the Under Saddle class and the Hunter Hack class for HOTY points to count. HU146 Ladies Side Saddle Attire 1. Hat: See GR Neckwear: Plain white hunting stock neatly tied and fastened with a plain gold safety pin. Latter should be horizontal. 3. Habit: Melton or other cloth of black or dark blue color, unless bona fide member of a recognized hunt whose livery color is different; then hunt livery color with hunt colors is permissible. Lining must match. 4. Breeches: Same color as habit. 5. Collar: Same material and color as coat unless bona fide member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt colors in which case, the collar should conform to the livery of the hunt and be worn only on coats of the hunt livery color. 6. Vest: Of plain white, buff or yellow material, unless bona fide member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt s livery in which case, the vest should conform to the livery of the hunt and be worn only with habits of the hunt livery color. 7. Buttons: Must conform to hunt livery. Usual specifications are: Brass or bone on vest. Black bone on black or dark blue coat. If bona fide member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt button, it should be engraved with the hunt emblem, otherwise it should be plain. 8. Boots: Black, without tops: of plain black calf without tabs. Boot garters, if worn, plain black. Zippers and laces are not permitted. 9. Spur: Optional. If worn, must be regular hunting spur, without rowels worn high on the heel. 10. Whip: Light hunting whip with thong required. 11. Gloves: Plain; heavy wash leather or brown leather gloves. 12. Rain Gloves: White or light colored rain gloves. Should be carried on off (right) side under billets and just showing in front of saddle flap. Fingers forward, thumbs in. 13. Jewelry: Except for finger rings and small plain stud earrings for pierced ears, jewelry is not permitted. 14. Hair: With hair net, preferably in bun. Must be neat and unobtrusive. 15. Boutonniere not permitted. 16. Mane and Tail: Must be braided. (Exception: roached mane and pulled tails). HU147 Ladies Side Saddle Tack and Equipment 1. Sandwich Case: Required for appointments. Must be combined sandwich case and flask. Sandwich case must contain a plain white-meat sandwich, crusts removed, cut on the diagonal, wrapped in wax paper; a linen handkerchief or napkin is optional and flask must contain sherry or tea. 2. Bridle: Must be either double or pelham. First definitely preferable. All leather must be flat. A cavesson noseband must be used. Rubber, laced, and plaited reins are not permissible. Stitched in leather preferred. 3. Breastplate: Optional, but preferred. All leather must be flat. 4. Martingales: Not permitted on the flat or in Hunter Hack, permitted in over fences classes. 5. Saddles: Must be plain English type. May have doeskin or suede seat and pommel. Lining may be leather or linen. Numnahs and saddle cloth not permitted. 6. Girths: Triple fold leather. No elastic permitted. Cannot be shaped. Balance girth, either separate or stitched to triple fold girth, is necessary. First definitely preferable. Girth cover not permitted. 7. Irons: Should be regular side saddle iron with oval eye or safety stirrup. Should be large, workmanlike and polished, without pads. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 222 of 400

223 SUBCHAPTER HU-11 SHOW CHAMPIONSHIPS HU148 General 1. Show Championships must be offered in A and B rated sections. 2. A Championship may not be offered in a section unless a minimum of two over fences classes and one Under Saddle class are held. A Championship will not count for points unless a minimum of three entries compete in at least two over fences classes and one under saddle class (Exception: Ladies Side Saddle, see HU145; Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter, and any other sections where individual classes may be entered, see HU148.3). If a competition offers more than one Under Saddle class in any one section, only one will count towards the Championship. (Exception: classes divided as to weight, height, age or breeding.) The prize list must specify the class to count. 3. The number of Championship and Reserve Championships that are awarded will be determined by the number of sections created from dividing the first over fences class. In order to award a section Championship in the Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter, and any other sections where individual classes may be entered at least two (2) over fences classes per section and one (1) under saddle class must be held in which a minimum of three (3) entries compete. When multiple Championships are awarded when using the California Split method, under saddle classes with fewer than thirty (30) entries are not required to be split. When multiple Championships are awarded and only one under saddle class is held the points from the one under saddle class will be used to calculate the Championship for both sections. When a random split is used, multiple Championships may only be awarded if a minimum of two (2) over fences and one (1) under saddle class are held per section. a. When a Championship is offered, management must keep a score card or chart of winnings throughout the competition, which must be prominently displayed so that exhibitors may inspect it at all times. Only the first six ribbons count towards Championships regardless of the number offered. b. Ribbons won in classes with specifications restricting horses in any manner, will not count toward any Championship unless such classes are complementary and over the same course, affording equal opportunity to all horses competing. If, however, competition management, having reserved the right to do so in the prize list, combines two or more complementary classes because of insufficient entries, thus making one open class, ribbons won in such a class count toward the Championship. HU149 Show Championship Eligibility 1. General. a. The Champion and Reserve Champion titles are awarded to the top two of the four horses that acquired the most points performing over a regulation course with obstacles at the full height required in the section in which shown, except under the provisions of HU148. In addition to these points, only these four horses, receive half points for ribbons won in Model classes and full points for ribbons won in one Under Saddle class. Exception: High Performance and Performance Hunter sections with three classes receive half points for the under saddle class, see HU133. b. The prize list must state the numbers of the full point and half point classes counting towards the Championship in each section. 2. The following classes do not count towards nor make a horse eligible for Championships: Appointment, Breeding, Local, Junior, Consolation, Maiden, Novice, Limit, Owners, Hunter Hack, Pairs, Teams and any class restricted unless complementary classes are offered. Points won in one section do not count towards nor make a horse eligible for the Championship in another section. HU150 Ties 1. In case of a tie score the Championship and/or Reserve is awarded to the horse that accumulated the most points over fences. If horses have an equal number of points over fences and no points under saddle, the tied horses will be asked to compete in a hack off, or independent under saddle class, to be judged on soundness and performance at the walk, trot and canter. Competitors may be asked to hand gallop at the discretion of the judge. (Exception: Green Hunters and Young Hunters.) Any competitor may concede to the other if they choose not to hack off, or if both competitors agree, they may choose to break the tie with a coin toss. If horses have an equal number of points over fences, under saddle, and model (i.e. Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or High Performance Conformation Hunter) the tie will stand as is and both horses will receive Horse of the Year Points in their respective Champion and/or Reserve position. 2. If all tied horses are declared unsound, selection of the winner among such tied competitors is left to the discretion of the judges. HU151 Combination Hunter Championship All competitions with a limited number of Hunter classes, including events in more than one section (i.e. High Performance Conformation or Green Conformation Hunter 3 6, Green, High Performance or Performance Hunter), may count points won in such classes toward a Combination Hunter Championship. A Combination Hunter Championship and Reserve are awarded to two of the four horses which have acquired the most points performing over a regulation Hunter course with fences the height required in the section in which shown. In addition to these points, only these horses receive half points for ribbons won in Model, Maiden, Novice, Limit and Green classes and full points for ribbons won in one Under Saddle class or, if not held, in one Hunter Hack class, if otherwise qualified. The prize list must specify which classes count. This Championship does not count toward a Federation Horse of the Year Award except for Amateur Owners Hunters. HU152 Challenge Trophies If a Challenge Trophy for a Championship is being offered in a section that has not previously been divided it must be awarded to the horse which has obtained the most points towards the Championship in its respective section. If a Challenge Trophy for a class is being offered in a class that has not previously been divided it shall be awarded to the first place winner with the best performance. SUBCHAPTER HU-12 DIVISION OF SECTIONS OR CLASSES Combining and Dividing of Sections or Classes HU153 General 1. Sections must be divided or combined based on the number of entries in the first over fences class and may not be combined or divided after the first class. Exception: Performance/High Performance Working Hunter, see HU159.1b. 2. No section may be divided if there are less than 30 entries with the exception of those sections required to split sections based on the number of entries for a particular fence height, horse size, or rider age section i.e:. a. Exception: Green Hunter (HU159.2) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 223 of 400

224 Young Hunter (HU159.3) Junior Hunter (HU159.5) Amateur Owner Hunter (HU159.6) B and C rated Pony Hunter sections (HU159.8) Children s and Adult Amateur Hunter sections refer to HU159.9; HU and sections governed by USHJA Zone Specifications. 3. Any section with 50 or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are 50 or more entries remaining in a section after it has been divided, the section must be redivided by every other number. Once a section has been redivided it may not be divided further. HU154 Prize Money Prize money must be doubled whenever a section is divided. HU155 Methods of Dividing 1.California Split (see HU156 Below for definition) 2. Floating Split (see HU157 Below for definition) 3. Junior/Amateur (see HU158 Below for definition) 4. Size of Horse 5. Age of Rider HU156 Definition of a California Split: 1.The California Split is used to divide large classes. The judge keeps track of twice the number of placings required for either ribbons or the jog order. At the completion of the jog, the judge creates two separate orders using alternating numbers in the following manner: the highest score is first in Section A, the second highest score is first in Section B, the third highest score is second in Section A, the fourth highest score is second in Section B and so on until all placings are awarded or the jog order is complete. The result is two sections of the same class being pinned separately. Competition Management may choose to split classes using the California Split after the class has started. Example: Horse s Placing 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th Prize Awarded 1st 1st 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 4th 4th 5th 5th 6th 6th 7th 7th 8th 8th 2. Jog. The judge will call one jog order of up to twenty (20) horses. Once the horses have jogged for soundness and the jog has been made official, the A and B sections will be pinned using the California Split. 3. Under Saddle. A Section with twelve (12) or less must be judged as one class using the California Split. Sections that are judged under the California Split must have results for Section A and B. A random split will be used for under saddle classes of more than twelve (12). 4. In reckoning Championship points, the top eight horses that receive the most points in the Over Fences classes are awarded points for the Under Saddle and/or Model class(es). The Championship is awarded as follows: Horse with most points Champion Number 1. Horse with second highest points Champion Number 2. Horse with third highest points Reserve Champion Number 1. Horse with fourth highest points Reserve Champion Number 2. HU157 Definition of Floating Split A Floating Split allows management to adjust sections offered split by age in the prize list either up or down in one year increments until the minimum number of entries required for each new section has been reached. As long as the minimum requirements for splitting sections are met, management may split the sections using the age split they deem most appropriate for their competition. Rider age must be given on the entry blank. HU158 Definition of Split by Junior Amateur If there are 30 or more entries in a section that is open to all competitors, Competition Management may choose to divide the section and offer one of the divided sections as restricted to Juniors and Amateurs (See GR127and GR1306-GR1307 for definition of Junior and Amateur). HU159 Combining and Dividing Specific Sections 1. Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter and any sections where individual classes may be entered. a. Combining 1. At all licensed competitions, if there are fewer than six entries in either the Performance Hunter 3 3 or Performance Hunter 3 6 they must be combined, but they cannot be combined with any other hunter sections, except High Performance Hunter. If there are six or more entries in each Performance Hunter section, they must be held separately. 2. At all licensed competitions, if the High Performance Hunter section has fewer than three entries, it may be combined with either the Performance Hunter 3 6 section or with the Green Hunter 3 9 section (or with Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 if offered combined). 3. When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Performance Hunter 3 6 section the following applies: a. When combining High Performance Hunter with Performance Hunters 3 6, the combined sections must offer the same number of classes Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 224 of 400

225 offered by the Performance Hunter section(s) with which it is combined. b. When combining High Performance Hunter with another section, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined sections will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. 4. When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Green Hunter section the following applies: a. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the Green Hunter 3 6 section b. If combined Green Hunter sections have fewer than three entries, they must be combined with High Performance Working Hunter. c. A horse that is eligible for more than one section must be declared and compete in only one. Horses will jump the respective height for the entered section. d. When combining High Performance Working Hunter with another section, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined sections will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. e. When combining a section of High Performance Hunter with either a section of Green Hunter 3 6, Green Hunter 3 9, or both, the combined sections must offer the same number of classes offered by the Green Hunter section(s) with which it is combined. In addition, a section entry fee will be required and individual classes may no longer be entered for the combined section. f. The High Performance Hunter section may be combined with a combined Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 section but may not be combined with any Green Hunter 3 3 or 3 0 sections. b. Dividing: 1. In Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter and any other sections where individual classes may be entered, the sections may only be divided after thirty (30) horses have competed in the first over fences class. Subsequent classes may be divided once twelve (12) horses have competed in each class. For Championships, see HU Green Hunter a. Combining: 1. Green Hunter section(s) may not be combined with any other hunter section(s). (Exception; The High Performance Hunter section may be combined with the Green Hunter 3 6 and 3 9 sections, see HU159.1) 2. Regardless of competition rating, each Green Hunter section that is offered separately must be held separately when there is a minimum of three entries. 3. If there are fewer than three entries in a Green Hunter section, that section must be combined with a contiguous fence height section of the Green Hunter. 4. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three (3) entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the next contiguous fence height section of the Green Hunter. 5. In the case where there are no entries in the fence height section that bridges the gap between the two con-contiguous fence height sections those two non-contiguous fence height sections may be combined. 6. If A rated Green Hunter 3 0 and/or 3 3 sections are combined with A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and/or Green Hunter 3 9 sections a handy hunter class is not required. The combined sections must meet class number requirements for A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and Green Hunter 3 9 and use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. 7. When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Green Hunter section the following applies: a. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the Green Hunter 3 6 section b. If combined Green Hunter sections have fewer than three entries, they must be combined with High Performance Working Hunter. c. A horse that is eligible for more than one section must be declared and compete in only one. Horses will jump the respective height for the entered section. d. When combining High Performance Working Hunter with another section, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined sections will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. e. When combining a section of High Performance Hunter with either a section of Green Hunter 3 6, Green Hunter 3 9, or both, the combined sections must offer the same number of classes offered by the Green Hunter section(s) with which it is combined. In addition, a section entry fee will be required and individual classes may no longer be entered for the combined section. f. The High Performance Hunter section may be combined with a combined Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 section but may not be combined with any Green Hunter 3 3 or 3 0 sections. b. Dividing: 1. Regardless of competition rating, any Green Hunter section that is offered combined must be split by fence height, and sections held separately when there is a minimum of three entries in any one fence height section provided at least three (3) entries remain in each of the other two sections, which would also be held separately, or as one other combined section. Contiguous fence height sections should be combined before combining non-contiguous fence height sections. 3. Young Hunter a. Combining: 1. Young Hunter section(s) may not be combined with any other hunter section. 2. Regardless of competition rating, each Young Hunter section that is offered separately must be held separately when there is a minimum of three entries. If there are fewer than three (3) entries in a Young Hunter section that section must be combined with a contiguous fence height section of the Young Hunter. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three (3) entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the next contiguous fence height section of the Young Hunter. In the case where there are no entries in the fence height section that bridges the gap between the two non-contiguous fence height sections those two non-contiguous fence height sections may be combined. b. Dividing: 1. Regardless of competition rating, any Young Hunter section that is offered as a combined section must be split by fence height, and sections held separately when there is a minimum of three entries in any one fence height section provided at least three (3) entries remain in each of the other two sections, which would also be held separately, or one other combined section. Contiguous fence height sections should be combined before combining non-contiguous fence height sections. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 225 of 400

226 4. Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 and High Performance Conformation Hunter a. Combining: 1. When offered as two sections, if there are fewer than four (4) horses in either the Green Conformation 3 6 or the High Performance Conformation section they must be combined. 2. When combining Green Conformation Hunter with High Performance Conformation Hunter, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined section will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. b. Dividing: If there are four (4) or more horses in each Conformation section they must be held separately. 5. Junior Hunter a. Combining: 1. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, Competition Management may choose to combine the sections. The Competition Management may choose to combine the sections as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. In addition, while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. 2. It is recommended that when competitions anticipate 50 horses or more this section be divided by age of rider or height of horse when prize list is prepared. b. Dividing: 1. When divided, sections must be split using one of the methods from HU155 Methods of Dividing 2. If there are 50 or more entries in the section at the beginning of the first class it must be divided and the prize money must be doubled. A section with less than 30 entries cannot be divided. 3. If there are 50 or more entries remaining in a section after it has been divided, the section must be redivided and the prize money must be doubled. Once a section has been re-divided it may be divided further if management so desires. 4. If the Junior Hunter sections are divided by height of animal, they must be divided into Large and Small. A rated Junior Hunter 3 6 sections at Premier rated competitions must be offered as four sections (large/younger, large/older, small/ younger, small/older). 5. If there are six (6) or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any sections divided by age and/or height of animal, those sections must be combined with other sections. If there is a minimum of twelve (12) entries once any sections have been combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided. Management may determine a cut off time for entering before re-dividing any section(s). 6. Amateur Owner Hunter a. Combining: 1. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, competition management may choose to combine the sections. The competition management may choose to combine the sections as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. In addition, while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. 2. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, these sections may be combined. The competition management may choose to combine the classes as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. b. Dividing: 1. Amateur Owner 3 6 When a section is divided, one section must be offered for amateurs and one section for amateurs over 35 years of age. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six entries in either divided section, they must be combined. If there are a minimum of 12 entries once the sections are combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using either a Floating or California Split. (See HU156 & HU157 for definition of a Floating and California Split.) Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before re-dividing any section(s). When using a floating split the age groups must be posted at the competition office. Rider age must be given on the entry blank. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. 2. Amateur Owner 3 3 When a section is divided, one section must be offered for amateurs and one section for amateurs over 35 years of age. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six entries in either divided section, they must be combined. If there are a minimum of 12 entries once the sections are combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using either a Floating or California Split. (See HU156 & HU157 for definition of a Floating and California Split.) When using a floating split the age groups must be posted at the competition office. Rider age must be given on entry blank. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. 7. Pony Hunter a. Combining: 1. Height sections may be combined if there are three (3) or fewer entries in any height section. Combined height sections should be either small/medium or medium/large but if possible not small/large. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 226 of 400

227 b. Dividing: 1. Classes for Pony Hunters may be divided by height of pony as outlined in HU If there are 50 or more entries in the division at the beginning of the first class, it must be divided by height of pony and prize money must be doubled. 3. If there are 50 entries remaining in a section after the section has been divided by height of pony, the section must be re-divided by every other number and the prize money must be doubled. 4. Once a section has been re-divided it may not be divided further. 5. If a pony under saddle class has over 30 entries, the class must be split and held in at least two sections with one set of awards. 6. If there are four (4) or more entries in each height section of an A rated Regular Pony Hunter section, the height sections must be held separately. 7. If there are a minimum of 10 small/medium ponies combined and 10 large ponies in any B or C rated Regular or Green height Section, the height section must be divided (small/medium and large); prize money need not be doubled. If there is a total of thirty (30) ponies, prize money must be doubled. 8. Green Pony Hunter a. Combining: 1. Green Pony Hunter Sections at National and Premier rated competitions may be combined if there are less than four (4) entries in any height section. b. Dividing: 1. National and Premier rated competitions must split (small, medium and large) if there are four (4) or more entries in any height section. 2. If there are a minimum of 10 small/medium ponies combined and 10 large ponies in any B or C rated Regular or Green height Section, the height section must be divided (small/medium and large); prize money need not be doubled. If there is a total of thirty (30) ponies, prize money must be doubled. 9. Adult Amateur Hunter a. Competitions must offer Adult Amateur Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of each USHJA zone. b. Notice of the use of a floating split and the age groups must be posted at the competition office. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. Age must be given on entry blank. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. If there are fewer than six entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. c. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six (6) or more entries in each divided section the divided sections must be held separately. 10. Children s Hunter a. Children s Hunter sections must be split in accordance with applicable Zone Specifications b. If there are fewer than six entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. SUBCHAPTER HU-13 NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS HU160 USEF Hunter Breeding National Championships 1. In order to compete in the USEF Hunter Breeding National Championship, the horse and owner must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. The owner must be an Active member of the Federation and USHJA. 2. Points for the USEF Hunter Breeding National Championship for Yearlings, Two Year olds and Three Year olds will be awarded as follows: Number in Class: 1 st 2 nd 3 rd 4 th 5 th 6 th Points awarded for the Championship and Reserve Championship are based on the total number of horses entered in all rated classes of the Hunter Breeding section. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 227 of 400

228 Total Number Champion Reserve or more HU161 USEF Pony Hunter 1. Full qualifying criteria and Official Specifications will be posted on the Federation website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. 2. This competition is designed to encourage the breeding of quality Hunter ponies and the proper basic training for them. 3. Eligibility. a. The pony must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA at the time of qualification and on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the pony must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. ponies must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 4. Points. Model and Under Saddle Phase Over Fences Phase (all height sections) 1 st 100 1st nd 90 2nd rd 80 3rd th 70 4th th 60 5th th 50 6th th 40 7th th 30 8th 75 9 th 20 9th th 10 10th 25 Overall Top Twenty (all height sections) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 228 of 400

229 Champion 400 Reserve rd th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th 50 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 229 of 400

230 HU162 USEF U.S. Junior Hunter National Championship 1. Full qualifying criteria and Official Specifications will be posted on the Federation website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. 2. This competition is designed to encourage and promote the basic training and development of Junior Hunters. 3. Eligibility. a. The horse must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA at the time of qualification and on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the horse must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. horses must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 4. Points. All points are based on values below. In classes that have less than 10 entries, the point values will be one-half of what is listed below. Under Saddle Handy Hunter Classic First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh Eighth Ninth Tenth OVERALL (all sections) Champion times the classic Reserve times the classic Third 200 Fourth 150 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 230 of 400

231 Fifth 100 Sixth 90 Seventh 80 Eighth 70 Ninth 60 Tenth Zone or Regional Championships. a. The Chairman of each Zone may request permission of the USHJA to hold a Zone or Regional Championship section. Specifications for these championships will be posted on the USHJA website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. b. Two or more Zone Chairmen may request permission to hold a Regional Championship section including several zones. c. Application must be made to the USHJA office at least sixty days in advance of the holding of the section. d. The location of these sections is subject to the approval of the Federation. e. The Championships are conducted under the same regulations as the USEF Junior Hunter National Championship. (Exception: All points awarded are based on AA point values as per GR1131.5) SUBCHAPTER HU-14 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES HU163 Amateur Owner Hunter Championship 1. The USHJA, at its discretion may choose to hold a National or East and West Championship for Amateur Owner Hunters. This competition is designed to encourage and promote the basic training and development of Amateur Owner Hunters. The Championship must be offered for the Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6 and the Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3 section. Championship(s) must be run in accordance with USHJA specifications found at USHJA.org. 2. Eligibility. a. The horse must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the horse must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. horses must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 3. Points. All points are based on values below. In classes that have less than 10 entries, the point values will be one-half of what is listed below. Placing Under Saddle Handy Hunter Classic First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 231 of 400

232 Seventh Eighth Ninth Tenth OVERALL (all sections) Champion times the classic Reserve times the classic Third 200 Fourth 150 Fifth 100 Sixth 90 Seventh 80 Eighth 70 Ninth 60 Tenth Zone or Regional Championships. a. The Chairman of each Zone may request permission of the USHJA to hold a Zone or Regional Championship section for the riders of each Zone who have won a Champion or Reserve at an A rated Amateur Owner Hunter division within the previous competition year. b. Two or more Zone Chairmen may request permission to hold a Regional Championship section including several zones. c. Application must be made to the USHJA office at least sixty days in advance of the holding of the section. d. The location of these sections is subject to the approval of the USHJA. e. The Championships are conducted under the same regulations as the USHJA Amateur Owner Hunter Championship. (Exception: All points awarded are based on AA point values as per GR1131.5). HU164 International Hunter Derby 1. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 2. Derbies may only be offered at Federation licensed Premier competitions, National competitions which meet or exceed the competition standards of a Premier rating, but do not meet the prize money and/or horse entry standard requirements of a Premier rating and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status. The competition Steward must verify in their report to the Federation that the National competition met all other requirements of a Premier competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 232 of 400

233 3. All classes involved in the USHJA Member Event Series must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on the application procedure, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee determined by the USHJA. This fee must be included in the entry fee. 4. National bonus points will be awarded to each horse s respective section as declared at the time of entry. Only Juniors and Amateurs may declare for the applicable Junior or Amateur Owner section. Horses declared in Open Sections will also be awarded the value of their money won for the declared hunter section. National bonus points may not be credited toward the HOTY awards for the Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or the High Performance Conformation Hunter. The point structure will be as follows: Round #1 Round #2 Overall/ Top 12 1 st nd rd th th th th th th th th th Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at 6. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of USEF and USHJA before the start of the class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. However the points and/or money won will not count for any USEF or USHJA standings or awards unless they are also members of USEF and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with USEF and registered with USHJA. (See GR901.9). 7. Horses competing in this class must have an active recording to be eligible for Horse of the Year points (GR1110). 8. The prize money offered in this class does not count to determine the overall rating the competition. Exception: Premier rated competitions offering $25,000 or more in prize money. 9. Each class must have two sets of two judges, two of which must be a R. A team of judges may include one R and one r judge. 10. Points - USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals Round #1 Round #2 Overall Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 233 of 400

234 1 st nd rd th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th HU165 USHJA National Hunter Derby See for full specifications. USHJA National Hunter Derby may be offered at USEF Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 234 of 400

235 II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. Competing in the USHJA National Hunter Derby does not qualify a horse or rider for the USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals. 2. USHJA National Hunter Derby are open to all horses and ponies; however, distances will not be adjusted for ponies. 3. Management may choose to offer a second USHJA National Hunter Derby restricted to Juniors and Amateurs. In this case, horses may compete in either class but may not cross enter between the two. 4. The same pony may not compete in the USHJA Pony Hunter Derby and the USHJA National Hunter Derby at the same competition. 5. All USHJA National Hunter Derby classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. 6. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee within 14 days of the com- petition. This fee must be included in the 10% entry fee maximum. The per horse entrant fee is $25 at Premier, National and Special Competitions and is $15 at Regional I and Regional II Competitions. 7. Zone bonus points will be awarded per specifications found on the USHJA website. 8. Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at 9. Riders, owners and trainers must be current active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses and ponies must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. Money won in a USHJA National Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA National Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is registered with USHJA. USHJA Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA National Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR If there are forty (40) or more entries in the National Hunter Derby, the class may be split into two (2) separate classes. Management must refer to specifications to determine the split of the class. Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before splitting the National Hunter Derby into two classes. The cutoff time will be no earlier than 24 hours prior to the proposed start time of the National Hunter Derby. See for more specific information. 11. The same horse may not compete in the USHJA National Hunter Derby and International Hunter Derby at the same competition. 12. Each class must have a minimum of two judges. All judges will sit together and provide one score. HU166 USHJA Green Hunter Challenge USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be offered at Federation Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is open to horses of any age eligible under Federation rules to compete in the Green Hunter 3 or Horses are not required to jog for soundness. 3. All USHJA Green Hunter Challenge classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office and on the website at a. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be held as a separate two (2) round class or competitions may utilize the last class of a Green section as the first (1st) round of the Green Hunter Challenge. At least twelve (12) horses, if available, must return for the second (2nd) round. Prize lists must specify if more than twelve (12) horses will be invited to return for the second (2nd) round. 4. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee along with the class results within ten (10) days of the competition. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge entry fee is capped at ten percent (10%) of prize money offered. The per horse entrant fee will be $15 at Premier, National and Special competitions and $10 at Regional I and Regional II competitions. The per horse entrant fee may be added to the entry fee. 5. This per horse entrant fee is not included in calculating the ten percent (10%) entry fee maximum. 6. National and Zone bonus points will be awarded to the horse in the Green hunter 3 0 or 3 3 section. However, horses may be ridden by Professionals, Juniors, or Amateurs. 7. National and Zone bonus points will be awarded for a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge as follows: a. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge in which the first round is the last class of the Green Hunter 3 0 /3 3 Section, National and Zone bonus points will be awarded as follows: 1st-40, 2nd-32, 3rd-28, 4th-24, 5th-20, 6th-16, 7th-12, 8th-10, 9th-8, 10th-6, 11th-4 and 12th-2. b. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge which is held as separate two round class, National and Zone bonus points will be awarded for a as follows: 1st-80, 2nd-64, 3rd-56, 4th- 48, 5th- 40, 6th-32, 7th-24, 8th-20, 9th-16, 10th-12, 11th-8 and 12th A minimum of $750 must be offered when a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is held at a Premier rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition status, a minimum of $500 when held at a National rated competition and a minimum of $250 must be offered when held at a Regional I or Regional II rated competition. If the 10% cap is less than $50, management may charge an entry fee up to the maximum of $ Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA class specifications at Competitions choosing to pay to further places utilizing different payout percentages must state this in their prize list. 10. A competition may choose to offer add-back prize money in addition to the prize money offered, however, the minimum required prize money must be guaranteed. If add-back prize money will be offered, this must be stated in the prize list. 11. Riders, owners and trainers must be current Active members of Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. USHJA National and Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA, the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR No more than one Green Hunter Challenge may be held during a given competition and competitions have the option of offering only one (1) fence height, or both fence heights within the class. If offering only one height, it must be the 3 0 height that is offered. 13. Two (2) judges are required for Premier rated competitions and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status, one of whom must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License. The second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. Only one (1) judge is required for National rated competitions and that judge must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License; only one (1) judge is required for, Regional I and Regional II rated competitions, and that judge must hold a Recorded (small R) USEF Hunter License. Two (2) judges are encouraged when feasible. When utilizing two judges, regardless of competition rating, the second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. 14. When more than one (1) judge officiates, all judges will sit together and provide one (1) score. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 235 of 400

236 HU167 USHJA PONY HUNTER DERBY 1. A USHJA Pony Hunter Derby may be offered at Federation licensed Premier, National, Regional I and Regional IIrated competitions or competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. USHJA Pony Hunter Derby must be offered and run in accordance with official class specifications located at including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per pony entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 3. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Ponies must be registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Points earned in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA Pony Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is registered with USHJA. b. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. c. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if: 1. A minimum of 12 ponies compete in the first round at a Premier or National rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. A minimum of six ponies compete in the first round at a Regional I or II rated competition. 4. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will be awarded for a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby as determined by USHJA. HU168 International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake 1. A USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake may only be offered at Federation licensed competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification and have also been approved to host a USHJA Inter- national Hunter Derby. 2. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 3. USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake must be offered and run in accordance with official class specifications located at including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per horse entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 4. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Money won in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake will only count for any USHJA International Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. b. National HOTY bonus points and money won will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. 5. National HOTY bonus points and money won will be awarded for a USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake as determined by USHJA. HU169 USHJA Pony Breeding Championship 1. USHJA at its discretion may choose to conduct an East and/or West Coast Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s). a. The USHJA Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s) must be run in accordance with official championship specifications located at b. Handlers, riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. c. Ponies must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. d. Zone HOTY bonus points will be awarded for the USHJA Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s) as determined by USHJA. HU170 Hunter Classics 1. Any Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competition may offer a Hunter Classic. 2. Hunter Classics may be offered for any rated sections offered and held at the same competition. An Open Hunter Classic is a classic that is open to entries from multiple hunter sections of the same rating. It is permitted for Open Hunter Classics to encompass several fence heights to correspond with the respective hunter sections being offered. It is not permitted for an Open Hunter Classic to encompass multiple ratings. The prize list must state the specific hunter sections that are invited to compete in the Open Hunter Classic. If a horse competes in more than one hunter section qualifying for the Open Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Competition Secretary. All other provisions of HU170 apply to Open Hunter Classics. a. Six (6) entries are required to conduct a Hunter Classic. b. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any one Hunter Classic, it may combine with other sections of the same rating. Exception: The Adult Amateur Hunter Classic, Children s Pony Hunter Classic and Children s Hunter Classic may be held with the number of entries indicated in the Zone specifications. If Hunter Classics are combined and a horse is shown in more than one section qualifying for the Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Competition Secretary. c. Hunter Classics cannot be divided in any manner and held by section if there are fewer than six (6) entries in each divided section. Exception: A rated sections must have twelve (12) entries to divide. 3. All Hunter Classics must be conducted as a two round class. A handy hunter round may not be used as part of a Hunter Classic. A Hunter Classic may be conducted as a separate two round class or a designated hunter class of the specified Hunter section may be counted as the first round of the Hunter Classic. However, the second round may not be another designated class in the Hunter section, but must be held as a separate round. If a designated class is used as a first round, each round shall count 50%. 4. At National and Premier competitions, in sections with an A rating, Hunter Classics conducted using either a designated hunter class as the first round or a separate two round class must offer at least $1000 in prize money and sections with a B or C rating must offer at least $500 in prize money. (Exception: Pony Hunter Classics in sections with an A or B rating must offer at least $500 in prize money; Children s Hunter Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 236 of 400

237 Pony is not required to offer prize money). At Regional I and Regional II competitions, in sections with a B or C rating, Hunter Classics conducted using either a designated hunter class as the first round or a separate two round class must offer at least $250 in prize money (Exception: Children s Hunter Pony is not required to offer prize money and if a Children s Hunter Horse and Children s Hunter Pony Classics are combined, the competition is not required to offer prize money in the combined Classic). At Premier, National, Regional I and Regional II competitions, when a Hunter Classic is conducted as a separate two round class, the minimum prize money offered as stated above. 5. The entry fee may not exceed 10% of the prize money offered in the Hunter Classic. 6. To be eligible, horses must have entered, shown and completed the course in at least two classes in the Hunter section. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound and may be jogged if so stated in the prize list. 7. A minimum of the top 12 entries, if available, or 50% of the entries in the first round, whichever is greater, will return for the second round. If a horse or pony is eliminated in the first round of competition, they may not return for the second round. If a horse/rider combination does not return for the second round or is eliminated during the second round of a classic, a score of zero will be combined with the first round score and the horse/rider combination will be placed accordingly. If possible, twelve places are to be awarded. 8. The Hunter Classic does not count toward the minimum number of classes required for the section s rating. 9. Bonus points will be awarded toward Horse of the Year Awards in the horse s respective section and are based on the number of horses that compete in the classic. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class of the hunter section as the first round, the number of horses that compete in the classic is determined by the number of horses who have entered and competed in the first round of the classic, not the designated class used as the first round. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the number of horses that compete in the classic is determined by the number of horses who compete in the first round of the classic. The bonus points are as follows: a. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class as the first round, the bonus points for Zone HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the first round of a classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by b. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the bonus points for Zone HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the first round of a classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by 1.5. c. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class as the first round, the bonus points for National HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by d. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the bonus points for National HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the classic to the applicable increment in GR and multi- plying the result by The first round of all hunter classics must consist of eight (8) to ten (10) obstacles in accordance with HU109. In the second round of all hunter classics the course must consist of a minimum of ten (10) obstacles of at least six different types. 11. An open numerical judging system must be used. If there are multiple judging panels, one judging panel must be appointed as the tie breaker. 12. Attire: riders are required to comply with HU There is no limit to the number of horses a rider may compete on in a Hunter Classic. Exception: Competitors in a Regular or Green Hunter Pony Classic may only ride two ponies per height section. 14. The same horse/rider combination must compete in both rounds of a Hunter Classic. 15. A horse may not compete in more than one classic per section but may compete in an open classic, a USHJA National Hunter Derby, a USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake or a USHJA International Hunter Derby at the same competition. A horse is limited to competing in a maximum of two classics or derbies or combination of classics and derbies per competition. The USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake is considered a Derby for the purposes of this rule. (Exception: Leagues approved by the Federation in accordance with GR915.2c). 16. The same pony may not compete in the USHJA Pony Hunter Derby and the USHJA National Hunter Derby at the same competition. 17. If more than 30 horses are entered in a Junior Hunter Classic, the classic must be split in accordance with HU159.5.b. Appendix A. Hunter Schooling Rules 1. Schooling is permitted in accordance with GR834, GR835, GR837 and HU Appendix A. 2. Schooling areas for hunters must contain adequate standards, jump cups and rail and hunter-type rails to make a minimum of a trotting fence, a vertical and an oxer. 3. FEI approved safety cups must be made readily available for each hunter schooling area. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted only when safety cups are not available. 4. The use of any device with ear bud(s) while mounted is prohibited in all hunter schooling areas. 5. It is important to remember that all exercise areas are different in size, type of footing, and jump material provided. Furthermore, the ability of the horse and rider must always be taken into consideration as well when deciding what is permitted and not permitted during preparation. 6. In the schooling/exercise areas during the preparation before competition, a minimum of one vertical and one oxer must be provided. The ground must be in good condition. Management must provide sufficient obstacle material. The jumping area should be large enough to provide sufficient room for the training. 7. Obstacles may be flagged, in which case they must be jumped in the proper direction. The Steward, and/or Schooling Supervisor should decide if the flags may be interchanged. 8. No one may hold a rail or touch a standard while it is being jumped. 9. All rails must be either in cups or totally on the ground (exception: one end of a cross rail may rest on the ground). Rails must be able to fall easily when hit. 10. If a rail is placed on the edge of a cup it must be placed on the far side of the cup, and is only allowed at an oxer if it does not cause the front rail to be higher than the back rail (i.e. offset). 11. Walk rails may be no higher than 12 at the highest point. A walk rail may be parallel to the ground with both ends in cups, or may have one end resting on the ground. Cross rails are NOT allowed. Ground rails are NOT permitted. Horses will approach and depart in a straight line only and may NOT be turned. 12. There may never be more than two (2) rails on the back of an oxer, with the lower rail equal in height to the lowest rail on the front of the oxer. If the oxer is flagged so that it may only be jumped in one direction, there may only be one (1) rail on the back. 13. Ground lines are not mandatory, however if they are used they must be placed either directly below the front of the jump or up to 1 m (3 3 ) out. If a ground line is used on the landing side of a jump, there must be one on the take off side, and it may not be any further out than the one on the take off side. If an oxer is flagged so it may only be jumped in one direction, the ground line is only permitted on the front of the oxer. 14. If a trot, canter or placement rail is used, it may not be used at a jump higher or wider than 1.30m (4 3 ). If used on the take-off side, it may not be closer than 2.50m (8 2 ). If used on the landing side of a vertical, it may be no closer than 3.0m (9 10 ). If used on the landing side of an oxer, it may be no closer than 20 from the back rail of the oxer. 15. If guide rails are used on the landing side of a jump, the closest part of the rail must be a minimum of 3 m (9 10 ) from the jump. The schooling supervisor may allow a shorter distance for ponies. 16. A cross rail may be made either by itself, in which case it may not exceed 1.30 m (4 3 ) in height, or be below a rail at a vertical, or the front of an oxer. 17. Swedish Oxers are permitted with the following stipulations: a) no more than a 6 height difference (low to high points) for ponies, and b) no more than an 18 height difference (low to high points) for horses. 18. If an item (blanket, cooler, etc.) is laid over the rail of an oxer, it may be laid over the front rail. If there is more than one rail on the front of the oxer, the item may be laid over any of those rails. 19. The use of materials which proves dangerous is forbidden. 20. If space and available material allows and safety conditions permit, combinations may be built using correct distances. Bounce jumps may only be used with verticals and may not exceed 1.10m (3 7 ) in height. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 237 of 400

238 21. At management s discretion (and if local laws allow) bamboo offsets may be permitted in designated schooling areas only. Manual poling is not permitted. 22. Any action deemed not in the best interest of the horse will not be allowed. 23. The schooling supervisor s decision, after consultation with the Senior Steward, or an official competition steward s decision regarding schooling fences, or tack and equipment in the warm-up area is final. 24. The total maximum weight of equipment allowed to be added to a horse s leg, front or hind (single or multiple boots, fetlock rings, etc), is 500 grams or ounces (shoe excluded). Failure to comply with this paragraph will incur disqualification. CHAPTER HU HUNTER DIVISION WHEN A SUBJECT IS NOT ADDRESSED IN THESE RULES, IT MUST BE ADDRESSED BY THE APPROPRIATE COMMITTEE AND THAT COMMITTEE S INTERPRETATION WILL STAND AS THE RULE UNTIL THE NEXT YEAR WHEN AN APPROPRIATE RULE CHANGE WILL BE SUBMITTED. SUBCHAPTER HU-1 DEFINITIONS AND ELIGIBILITY HU100 Eligibility to Compete Rider or Handler HU101 Eligibility to Compete Horse & Pony HU100 Eligibility to Compete Rider or Handler In order to compete in any Hunter, Hunter Breeding, Pony Hunter Breeding, Junior Hunter, or Pony Hunter classes at licensed competitions as an exhibitor, rider, trainer, or his/her agent(s), a person must be an Active member of the United States Hunter Jumper Association, Inc., or pay a Show Pass fee to the United States Hunter Jumper Association, Inc. Exception: Local Competitions, competitions restricted to a particular breed, classes restricted to breeds with Federation Recognized National Affiliate status, and exceptions listed in GR HU101 Eligibility to Compete Horse & Pony 1. USHJA Horse Registrations. a. All horses competing in Federation licensed and/or USHJA sanctioned competitions with Hunter, Hunter Breeding, Jumper and Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes not restricted by breed must be properly identified in accordance with GR1101, and must also be registered with USHJA (see GR1101.1). The USEF/USHJA registration number for each horse must be entered on all entry forms for licensed competitions. b. Applications for USHJA Registration can be completed online at or using the USEF Horse Registration application form. This form is also available from the USHJA or Federation office, as a download from the USHJA or Federation website or from competition management. Competition management is responsible for notifying exhibitors of this requirement in their prize list. 2. The Hunter Division is open to horses, stallions, mares or geldings. (For rules pertaining to exhibitors who are 18 years of age or older riding ponies, see HU ) 3.1 In addition to the provisions of HU 101.1, on or after December 1, 2017, all horses competing in classes that require USHJA horse registration must provide a microchip number that verifies their animal s identity in order to compete for points, money won or be eligible for Federation and/or USHJA programs and awards where horses are required to be recorded or registered. 3.2 A microchip used to verify identity must be a fifteen digit ISO compliant 11784/11785 chip and be implanted in the nuchal ligament of the animal. 3.3 This rule will have a transition period from December 1, 2017 to November 30, During this period, animals that are not in compliance with this rule will not receive points or be eligible for Federation and/or USHJA programs and awards. After this period, all horses that are competing in classes which require USHJA registration which are not microchipped will be ineligible to compete in Federation licensed competitions. 4. The Hunter Breeding Section is open to horses only. a. Horses shown as a Thoroughbred must have been either registered with The Jockey Club or meet one of the criteria below. All competitions must require verification of registration on the day of the competition through one of the following methods: 1. The Jockey Club Certificate of Foal registration or a copy thereof 2. The horse s lip tattoo, the horse s 5-cross pedigree and the successful tattoo lookup result from The Jockey Club s Tattoo Identification Services, (located at 3. If neither of the above is available, a letter from The Jockey Club verifying the horse s identity. 5. Pony Hunter Breeding classes are open to ponies. 6. Stallions are prohibited from all Pony Hunter classes except breeding classes. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 238 of 400

239 7. Stallions are prohibited from all Junior and Children s Hunter classes. 8. Ponies shown by a junior cannot be shown by an adult at the same competition, except in breeding classes in-hand and in accordance with HU110. Ponies shown by an adult at a Licensed Competition cannot compete in any sections or classes at the same competition with a junior rider. (Exception: Breed restricted classes at multi-breed/discipline competitions. HU102 Horse Welfare 1. The following acts are prohibited: a. Riding an exhausted horse. b. Excessive pressuring of a tired horse. c. Riding or lungeing an obviously lame horse. d. Excessive use of a whip on any horse in a stall, aisle, schooling area, competition ring or elsewhere on the competition grounds. The use of a whip must be for a good reason, done at the appropriate time, in the proper place and with appropriate restraint. Excessive whipping will not be tolerated. e. Any striking of the horse s head (on the poll or forward of the poll) shall be deemed excessive. f. Repeated jerking on the reins and sawing on the bit unless applied to an unruly horse that is jeopardizing his own safety or the safety of his rider. g. Improper use of the bit resulting in bleeding, broken skin or broken mucous membrane. h. Excessive use of the spurs or spurring resulting in broken and bleeding skin. i. Rapping the legs of a horse with the butt end of a riding crop or other implement. j. Use of any substance to induce temporary heat causing hyper-sensitization. k. Poling. l. Use of a wire or chain in conjunction with any schooling jumps. m. Use of electronic shock devices in schooling or showing. n. Use of shackles, hock hobbles and similar devices, with the exception of kicking chains while the horse is in the stall or in transport. This does not prohibit the use of rubber or plastic exercising devices. o. Showing a horse with hypersensitive, raw or bleeding sores around the cornets, pasterns, legs or body. p. Use of laser beam devices anywhere on the competition grounds, except in an exhibition or if required in class specifications. (Exception: Lasers used in a therapeutic manner). q. Withholding of feed or water for prolonged periods. r. Letting blood from a horse for other than diagnostic purposes. s. Inhumane treatment of a horse in a stall, aisle, schooling area, competition ring or elsewhere on the competition grounds, by any person. 2. Regular and local competitions. Competitors found to be in violation of these rules by the Competition Steward or other Federation Official shall be eliminated/disqualified from competing within the upcoming 24-hour period and shall forfeit all entry fees for such competition. In addition after consultation between Competition Management, the Steward, or other official involved, and a Senior Judge in the division, additional penalties including disqualification from the balance of the competition may be imposed. All such violations must be recorded in the Steward s Report and, if cruelty or abusive behavior is evident, it will be reviewed by the Federation for such action as may be deemed appropriate to the particular circumstances. HU103 Hunter Eligibility and Green Eligibility Status for Horses HU104 Young Hunter Eligibility and Status for Horses HU105 Hunter Eligibility and Green Status for Ponies HU106 High Performance, Performance, and Small Hunter - Definition and Classifications HU107 Amateur Owner Hunter HU108 Adult Amateur Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 239 of 400

240 HU109 Non-rated Classes HU110 Pony Hunter HU111 Junior & Children s Hunters HU103 Hunter Eligibility and Green Eligibility Status for Horses 1. In all cases, the hunter eligibility and green status of the horse is the responsibility of the owner. 2. Hunter eligibility for a horse begins when a horse of any age, competes for the first time in any over fences class with jumps at three feet (3 0 ) in height or higher in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 3. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, competing in jumper classes affects its Green Status and Eligibility according to HU Horses may enter the Green Hunters in any height section for which they are eligible. Further eligibility in the Green Hunter section is determined by the height section in which they enter the system. 5. A horse may compete in only one Green Hunter fence height section at any one competition. 6. When a horse begins its hunter eligibility competing in hunter or equitation classes or sections with fence heights of , it remains eligible for Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 for two competition years (not necessarily consecutive). 7. A horse that competes in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation class at a recognized competition in the United States or Canada with fence heights of 3 6 or higher is no longer eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 0 section but remains eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 3 section. A horse may compete in any other hunter or equitation class with fence heights of a maximum of 3 6 if otherwise eligible a maximum of four (4) times in one competition year prior to August 1 and remain eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 3. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher a fifth time in one competition year, it is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year. If a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher after August 1, it is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a Federation or USHJA National Championship/Event with fence heights of 3 6 or higher he is no longer eligible for the Green Hunter 3 0 or 3 3 sections. 10. Following a horse s Green Hunter 3 6 year, it is eligible to compete in the Green Hunter 3 9 section for one year. That one year will commence the next competition year that the horse competes in any hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher. For jumper restrictions see HU A horse that has completed his Green Hunter 3 9 year is no longer eligible for any Green Hunter section. 12. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, the following jumper restrictions apply: a. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 3 (or 1.0m when class specifications list fence height in metric). b. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 6, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 6 (or 1.10m when class specifications list fence height in metric). c. To remain eligible for Green Hunter 3 9, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 9 (or 1.20m when class specifications list fence height in metric). 13. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 14. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th Green status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 240 of 400

241 HU104 Young Hunter Eligibility and Status for Horses 1. Young Hunter age restrictions are defined as: a. Young Hunter 3 0 horses five years of age and under b. Young Hunter 3 3 horses six years of age and under c. Young Hunter 3 6 horses seven years of age and under 2. Horses eligible for the Young Hunters may begin competing in any Young Hunter height section for which they are eligible. Further eligibility in the Young Hunter section is determined by the height section in which they enter the hunter eligibility system. (see HU ) 3. A horse is eligible to compete in an age-restricted hunter class from December 1 of the competition year in which they reach the applicable age at any time during that same competition year. 4. Age of horse must be verified in accordance with Federation policies and procedures prior to competing for awards in the Young Hunter sections. Age can be verified using only the following documents: a. Registration papers or Certificate of Pedigree from a breed or sport horse registry. b. Passport issued by a World Breed Federation Sport Horse (WBFSH) recognized registry. 5. A horse may compete in only one Young Hunter height section at any one competition. 6. When a horse begins its hunter eligibility competing in any Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation class or section with fence heights of , it remains eligible for Young Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 for two competition years provided it is eligible by age. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 7. A horse that competes in any hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher is no longer eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 0 section but remains eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 3 section if otherwise eligible. A horse may compete in any other hunter or equitation class with fence heights of a maximum of 3 6 a maximum of four (4) times in one competition year prior to August 1 and remain eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 3. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher a fifth time in one competition year, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Young Hunter 3 6 year. If a horse competes in a hunter or equitation class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights of 3 6 or higher after August 1, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section and it is only eligible to compete in the Young Hunter 3 6 section for the remainder of the competition year. That competition year will be considered the horse s Young Hunter 3 6 year. For jumper restrictions see HU Once a horse competes in a Federation or USHJA National Championship/Event with fence heights of 3 6 or higher, it is no longer eligible for the Young Hunter 3 3 section. 10. A horse that has completed his Young Hunter 3 6 year is no longer eligible for any Young Hunter section. 11. Once a horse begins its hunter eligibility, the following jumper restrictions apply: a. To remain eligible for Young Hunter 3 0 and 3 3, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 3 (or 1.0m when class specifications list fence height in metric). b. To remain eligible for Young Hunter 3 6, a horse may not compete in a jumper class at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America with fence heights higher than 3 6 (or 1.10m when class specifications list fence height in metric). 12. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 13. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th, Young Hunter status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. HU 105 Hunter Eligibility and Green Status for Ponies Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 241 of 400

242 1. In all cases, the hunter eligibility and green status of the pony is the responsibility of the owner. 2. Determining Hunter eligibility for ponies. Hunter eligibility for a pony begins when a pony of any age, competes for the first time in any over fences class with jumps at 2 3 or higher for small ponies, 2 6 or higher for medium ponies and 2 9 or higher for large ponies in Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. a. For the purposes of eligibility, equivalent heights are: meter meter meter meter 3. Determining Green Status for ponies. Ponies that have not broken their Green Status must jump less than their regulation height or their Green Status will be broken. The Green status of a pony is determined by the following factors in competition experience at Hunter or Hunter /Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America: a. The height of fences (determined by the class, section or division specifications) over which a pony has b. The number of competition years a pony has competed at regulation height. A pony that has competed in such classes for one (1) or more competition years, without receiving a reinstatement, is no longer eligible to compete in the Green section. 4. In all cases, fence heights will be determined by the specifications of each section regardless of whether or not the fences are actually set at the regulation height. 5. If a competition starts prior to or on November 30th, Green status at the start of the competition is maintained throughout the competition. 6. Green Pony Status. a. A green pony is a pony not exceeding 14.2 hands of any age, which is eligible to compete in the Green Pony section. A pony s Green Hunter eligibility, regardless of age, begins the first time the pony competes in any over fences class with jumps at 2 3 or higher for small ponies, 2 6 or higher for medium ponies and 2 9 or higher for large ponies in Hunter or Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes or sections held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America. b. A pony is eligible to compete as a Green Pony for a maximum of one (1) year regardless of age or change to measurement status. A pony that has changed height sections in its green year may complete the green year at its new height. c. In its first year of showing at regulation height or higher, a green pony may also compete in the Regular Pony Hunter section at its respective height. d. Once a pony begins competing in any class that restricts Green status, it may no longer compete in any Jumper class held at a Federation or Equine Canada Licensed competition in North America or it will lose its Green status. e. A Pony Hunter Green reinstatement may be granted one time. A pony is not eligible for a green reinstatement if it has competed in the US Hunter and/or Jumper Pony Championship. 7. Green Pony Reinstatement. A pony cannot return to compete in the section for which the reinstatement application was made until written notification has been received from the Federation that the reinstatement has been granted. A pony s eligibility to compete in restricted sections may be reinstated for a future competition year provided that: a. The pony was not shown at the regulation height or higher at more than four (4) competitions prior to September 1st of the current competition year. b. The pony was not shown at the regulation height or higher on or after September 1st of the current competition year. c. The pony no longer competes at the regulation height or higher immediately upon application for reinstatement. d. The pony is otherwise eligible for a reinstatement under Federation rules. e. The horse or pony is actively recorded with the Federation at the time of the request. If the horse or pony is not actively recorded at the time of request, it must be recorded/renewed at that time. If the horse or pony is not recorded/renewed at the time of application, the reinstatement request will automatically be denied. HU106 High Performance, Performance and Small Hunter Definition and Classifications 1. A High Performance or Performance Hunter is a horse of any age and is not restricted by previous showing. 2. High Performance Hunter a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 242 of 400

243 b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU140.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. e. The High Performance section must offer the greatest amount of prize money of all hunter sections at the com- petition. (Exception: When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Performance Hunter or the Green Hunter, see HU112) 3. Performance Hunter 3 6 a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU140.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. 4. Performance Hunter 3 3 a. Championship and Reserve must be offered in accordance with HU148. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU140.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. 5. Small Hunter a. Fences set at 3. b. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. c. This section will be C rated for Horse Of The Year Awards as per GR d. Individual classes may be entered. e. A small hunter is a horse over 14.2 hands and not to exceed 15 hands 2 1/2 inches. b. A measurement card is required for all horses entered as per HU Thoroughbred Hunter a. Thoroughbred restricted classes are open only to horses that are registered with USHJA and are in possession of Breed Registry papers. Horses must have been either registered with The Jockey Club or meet one of the criteria below. All horse shows must require riders to verify registration on the day of the horse show through one of the following methods: 1. The Jockey Club Certificate of Foal Registration or a copy thereof 2. The horse s lip tattoo, the horse s 5-cross pedigree and the successful tattoo lookup result from The Jockey Club s Tattoo Identification Services, (located at www. registry.jockeyclub.com) 3. If neither of the above is available, a letter from The Jockey Club verifying the horse s identity. b. Fences set at 3 0 spreads not to exceed height of fence. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in the prize list. c. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU148. d. This section will be C rated for Zone Horse of the Year Awards as per GR HU107 Amateur Owner Hunter 1. To be ridden by Amateur Owners or an amateur member of the owner s family. In either case classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Leased horses are not eligible and multiple ownership is not permitted unless all owners are members of the same family. 2. An amateur who competes for a person outside of his/her family may not compete in a class restricted to Amateur Owners at the same competition. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 243 of 400

244 Exceptions: a. Equitation classes, b. Under Saddle classes, c. and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider, or his/her family, in jumper sections and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in hunter sections, in classes not restricted to amateur owners. (For Amateur rules please see GR1306) 3. If an Under Saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, provided at least one horse is ridden by the Amateur Owner or an amateur member of the owner s family, the additional horse(s) entered may be ridden by another amateur regardless of rider s age. HU108 Adult Amateur 1. Competitions must offer Adult Amateur Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of the applicable USHJA zone. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1 of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Adult Amateur Hunter section: a. To be ridden by exhibitors who have reached their 18th birthday as of December 1 of the current competition year and who hold a current Federation Amateur Status. b. Heights for Adult Amateur Hunter may range between with spreads not to exceed fence height. c. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six (6) or more entries in each divided section the divided sections must be held separately. d. Horses and riders entered in the Adult Amateur Hunter sections may not compete in the Amateur Owner Hunter section at the same competition. Riders entered in the Adult Amateur Hunter sections may not compete in any other class in which obstacles are required to exceed 3 9 (1.15m) at the same competition. (Exception: USHJA National Hunter Derby). e. Horses may be entered in Junior Hunter sections at the same competition if ridden by a member of the same family. f. Ponies may be ridden by adults, however ponies shown by adults at a Licensed Competition cannot be shown by juniors at the same competition in rated pony hunter sections (i.e. Children s Hunter Pony, Green Pony Hunter, Regular Pony Hunter), a WIHS Pony Equitation, or a USEF Pony Medal class. (Exception: when competing at a multi-breed/discipline competition, a pony may be shown in the breed restricted hunter section by an adult and then also shown by a junior rider in hunter classes restricted to ponies). See also HU g. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in the prize list. 2. If an under saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, all riders must be amateurs but need not be eligible by age. 3. When a section is divided by age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. HU109 Non-rated Classes 1. The following classes have no point value for Championships or for Horse of the Year Awards. Judging percentages are left to the discretion of competition management. (Exception: Hunter Hack for Ladies Side Saddle.) a. MAIDEN, NOVICE, LIMIT HUNTERS. Open to horses which have not won a blue ribbon, three blue ribbons, six blue ribbons in hunter over fences classes at Regular Competitions. b. HUNTER HACK. To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. At least eight horses, if available, are required to jump two obstacles and gallop one way of the ring. Horses are not to gallop in Green Hunter classes. c. BRIDLE PATH HACK (Hunter type). To be shown at a walk, trot and canter and hand gallop. To back easily and stand quietly. Emphasis is placed on actual suitability to purpose. d. THREE-YEAR-OLD HUNTER. Section must include two or three Over Fences classes and one Under Saddle class with a Championship and Reserve Championship awarded. If possible, this section should be held immediately after the Three-Year-Old Hunter Breeding class. Courses are to be simple. One Over Fences class must be judged on at least 25% conformation. e. Walk-Trot. 1. Classes that the exhibitor is asked to walk and trot only. These classes are exempted from non-member fees per GR901.9(5). 2. The horse must give the appearance of being a safe and suitable mount for the class. The safety of all exhibitors is of primary concern in walk-trot hunter, walk-trot pleasure and walk-trot equitation classes. HU110 Pony Hunter Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 244 of 400

245 1. No junior over 12 years of age may ride in a Regular Small Pony Hunter Section. 2. No junior over 14 years of age may ride in a Regular Medium Pony Hunter Section. 3. Riders under the age of 18 years may ride in any Green Hunter Pony section. The rider age restrictions for the Regular Hunter Pony sections do not apply to the Green Hunter Pony section. 4. Riders under 18 years of age may ride for other exhibitors who have more than one entry in the Under Saddle class and/or exhibit the pony in the model class. 5. Ponies must be handled by junior exhibitors in all phases of a class, except in breeding classes in-hand. 6. Ponies shown by a junior in rated pony hunter sections (i.e. Children s Hunter Pony, Green Pony Hunter, Regular Pony Hunter) cannot be shown by an adult at the same competition, except in breeding classes in-hand and in accordance with HU110. See also HU No animal may be shown in a performance class in this division unless the owner possesses a current measurement card or valid measurement form issued by the Federation (see HU168). a. Small ponies are not to exceed 12.2 hands; b. Medium ponies are over 12.2 and do not exceed 13.2 hands; c. Large ponies are over 13.2 and do not exceed 14.2 hands. 8. Regular classes are open to all ponies not exceeding 14.2 hands. Qualifications must follow as nearly as possible those outlined for Hunters. 9. No rider may show more than three ponies in any green pony hunter height section. In the regular pony hunter sections, a rider may ride three ponies in one height section and a maximum of two ponies in each remaining height section at Premier rated competitions. At National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions, a rider may ride a maximum of 3 ponies in each height section. 10. Junior riders showing ponies cannot compete in any class where fences may be set higher than 3 6 at the same competition (Exception Children s Jumpers, USHJA International Hunter Derby, Junior Hunter Classics, Pony Jumpers and WIHS Equitation Jumper Phase.) Additionally, junior riders competing Green Ponies but not Regular Ponies are exempt from this fence height restriction. 11. Ponies shown by adults at a Licensed Competition cannot compete in any rated Pony Hunter sections (i.e. Children s Hunter Pony, Green Pony Hunter, Regular Pony Hunter) at the same competition with a junior rider. (Exception: when competing at a multi-breed/discipline competition, a pony may be shown in the breed restricted hunter section by an adult and then also shown by a junior rider in hunter or equitation classes restricted to ponies). See also EQ HU111 Junior Hunter 3 3 and 3 6 & Children s Hunters 1. Riders must not have reached their 18th birthday (See GR127). 2. Children s Hunter Classes must be held in accordance with applicable USHJA Zone Specifications (see HU111.15) 3. Ponies may not be entered in Junior Hunter classes if Pony Hunter classes are offered at the same competition. If fence heights are changed to accommodate ponies in Children s Hunter classes, measurement cards in accordance with HU171 are required for all entries. 4. Junior Hunter 3 3. Open to junior riders. Riders may not cross-enter into any class at 3 6 or higher in the Hunter division, higher than 3 9 in the Equitation division or higher than 1.20m in the Jumper division at the same competition. Horses entered in the Junior Hunter 3 3 section may not cross-enter into the Junior Hunter 3'6" section at the same competition. 5. All horses showing in the Junior Hunter Section at Regular Competitions must have a Federation measurement card. a. A large Junior Hunter is over 16 hands. b. A small Junior Hunter is 16.0 hands and under. 6. If the Junior Hunter section is split by height of animal, the horse may be shown over fences by different riders as long as they are from the same age group. 7. If an under saddle class is divided by age and a rider has two or more horses entered, all riders must be juniors but need not be eligible by age. 8. Horses cannot be entered in more than one age section of the same class. 9. In A rated Junior Hunter sections divided by age of rider only, no exhibitor may ride more than two (2) large and two (2) small Junior Hunters in any section. 10. In A rated Junior Hunter sections offered by the height of horse, an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) horses in any section. If sections offered by height of horse are combined, an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) large and two (2) small junior hunters in the combined section. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 245 of 400

246 11. In A rated Junior Hunter sections divided by height of horse and age of rider an exhibitor may not ride more than two (2) horses in each section. 12. In B and C rated and Local Junior Hunter sections, no exhibitor may ride more than three (3) horses in a class. 13. Children s Hunter Competitions must offer Children s Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of applicable USHJA Zone. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1 of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Children s Hunter section: a. To be ridden by exhibitors who have not reached their 18th birthday as of December 1 of the current competition year. b. Heights for Children s Hunter Horse may range between with spreads not to exceed fence height. Fence heights for Children s Hunter Pony will be 2 for small and medium ponies and 2 6 for large ponies with spreads not to exceed fence height. c. If there are fewer than six entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. d. Riders entered in Children s Hunter sections may not compete over fences in any other class at the same com- petition in which obstacles are required to exceed 3 3. (Exception: USHJA National Hunter Derby). e. Horses and ponies entered in Children s Hunter classes may not cross enter into Junior Hunter 3 6 sections or Pony Hunter sections at the same competition. Ponies shown in Children s Hunter Pony sections may not be shown by an adult at the same competition, except in breeding classes in-hand. Horses entered in Children s Hunter classes may be shown in the Amateur Owner Hunter section at the same competition if ridden by a member of the child s family. f. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in prize list. SUBCHAPTER HU-2 DIVISION OF SECTIONS OR CLASSES HU112 General 1. Sections must be divided or combined based on the number of entries in the first over fences class and may not be combined or divided after the first class. Exception: Performance/High Performance Working Hunter, see HU No section may be divided if there are less than 30 entries. Exception: Green Hunter and Young Hunter, Amateur Owner, Children s and Adult Amateur Hunter sections refer to HU118 and sections governed by USHJA Zone Specifications. 3. Any section with 50 or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are 50 or more entries remaining in a section after it has been divided, the section must be redivided by every other number. Once a section has been redivided it may not be divided further. 4. In Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter and any other sections where individual classes may be entered, the sections can be divided after thirty (30) horses have competed in the first over fences class. Subsequent classes may be divided once twelve (12) horses have competed in each class. For Championships, see HU145. a. At all licensed competitions, if there are fewer than six entries in either the Performance Hunter 3 3 or Performance Hunter 3 6 they must be combined, but they cannot be combined with any other hunter sections, except High Performance Hunter. If there are six or more entries in each Performance Hunter section, they must be held separately. b. At all licensed competitions, if the High Performance Hunter section has fewer than three entries, it may be combined with either the Performance Hunter 3 6 section or with the Green Hunter 3 9 section (or with Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 if offered combined). c. When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Performance Hunter 3 6 section the following applies: 1. When combining High Performance Hunter with Performance Hunters 3 6, the combined sections must offer the same number of classes offered by the Performance Hunter section(s) with which it is combined. 2. When combining High Performance Hunter with another section, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined sections will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. d. When the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Green Hunter section the following applies: 1. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the Green Hunter 3 6 section 2. If combined Green Hunter sections have fewer than three entries, they must be combined with High Performance Working Hunter. 3. A horse that is eligible for more than one section must be declared and compete in only one. Horses will jump the respective height for the entered section. 4. When combining High Performance Working Hunter with another section, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined sections will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. 5. When combining a section of High Performance Hunter with either a section of Green Hunter 3 6, Green Hunter 3 9, or both, the combined sections must offer the same number of classes offered by the Green Hunter section(s) with which it is combined. In addition, a section entry fee will be required and Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 246 of 400

247 individual classes may no longer be entered for the combined section. 6. The High Performance Hunter section may be combined with a combined Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 section but may not be combined with any Green Hunter 3 3 or 3 0 sections. 5. Any combined Junior Hunter and/or Amateur Owner Hunter section with a total of twelve (12) or more entries must be divided in a manner that guarantees a minimum of six (6) in each section. Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before redividing any section(s). 6. Definition of divided by Junior/Amateur: If there are 30 or more entries in a section that is open to all competitors, Competition Management may choose to divide the section and offer one of the divided sections as restricted to Juniors and Amateurs (See GR127and GR1306-GR1307 for definition of Junior and Amateur). 7. Definition of Floating Split: A Floating Split allows management to adjust sections offered split by age in the prize list either up or down in one year increments until the minimum number of entries required for each new section has been reached. As long as the minimum requirements for splitting sections are met, management may split the sections using the age split they deem most appropriate for their competition. Rider age must be given on the entry blank. 8. Definition of a California Split: a. The California Split is used to divide large classes. The judge keeps track of twice the number of placings required for either ribbons or the jog order. At the completion of the jog, the judge creates two separate orders using alternating numbers in the following manner: the highest score is first in Section A, the second highest score is first in Section B, the third highest score is second in Section A, the fourth highest score is second in Section B and so on until all placings are awarded or the jog order is complete. The result is two sections of the same class being pinned separately. Competition Management may choose to split classes using the California Split after the class has started. Example: Horse s Placing Prize Awarded 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 1st 1st 2nd 2nd 3rd 3rd 4th 4th 5th 10th 5th 11th 6th 12th 6th 13th 7th 14th 7th 15th 8th 16th 8th a. Jog. The judge will call one jog order of up to twenty (20) horses. Once the horses have jogged for soundness and the jog has been made official, the A and B sections will be pinned using the California Split. b. Under Saddle. A Section with twelve (12) or less must be judged as one class using the California Split. Sections that are judged under the California Split must have results for Section A and B. A random split will be used for under saddle classes of more than twelve (12). c. In reckoning Championship points, the top eight horses that receive the most points in the Over Fences classes are awarded points for the Under Saddle and/or Model class(es). The Championship is awarded as follows: Horse with most points Champion Number 1. Horse with second highest points Champion Number 2. Horse with third highest points Reserve Champion Number 1. Horse with fourth highest points Reserve Champion Number Prize money in all rated classes at all licensed competitions must be distributed as follows: a minimum of 30% for 1st, 22% for 2nd, 15% for 3rd, with the balance to be distributed at competition management s discretion. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 247 of 400

248 10. Prize money must be doubled whenever a section is divided. HU113 Green Hunter Sections 1. Premier competitions offering Green Hunter must offer all four sections separately: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter National, Regional I and Regional II competitions offering Green Hunter must offer all four sections. These sections may be offered either separately or combined as follows: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter 3 9 e. Green Hunter 3 0 /3 3 and Green Hunter 3 6 / A horse may compete in only one Green Hunter fence height section at any one competition. 4. Green Hunters are required to jog for soundness. 5. Regardless of competition rating, each Green Hunter section that is offered separately must be held separately when there is a minimum of three entries. If there are fewer than three entries in a Green Hunter section, that section must be combined with a contiguous fence height section of the Green Hunter. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three (3) entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the next contiguous fence height section of the Green Hunter. In the case where there are no entries in the fence height section that bridges the gap between the two con-contiguous fence height sections those two non-contiguous fence height sections may be combined. 6. Regardless of competition rating, any Green Hunter section that is offered combined must be split by fence height, and sections held separately when there is a minimum of three entries in any one fence height section provided at least three (3) entries remain in each of the other two sections, which would also be held separately, or as one other combined section. Contiguous fence height sections should be combined before combining non-contiguous fence height sections. 7. Green Hunter section(s) may not be combined with any other hunter section(s). (Exception; The High Performance Hunter section may be combined with the Green Hunter 3 6 and 3 9 sections, see HU112.4) 8. A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and 3 9 sections must offer an over fence class as a handy hunter. A handy hunter class may be offered in any Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 sections but is not required. 9. If A rated Green Hunter 3 0 and/or 3 3 sections are combined with A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and/or Green Hunter 3 9 sections a handy hunter class is not required. The combined sections must meet class number requirements for A rated Green Hunter 3 6 and Green Hunter 3 9 and use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. HU114 Young Hunter Sections 1. Premier competitions offering Young Hunter must offer all three sections separately: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 c. Young Hunter National, Regional I and Regional II competitions offering Young Hunter must offer all three sections. These sections may be offered either separately or combined as follows: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 248 of 400

249 c. Young Hunter 3 6 d. Young Hunter 3 0 /3 3 and Young Hunter 3 6 e. Young Hunter 3 0 and Young Hunter 3 3 / A horse may compete in only one Young Hunter fence height section at any one competition. 4. Young Hunters are not required to jog for soundness. 5. Regardless of competition rating, each Young Hunter section that is offered separately must be held separately when there is a minimum of three entries. If there are fewer than three (3) entries in a Young Hunter section that section must be combined with a contiguous fence height section of the Young Hunter. If, after combining, there are still fewer than three (3) entries in the combined section, it must be further combined with the next contiguous fence height section of the Young Hunter. In the case where there are no entries in the fence height section that bridges the gap between the two non-contiguous fence height sections those two non-contiguous fence height sections may be combined. 6. Regardless of competition rating, any Young Hunter section that is offered as a combined section must be split by fence height, and sections held separately when there is a minimum of three entries in any one fence height section provided at least three (3) entries remain in each of the other two sections, which would also be held separately, or one other combined section. Contiguous fence height sections should be combined before combining noncontiguous fence height sections. 7. Young Hunter section(s) may not be combined with any other hunter section. 8. A handy hunter class may be offered in the Young Hunter 3 0, 3 3, and 3 9 sections but is not required. HU115 Conformation Hunter Sections 1. At Premier competitions, the Conformation sections must be offered separately. At National, Regional I and Regional II competitions, the Conformation sections may be offered as combined. When offered as two sections, if there are fewer than four (4) horses in either Conformation section they must be combined. If there are four (4) or more horses in each Conformation section they must be held separately. 2. In a combined section, if a horse is eligible for more than one section; the exhibitor must declare to the Competition Secretary which height section the points are to count toward. 3. No horse may compete in more than one height section of a combined division. 4. When combining Green Conformation Hunter with High Performance Conformation Hunter, if different amounts of prize money or entry fees were offered in the original sections, the combined section will use the lower amount for both prize money and entry fees. No credit will be given in combined sections unless three entries have competed. 5. A horse must be eligible for the Green Hunter 3 6 in order to be eligible for Green Conformation Hunter High Performance Conformation Hunter fences to be 3 9 and open to all horses. 7. All Conformation sections are to be judged 70% on performance, 30% on conformation. 8. Model classes to count 1/2 points. HU116 Amateur Owner Sections 1. Amateur Owner 3 6 a. When a section is divided, one section must be offered for amateurs and one section for amateurs over 35 years of age. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six entries in either divided section, they must be combined. If there are a minimum of 12 entries once the sections are combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using either a Floating or California Split. (See HU112 for definition of a Floating and California Split.) Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before redividing any section(s). When using a floating split the age groups must be posted at the competition office. Rider age must be given on the entry blank. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. b. Sections of Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6 held at National or Premier rated competitions must offer at least two (2) divided sections and may be divided as stipulated in Section 1(a) above. c. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, competition management may choose to combine the sections. The competition management may choose to combine the sections as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. In addition while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. 2. Amateur Owner 3 3 a. When a section is divided, one section must be offered for amateurs and one section for amateurs over 35 years of age. If there are six or more Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 249 of 400

250 entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six entries in either divided section, they must be combined. If there are a minimum of 12 entries once the sections are combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using either a Floating or California Split. (See HU112 for definition of a Floating and California Split.) When using a floating split the age groups must be posted at the competition office. Rider age must be given on entry blank. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. b. Sections of Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3 held at National or Premier rated competitions must offer at least two divided sections and may be divided as stipulated in Section 2(a) above. c. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, these sections may be combined. The competition management may choose to combine the classes as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. In addition while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. d. Riders may cross enter between the Adult Amateur (if Zone Specifications permit), Amateur Owner 3 3 and/or the Amateur Owner 3 6 sections. Horses may not cross enter between the sections. e. To be ridden by Amateur Owners or an amateur member of the owner s family. In either case, classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Leased horses are not eligible and multiple ownership is not permitted unless all owners are members of the same family. 3. Adult Amateur Hunter a. Competitions must offer Adult Amateur Hunter sections in accordance with the specifications of each USHJA zone. b. Notice of the use of a floating split and the age groups must be posted at the competition office. When divided as to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. Age must be given on entry blank. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. If there are fewer than six entries in any divided section, the sections must be combined. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. HU117 Pony Hunter Sections 1. Classes for Pony Hunters may be divided by height of pony as outlined in HU If there are 50 or more entries in the division at the beginning of the first class, it must be divided by height of pony and prize money must be doubled. a. If there are 50 entries remaining in a section after the section has been divided by height of pony, the section must be redivided by every other number and the prize money must be doubled. b. Once a section has been redivided it may not be divided further. c. If a pony under saddle class has over 30 entries, the class must be split and held in at least two sections with one set of awards. 3. Required Sections. a. At a National or Premier rated competition, the Regular Pony Hunter section must be offered as three height sections (small, medium, and large) and the prize money must be tripled. 1. If there are four (4) or more entries in each height section of an A rated Regular Pony Hunter section, the height sections must be held separately. 2. Height sections may be combined if there are three (3) or fewer entries in any height section. Combined height sections should be either small/medium or medium/large but if possible not small/large. b. Competitions may offer the Green Pony Hunter Section as three separate sections (small, medium and large); however an A or AA or rated Green Pony Hunter Section must be offered as a minimum of two sections (small/medium and large). 1. National and Premier rated competitions must split (small, medium and large) if there are four (4) or more entries in any height section. 2. Green Pony Hunter Sections at National and Premier rated competitions may be combined if there are less than four (4) entries in any height section. 4. If there are a minimum of 10 small/medium ponies combined and 10 large ponies in any B or C rated Regular or Green height Section, the height section must be divided (small/medium and large); prize money need not be doubled. If there is a total of thirty (30) ponies, prize money must be doubled. HU118 Junior Hunter 3 3 and 3 6 & Children s Hunter Sections 1. When divided, sections must be split using one of the following options (Children s Hunter sections must be split in accordance with applicable Zone Specifications): a. By age of rider (age must be given on entry blank); Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 250 of 400

251 b. By height of horse; c. Floating Split (See HU112 for definition of Floating Split.); d. California Split (See HU112 for definition of California Split.) 2. If there are 50 or more entries in the section at the beginning of the first class it must be divided by (a-d) above and the prize money must be doubled. A section with less than 30 entries cannot be divided. 3. If there are 50 or more entries remaining in a section after it has been divided, the section must be redivided and the prize money must be doubled. Once a section has been redivided it may be divided further if management so desires. 4. If the Junior Hunter sections are divided by height of animal, they must be divided into Large and Small. A rated Junior Hunter 3 6 sections at Premier rated competitions must be offered as four sections (large/younger, large/older, small/ younger, small/older). "A" rated Junior Hunter 3'3" sections at Premier rated competitions must be offered as two sections (large/small or younger/older). Junior Hunter 3 3 may not be offered unless Junior Hunter 3 6 is also offered. 5. If there are six (6) or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any sections divided by age and/or height of animal, those sections must be combined with other sections. If there is a minimum of twelve (12) entries once any sections have been combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using one of the options listed in HU118. Management may determine a cut off time for entering before redividing any section(s). 6. At Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competitions if there are fewer than three (3) entries in the Amateur Owner 3 3, the Amateur Owner 3 6, the Junior Hunter 3 3 or the Junior Hunter 3 6 sections, Competition Management may choose to combine the sections. The Competition Management may choose to combine the sections as necessary, based on the sections with the lightest entries. If sections are combined, the horses must jump the respective height of the original section entered. In addition, while the sections can be combined if entries warrant, in order for Horse of the Year points to count they must be offered separately in the prize list. 7. It is recommended that when competitions anticipate 50 horses or more this section be divided by (a) or (b) above when prize list is prepared. HU119 Rated Section Requirements for Junior Hunters 3 3 and A Rated 3 6 Junior Hunter Sections. At least two sections must be offered in the prize list (large/small or older/younger). See GR312.6 for number of required classes and prize money. At Premier rated competitions, four 3 6 Junior Hunter sections must be offered in the prize list (large younger, large older, small younger, small older). 2. A Rated 3 3 Junior Hunter Sections. Junior Hunter 3 3 may not be offered unless Junior Hunter 3 6 is also offered. (Exception: USHJA Zone Championship competitions) See GR312.6 for number of required classes and prize money. At least two sections must be offered in the prize list. At Premier rated competitions, four 3 3 Junior Hunter sections must be offered in the prize list (large/small or older/younger). 3. Management may elect to offer four (4) classes in A rated sections. If four (4) classes are offered at a multiple day competition, no more than two (2) classes may be held on one day and no more than 50% of the prize money may be offered on one day. 4. B Rated Sections. See GR C rated Sections. See GR No prize money is required. 6. Except for Medal classes, Junior Hunter over fences classes and Equitation classes over fences may be combined and held concurrently if separate judges officiate. Flat classes cannot be combined. SUBCHAPTER HU-3 COURSES HU120 General 1. All obstacles, except those noted below, must be set at required height. The required height may have a variance of no more than 2 over or under. Exceptions: a. Walk fences may not exceed 2 in height and spread. b. Trot fences may not exceed 3 in height and spread for horses and 2 in height for ponies in classes restricted to ponies. c. Brush obstacles, hedges, split-rail fences, simulated rock or stone walls, ditches, banks and other specialty jumps designed to simulate natural obstacles found in the hunt field. d. The first fence of any hunter course. 2. Except in case of inclement weather, broken equipment or similar emergency a course must not be altered except by written permission of all exhibitors. If one or more original obstacles are rendered unusable during a class and no duplicate exists, management may substitute obstacles which approximate as nearly as possible the originals. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 251 of 400

252 3. In classes where Federation course requirements have not been met and the violation has not been observed and corrected prior to the third competitor s performance, the class must be completed without altering the course and the results will stand for the purposes of the Championship. a. With the exception of a course set at an improper height, competitors who have gone over the course with the violation have the option of re-jumping the course. b. Classes conducted over improper courses are ineligible for Federation Horse of the Year Award points. 4. Horses must be shown over a minimum of eight obstacles the required height in all A, B or C rated sections. 5. In all rated hunter sections, at least two different courses are required. At least one change of direction (change of lead) is required in every course. All A rated sections at National and Premier rated shows, except for Green Hunter Pony sections, must offer an over fence class as a handy hunter. This handy hunter class may not be the first class of a section nor can it be the designated first round of a classic when using one round of a section as the first round of a classic. 6. No course may have exhibitors trotting or cantering through the in-gate or out-gate; any exhibitor choosing to trot or canter through the in-gate or out-gate will be eliminated. 7. In over fences classes, riders shall not be required to hand gallop the first fence of a line consisting of a measured distance. 8. A track is established once a horse has landed from a fence or completes a required test and follows the horse until the consecutive fence is jumped or the next test is executed. Upon completion of each consecutive fence or performance of the next test, the track is erased. Crossing a track between obstacles and/or required tests shall constitute a disobedience and will be penalized by the judge(s). Exceptions: a. A course diagram that requires a rider to cross his track. b. Snake or multiple panel jumps that are jumped consecutively. HU121 Course Diagrams 1. Course diagrams must be posted at least one half-hour before scheduled time of class unless they have been illustrated in the prize list. The plan or diagram of the course must show the obstacles which must be taken in the order indicated by numbers but apart from this the rider is not bound to follow a compulsory track. An arrow is used on the diagram to indicate the direction in which each obstacle is to be taken. When distances between related fences in all classes, rated or unrated, are 100 or less, the distance must be included on the posted course diagram. 2. If the area of the courtesy circle is to be restricted by a mandatory line, the line must be indicated on the diagram and a corresponding barrier must be erected on the course. As this becomes part of the judging specifications, this policy must be clearly stated in the prize list (see GR901.10) and announced at least one hour prior to the class. 3. All posted courses at Federation-licensed competitions must include the numbers of fences to be jumped (i.e. Fences 1-8). HU122 Height of Obstacles When a range of fence heights is allowed in a class or section, the minimum height must be used unless a higher height is specified in the prize list. 1. Green Hunter Sections: a. Green Hunter 3 0 b. Green Hunter 3 3 c. Green Hunter 3 6 d. Green Hunter 3 9 (Exception: Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12) 2. Young Hunter Sections: a. Young Hunter 3 0 b. Young Hunter 3 3 c. Young Hunter High Performance Hunter: 4 minimum in A rated sections at Premier rated competitions; 3 9 minimum in A rated sections at National rated competitions, and B and C sections. Obstacles may not exceed 4 6. (Exception: Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12) 4. Performance Hunter 3 3 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 252 of 400

253 5. Performance Hunter Green Conformation Hunter High Performance Conformation Hunter: Amateur Owner Hunter Sections: a. Obstacles at National and Premier rated competitions must be 3 6. b. Obstacles at competitions in Zones 11 and 12 may be 3 3 or 3 6. c. If a 3 3 Amateur Owner Hunter Section is offered, obstacles are to be 3 3. d. If a competition offers both 3 3 and 3 6 Amateur Owner Hunter sections, regardless of the competition s rating, the obstacles must be set at 3 3 and 3 6 respectively. e. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 9. Adult Amateur Hunter Sections: Obstacles will be 2 9 to 3 3. Spreads must not exceed the height of the obstacle. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 10. Local Competitions: No minimum in any section. 11. Non-rated sections: Heights determined by competition management unless otherwise specified. 12. Ladies Side Saddle Sections: Junior Hunter Sections: a. Obstacles must be 3 6 in all classes. (Exception: Fences may be 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12 and in the Junior Hunter 3 3 section.) b. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 14. Children s Hunter Sections: Obstacles will be 2 for small ponies and medium ponies; 2 6 for large ponies and 2 9 to 3 3 for horses. Spreads must not exceed the height of obstacle. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. 15. Green Pony Hunter: 2 3 for small, 2 6 for medium and 2 9 for large. (See HU125 regarding spread of fences). 16. Regular Pony Hunter: 2 3 for small, 2 6 for medium and for large (See HU125 regarding spread of fences). 17. Three-Year-Old Hunter: Not to exceed Small Hunter Sections: Thoroughbred Hunter: 3 0 HU123 Type 1. Obstacles must simulate those found in the hunting field such as natural post and rail, brush, stone wall, white board fence or gate, chicken coop, aiken, hedge, oxer, etc. 2. Chicken coops hinged at the top and free at the bottom; triple bars and hogs back; striped rails; targets; any spread over 4 and square oxers are prohibited. 3. Every course must have at least four different type obstacles. (Exception: see HU146.10). The jumpable portion of all obstacles must be a minimum width of eight feet wide. 4. A minimum 2 difference is required for the back element of an obstacle. A ground line is required for all obstacles except in Handy Hunter classes. 5. The top element of all obstacles must be securely placed with cups at least 1 1/2 inches deep and 3 inches wide so that a slight rub will not cause a knockdown and must be equally secure for different heights in the same class. At all Federation approved competitions, FEI approved safety mechanisms must be used in conjunction with a cup that is at least 1 ½ inches deep and at least 3 inches wide for the back rail of all oxers. Logs, caps on walls and gates with a separate plank style top element that can be knocked down are permitted. 6. In Handy classes obstacles must simulate those found in trappy hunting country. The course must have at least two changes of direction and at least one in and out as well as three of the following: hand gallop a jump, bending line, rollback turn, fence at the end of the ring or open a gate while mounted or trot over one obstacle (exception: in and outs are optional for Pony Handy courses). Judges must place emphasis on promptness and tight turns with precedence being given in that order. Handiness is defined as time and ground saving movement without adversely affecting performance or style. Brilliance of pace is defined as a faster pace than ordinary, without sacrificing performance or style. Hand Gallop is defined as a significant increase in pace without sacrificing Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 253 of 400

254 performance or style. Exception: Ins and outs are optional for Pony Handy Hunter classes. 7. For all hunter classes restricted to Ponies, the first obstacle of all courses must be a vertical. For pony hunter handy courses, leading over one obstacle as well as opening a gate are prohibited. HU124 In and Outs 1. An in and out is considered as two obstacles in the required number of obstacles. It must never be used at the start of a course. 2. An in and out is two jumps set for one or two strides. The distance may be adjusted during a class requiring different fence heights. Exception: The distance must be adjusted in Pony Hunter classes, see HU125. HU125 Pony Hunter In the event that any or all of the Pony Hunter sections (Small, Medium, Large) are combined, the course designer may add or remove fill as necessary to meet the requirements of HU125 (spread of a jump). Every effort should be made to make the jump look as similar as possible at each height. Any removed fill should not be left next to the jump, and should be placed within an island or decoration, or removed completely from the ring. 1. Heights and Spreads. a. Fences may be a maximum of 3 lower in Zones 11 and 12. b. No minimum height required at Local Competitions. c. Spread of jump may not exceed height and must be measured including flowers, brush and ground lines. d. If a competition offers a team or pairs class or a pony hunter classic in which ponies of mixed heights are permitted, the prize list must state the height of the fences and stipulate all judging requirements. 2. Distances. a. If the distance between related fences is less than 100 (including in and outs), the distance must be adjusted for each height section. b. In B, C and Local rated sections, there must not be any other fences in the same line as an in and out. SUBCHAPTER HU-4 ATTIRE, TACK AND EQUIPMENT HU126 Tack 1. Snaffles, pelhams and full bridles, all with cavesson nose bands, are required. a. Judges may penalize, but may not eliminate, a horse or pony that competes in a snaffle, pelham, or full bridle that is unconventional. Unconventional snaffles, pelhams, or full bridles include, but are not limited to, hunter gags, kimberwickes, etc. b. Judges must eliminate a horse or pony that competes in illegal bits or nosebands. Illegal bits include, but are not limited to, three rings, gags (other than the hunter gag), et cetera Illegal nosebands include, but are not limited to, drop, flash and figure eight nosebands. 2. Horses must return to the ring for conformation or soundness wearing a snaffle, pelham or full bridle with a cavesson noseband. 3. Martingales of any type are prohibited in Under Saddle, hack and tie-breaking classes. Standing and running martingales used in the conventional manner are allowed for all over fences classes. All other martingales are considered illegal. A judge must eliminate a horse or pony that competes in a martingale other than a standing or running martingale used in the conventional manner. HU127 Equipment 1. Light pads and bar shoes are permissible, however, bar shoes indicate a weakness and in Conformation classes a judge may penalize accordingly. All artificial appliances, including but not limited to nasal strips, boots, wraps and bandages are prohibited. In the case of inclement weather competition management may permit the use of bell boots. 2. Electronic Communication Devices a. No mounted exhibitor may wear or carry an electronic communication device (i.e., cellular telephone, pager, walkie talkie, ipod, etc.) while in the competition ring. The penalty for wearing or carrying a forbidden device if observed by the judge may be elimination from the class during which the device was worn or carried. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 254 of 400

255 b. Electronic communication devices used for purposes of coaching, etc., between competitors and individuals outside the ring shall be prohibited in all classes. c. Exhibitors who have a chronic condition may apply for a Presidential Modification exempting them from the provisions of this rule in accordance with GR152. Riders may not use these devices in over fences classes. d. An exhibitor who has a chronic condition and has previously been granted at least one annual presidential modification related to the condition, may submit an application for approval of a special three-year presidential modification related to the same condition. The application must be accompanied by sufficient supporting documentation that the condition is unlikely to improve during the three-year period. 3. Any rider competing and or riding anywhere on the competition grounds with their stirrup, stirrup leather, or foot tied and/or secured in any manner, will automatically be eliminated from the entire competition. The steward will note the trainer name(s) on the stewards report and further disciplinary actions may be taken by the Federation. 4. Whips. Competitors are prohibited from carrying a whip that is longer than 30 (75cm) while jumping or schooling over fences. A rider may not carry more than one whip. Whips that are weighted at the end are prohibited. (Exception: Ladies Side Saddle and appointments classes. See HU130.) 5. No exhibitor may carry a whip longer than 30 while competing. HU128 Attire 1. Protective headgear. All riders must wear protective headgear. See GR While competing in a jumping class, if a rider s chin strap becomes unfastened, the rider may stop, re-fasten the chin strap and continue his/her round without penalty or elimination. A judge may, but is not required, to stop a rider and ask them to refasten a chin strap which has become unfastened, again without penalty to the rider. 2. Attire. Riders are required to wear conservatively colored coats (black, blue, green, grey or brown) which are free from adornment which in the judge s opinion is overly distracting. Shirts must have a choker, similar collar or tie. Breeches may be buff, canary, tan, rust or white. 3. Formal Attire. Riders are required to wear scarlet or dark coats; white shirts with white stock; white, buff or canary breeches. Members of the Armed Services or the Police may wear the Service Dress Uniform. 4. Inappropriate attire. When management permits Hunter or Hunter Seat Equitation riders to ride without jackets, riders must wear traditional, short, or longsleeved riding shirts with chokers or ties. Polo shirts and full chaps are not permitted except in unjudged warm-up classes. Management or Judge may eliminate an exhibitor who is inappropriately attired. HU129 Hunt Colors In classes restricted to members, subscribers or staff of a Hunt recognized by the Masters of Foxhounds Association, all riders who wear colors must carry a letter dated within the current year signifying that they are eligible. This letter must include the name of the Hunt and the color of the collar and must be signed by the Master or Honorary Secretary of that Hunt. The show committee must appoint a competent person to check these letters before riders compete in classes. If a rider holds a current letter but does not have it in his immediate possession or is entitled to receive one, the show committee may accept a signed statement to that effect which must be submitted to the Federation. In classes restricted to junior exhibitors, rules concerning hunt colors will be strictly enforced. Unless a junior wears scarlet, brown boot tops are prohibited. HU130 Ladies Side Saddle Attire 1. Hat: See GR Neckwear: Plain white hunting stock neatly tied and fastened with a plain gold safety pin. Latter should be horizontal. 3. Habit: Melton or other cloth of black or dark blue color, unless bona fide member of a recognized hunt whose livery color is different; then hunt livery color with hunt colors is permissible. Lining must match. 4. Breeches: Same color as habit. 5. Collar: Same material and color as coat unless bona fida member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt colors in which case, the collar should conform to the livery of the hunt and be worn only on coats of the hunt livery color. 6. Vest: Of plain white, buff or yellow material, unless bona fida member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt s livery in which case, the vest should conform to the livery of the hunt and be worn only with habits of the hunt livery color. 7. Buttons: Must conform to hunt livery. Usual specifications are: Brass or bone on vest. Black bone on black or dark blue coat. If bona fida member of a recognized hunt has been invited to wear the hunt button, it should be engraved with the hunt emblem, otherwise it should be plain. 8. Boots: Black, without tops: of plain black calf without tabs. Boot garters, if worn, plain black. Zippers and laces are not permitted. 9. Spur: Optional. If worn, must be regular hunting spur, without rowels worn high on the heel. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 255 of 400

256 10. Whip: Light hunting whip with thong required. 11. Gloves: Plain; heavy wash leather or brown leather gloves. 12. Rain Gloves: White or light colored rain gloves. Should be carried on off (right) side under billets and just showing in front of saddle flap. Fingers forward, thumbs in. 13. Jewelry: Except for finger rings and small plain stud earrings for pierced ears, jewelry is not permitted. 14. Hair: With hair net, preferably in bun. Must be neat and unobtrusive. 15. Boutonniere not permitted. 16. Mane and Tail: Must be braided. (Exception: roached mane and pulled tails). HU131 Ladies Side Saddle Tack and Equipment 1. Sandwich Case: Required for appointments. Must be combined sandwich case and flask. Sandwich case must contain a plain white-meat sandwich, crusts removed, cut on the diagonal, wrapped in wax paper; a linen handkerchief or napkin is optional and flask must contain sherry or tea. 2. Bridle: Must be either double or pelham. First definitely preferable. All leather must be flat. A cavesson noseband must be used. Rubber, laced, and plaited reins are not permissible. Stitched in leather preferred. 3. Breastplate: Optional, but preferred. All leather must be flat. 4. Martingales: Not permitted on the flat or in Hunter Hack, permitted in over fences classes. 5. Saddles: Must be plain English type. May have doeskin or suede seat and pommel. Lining may be leather or linen. Numnahs and saddle cloth not permitted. 6. Girths: Triple fold leather. No elastic permitted. Cannot be shaped. Balance girth, either separate or stitched to triple fold girth, is necessary. First definitely preferable. Girth cover not permitted. 7. Irons: Should be regular side saddle iron with oval eye or safety stirrup. Should be large, workmanlike and polished, without pads. SUBCHAPTER HU-5 JUDGING HU132 General 1. All classes must be judged on performance and soundness and when indicated, conformation, suitability or manners. a. When a horse makes two faults at one obstacle only the major fault will be counted. (Exception: refusals count in addition.) b. When an obstacle is composed of several elements in the same vertical plane, a fault at the top element is the only one penalized c. At an in and out, the faults committed at each obstacle are considered separately. In case of a refusal or runout at the 2nd obstacle of an in and out, the competitor may rejump both obstacles of the in and out. d. Judges must penalize unsafe jumping and bad form over fences, whether touched or untouched. e. Teams, pairs and unicorns (abreast and tandem) should be judged as a single unit, scoring only major faults at each obstacle. (Exception: in cases where two or more horses have knockdowns or refusals, they are scored cumulatively.) In tandem formation, faults for horses not keeping proper hunting distance apart and in abreast formation, faults for horses not keeping abreast will be calculated at the rate of 1/2 fault for each 1/2 horse s length and are cumulative at each obstacle, as well as at each end of the ring; or on an outside course, at each obstacle and between each obstacle. No additional penalty for finishing out of original order. f. In classics and when a class is held on an outside course, brilliance should be emphasized. 2. Circling once upon entering the ring and once upon leaving is permissible. 3. In all classes over obstacles, all horses being considered for an award must jog for soundness in the judge s order of preference prior to being judged for conformation. Two more entries than the number of ribbons must jog if there are sufficient entries. Horses may not leave the ring until the jog is declared official by the judge. A horse that leaves the ring prior to the jog being declared official will be eliminated. A horse that is unruly, one that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, other exhibitors or their entries will be eliminated. (Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding). A horse may not be eliminated for receiving outside assistance in the jog. 4. In classes over obstacles, competitors cannot be requested to show at a walk, trot and canter or to re-jump the course unless eliminations are held. If eliminations are held, the finals are judged as an independent class. 5. After all competitors have had an opportunity to compete over a course in the High Performance Hunter and Performance Hunter section, competitors with Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 256 of 400

257 faults which would eliminate the competitor from the ribbons, may be excused by the judge at management s discretion, provided four (4) more competitors than the number of ribbons awarded have completed the course. In Green Hunter classes riders are encouraged to withdraw after a major fault. 6. In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe while competing, the rider or handler may choose to continue with- out penalty. If they decide to stop to address the situation that rider/handler will be eliminated. In the case of the jump(s) falling over due to weather or act of God, the rider must remain in the ring until receiving instructions from the judge(s) or be eliminated. In this instance, the decision of the judge(s) is final. 7. In the event of elimination, the horse must exit the ring immediately. 8. Obstacle Not Properly Set. If a competitor jumps an obstacle that has not been reset, or has been reset improperly, due to it being downed by a previous competitor, the weather, or some other factor, the competitor receives no penalty. However, if the competitor knocks down the obstacle he will be penalized accordingly. HU133 Definition of Competed A horse has competed in an over fences class when the horse s entry number and a score for at least the first jump are recorded on the judges card. A horse failing to complete the entire course is not eligible to receive points, awards, or prize money. A horse has competed in an under saddle class when the horse has entered the ring. When three or fewer horses compete in an under saddle class, all horses numbers must be listed on the judges card regardless of whether they receive an award. HU134 Soundness All horses must be serviceably sound. All horses being considered for an award must jog for soundness with rider dismounted. (Exception: Under Saddle classes, classes with specifications that do not require horses to jog, unrated classes, and classes at Local Competitions). Horses may not leave the ring until the jog is declared official by the judge. A horse that leaves the ring prior to the jog being declared official will be eliminated. A horse that is unruly, one that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, or other exhibitors or their entries will be eliminated. (Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding). A horse may not be eliminated for receiving outside assistance in the jog. In classes restricted to ponies a junior must jog the horse for soundness. Horses that are not serviceably sound are ineligible for an award, including under saddle classes. HU135 Conformation Quality, substance and soundness. Judges must penalize but not necessarily eliminate horses with structural faults, defects and blemishes (such as pinfiring) in areas which might impair their activity and durability. Horses must be stripped for conformation judging in any class. (Exception: Under Saddle classes.) HU136 Performance 1. An even hunting pace, manners, jumping style together with faults and way of moving over the course. Manners to be emphasized in Ladies and Amateur classes; brilliance in Corinthian and Formal Hunting Attire classes. 2. When the class is held in a ring, the performance starts as the competitor enters and ends when he leaves. When the class is held outside, the performance starts at any spot designated by competition management and ends at any spot so designated. If the start and finish are not clearly set forth, it is suggested that a judge consider the start approximately 50 before the first obstacle and the finish approximately 50 after the last. HU137 Faults 1. The following faults are scored according to the judges opinion and depending on severity or division, may be considered minor or major faults. a. Rubbing the jump b. Swapping leads in a line or in front of a jump c. Late lead changes d. Spooking e. Kicking up or out f. Jumping out of form g. Jumping off the center line of jump h. Bucking and/or playing i. Adding a stride in a line with a related distance Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 257 of 400

258 j. Eliminating a stride in a line with a related distance k. Striking off on a wrong lead on the courtesy circle. (May be corrected with either a simple or flying change of lead) 2. The following are considered major faults. a. Knockdown b. Refusal c. Refusal or stopping while on course d. Crossing the track. A track is established once a horse has landed from a fence or completes a required test and follows the horse until the consecutive fence is jumped or the next test is executed. Upon completion of each consecutive fence or performance of the next test, the track is erased. Crossing a track between obstacles and/ or required tests shall constitute a disobedience and will be penalized by the judge(s). Exceptions 1. A course diagram that requires a rider to cross his track. 2. Snake or multiple panel jumps that are jumped consecutively. e. Dangerous jumping f. Addressing a jump - coming to a stop in front of a jump in order to show the jump to the horse. g. Completely missing a lead change h. Adding or eliminating a stride in an in and out. i. Breaking stride, or Trotting while on course. (Exceptions-Where posted on the course diagram i.e. trot jumps, steep banks, etc, and also as outlined above in HU137.1k. Striking off on a wrong lead on the courtesy circle.) 3. The following constitute elimination. a. Three refusals (Exception: USEF Pony Hunter National Championship and USEF Junior Hunter National Championship, exhibitors will be eliminated after two cumulative refusals). b. Off course c. Jumping course before it is reset d. Bolting from the ring e. Fall of horse and/or rider (rider shall not remount in the ring). f. Stopping for loss of shoe or broken equipment. g. In model classes, a horse or pony that breaks away from the handler or one whose actions threaten to endanger the rider, handler, other exhibitors or their entries. Exception: Hunter Breeding and Pony Breeding classes. HU138 Pony Hunter Manners of the pony and suitability of the pony to the rider must be emphasized in all classes. Extreme speed must be penalized. Suitability of a pony for a rider is determined by height of rider as related to the height of the pony. Judges must penalize but not necessarily eliminate an entry not having such suitability and manners. HU139 Junior & Children s Hunter 1. Junior Hunter. In all classes manners will be emphasized and extreme speed will be penalized. 2. Conformation is not to exceed 25% in any class except a Model class. In Junior Working Hunter sections no more than 50% of the classes may be judged on conformation. 3. Children s Hunter. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1 of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Children s Hunter section: Open to horses and ponies to be ridden by a junior exhibitor. See also HU101.6 and HU109. SUBCHAPTER HU-6 CLASS SPECIFICATIONS Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 258 of 400

259 HU140 Under Saddle and Hack Classes 1. In Under Saddle and Hunter Hack classes, horses are shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. Light contact with the horse s mouth is required. Horses should be obedient, alert, responsive and move freely. They should not be eliminated for slight errors. Judges may ask horses to hand gallop collectively, one way of the ring. (Exception: green classes.) No more than eight will be asked to hand gallop at one time. (Exception: Hunter National Championships see Championship Specifications) All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 2. To be eligible for a Model or Under Saddle class counting toward a Championship in any A or B rated section, horses must be entered in at least one full point class over obstacles in the same section during the competition. To maintain awards or points won in the aforementioned classes the competitor must complete the course in at least one class. HU141 Model Classes for Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 and High Performance Conformation Hunter To be shown at a walk and trot. To be judged on conformation, way of moving and soundness. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. HU142 Green Hunter, Young Hunter, High Performance and Performance Hunter Classes To be judged on performance, way of moving and soundness. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. HU143 Amateur Owner Classes To be judged on performance and soundness. If conformation is to be judged, it may not count more than 25%. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. HU144 Adult Amateur Classes To be judged on performance and soundness, suitability to count. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. HU145 Ladies Side Saddle Classes (See also EQ104.1) To be ridden by ladies who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Stallions not permitted. Three classes must be offered: Over Fences, Under Saddle and Hunter Hack. All three classes will count equally for the Championship. In cases of ties, horses are to hack off for Champion and Reserve. HOTY points will be awarded in the Over Fences classes to entries that place, provided that there are at least three horses entered and shown in the Over Fences class. At least three entries must compete in the Under Saddle class and the Hunter Hack class for HOTY points to count. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound. 1. Over Fences: To be shown over a course of at least eight fences 3 in height. No in and out to be used. 2. Under Saddle: To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring in formal hunting attire with appointments. See HU130-HU131. If the Under Saddle class is not scheduled as the first class of the section, the schedule must allow at least two hours to prepare before the start. To be judged on performance and soundness with emphasis on manners 75%; formal hunting attire, appointments and general overall appearance of horse and rider 25%. Judges should give particular consideration to quality, condition and cleanliness of tack. Mane and tail must be braided, (Exception: roached manes or pulled tails). Judges must line up exhibitors in order of preference before checking appointments. 3. Hunter Hack: To be shown at a walk, trot and canter both ways of the ring. Judges may ask for a hand gallop but no more than eight to hand gallop at one time. To jump two fences at 2 6. To be judged on performance and soundness with an emphasis on manners. Under Saddle performance to count 50%, Over Fences performance to count 50%. HU146 Hunter Classics 1. Any Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated competition may offer a Hunter Classic. 2. Hunter Classics may be offered for any rated sections offered and held at the same competition. An Open Hunter Classic is a classic that is open to entries from multiple hunter sections of the same rating. It is permitted for Open Hunter Classics to encompass several fence heights to correspond with the respective hunter sections being offered. It is not permitted for an Open Hunter Classic to encompass multiple ratings. The prize list must state the specific hunter sections that are invited to compete in the Open Hunter Classic. If a horse competes in more than one hunter section qualifying for the Open Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Com- petition Secretary. All other provisions of HU 145 apply to Open Hunter Classics. a. Six (6) entries are required to conduct a Hunter Classic. b. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any one Hunter Classic, it may combine with other sections of the same rating. Exception: The Adult Amateur Hunter Classic, Children s Pony Hunter Classic and Children s Hunter Classic may be held with the number of entries indicated in the Zone specifications. If Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 259 of 400

260 Hunter Classics are combined and a horse is shown in more than one section qualifying for the Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Competition Secretary. c. Hunter Classics cannot be divided in any manner and held by section if there are fewer than six (6) entries in each divided section. Exception: A rated sections must have twelve (12) entries to divide All Hunter Classics must be conducted as a two round class. A handy hunter round may not be used as part of a Hunter Classic. A Hunter Classic may be conducted as a separate two round class or a designated hunter class of the specified Hunter section may be counted as the first round of the Hunter Classic. However, the second round may not be another designated class in the Hunter section, but must be held as a separate round. If a designated class is used as a first round, each round shall count 50%. 4. At National and Premier competitions, in sections with an A rating, Hunter Classics conducted using either a designated hunter class as the first round or a separate two round class must offer at least $1000 in prize money and sections with a B or C rating must offer at least $500 in prize money. (Exception: Pony Hunter Classics in sections with an A or B rating must offer at least $500 in prize money; Children s Hunter Pony is not required to offer prize money). At Regional I and Regional II competitions, in sections with a B or C rating, Hunter Classics conducted using either a designated hunter class as the first round or a separate two round class must offer at least $250 in prize money (Exception: Children s Hunter Pony is not required to offer prize money and if a Children s Hunter Horse and Children s Hunter Pony Classics are combined, the competition is not required to offer prize money in the combined Classic). At Premier, National, Regional I and Regional II competitions, when a Hunter Classic is conducted as a separate two round class, the minimum prize money offered as stated above. 5. The entry fee may not exceed 10% of the prize money offered in the Hunter Classic. 6. To be eligible, horses must have entered, shown and completed the course in at least two classes in the Hunter section. All horses being considered for an award must be serviceably sound and may be jogged if so stated in the prize list. 7. A minimum of the top 12 entries, if available, or 50% of the entries in the first round, whichever is greater, will return for the second round. If a horse or pony is eliminated in the first round of competition, they may not return for the second round. If a horse/rider combination does not return for the second round or is eliminated during the second round of a classic, a score of zero will be combined with the first round score and the horse/rider combination will be placed accordingly. If possible, twelve places are to be awarded. 8. The Hunter Classic does not count toward the minimum number of classes required for the section s rating. 9. Bonus points will be awarded toward Horse of the Year Awards in the horse s respective section and are based on the number of horses that compete in the classic. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class of the hunter section as the first round, the number of horses that compete in the classic is determined by the number of horses who have entered and competed in the first round of the classic, not the designated class used as the first round. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the number of horses that compete in the classic is determined by the number of horses who compete in the first round of the classic. The bonus points are as follows: a. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class as the first round, the bonus points for Zone HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the first round of a classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by b. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the bonus points for Zone HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the first round of a classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by 1.5. c. In a Hunter Classic using a designated class as the first round, the bonus points for National HOTY are deter- mined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the classic to the applicable increment in GR and multiplying the result by d. In a Hunter Classic held as a separate two round class, the bonus points for National HOTY are determined by adding one point for each entry that competes in the classic to the applicable increment in GR and multi- plying the result by The first round of all hunter classics must consist of eight (8) to ten (10) obstacles in accordance with HU117. In the second round of all hunter classics the course must consist of a minimum of ten (10) obstacles of at least six different types. 11. An open numerical judging system must be used. If there are multiple judging panels, one judging panel must be appointed as the tie breaker. 12. Attire: riders are required to comply with HU There is no limit to the number of horses a rider may compete on in a Hunter Classic. Exception: Competitors in a Regular or Green Hunter Pony Classic may only ride two ponies per height section. 14. he same horse/rider combination must compete in both rounds of a Hunter Classic. 15. A horse may not compete in more than one classic per section but may compete in an open classic, a USHJA National Hunter Derby, a USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake or a USHJA International Hunter Derby at the same competition. A horse is limited to competing in a maximum of two classics or derbies or combination of classics and derbies per competition. The USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake is considered a Derby for the purposes of this rule. (Exception: Leagues approved by the Federation in accordance with GR915.2c). 16. The same pony may not compete in the USHJA Pony Hunter Derby and the USHJA National Hunter Derby at the same competition. 17. If more than 30 horses are entered in a Junior Hunter Classic, the classic must be split in accordance with HU118. HU147 Pony Hunter Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 260 of 400

261 1. Class Specifications. a. Classes are the same as those listed for Hunters. Maiden, Novice, Limit and Green Ponies are not to gallop. b. Conformation must not exceed 25% in any class except a Model class. c. Appointment classes are prohibited in all competitions. Uniformity and similarity may count 15% in Team and Pair classes. d. Model and Conformation classes should occur on the same day. SUBCHAPTER HU-7 CHAMPIONSHIPS HU148 General 1. Championships must be offered in A and B rated sections. 2. A Championship may not be offered in a section unless a minimum of two over fences classes and one Under Saddle class are held. A Championship will not count for points unless a minimum of three entries compete in at least two over fences classes and one under saddle class (Exception: Ladies Side Saddle, see HU145; Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter, and any other sections where individual classes may be entered, see HU148.3)). If a competition offers more than one Under Saddle class in any one section, only one will count towards the Championship. (Exception: classes divided as to weight, height, age or breeding.) The prize list must specify the class to count. 3. The number of Championship and Reserve Championships that are awarded will be determined by the number of sections created from dividing the first over fences class. In order to award a section Championship in the Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter, and any other sections where individual classes may be entered at least two (2) over fences classes per section and one (1) under saddle class must be held in which a minimum of three (3) entries compete. When multiple Championships are awarded when using the California Split method, under saddle classes with fewer than thirty (30) entries are not required to be split. When multiple Championships are awarded and only one under saddle class is held the points from the one under saddle class will be used to calculate the Championship for both sections. When a random split is used, multiple Championships may only be awarded if a minimum of two (2) over fences and one (1) under saddle class are held per section. a. When a Championship is offered, management must keep a score card or chart of winnings throughout the competition, which must be prominently displayed so that exhibitors may inspect it at all times. Only the first six ribbons count towards Championships regardless of the number offered. b. Ribbons won in classes with specifications restricting horses in any manner, will not count toward any Championship unless such classes are complementary and over the same course, affording equal opportunity to all horses competing. If, however, competition management, having reserved the right to do so in the prize list, combines two or more complementary classes because of insufficient entries, thus making one open class, ribbons won in such a class count toward the Championship. HU149 Eligibility 1. General. a. The Champion and Reserve Champion titles are awarded to the top two of the four horses that acquired the most points performing over a regulation course with obstacles at the full height required in the section in which shown, except under the provisions of HU110. In addition to these points, only these four horses, receive half points for ribbons won in Model classes and full points for ribbons won in one Under Saddle class. Exception: High Performance and Performance Hunter sections with three classes receive half points for the under saddle class, see HU106. b. The prize list must state the numbers of the full point and half point classes counting towards the Championship in each section. 2. The following classes do not count towards nor make a horse eligible for Championships: Appointment, Breeding, Local, Junior, Consolation, Maiden, Novice, Limit, Owners, Hunter Hack, Pairs, Teams and any class restricted unless complementary classes are offered. Points won in one section do not count towards nor make a horse eligible for the Championship in another section. HU150 Ties 1. In case of a tie score the Championship and/or Reserve is awarded to the horse that accumulated the most points over fences. If horses have an equal number of points over fences and no points under saddle, the tied horses will be asked to compete in a hack off, or independent under saddle class, to be judged on soundness and performance at the walk, trot and canter. Competitors may be asked to hand gallop at the discretion of the judge. (Exception: Green Hunters and Young Hunters.) Any competitor may concede to the other if they choose not to hack off, or if both competitors agree, they may choose to break the tie with a coin toss. If horses have an equal number of points over fences, under saddle, and model (i.e. Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or High Performance Conformation Hunter) the tie will stand as is and both horses will receive Horse of the Year Points in their respective Cham- pion and/or Reserve position. 2. If all tied horses are declared unsound, selection of the winner among such tied competitors is left to the discretion of the judges. HU151 Combination Hunter Championship Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 261 of 400

262 All competitions with a limited number of Hunter classes, including events in more than one section (i.e. High Performance Conformation or Green Conformation Hunter 3 6, Green, High Performance or Performance Hunter), may count points won in such classes toward a Combination Hunter Championship. A Combination Hunter Championship and Reserve are awarded to two of the four horses which have acquired the most points performing over a regulation Hunter course with fences the height required in the section in which shown. In addition to these points, only these horses receive half points for ribbons won in Model, Maiden, Novice, Limit and Green classes and full points for ribbons won in one Under Saddle class or, if not held, in one Hunter Hack class, if otherwise qualified. The prize list must specify which classes count. This Championship does not count toward a Federation Horse of the Year Award except for Amateur Owners Hunters. HU152 Pony Hunter 1. Separate Championships must be offered when all classes are divided into height sections but cannot be offered unless they are divided. See HU148 HU151 for all requirements. 2. Championships. Show Champions and Reserve Champions are selected as outlined in GR808. HU153 Junior & Children s Hunter 1. Separate Championships must be offered when all classes are divided but cannot be offered unless they are divided. 2. The Champion and Reserve titles are awarded to the top two of the four horses which have acquired the most points performing over a regulation course in the Junior Hunter section. In addition to these points only these horses will receive half points for ribbons won in Model classes and full points for ribbons won in Under Saddle classes if otherwise qualified. The prize list must specify which classes will count. SUBCHAPTER HU-8 CONDUCT HU154 Veterinarian In reference to GR a., every competition must have a qualified veterinarian present throughout the competition if the previous year s competition s entry number was 200 horses or greater. HU155 Judges (See HU129) 1. In A rated sections, at least one judge of Registered status must officiate. Recorded judges with Special judge s card may not officiate alone. 2. All judges who are assigned to a Conformation section must judge the Model class. 3. In A rated Hunter sections at Premier rated competitions, a minimum of two judges must officiate. They may officiate independently or together. If judging independently, no more than 60% of the classes in the section may be officiated by the same judge. (Exception: High Performance Working Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6, Performance Hunter 3 3 and Pony Hunter sections held on one day). HU156 Course Designers 1. The licensed Hunter Course Designer, or his designated representative, must be present during all Hunter and Hunter Seat Equitation classes for which he has responsibility and over sees the courses are properly set for the competition. Course Designer should be available to report to the judge at any time. (Exception: breed restricted competitions and open competitions with 50% or more breed restricted classes.) 2. A minimum of an r license is required to officiate alone at a National or Premier rated competition with a Hunter class offering up to $4,999 in prize money. 3. An R license is required to officiate in any class offering $5,000 or more in prize money. HU157 Schooling 1. Schooling is permitted in accordance with GR834, GR835, GR837 and HU Appendix A. 2. Schooling areas for hunters must contain adequate standards, jump cups and rail and hunter-type rails to make a minimum of a trotting fence, a vertical and an oxer. 3. FEI approved safety cups must be made readily available for each hunter schooling area. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted only when safety cups are not available. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 262 of 400

263 4. The use of any device with ear bud(s) while mounted is prohibited in all hunter schooling areas. HU158 Back to Back Classes No more than two rounds may be ridden back to back. In sections where three classes over fences are held on one day and the section has eight or fewer exhibitors, all three over fences classes may be held using back to back rounds with the judge s consent. Classes using this format must be jogged, if required, and pinned separately, following the last class. Management may not require back to back rounds in rated classes. Management may not require a judge to score more than three classes concurrently. Classes run back to back must be in the same division (i.e. Hunter or Equitation). Exception: USEF Pony Medal and WIHS Equitation Hunter Phase. HU159 Jumping Order 1. If a jumping order is established it must be posted in a conspicuous place at least one-half hour before the class. The jumping order must be legible to a mounted rider. If a jumping order is used throughout the section, a systematic rotation of the starting list must be employed so that a complete cycle is made during the competition. Failure to enter the ring within one minute after an audible signal to proceed is given incurs elimination. The time limit for entering the ring must be enforced by competition management. Management may permit a rider to compete out of order to minimize delays and in case of class conflicts. 2. Establishing the Order. (Either manually or via computer) The jumping order for the first round must be established by one of the following procedures: a. The horses names are drawn individually, starting with the first position and then working down. b. The horses names are listed and their positions drawn. c. The horses names and the positions are both drawn. d. The horses names are listed (with multiple rides pre-spaced) with the first name drawn becoming the first horse to compete in the first round, the remaining horses following from that point (i.e., the horses name after the one drawn first is second, the next one third, etc.). HU160 Entry Fees 1. No competition may require a combined entry fee in any B or C rated section. A horse that is entered in a section that requires a combined entry fee may be entered in individual classes in another section for which he is qualified. (Exception: the horse may not be entered in the stake class unless it has met all qualifications.) A horse that is exhibited in the first performance class of an A rated section must pay a combined entry fee. After the first performance class exhibitors may enter individual classes at management s discretion. 2. A Model class may not be included in a combined entry fee. It must always be offered separately as an optional class. HU161 Scheduling 1. A rated Hunter sections may be held and judged on one or more days. If held on one day A sections are limited to a maximum of four classes per section (3 over fences and 1 under saddle). If held on two or more days, three to five performance classes must be offered (Exception: Pony Hunter and Junior Hunter sections). a. At National and Premier rated competitions the High Performance Working Hunter section must be offered. Exception: competitions restricted to Juniors and Amateurs. b. National rated competitions must be held and judged over a minimum of three (3) days on the same competition grounds. A minimum of ten A rated hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be offered. Additionally, a minimum of five (5) A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR313.6 must be held and judged. Ladies Side Saddle does not count towards these requirements. A minimum of two performance classes from two different A rated Hunter sections must be scheduled and judged on each of the three days. A minimum of $5,000 in prize money, must be paid in the rated Hunter sections of a National competition. A maximum of $2,000 of Hunter Classic, USHJA Pony Hunter Derby, USHJA National Hunter Derby, USHJA Green Hunter Incentive, and/or USHJA Green Hunter Challenge prize money can be used towards calculating the $5,000 of required prize money for a National rated competition. Exception: A minimum of $3,000 in prize money, must be paid in the rated Hunter sections of a National competition restricted to Juniors and/or Amateurs. A maximum of $1,000 of Hunter Classic USHJA National Hunter Derby, USHJA Green Hunter Incentive, and/or USHJA Green Hunter Challenge prize money can be used towards calculating the $3,000 of required prize money for a National rated competition restricted to Juniors and/or Amateurs. c. Premier rated competitions must be held and judged over a minimum of five (5) days on the same competition grounds. A minimum of fifteen A rated Hunter sections listed in GR312.6 must be offered. Additionally, a minimum of ten A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR must be held and judged, a maximum of four of which can be C rated sections. Ladies Side Saddle does not count towards these requirements. A minimum of two performance classes from two different A rated Hunter sections must be scheduled and judged on four of the five days. At Premier rated competitions, A rated Hunter sections must be held on two or more days. (Exception: High Performance Working Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6 and Performance Hunter 3 3 ). A minimum of $24,000 in prize money, including add-back money if any, must be paid in the rated Hunter sections of a Premier competition. A maximum of $5,000 of Hunter Classic, USHJA International Hunter Derby, USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake, USHJA Pony Hunter Derby, USHJA National Hunter Derby, USHJA Green Hunter Incentive, and/or USHJA Green Hunter Challenge prize money can be used towards calculating the $24,000 of prize money, including add-back money if any, which must be paid for a Premier rated competition. If an add-back is offered, the minimum required prize money for that section must be guaranteed, and the add-backs must be clearly indicated in the prize list. Exception: If sections are canceled or entries are insufficient to award all prize money, then additional money not awarded must be pooled and redistributed 60% to the champions, and 40% to the reserve champions of the remaining A rated hunter sections. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 263 of 400

264 d. Rated competitions which restrict entries in the rated Hunter sections to juniors and amateurs must be held on a minimum of two consecutive non-school days within the public school system, at the location of the competition, on the same competition grounds. A minimum of six A rated Hunter sections listed in GR must be offered. Additionally, a minimum of three A and/or C rated hunter sections listed in GR must be held. Ladies Side Saddle does not count towards these requirements. e. At Federation licensed Junior/Amateur competitions, the only rated Hunter sections that may be held are those which are restricted by definition to the participation of juniors and amateurs (example: Junior, Amateur, Children s, Adult and Pony). Exception: Pony Hunter Breeding and Hunter Breeding classes. 2. National rated competitions must state their National or Premier rating clearly on the cover of the prize list. 3. Competitions cannot offer more than the required amount of classes for an A or B section rating. Model classes and Classics do not count toward the number of classes required, (Model classes must be offered in A rated Conformation sections in addition to the four or five required classes), therefore, they can be offered as additional classes. In addition, Model and Classics do not count towards the number of required classes to meet the rating requirement, therefore the prize money offered in Model and/or Classic classes cannot be used to determine the amount of required prize money to calculate the Premier rating. (Exception: see HU158.1c). 4. No more than three (3) classes in any A rated hunter section at a National or Premier rated competition may be held in one day if the section is held over two days. (Exception: Model classes in Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 and High Performance Conformation Hunter sections may be held as a fourth class. High Performance Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6 and Performance Hunter 3 3 at National and Premier rated competitions and Pony Hunter sections at National rated competitions may be held on one day.) a. At National and Premier rated competitions, classes in recognized sections must be run on consecutive days. b. (Exception: hunter classics). 5. At all Regular Competitions, an Under Saddle class cannot be the first performance class held in a section. (Exception: Ladies Hunter Side Saddle and unrated sections). 6. A Model class must be offered as the first class in an A rated Conformation Section. 7. All Amateur Owner classes should be scheduled in as short a period of time as possible. HU162 Cancellations A or B rated sections with four (4) or more entries cannot be canceled. HU163 Prize Money 1. Prize money offered in the open sections must be awarded on an escalating scale related to the height of fences. 2. No more than 60% of the prize money in the required classes for an A rated section may be offered on any one day when the division is held on two or more days, exception: A rated sections in which all required classes are held on one day. Prize money offered in Model classes and Classics at Premier rated competitions including add-back money, if any, in rated Hunter sections, does not count toward the minimum prize money required for a section s rating nor is it considered for purposes of determining 60% to be offered. HU164 Challenge Trophies If a Challenge Trophy for a Championship is being offered in a section that has not previously been divided it must be awarded to the horse which has obtained the most points towards the Championship in its respective section. If a Challenge Trophy for a class is being offered in a class that has not previously been divided it shall be awarded to the first place winner with the best performance. HU165 Pony Hunter If a Model class is held it must be the first class held in any section. HU166 Junior & Children s Hunter 1. If a Model class is offered, it must be in addition to the minimum number of classes required for a section rating. 2. If two or more sections are offered, horses cannot be entered in more than one section. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 264 of 400

265 SUBCHAPTER HU-9 SPECIAL RATING REQUIREMENTS See also GR901.21b, GR and Chapter GR3. HU167 Sections Required for National Rating 1. A rated sections must offer an over fence class as a handy hunter. Exception Green Pony Hunter, Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 (unless combined with Green Hunter 3 6 and/or 3 9 ). A handy hunter class may be offered in the Young Hunter section and Green Hunter 3 0 and 3 3 sections, but is not required. HU168 Sections Required for Regional I Rating At least three (3) B rated Hunter sections (Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or High Performance Conformation Hunter, Green Hunter, Young Hunter, High Performance Working Hunter, Amateur Owner, Junior, Pony, or Green Pony Hunter) must be offered. One Children s Hunter or one Adult Amateur Hunter section may be substituted for two required B sections. Divided sections count as a single section. HU169 Sections Required for Regional II Rating At least two (2) C rated sections (Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or High Performance Conformation Hunter, Green Hunter, Young Hunter, High Performance Hunter, Amateur Owner Hunter, Junior Hunter, Pony Hunter, or Green Pony Hunter, Children s Hunter, Adult Amateur Hunter, or Thoroughbred Hunter) must be offered. Divided sections count as a single section. Competitions restricted to side saddle may offer a Ladies Hunter Side Saddle Section as the only C rated Hunter section. HU170 Pony Hunter 1. Competitions cannot offer more than the required amount of classes for an National or Regional I section rating. If a Model class is offered it must be in addition to the minimum number of classes required for a section rating and must be held as the first class in any section. 2. A Rated Sections. a. A rated Regular and Green Pony Hunter sections may be held on one or more days. A rated Regular and Green pony Hunter sections at Premier rated competitions must be held over two or more days. If held in one day, four (4) performance classes must be offered. If held over two or more days, four (4) or five (5) performance classes must be offered. b. A minimum of $400 prize money must be offered in any Regular Pony Hunter section. A minimum of $250 prize money must be offered in any Green Pony Hunter section. c. An A rated Green Pony Hunter section may only be offered in conjunction with an A rated Regular Pony Hunter section. d. National and Premier rated competitions must and all other rated competitions may, run an over fence class as a Handy Hunter. Exception: Green Hunter Pony sections may not offer Handy Hunter classes. Obstacles in this round should simulate those found in hunt country. The course must have two changes of direction and at least one combination. Ponies may be required to trot over one lowered fence on the course. Emphasis should be placed on turns and promptness. This class may not be used as a conformation class or offered as the first class of the section. Exception Green Hunter Pony Section may not have a Handy Hunter class. 3. B and C Rated Sections. a. Three (3) or four (4) classes must be offered in any B or C rated Regular or Green Pony Hunter section. b. B rated Regular Pony Hunter sections must offer a minimum of $100. B rated Green Pony Hunter sections must offer a minimum of $50. c. No prize money is required for C rated sections. 4. Conformation Classes. In A rated sections, one over fence class must be judged 25% conformation; in B rated sections, one over fence class may include conformation at management s discretion. The conformation class must be clearly stipulated in the prize list. A Model class may be offered in addition to the conformation class. If a model class is held, it is recommended that all conformation classes offered in the section will be held on the same day as the model class. SUBCHAPTER HU-10 MEASUREMENT HU171 General 1. Horses or ponies competing in any division, section or class where height is a requirement must be measured. Measurements will be conducted in accordance with HU172.1 below. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 265 of 400

266 2. Competition Management is required to check measurement cards for horses or ponies showing in divisions, sections, or classes where height is a requirement. Management shall not provide a back number to an animal entered in such sections unless the exhibitor or his agent is in possession of: a. the original or a copy of a measurement card issued by the Federation. Equine Canada measurement cards are not acceptable proof of height. b. a copy of a valid measurement form. 3. It is the responsibility of each owner to possess a valid measurement card for horses and ponies showing in divisions, sections or classes where height is a requirement. 4. Failure to comply with this rule by the owner, trainer or competition will result in a charge pursuant to GR6 and GR7. 5. Competition management may, at its discretion, confirm any of the foregoing information electronically with the Federation office. 6. If an exhibitor, owner, or trainer requests a reprint of a measurement card from the Federation office after the original measurement card has been issued, there will be a $10.00 fee for service charged to the requestor. 7. All horses and ponies that are presented for measurement of any kind are subject to drug testing. 8. Measurements must be performed by a steward and the official competition veterinarian. The official competition veterinarian must confirm the age of the horse or pony and that it was jogged and is serviceably sound. Upon the official competition veterinarian s verification of soundness, the steward s measurement is final. The steward and the official competition veterinarian shall sign the measurement form. A steward may not measure a horse or pony that is owned by a member of his family or by any of his or his family member s clients. (See GR1038.4) a. Written reports of every measurement or attempt to measure must be sent to the Federation s Lexington, KY office together with the Steward s Report, or the steward will be subject to charges and penalties per Chapters GR6 and GR7. b. The steward shall be either a steward officiating at the competition or a steward authorized in writing to conduct the measurement by the Federation CEO or his designee. If the official competition veterinarian is not present at the competition, or not available when on call (see GR1210.3) the measurement may be conducted by a steward and a judge officiating at the competition, or another steward officiating at the competition; however, the measurement will be for the purposes of that competition only and no measurement card will be issued. Measurement forms will be sent to the Federation, but will not be given to the owner. (Exception: Exhibitors will not be penalized by having points withheld for measurement forms that are incorrectly filled out by USEF stewards and/or competition management and/or competition veterinarians. 9. Stewards who perform measurements and other competition officials present who measure horses or ponies at a competition are responsible for their true measurement and must use the Federation approved measurement stick (See HU175). The names of the measuring stewards will be printed on the measurement card and they and other measuring officials will be subject to charges of rule violations for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7 if it is subsequently determined that a measurement is incorrect. 10. Measurements are solely for the internal use of the Federation, its Licensed Competitions and its licensed officials in connection with competing for prizes, and do not constitute any representation or warranty regarding measurement information; accordingly, the Federation, its Licensed Competitions and its licensed officials make no representation and shall have no liability whatsoever for measurement errors. 11. Measurements must take place at a Licensed Competition in which the horse or pony is entered to compete. Once the pony or horse has been measured the measurement is effective whether or not the pony or horse does in fact compete; whether or not the pony or horse competes, it is also subject to drug testing. 12. Measurement forms received by the Federation that have inconsistencies or errors may be denied a measurement card at the discretion of the Federation. If the horse or pony is denied a measurement card, The Federation will notify the owner of the horse or pony and they must be measured before they are eligible to show. HU172 Required Measurements 1. A horse or pony must be measured each competition year until it reaches the age of eight. Horses and ponies that are seven years and under will be issued a Temporary Measurement card designating the year measured. Horses and ponies that are eight years of age and over will be issued a Standard Measurement card which does not need to be renewed. Exception: Horses that measure 16.2 hands or over will receive a standard measurement card regardless of age. Horses and ponies may not be measured by the same steward for their Standard Measurement Card and the card preceding the Standard Measurement card. The Federation will invalidate a Standard Measurement card that does not comply with this rule. a. Those horses and ponies that are measured (and for which a valid measurement form is received by the Federation office) in the month of December immediately preceding the calendar year in which they turn eight years of age will be issued a Standard Measurement card that does not have to be renewed. b. For ponies, with the exception of ponies under eight years old, once a pony is issued a Standard Measurement card, a new card will not be issued unless the height of the pony is protested and upheld, or unless an appeal is made and the remeasurement results in the pony moving to a section other than that indicated on its current measurement card. c. For horses, with the exception of horses under eight years old, once a horse is issued a Standard Measurement card, a new card will not be issued unless the height of the horse is protested and upheld, or unless an appeal is made and the remeasurement results in the horse moving to a section other than that indicated on its current measurement card. 2. All horses and ponies issued a Standard Measurement card prior to December 1, 2014 are not required to be re-measured for a Standard Measurement card. 3. If an owner fails to present a valid measurement card or form or if Management cannot confirm the measurement electronically with the Federation at more Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 266 of 400

267 than one (1) competition during the competition year an additional measurement fee of $250 will be charged by the Federation for each subsequent remeasurement necessary. HU173 Membership Requirements and Fees Before any animal is measured the person presenting the animal must have in his possession the owner s membership number, a signed statement signifying that membership has been applied for or proof of Equine Canada membership. HU174 Completing the Measurement Form 1. The measurement form must be filled out completely in triplicate before measurement takes place. Measurement cards will not be issued if the form is not completely filled out and legible. Exhibitors are cautioned to make sure their measurement forms are filled out accurately and completely. a. It must include the name and date of the competition, the height of the animal, name, color and markings or absence thereof, sex, year foaled which must be verified by the official competition veterinarian at time of measurement. b. It must include the name and address of the owner and his/her Federation membership number, if applicable, must be given. The form must be signed by the trainer furnishing the above information immediately before the animal is measured and then signed by the competition officials appointed to measure. c. The trainer who signs the entry blank at the competition must provide the information that appears on the measurement form. The trainer must be 18 years or older and is responsible for the accuracy of such information and care should be taken that all is in order before signing. When the trainer signs the form he/she is certifying that all information is complete and correct. Charges of rule violation for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7 shall result for failure of compliance with this Rule. If a measurement form is signed by a person under the age of 18 and submitted to the Federation office, the measurement will be invalid. The official completing the form must designate on the form that the owner is a current member or that the membership has been applied for (See HU173) and that the horse or pony is entered in a class at that competition. The white copy is given to the owner or trainer and the blue copy, with applicable fee, is returned to the Federation office. d. No changes can be made to such information once the form is signed. Any alterations, scratch outs, or rewrites to any part of the height must be clearly indicated and initialed by the measuring officials. 2. Before an animal is measured for a measurement card, the animal must be jogged for soundness on a firm, level surface with the official competition veterinarian in attendance, and show no evidence of lameness. If found to be lame by the official competition veterinarian, said animal cannot show at that competition and no measurement may be conducted. If an animal whose height has been protested is found to be lame by the official competition veterinarian, the measurement card will be held by the Federation and the owners must request an appeal measurement in order to reinstate the card. 3.Federation officials are not to perform courtesy, trial, or repeat measurements. Once a pony or horse is presented for measurement, the owner/agent must accept the resulting measurement. 4. The owner will retain the white copy which, when properly signed by the two officials who have made the measurement, is valid for 45 days from the time the animal is measured, regardless of age. 5. Once a foal year has been submitted to the Federation office, the original date cannot be changed without a copy of the animal s breed registration papers or a signed statement from a veterinarian certifying the animal s age. HU175 Measurement Device 1. Federation Approved Measurement Stick. 2. A Federation approved measurement stick is a straight, stiff, unbendable stick that is equipped with a plumb bob or spirit level to make sure the standard is perpendicular to the ground and that the cross-piece or arm is parallel with the ground surface, and must be shod with metal. All Federation approved measurement sticks will be numbered, carry the Federation logo and the legend Federation approved. HU176 Measurement Surface 1. The measurement surface must be level and under no circumstances should animals be measured on dirt or gravel. A level concrete slab or other paved surface is required. (Exception: the measurement surface for a junior hunter can be a sheet of plywood in good condition.). 2. If the steward determines that a suitable surface is not available at a competition, animals without a measurement card or a valid measurement form may nonetheless be measured for the purpose of competing in that competition only, and no measurement form shall be given to the owner. 3. All Licensed Competitions having divisions, sections or classes requiring measurement are responsible for providing a Federation Approved Measurement stick and a suitable surface for measurements and for failure to do so charges of rule violation shall result for hearing and determination pursuant to Chapters GR6 and GR7. HU177 Position of Animal Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 267 of 400

268 1. The animal must stand squarely on all four feet in such a position that the front legs are vertical to the ground and the back of the hocks are in a vertical line with the point of the animal s quarters. The poll must be in the same horizontal plane as the withers and no lower and the head should be in a normal position. 2. A maximum of two handlers may present the animal for measurement and they must not interfere with the animal in any way that will prevent it from standing in this position nor may they have any direct physical contact with the animal that could influence the measurement, except that a handler may cover the animal s eyes. 3. The animal may be presented for measurement with or without shoes regardless of how it is shown. 4. Prior to presenting the animal for measurement it is the responsibility of the owner, and in his interest, to ensure that the pony or horse is handled properly, accustomed to the application of a measuring stick, and correctly pre- pared for measurement. 5. Exhibitors should make themselves familiar with the Measurement Guidelines Brochure, which is available from the competition steward on the reverse side of the measurement form. HU178 Method of Measurement With the animal in the aforementioned position, measure the vertical distance from the highest point of the withers to the ground. The cross-piece, arm or bar of the measuring device must be placed over the highest point of the withers and no measurement taken at any other part of the animal s body will count. Additional pressure must not be applied to the cross-piece, arm or bar. HU179 Re - Measurement 1. An owner may request a re-measurement of a horse or pony to a larger height section. Re-measurement may be done one time during a horse or pony s life. 2. Procedure: The owner requests a re-measurement from the Federation by either letter or e- mail. The Federation issues a re-measurement permission letter to the owner. After consulting with the owner, the Federation will select the Measuring Steward and competition at which the re-measurement will take place. This letter is presented to the measuring steward at the competition. If the horse or pony measures into a larger height section, a copy of the measurement form will be given to the presenter and a new card will be issued to the owner. The original card will be invalidated by the Federation. If the horse or pony measures into a larger height section it immediately becomes eligible to show in that section. The Horse of the Year points received in the previous height section is forfeited for the current competition year. No penalties will be incurred by the original measuring steward or current trainer. 3. An owner of a horse or pony may request a re-measurement of a horse or pony to a lower height section. Re-measurement may be done one time during a horse or pony s life. 4. Procedure: a. The owner requests a re-measurement from the Federation by either letter or . b. The re-measurement is conducted under the Measurement Appeal Rules (HU182.1 and HU182.2). Drug testing of the horse or pony may be required. c. If the horse or pony measures into a smaller height section, a copy of the measurement form will be given to the presenter and a new card will be issued to the owner. d. The original card will be invalidated by the Federation. e. If the horse or pony measures into a smaller height section it will be ineligible to show in either section for ninety (90) calendar days from the date of the remeasurement. The horse or pony may compete in other divisions, sections or classes that do not have height as a requirement. The Horse of the Year points received in the previous height section is forfeited for the current competition year. f. No penalties will be incurred by the original measuring steward or current trainer. HU180 Protesting Height 1. An owner or trainer may protest the height of only one horse or pony competing in a class in which he is also competing. 2. A protest questioning the height of a horse or pony showing in a division, section or class requiring measurement must be filed with the steward and must be filed at least one hour prior to the end of the competition day on which the horse or pony is showing in a division, section or class requiring measurement. Such measurement shall be conducted pursuant to HU171-HU182 rather than GR The animal is required to be presented for measurement within one hour of the completion of the animal s last class on the day of the protest. 4. The animal may be presented for a protest measurement with or without shoes regardless of how shown. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 268 of 400

269 5. Protest Results. If a horse or pony is found to be outside the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card (e.g. Small Hunter Pony, Large Junior Hunter, etc.), the owner forfeits entry fees and winnings for that competition. All points accumulated for Horse of the Year and Zone Horse of the Year Awards to that date are forfeited. Said animal is suspended from competing in USEF Licensed Competitions for ninety (90) days from the date of the protest and a new measurement card will be issued to the owner at the end of the suspension period. a. The current trainer and the Steward who conducted the original measurement of a horse or pony that is found to measure outside of the permitted height range that is determined by the horse or pony s measurement card may be subject to penalty by the Federation. b. If the horse or pony remains in its current height section, the animal may continue to compete as before. c. The decision of the measuring officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation within fourteen (14) days (see HU182). 6. If a competition s steward is unable to notify an exhibitor of a protest before the exhibitor leaves the competition grounds, the protest will become void, and the steward will refund the protest fee. If a competition s steward notifies an exhibitor of a protest of an animal s height, and the exhibitor leaves the grounds before the measurement can be conducted, the protest will be filed with the Federation and an official protest measurement will be set up at the owner s expense, before the animal is eligible to compete again. In addition, charges for rule violations may be filed against the owner and trainer by the Federation CEO or his designee per GR The measurement card, or valid measurement form of any animal that is found ineligible for the height section in which the animal was shown must be surrendered to the competition steward who must forward it to the Federation office with his report. If the owner is not in possession of the original measurement card at the time of the protest it is the owner s responsibility to surrender all measurement cards to the Federation Kentucky office within five (5) days of the protest. 8. The decision of competition officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation. 9. Pony and Junior Hunter measurement protests. a. The identity of the protestor will be revealed to the protestee by the competition steward. At the time the competition steward receives the protest, the competition steward will explain the protest measurement process to the parties involved and answer any questions. The competition steward will instruct the protestor and the protestee that any inappropriate behavior and/or communication between parties will result in charges being filed against those parties. This is not limited to those parties directly involved in the protest. Charges may be filed against any individuals at the discretion of the competition steward. b. When the animal is presented for measurement, only the following individuals may be present: The owner of the animal, two representatives/handlers of the animal being protested, the protestor, the competition veterinarian(s), the competition steward(s), and any representative of The Federation and the Federation Hunter/Jumper Pony Committee. c. If an animal is protested and found to be within its height section, the animal s height cannot be protested again for the remainder of the competition year. HU181 Federation Measurement Verification 1. The CEO of the Federation may, at his/her discretion, cause a measurement verification to be undertaken of any animal competing in a division, section or class requiring measurement at a Licensed Competition. 2. The animal is required to be presented to the steward within one hour of the completion of the animal s last class on the day of the measurement verification within the section requiring measurement. At that time, the animal will be measured or the presenter will inform the steward that the animal will be presented for an appeal measurement see HU182.5b/c. The animal s measurement card will be forfeited and the animal will be suspended from showing until it is presented for the appeal measurement. If the measurement verification is on the first day of the section, the animal may finish competing in the section or class requiring measurement. The animal will be photographed by the measurement technician on the left and right sides, front and back at the time the animal is tagged for measurement verification. The photographs will be used to verify the identity of the animal at the appeal measurement. 3. The animal may be presented to be jogged shod or unshod, prior to measurement. a. If jogged with shoes, shoes may be removed after the jog but no changes to the hoof may occur prior to the measurement. b. If jogged without shoes, all changes to the hoof must be done prior to the jog but no changes to the hoof may occur after the animal has been jogged. 4. The animal may not receive or ingest any substances other than hay and water until the measurement is complete. 5. The animal must be sound. The Official Show Veterinarian will determine age and soundness. If the animal is determined to be unsound, the measurement verification cannot be completed and the animal may not compete until an appeal measurement is completed. 6. A Steward appointed by the Federation will perform the measurement(s). 7. If an animal is found to be outside the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card by 1/4, the owner forfeits entry fees and winnings for that competition. All points accumulated for Horse of the Year and Zone Horse of the Year Awards to that date are forfeited. Said animal is suspended from competing in Federation Licensed Competitions for 90 days from the date of the measurement verification and a new measurement card will be issued to the owner at the end of the suspension period. a. The current trainer and the Steward who conducted the original measurement of an animal that is found to measure outside of the permitted height range that is determined by the animal s measurement card may be subject to penalty by the Federation. b. If the animal remains in its current height section, the animal may continue to compete as before. c. The decision of the measuring officials is final unless an appeal is filed with the Federation within fourteen (14) days (see HU182.5 b and c). 8. An animal may only be selected for a Federation Measurement Verification one time in each calendar year. Animals that are 15 years of age or older are Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 269 of 400

270 not subject to Federation Measurement Verification. HU182 Measurement Appeal 1. Conditions. An owner or trainer who questions the accuracy of an initial measurement or an owner or trainer of an animal declared ineligible for a division or section on account of height may appeal a measurement. a. Pending the appeal of an initial measurement, the animal continues to be eligible to compete as initially measured. b. With respect to animals declared ineligible as a result of a protest measurement, the animal is barred from competing in the particular height division or section for which he was declared ineligible until the measurement is performed. c. There shall be only one appeal per each initial measurement, and only one appeal per each protest measurement. 2. Procedures. a. The appeal must be made to the Federation office in writing within fourteen (14) days of the measurement. The Federation reserves the right to grant an appeal measurement. The request for an appeal measurement due to extenuating circumstances must be made in writing to the Federation office. b. All expenses including veterinary fees must be paid to the Federation by the appellant. With respect to any appeal prior to the appeal measurement both the owner and trainer may be required to sign a waiver and consent on a form prepared by and acceptable to the Federation agreeing to the arrangements for the appeal measurement, agreeing to the administration of Lasix to the animal to aid in the collection of a urine sample for laboratory tests for Federation forbidden substances, agreeing that the appeal measurement shall be final and unappealable to a court of law, and agreeing that the owner and trainer of the animal each release and hold the Federation, and its officers, directors and licensed officials harmless from any claim whatsoever regarding the appeal measurement and respecting any measurements of the animal made prior to the appeal measurement. c. The Federation will select a location and time for the appeal measurement as convenient as possible. The owner or trainer must deliver the animal to the location at his own expense within 45 days of filing the appeal. d. The measurement must be performed by at least two persons appointed by the Federation which shall include one veterinarian who is a member of the American Association of Equine Practitioners and one Registered steward. The officials whose measurement is being appealed cannot be part of the team conducting the measurement appeal. 3. Any animal submitted for an appeal measurement must show no evidence of lameness. If found to be lame by the examining veterinarian, the animal cannot be measured or remeasured for thirty (30) days and the appellant forfeits his deposit and any veterinary expenses incurred. Each animal submitted for an appeal measurement must be tested for drugs and medications in accordance with General Rules, Chapter GR4, GR Appeal of initial measurement. a. If the appeal is denied the initially issued card remains in effect. b. If the appeal is upheld, upon surrender of the initially issued card (if any) a new card will be issued based upon the appeal measurement; such cards remain subject to protest per HU180 of this rule. 5. Appeals of protest measurements, a. If the appeal is not upheld or the appellant fails to submit the animal within 45 days, all points accumulated for Horse of the Year Awards are nullified. b. If the appeal is upheld, a Temporary Measurement card is issued to animals seven years of age and under and a Standard Measurement card is issued to animals eight years of age or over. The Temporary and Standard Measurement cards cannot be protested for the remainder of the competition year. c. If the appeal is upheld, the animal will receive credit for all points accumulated including all points, prize money and trophies won at the competition where protested. HU183 Official Measurement No Official Measurements will be granted for Pony Hunters, Junior Hunters, or Pony Jumpers. SUBCHAPTER HU-11 NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS HU184 USEF Hunter Breeding National Championships 1. In order to compete in the USEF Hunter Breeding National Championship, the horse and owner must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. The owner must be an Active member of the Federation and USHJA. 2. Points for the USEF Hunter Breeding National Championship for Yearlings, Two Year olds and Three Year olds will be awarded as follows: Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 270 of 400

271 (chart) Points awarded for the Championship and Reserve Championship are based on the total number of horses entered in all rated classes of the Hunter Breeding section. HU185 USEF Pony Hunter 1. Full qualifying criteria and Official Specifications will be posted on the Federation website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. 2. This competition is designed to encourage the breeding of quality Hunter ponies and the proper basic training for them. 3. Eligibility. a. The pony must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA at the time of qualification and on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the pony must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. ponies must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 4. Points. Model and Under Saddle Phase Over Fences Phase (all height sections) 1st 100 1st 250 2nd 90 2nd 225 3rd 80 3rd 200 4th 70 4th 175 5th 60 5th 150 6th 50 6th 125 7th 40 7th 100 8th 30 8th 75 9th 20 9th 50 10th 10 10th 25 Overall Top Twenty (all height sections) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 271 of 400

272 Champion 400 Reserve 240 3rd 200 4th 190 5th 180 6th 170 7th 160 8th 150 9th th th th th 85 14th 80 15th 75 16th 70 17th 65 18th 60 19th 55 20th 50 HU186 USEF U.S. Junior Hunter National Championship Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 272 of 400

273 1. Full qualifying criteria and Official Specifications will be posted on the Federation website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. 2. This competition is designed to encourage and promote the basic training and development of Junior Hunters. 3. Eligibility. a. The horse must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA at the time of qualification and on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the horse must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. horses must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 4. Points. All points are based on values below. In classes that have less than 10 entries, the point values will be one-half of what is listed below. Under Saddle Handy Hunter Classic First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh Eighth Ninth Tenth OVERALL (all sections) Champion times the classic Reserve times the classic Third 200 Fourth 150 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 273 of 400

274 Fifth 100 Sixth 90 Seventh 80 Eighth 70 Ninth 60 Tenth Zone or Regional Championships. a. The Chairman of each Zone may request permission of the USHJA to hold a Zone or Regional Championship section. Specifications for these championships will be posted on the USHJA website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. b. Two or more Zone Chairmen may request permission to hold a Regional Championship section including several zones. c. Application must be made to the USHJA office at least sixty days in advance of the holding of the section. d. The location of these sections is subject to the approval of the Federation. e. The Championships are conducted under the same regulations as the USEF Junior Hunter National Championship. (Exception: All points awarded are based on AA point values as per GR1131.5) HU187 Amateur Owner Hunter Championship 1. The USHJA, at its discretion may choose to hold a National or East and West Championship for Amateur Owner Hunters. This competition is designed to encourage and promote the basic training and development of Amateur Owner Hunters. The Championship must be offered for the Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6 and the Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3 section. Championship(s) must be run in accordance with USHJA specifications found at USHJA.org. 2. Eligibility. a. The horse must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the b. The owner of record of the horse must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. horses must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 3. Points. All points are based on values below. In classes that have less than 10 entries, the point values will be one-half of what is listed below. Placing Under Saddle Handy Hunter Classic First Second Third Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 274 of 400

275 Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh Eighth Ninth Tenth OVERALL (all sections) Champion times the classic Reserve times the classic Third 200 Fourth 150 Fifth 100 Sixth 90 Seventh 80 Eighth 70 Ninth 60 Tenth Zone or Regional Championships. a. The Chairman of each Zone may request permission of the USHJA to hold a Zone or Regional Championship section for the riders of each Zone who have won a Champion or Reserve at an A rated Amateur Owner Hunter division within the previous competition year. b. Two or more Zone Chairmen may request permission to hold a Regional Championship section including several zones. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 275 of 400

276 c. Application must be made to the USHJA office at least sixty days in advance of the holding of the section. d. The location of these sections is subject to the approval of the USHJA. e. The Championships are conducted under the same regulations as the USHJA Amateur Owner Hunter Championship. (Exception: All points awarded are based on AA point values as per GR1131.5). SUBCHAPTER HU-12 HUNTER & PONY HUNTER BREEDING HU188 General 1. Classes will only accumulate Federation Horse of the Year Points from January 1 to November 30 of the current show year (see GR1115). (Exception: Pony Hunter Breeding will accumulate Zone Horse of the Year points.) 2. Classes must be offered as printed in the prize list. Classes may not be combined however they may be split if the number of entries warrant. 3. Ribbons in all classes must be presented to the winners while in the ring. 4. Each entry will have only one handler per class. The same handler will present the horse in all phases of the class including the jog. 5. A competition may not offer more than one hunter breeding division to count for National or Zone HOTY Awards and one pony hunter breeding division to count for Zone HOTY awards. 6. Additional classes and championships may be offered but will not count towards National or Zone Horse Of The Year Awards. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Horse of the Year Awards. HU189 Hunter Breeding 1. Division of Classes. Breeding classes may be divided as to a) thoroughbred, and b) other than thoroughbred and include: Foals (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Yearlings (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Two-year-olds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Three-year-olds; Mares (3 years old or over, with or without foal); Mares (3 years old or over, without foal but having been bred); Broodmares (with foal at foot; 50% mare and 50% foal or 75% mare and 25% foal); Stallions (3 years old and over); Stallion (with 1, 2 or 3 of get; 50% stallion and 50% get or 75% stallion and 25% get). See also HU101.4 and GR907.2 for breed registry requirements. 2. Class Specifications. a. Breeding classes are judged on conformation, way of moving, quality, substance, soundness and suitability to become or in the case of sires and dams apparent ability to produce or beget hunters. Possible inheritable conformational defects are only to be considered in the case of sires and dams or prospective sires and dams. Horses are to be judged for conformation before being walked and/or trotted. Broodmares and weanlings are to walk. Yearlings, Two year-olds and Three year-olds are to walk and trot. Horses that are not sound are ineligible for an award. Entries should be lined up in the order of preference before the ribbons are pinned. b. Foals in Breeding classes may wear leather halters. All animals of yearling status and older must be shown in a bridle. Only a snaffle or straight bar bit may be used. A properly fitted in hand leather lead and chain, such as a new market or V shank type may be substituted for reins. A properly fitted in hand leather lead may also be substituted for reins. A properly fitted chain should be short enough to prevent the horse from getting it in his/her mouth and should never be placed over the nose or tightly under the chin. c. Four classes must be offered consisting of Yearlings, Two-year-olds, Three-year-olds and Best Young Horse. Classes may not be combined. Classes may be divided by sex and/or breeding and competition management is encouraged to divide classes where entries warrant. Only these classes will count for Federation Horse of the Year Awards. A Best Young Horse class must be offered and judged as a separate class. Winners in all qualifying classes may show in the Best Young Horse class. Second place winners may return. Federation Horse of the Year points will be awarded in the Best Young Horse class regardless of the number of entries. 3. Conduct. A competition may not offer more than two Hunter Breeding divisions to count for HOTY awards at any one competition. Each division must be judged by a different judge or judges, with neither judge conferring with the other concerning the judging until the divisions are completed. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Federation points. Additional classes and division championships may be offered but will not count for Federation points. 4. Points. a. Classes with combined age groups do not count toward the Horse of the Year Awards. Exception: Best Young Horse class. See also GR1113. b. Points will be based on the number of horses in the class as follows: Number in Class 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 276 of 400

277 1 1 (*) (*) c. (*) If a horse which competes in a qualifying class with less than three entries becomes Best Young Horse or Reserve Best Young Horse at that competition, they will receive full points for the qualifying class (i.e. 5 pts. for 1st, 3 pts. for 2nd). d. Points awarded in the Best Young Horse Class for the Championship and Reserve Championship are based on the total number of horses entered in all rated classes of the Hunter Breeding section. HU190 Pony Hunter Breeding and USHJA Pony Breeding Championship Unless the USHJA submits their Zone specifications to the Federation by August 1st of the previous year, the following specifications will apply for the Pony Hunter Breeding Division. 1. Ponies in the Pony Hunter Breeding Division are not required to have a measurement card. However, a pony may be subject to measurement by the competition steward to verify a height that does not exceed 14.2 hands. 2. Division of Classes. Foals (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Yearlings (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Two year-olds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Three yearolds (colts, geldings and/or fillies); Broodmares (with foal at foot and/or bred with a breeding certificate); Stallions (three year olds and over); Produce of Dam (two ponies produced by the same mare); Get of Sire (two ponies sired by the same stallion). Animals shown in the Produce or Get classes must be three years of age or younger. 3. Conduct. A Competition may not offer more than two Pony Hunter Breeding divisions to count for HOTY Zone awards at any one competition. Each division must be judged by a different judge or judges, with neither judge conferring with the other concerning the judging until the divisions are completed and the cards are turned in. The prize list must clearly state which classes count for Federation Zone points. Additional classes and division championships may be offered but will not count for Federation Zone points. 4. Class Specifications. a. Breeding classes are judged on conformation, way of moving, quality, substance, soundness and suitability to become Pony Hunters. Transmissible unsoundness is only to be considered in the case of sires and dam or prospective sires and dams. Ponies are to be judged for conformation before being walked and/or jogged. Brood- mares and weanlings are to walk. Yearlings, Two year-olds and Three year-olds are to walk and jog. Ponies that are not sound are ineligible for an award. If the section has only one judge and thus one set of points, the entries should be lined up in order of preference before the ribbons are pinned. If this is a two-judge section, with two sets of points, the entries are not lined up in the order of preference until both judges have turned in their cards. The announcer or ringmaster will line up Judge #1 s entries in his/her order of preference before awarding the ribbons. After the entries have been pinned for the first judge, Judge #2 s entries will line up in his/her order of preference before the awarding of ribbons. b. All entries may either be shown in a bridle or a leather halter. c. Four classes must be offered consisting of Yearlings, Two year-olds, Three year olds and Best Young Pony. Classes may not be combined. Classes may be divided by sex. Management is encouraged to divide classes where entries warrant. Only these classes will count for Federation Zone Horse of the Year Awards. d. A Best Young Pony class must be offered and judged as a separate class. Winners in all qualifying classes may show in the best Young Pony Class. Second place winners may return. Federation Zone Horse of the Year Points will be awarded in the Best Young Pony class regardless of the number of entries. 5. Special Rating Requirements. a. Classes with combined age groups do not count toward Zone Horse of the Year Awards. Exception: Best Young Pony Class. See also GR1113. b. Points will be based on the number of ponies in the class as follows: Number in Class 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 1 1 (*) Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 277 of 400

278 2 2 1 (*) c. (*) If a pony that competes in a qualifying class with less than three entries becomes Best Young Pony or Re- serve Best Young Pony at that competition, they will receive full points for the qualifying class (5 points for 1st and 3 points for second). d. Championship points are based on the total number of ponies in the rated classes of the Pony Hunter Breeding Division (Yearling, Two year-olds, and Three year-olds) 1 to 14 total entries: Champion 5 points, Reserve 3 points 15 or more entries: Champion 10 points, Reserve 6 points 6. USHJA at its discretion may choose to conduct an East and/or West Coast Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s). a. The USHJA Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s) must be run in accordance with official championship specifications located at b. Handlers, riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. c. Ponies must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA on or before the first day of the competition. d. Zone HOTY bonus points will be awarded for the USHJA Pony Hunter Breeding Championship(s) as determined by USHJA. SUBCHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES HU191 International Hunter Derby 1. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 2. Derbies may only be offered at Federation licensed Premier competitions, National competitions which meet or exceed the competition standards of a Premier rating, but do not meet the prize money and/or horse entry standard requirements of a Premier rating and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status. The competition Steward must verify in their report to the Federation that the National competition met all other requirements of a Premier competition. 3. All classes involved in the USHJA Member Event Series must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on the application procedure, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee determined by the USHJA. This fee must be included in the entry fee. 4. National bonus points will be awarded to each horse s respective section as declared at the time of entry. Only Juniors and Amateurs may declare for the applicable Junior or Amateur Owner section. Horses declared in Open Sections will also be awarded the value of their money won for the declared hunter section. National bonus points may not be credited toward the HOTY awards for the Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or the High Performance Conformation Hunter. The point structure will be as follows: Round #1 Round #2 Overall/ Top 12 1st nd rd th th Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 278 of 400

279 6th th th th th th th Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at 6. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of USEF and USHJA before the start of the class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. However the points and/or money won will not count for any USEF or USHJA standings or awards unless they are also members of USEF and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with USEF and registered with USHJA. (See GR901.9). 7. Horses competing in this class must have an active recording to be eligible for Horse of the Year points (GR1110). 8. The prize money offered in this class does not count to determine the overall rating the competition. Exception: Premier rated competitions offering $25,000 or more in prize money. 9. Each class must have two sets of two judges, two of which must be a R. A team of judges may include one R and one r judge. 10. Points - USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals Round #1 Round #2 Overall 1st nd rd th th th th Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 279 of 400

280 8th th th th th th th th th th th th th HU192 USHJA National Hunter Derby See for full specifications. USHJA National Hunter Derby may be offered at USEF Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. Competing in the USHJA National Hunter Derby does not qualify a horse or rider for the USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals. 2. USHJA National Hunter Derby are open to all horses and ponies; however, distances will not be adjusted for ponies. 3. Management may choose to offer a second USHJA National Hunter Derby restricted to Juniors and Amateurs. In this case, horses may compete in either class but may not cross enter between the two. 4. The same pony may not compete in the USHJA Pony Hunter Derby and the USHJA National Hunter Derby at the same competition. 5. All USHJA National Hunter Derby classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. 6. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee within 14 days of the com- petition. This fee must be included in the 10% entry fee maximum. The per horse entrant fee is $25 at Premier, National and Special Competitions and is $15 at Regional I and Regional II Competitions. 7. Zone bonus points will be awarded per specifications found on the USHJA website. 8. Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at 9. Riders, owners and trainers must be current active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses and ponies Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 280 of 400

281 must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. Money won in a USHJA National Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA National Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is registered with USHJA. USHJA Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA National Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR If there are forty (40) or more entries in the National Hunter Derby, the class may be split into two (2) separate classes. Management must refer to specifications to determine the split of the class. Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before splitting the National Hunter Derby into two classes. The cutoff time will be no earlier than 24 hours prior to the proposed start time of the National Hunter Derby. See for more specific information. 11. The same horse may not compete in the USHJA National Hunter Derby and International Hunter Derby at the same competition. 12. Each class must have a minimum of two judges. All judges will sit together and provide one score. HU193 USHJA Green Hunter Challenge USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be offered at Federation Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is open to horses of any age eligible under Federation rules to compete in the Green Hunter 3 or Horses are not required to jog for soundness. 3. All USHJA Green Hunter Challenge classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office and on the website at a. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be held as a separate two (2) round class or competitions may utilize the last class of a Green section as the first (1st) round of the Green Hunter Challenge. At least twelve (12) horses, if available, must return for the second (2nd) round. Prize lists must specify if more than twelve (12) horses will be invited to return for the second (2nd) round. 4. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee along with the class results within ten (10) days of the competition. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge entry fee is capped at ten percent (10%) of prize money offered. The per horse entrant fee will be $15 at Premier, National and Special competitions and $10 at Regional I and Regional II competitions. The per horse entrant fee may be added to the entry fee. 5. This per horse entrant fee is not included in calculating the ten percent (10%) entry fee maximum. 6. National and Zone bonus points will be awarded to the horse in the Green hunter 3 0 or 3 3 section. However, horses may be ridden by Professionals, Juniors, or Amateurs. 7. National and Zone bonus points will be awarded for a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge as follows: a. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge in which the first round is the last class of the Green Hunter 3 0 /3 3 Section, National and Zone bonus points will be awarded as follows: 1st-40, 2nd-32, 3rd-28, 4th-24, 5th-20, 6th-16, 7th-12, 8th-10, 9th-8, 10th-6, 11th-4 and 12th-2. b. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge which is held as separate two round class, National and Zone bonus points will be awarded for a as follows: 1st-80, 2nd-64, 3rd-56, 4th- 48, 5th- 40, 6th-32, 7th-24, 8th-20, 9th-16, 10th-12, 11th-8 and 12th A minimum of $750 must be offered when a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is held at a Premier rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition status, a minimum of $500 when held at a National rated competition and a minimum of $250 must be offered when held at a Regional I or Regional II rated competition. If the 10% cap is less than $50, management may charge an entry fee up to the maximum of $ Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA class specifications at Competitions choosing to pay to further places utilizing different payout percentages must state this in their prize list. 10. A competition may choose to offer add-back prize money in addition to the prize money offered, however, the minimum required prize money must be guaranteed. If add-back prize money will be offered, this must be stated in the prize list. 11. Riders, owners and trainers must be current Active members of Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. USHJA National and Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA, the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR No more than one Green Hunter Challenge may be held during a given competition and competitions have the option of offering only one (1) fence height, or both fence heights within the class. If offering only one height, it must be the 3 0 height that is offered. 13. Two (2) judges are required for Premier rated competitions and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status, one of whom must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License. The second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. Only one (1) judge is required for National rated competitions and that judge must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License; only one (1) judge is required for, Regional I and Regional II rated competitions, and that judge must hold a Recorded (small R) USEF Hunter License. Two (2) judges are encouraged Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 281 of 400

282 when feasible. When utilizing two judges, regardless of competition rating, the second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. 14. When more than one (1) judge officiates, all judges will sit together and provide one (1) score. HU194 USHJA PONY HUNTER DERBY 1. A USHJA Pony Hunter Derby may be offered at Federation licensed Premier, National, Regional I and Regional II rated competitions or competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. USHJA Pony Hunter Derby must be offered and run in accordance with official class specifications located at including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per pony entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 3. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Ponies must be registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Points earned in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA Pony Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is registered with USHJA. b. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. c. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if: 1. A minimum of 12 ponies compete in the first round at a Premier or National rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. A minimum of six ponies compete in the first round at a Regional I or II rated competition. 4. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will be awarded for a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby as determined by USHJA. HU195 International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake 1. A USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake may only be offered at Federation licensed competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification and have also been approved to host a USHJA Inter- national Hunter Derby. 2. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 3. USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake must be offered and run in accordance with official class specifications located at including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per horse entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 4. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Money won in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake will only count for any USHJA International Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. b. National HOTY bonus points and money won will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. 5. National HOTY bonus points and money won will be awarded for a USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake as determined by USHJA. SUBCHAPTER HU-14 LIMITING ENTRIES HU196 Limiting Entries Hunter sections restricting entries based on winnings must use the Federation National Horse of the Year points or prize money won, whichever is applicable, Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 282 of 400

283 as a means of qualification for the specified time period or, alternatively, must use the greatest number of Federation National Horse of the Year points won at a specified number of competitions within a specified time period. (Exception: Green Hunter 3 0, 3 3, 3 6, and 3 9, Young Hunter 3 0, 3 3, and 3 6, Green Conformation Hunter 3 6, High Performance Conformation Hunter, High Performance Hunter, Performance Hunter 3 6 and Performance Hunter 3 3 sections restricting entries based on winnings must accept 50% of the entries from the Federation National Horse of the Year points list and 50% of the entries from the Federation National Horse of the Year prize money won list. If an odd number of entries will be accepted, the Federation National Horse of the Year prize money won list will take precedence. The procedure for determining horses that qualify and their ranking will begin with the top placed horse on the Money Won standings list, then go to the top placed horse on the Points standings list, back to the second placed horse on the Money Won standings list, then on to the second placed horse on the Money Won standings list, continuing down both lists in that order until all available slots have been filled. If during this process a horse appears on either list that has already qualified, skip that horse and go instead to the next horse on the same list. Continue using this process until all slots are filled). Only points awarded in the particular section to count except in Amateur Owner, Adult Amateur and Junior Hunter sections where points from both the younger and older sections shall be counted. If the Horse of the Year list has been exhausted and positions are still available, an alternate system may be used provided it has been published in the prize list or otherwise prior to the end of any specified time period. Whichever method is used, no other restrictive criteria can be imposed. The method chosen may be clearly stated. Management can allow the previous year s Champion and Reserve Champion or Champion to enter the section he or she was Champion or Reserve Champion in the previous year without qualifying. Management may allow the horse or pony that is leading for the respective Federation Zone Award in its Zone to enter that section. Appendix A. Hunter Schooling Rules HU157 Schooling 1. Schooling is permitted in accordance with GR834, GR835, GR837 and HU Appendix A. 2. Schooling areas for hunters must contain adequate standards, jump cups and rail and hunter-type rails to make a minimum of a trotting fence, a vertical and an oxer. 3. FEI approved safety cups must be made readily available for each hunter schooling area. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted only when safety cups are not available. 4. The use of any device with ear bud(s) while mounted is prohibited in all hunter schooling areas. 1. It is important to remember that all exercise areas are different in size, type of footing, and jump material provided. Furthermore, the ability of the horse and rider must always be taken into consideration as well when deciding what is permitted and not permitted during preparation. 2. In the schooling/exercise areas during the preparation before competition, a minimum of one vertical and one oxer must be provided. The ground must be in good condition. Management must provide sufficient obstacle material. The jumping area should be large enough to provide sufficient room for the training. 3. Obstacles may be flagged, in which case they must be jumped in the proper direction. The Steward, and/or Schooling Supervisor should decide if the flags may be interchanged. 4. No one may hold a rail or touch a standard while it is being jumped. 5. All rails must be either in cups or totally on the ground (exception: one end of a cross rail may rest on the ground). Rails must be able to fall easily when hit. 6. If a rail is placed on the edge of a cup it must be placed on the far side of the cup, and is only allowed at an oxer if it does not cause the front rail to be higher than the back rail (i.e. offset). 7. Walk rails may be no higher than 12 at the highest point. A walk rail may be parallel to the ground with both ends in cups, or may have one end resting on the ground. Cross rails are NOT allowed. Ground rails are NOT permitted. Horses will approach and depart in a straight line only and may NOT be turned. 8. There may never be more than two (2) rails on the back of an oxer, with the lower rail equal in height to the lowest rail on the front of the oxer. If the oxer is flagged so that it may only be jumped in one direction, there may only be one (1) rail on the back. 9. Ground lines are not mandatory, however if they are used they must be placed either directly below the front of the jump or up to 1 m (3 3 ) out. If a ground line is used on the landing side of a jump, there must be one on the take off side, and it may not be any further out than the one on the take off side. If an oxer is flagged so it may only be jumped in one direction, the ground line is only permitted on the front of the oxer. 10. If a trot, canter or placement rail is used, it may not be used at a jump higher or wider than 1.30m (4 3 ). If used on the take-off side, it may not be closer than 2.50m (8 2 ). If used on the landing side of a vertical, it may be no closer than 3.0m (9 10 ). If used on the landing side of an oxer, it may be no closer than 20 from the back rail of the oxer. 11. If guide rails are used on the landing side of a jump, the closest part of the rail must be a minimum of 3 m (9 10 ) from the jump. The schooling supervisor may allow a shorter distance for ponies. 12. A cross rail may be made either by itself, in which case it may not exceed 1.30 m (4 3 ) in height, or be below a rail at a vertical, or the front of an oxer. 13. Swedish Oxers are permitted with the following stipulations: a) no more than a 6 height difference (low to high points) for ponies, and b) no more than an 18 height difference (low to high points) for horses. 14. If an item (blanket, cooler, etc.) is laid over the rail of an oxer, it may be laid over the front rail. If there is more than one rail on the front of the oxer, the item may be laid over any of those rails. 15. The use of materials which proves dangerous is forbidden. 16. If space and available material allows and safety conditions permit, combinations may be built using correct distances. Bounce jumps may only be used Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 283 of 400

284 with verticals and may not exceed 1.10m (3 7 ) in height. 17. At management s discretion (and if local laws allow) bamboo offsets may be permitted in designated schooling areas only. Manual poling is not permitted. 18. Any action deemed not in the best interest of the horse will not be allowed. 19. The schooling supervisor s decision, after consultation with the Senior Steward, or an official competition steward s decision regarding schooling fences, or tack and equipment in the warm-up area is final. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The Hunter Chapter is going through a two-step process. Step one is a reorganization of the chapter (2017) to re-order the rules, put like with like and remove duplicate wording. This rule change proposal contains NO new rule language, but rather, centralizes already existing language concerning combining and dividing of sections into a new sub-chapter, moves existing language regarding points into GR11, and moves scheduling and measurement language into the HJ Chapter. If step one is approved, it will be followed in 2018 by a re-write of the hunter chapter to streamline the language and make the chapter easier to understand. The only language that has been removed is language that has been moved to another chapter or is duplicative. HJ 300 (262-17), HU 112 (261-17), HU 112 (260-17) Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Web: HU Chapter Reorganization Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 284 of 400

285 HU101.3 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /12/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU Eligibility to Compete Horse & Pony [CHAPTER HU-1 DEFINITIONS AND ELIGIBILITY] HU101 Eligibility to Compete Horse & Pony 1. USHJA Horse Registrations. a. All horses competing in Federation licensed and/or USHJA sanctioned competitions with Hunter, Hunter Breeding, Jumper and Hunter/Jumping Seat Equitation classes not restricted by breed must be properly identified in accordance with GR1101, and must also be registered with USHJA (see GR1101.1). The USEF/USHJA registration number for each horse must be entered on all entry forms for licensed competitions. b. Applications for USHJA Registration can be completed online at or using the USEF Horse Registration application form. This form is also available from the USHJA or Federation office, as a download from the USHJA or Federation website or from competition management. Competition management is responsible for notifying exhibitors of this requirement in their prize list. [ ] 3.1 In addition to the provisions of HU 101.1, on or after December 1, 2017, all horses competing in classes that require USHJA horse registration must provide a microchip number that verifies their animal s identity in order to compete for points, money won or be eligible for Federation and/or USHJA programs and awards where horses are required to be recorded or registered. Exceptions: USHJA Outreach and those activities enumerated in GR901.9, items 1-9. [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To clarify that horses competing exclusively in USHJA Outreach or USEF Opportunity classes at a competition do not have to be microchipped in order to be eligible to compete. Staff: Information Technology - 3 hours to exempt these sections from the rule Web: Outreach Microchip Exception Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee Draft 1: The committee would like to see GR901.1 added as an exception along with Outreach and Opportunity classes. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 285 of 400

286 HU104.4 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 HU104 Young Hunter Eligibility and Status for Horses [CHAPTER HU-1 DEFINITIONS AND ELIGIBILITY] HU104 Young Hunter Eligibility and Status for Horses [ ] 3. A horse is eligible to compete in an age-restricted hunter class from December 1 of the competition year in which they reach the applicable age at any time during that same competition year. 4. Age of horse must be verified in accordance with Federation policies and procedures prior to competing for awards in the Young Hunter sections. Age can be verified using only the following documents: a. Registration papers, or Certificate of Pedigree or passport issued from a breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation. b. Passport issued by a World Breed Federation Sport Horse (WBFSH) recognized registry.. Horse Identification Document issued by a breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation that states the registered name of the horse, the registration number of the horse and age of the horse. [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org This rule clarification is proposed to ensure that all horses competing in age-restricted classes are properly age verified by requiring them to be registered with a breed or sport horse organization authorized and recognized by the Federation. Web: horse identification document Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/22/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 286 of 400

287 HU104.5 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 5/16/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU104 High Performance, Performance Working, and Small Hunter - Definition and Classifications [CHAPTER HU 1 Definitions and Eligibility] HU104 High Performance, Performance Working and Small Hunter Definition and Classifications 1. A High Performance or Performance Working Hunter is a horse of any age and is not restricted by previous showing. 2. High Performance Hunter a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU145. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU137.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. e. The High Performance section must offer the greatest amount of prize money of all hunter sections at the competition. 3. Performance Working Hunter 3 6 a. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU145. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU137.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. 4. Performance Working Hunter 3 3 a. Championship and Reserve must be offered in accordance with HU145. b. Number of classes and prize money must be offered in accordance with GR c. Individual classes may be entered. (Exception: Under Saddle classes. See HU137.2) d. In a section with three (3) classes, the under saddle will count half points towards champion and reserve. 5. Small Hunter a. Fences set at 3. b. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU145. c. This section will be C rated for Horse Of The Year Awards as per GR d. Individual classes may be entered. e. A small hunter is a horse over 14.2 hands and not to exceed 15 hands 2 1/2 inches 16 hands. f. A measurement card is required for all horses entered as per HU168. BOD 1/17/15 Effective 12/1/ Thoroughbred Hunter a. Thoroughbred restricted classes are open only to horses that are registered with USHJA and are in possession of Breed Registry papers. Horses must have been either registered with The Jockey Club or meet one of the criteria below. All horse shows must require riders to verify registration on the day of the horse show through one of the following methods: 1. The Jockey Club Certificate of Foal Registration or a copy thereof 2. The horse s lip tattoo, the horse s 5-cross pedigree and the successful tattoo lookup result from The Jockey Club s Tattoo Identification Services, (located at www. registry.jockeyclub.com) 3. If neither of the above is available, a letter from The Jockey Club verifying the horse s identity. b. Fences set at 3 0 spreads not to exceed height of fence. c. Cross entry into other sections is allowed unless otherwise stated in the prize list. d. Championships must be offered in accordance with HU145. e. This section will be C rated for Zone Horse of the Year Awards as per GR Proponent Details Chelsea Blackie Chelsea Blackie chelseablackie@gmail.com To open up a larger competitor base the measurement requirement should be increased to include any horses under 16 hands with a valid measurement card. This will open up the competitor base to assist with a larger number of entries and better competition. Staff: Information Technology - 2 hours to implement height change. Web: Small Hunter Height Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 287 of 400

288 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 288 of 400

289 HU112.4 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU112.4 General [CHAPTER HU-2 DIVISION OF SECTIONS OR CLASSES] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR1132.2, HU100, HU112.9 & HJ300] HU112 General 1. Sections must be divided or combined based on the number of entries in the first over fences class and may not be combined or divided after the first class. Exception: Performance/High Performance Working Hunter, see HU No section may be divided if there are less than 30 entries. Exception: Green Hunter and Young Hunter, Amateur Owner, Children s and Adult Amateur Hunter sections refer to HU118 and sections governed by USHJA Zone Specifications. 3. Any section with 50 or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are 50 or more entries remaining in a section after it has been divided, the section must be redivided by every other number. Once a section has been redivided it may not be divided further. 4. In Performance Hunter, High Performance Hunter and any other sections where individual classes may be entered, the sections can be divided after thirty (30) horses have competed in the first over fences class. Subsequent classes may be divided once twelve (12) horses have competed in each class. For Championships, see HU145. a. At all licensed competitions, if there are fewer than six entries in either the Performance Hunter 3 3 or Performance Hunter 3 6 they must be combined, but they cannot be combined with any other hunter sections, except High Performance Hunter. If there are six or more entries in each Performance Hunter section, they must be held separately. If the Performance Hunter 3' 6" and the Performance Hunter 3 3 sections have fewer than three entries after they have been combined they may be further combined with the High Performance Hunter section. b. If there are fewer than three entries in the High Performance Hunter section it must first be combined with the Performance Hunter 3 6 section or the Green Hunter 3 9 section (or with Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 if offered combined). If the High Performance Hunter section is combined with the Performance Hunter 3 6 section it may then further be combined with the Performance Hunter 3'3" section, but may not be combined with the Green Hunter section(s). b. At all licensed competitions, if the High Performance Hunter section has fewer than three entries, it may be combined with either the Performance Hunter 3 6 section or with the Green Hunter 3 9 section (or with Green Hunter 3 6 /3 9 if offered combined). [renumber remaining] [ ] HU115 Conformation Hunter Sections 1. The Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 may only be combined with the High Performance Conformation Hunter. The High Performance Conformation Hunter may only be combined with the Green Conformation Hunter At Premier competitions, the Conformation sections must be offered separately. At National, Regional I and Regional II competitions, the Conformation sections may be offered as combined. When offered as two sections, if there are fewer than four (4) horses in either Conformation section they must be combined. If there are four (4) or more horses in each Conformation section they must be held separately. [renumber remaining] HU116 Amateur Owner Sections 1. The Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6, Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3, Junior Hunter 3 6, and Junior Hunter 3 3 sections may only be combined with other Amateur Owner Hunter or Junior Hunter sections. See below for conditions Amateur Owner 3 6 a. When a section is divided, one section must be offered for amateurs and one section for amateurs over 35 years of age. If there are six or more entries in each divided section, the divided sections must be held separately. If there are fewer than six entries in either divided section, they must be combined. If there are a minimum of 12 entries once the sections are combined, the newly combined section must be re-divided using either a Floating or California Split. (See HU112 for definition of a Floating and California Split.) Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before redividing any section(s). When using a floating split the age groups must be posted at the competition office. Rider age must be given on the entry blank. When divided as Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 289 of 400

290 to age of rider no horse may compete in more than one section. These sections may be further divided by age of rider or by every other number. [renumber remaining] HU117 Pony Hunter Sections 1. The Regular Pony Hunter section may not be combined with any other sections. 2. The Green Pony Hunter section may not be combined with any other sections Classes for Pony Hunters may be divided by height of pony as outlined in HU If there are 50 or more entries in the division at the beginning of the first class, it must be divided by height of pony and prize money must be doubled. a. If there are 50 entries remaining in a section after the section has been divided by height of pony, the section must be redivided by every other number and the prize money must be doubled. b. Once a section has been redivided it may not be divided further. c. If a pony under saddle class has over 30 entries, the class must be split and held in at least two sections with one set of awards. [renumber remaining] HU118 Junior Hunter 3 3 and 3 6 & Children s Hunter Sections 1. The Junior Hunter 3 6, Junior Hunter 3 3, Amateur Owner Hunter 3 6, and Amateur Owner Hunter 3 3 sections may only be combined with other Junior Hunter or Amateur Owner Hunter sections. See below for conditions When divided, sections must be split using one of the following options (Children s Hunter sections must be split in accordance with applicable Zone Specifications): a. By age of rider (age must be given on entry blank); b. By height of horse; c. Floating Split (See HU112 for definition of Floating Split.); d. California Split (See HU112 for definition of California Split.) [renumber remaining] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To clarify which hunter sections are allowed to be combined with one another, and also to clarify that both the Regular Pony Hunter and the Green Pony Hunter section are not allowed to be combined with any other sections. HU 112 (260-17), HJ 300 (262-17), HU 100 (263-17) Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee Web: Combining Hunter Sections - new language Draft 1: The committee agrees with the intent of this rule change but would like to see the language adjusted to allow the High Performance Hunter section to be combined with the Performance Hunter 3'6" section AND the Performance Hunter 3'3" section if entries warrant. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 290 of 400

291 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 291 of 400

292 HU112.9 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU112.9 General [CHAPTER HU-2 DIVISION OF SECTIONS OR CLASSES] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR1132.2, HU100, HU112.4 & HJ300] HU112 General [ ] 9. Definition of Random Split A Random Split allows management to draw horses for a section by either a hand or computer-generated draw. The number of horses in each section must be equal with a variable of one. [renumber rest of section accordingly] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org Several references to random split currently reside within the rule book, but the definition of the term does not exist. This rule change proposal is drafted to provide a clear definition so the application of a random split can be correctly and consistently applied when utilized. HJ 300 (262-17), HU 100 (263-17), HU 112 (261-17) Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Web: Definition of Random Split - new language Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 292 of 400

293 HU131.5 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 5/16/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU131 Ladies Side Saddle tack and equipment [CHAPTER HU-4 Attire, tack and equipment] 5. Saddles: Must be plain English type. May have doeskin or suede seat and pommel. Lining may be leather or linen. Numnahs and saddle cloth not permitted. Proponent Details Amy Jo Magee Amy Jo Magee The current rule reads 5. Saddles: Must be plain English type. May have doeskin or suede seat and pommel. Lining may be leather or linen. Numnahs and saddle cloth not permitted. my proposal would be to strike out the words "Numnahs and saddle cloth not permitted" This would enable the rider/trainer/owner to make a decision based on the best interest of their horse. If a saddle with a built in Wykeham pad or a discreet 1/2 pad or pad specifically designed for a sidesaddle would provide the most comfort for the horse, then I think that should be allowed. I am an active sidesaddle competitor and have discussed this potential rule change with many of my fellow members and they concur that it would be very beneficial to the comfort and welfare of our animals. Being a fitter and flocker myself, the impact of being able to utilize a pad to help correct any minor fitting issues would only help our equine partners. Many of these saddles are over 100 years and it is difficult to find fitters willing to work on them. I myself do fittings but have found that I am able to help a larger number of horses by teaching via video chat proper shimming techniques long distance utilizing saddle pads that have shim pockets in them. Also many riders do not use a pad for the under saddle class, but put a discreet pad on the for the hack and over fences class. The saddles should be flocked differently if using a pad or not using a pad. Almost all of them are flocked for use with a pad, so the saddles don't fit correctly without a saddlepad. This way allowing a pad in all 3 classes would increase the horses comfort overall. Please contact me with any questions or concerns regarding this proposed change. I wish I were available to help all my fellow competitors flock all the saddles to fit perfectly, but allowing this rule change would greatly increase the number of horses wearing correctly fitting saddles. I guarantee the overall picture would not change as many, many options are available to allow a discreet pad under our saddles. Thank you so much for your time and consideration of this rule that is very important for our horses comfort and overall soundness. I look forward to answering any questions you may have regarding it. Web: Sidesaddle Tack - Pads/Saddle Cloths Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 293 of 400

294 HU132.8 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /23/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU132.8 General [CHAPTER HU-5 JUDGING] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR842, EQ107.1.i.1 & JP139.6] HU132 General [ ] 7. In the event of elimination, the horse must exit the ring immediately. 8. In the event of a fall of a horse within the competition ring at a Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competition, the judge shall notify a steward, regardless of whether an EMT is called, and the steward must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation Obstacle Not Properly Set. If a competitor jumps an obstacle that has not been reset, or has been reset improperly, due to it being downed by a previous competitor, the weather, or some other factor, the competitor receives no penalty. However, if the competitor knocks down the obstacle he will be penalized accordingly. [ ] HU137 Faults [ ] 3. The following constitute elimination. a. Three refusals (Exception: USEF Pony Hunter National Championship and USEF Junior Hunter National Championship, exhibitors will be eliminated after two cumulative refusals). b. Off course c. Jumping course before it is reset d. Bolting from the ring e. Fall of horse and/or rider (rider shall not remount in the ring). Refer to HU132.8 for reporting requirements [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org In the interest of both horse welfare and rider safety, all falls occurring in the competition ring during any hunter, jumper, and hunter/jumping seat equitation classes should be immediately reported to the competition steward who must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. JP 139 (170-17), GR 842 (338-17), EQ 107 (195-17) Web: Reporting Falls - Hunter Ring Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 294 of 400

295 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 11/06/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Competition Management Draft 2: The committee feels this would be difficult for a steward to keep track of and enforce. Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: Council felt that there needs to be better tracking between judge and steward. Recommends the following language, The steward, if notified by the judge of a fall, must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Licensed Officials Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. National Hunter Committee Draft 2: The committee feels this rule will be a hardship for the stewards to keep track of all the falls. Additionally, the details of the fall and the cause are often a judgement call and we are not sure who this responsibility falls on. Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 295 of 400

296 HU132.9 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU132.9 General [CHAPTER HU-5 Judging] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR1214.1] HU132 General 1. All classes must be judged on performance and soundness and when indicated, conformation, suitability or manners. [...] 7.In the event of elimination, the horse must exit the ring immediately. 8.Obstacle Not Properly Set. If a competitor jumps an obstacle that has not been reset, or has been resetimproperly, due to it being downed by a previous competitor, the weather, or some other factor, thecompetitor receives no penalty. However, if the competitor knocks down the obstacle he will bepenalized accordingly. 9.Results Record. Competitors in an over fences class shall have the following reasons recorded as applicable on the official show results as follows: a.did Not Compete (DNC) indicates that the competitor failed to enter the arena for the class. Riders can also scratch from classes, including in the A-rated sections. The competitor will not receive a refund but each horse's respective record will show that the horse did not compete in the scratched classes. b.did Not Place (DNP): All other competitors that competed but did not place in the ribbons or earn a different recording will be recorded as Did Not Place. c. Judges are encouraged to mark their cards with (RT) for competitors who entered the arena but voluntarily retired before completing the course; (EL) for competitors that were eliminated; and (OC) for competitors that did not adhere to the course as documented and were subsequently eliminated. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The purpose of this addition to the rulebook is to provide the hunter discipline with better and more precise data resulting in more accurate horse and rider reports that can be used more definitively in guiding the trajectory of programs and championships. Better data on horse reports means more accurate information available to buyers and breeders, while programs like the Trainers Certification Program rely on rider reports to evaluate the levels proficiency of applicants. While this would require some additional effort from show staff, the long term goals of superior data would improve the sport. More firmly maximizing use of the scratch features in the software should mitigate some of the extra last minute changes. A number of judges already record the more infrequent occurrences that happen during rounds and Did Not Place is already calculated. The mechanism to scratch out of classes within the sections (specifically A rated sections that are entered as a whole) is already available. This rule would make it a priority to shift the culture of riders not bothering to scratch from A rated sections and increase the reliability of the data. GR 1214 (347-17) Staff: Information Technology - 5 hours to make the changes to results integration programs to handle and record values. Web: Results Reporting Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Competition Management Draft 1: The committee believes the DNP or Did Not Place is all that should be used. Council - Admin & Finance Draft 2: IT confirms that it will have to make some changes but many horse shows already submit this information. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 296 of 400

297 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 297 of 400

298 HU146.2 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU146.2 Hunter Classics [CHAPTER HU-6 Class Specifications] HU146 Hunter Classics [ ] 2. Hunter Classics may be offered for any rated sections offered and held at the same competition. An Open Hunter Classic is a classic that is open to entries from multiple hunter sections of the same rating. It is permitted for Open Hunter Classics to encompass several fence heights to correspond with the respective hunter sections being offered. It is not permitted for an Open Hunter Classic to encompass multiple ratings. The prize list must state the specific hunter sections that are invited to compete in the Open Hunter Classic. If a horse competes in more than one hunter section qualifying for the Open Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Competition Secretary on a declaration form at the time of entry into the Classic. All other provisions of HU 145 apply to Open Hunter Classics. [ ] b. If there are fewer than six (6) entries in any one Hunter Classic, it may combine with other sections of the same rating. Exception: The Adult Amateur Hunter Classic, Children s Pony Hunter Classic and Children s Hunter Classic may be held with the number of entries indicated in the Zone specifications. If Hunter Classics are combined and a horse is shown in more than one section qualifying for the Hunter Classic, the exhibitor must declare their point section to the Competition Secretary on a declaration form at the time of entry into the Classic. [...] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To clarify any confusion regarding by what time a competitor entered in the Hunter Classics must declare their point section. It was brought to the committee s attention that there were several cases where the Green and Regular Pony Classics with a designated first round have either been combined, or the Classic was only offered as a combined Pony Classic and the competitors competing in both sections waited to designate their point section until after they received all of their scores/placings for the first round. The current rule does not specify when the riders must declare their point section. Web: Hunter Classic Declarations Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/06/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Competition Management Draft 1: Would approve if additional language was added stating "if the declaration is not made at the time of entry into the Classic, no points will be awarded at all for the Classic." Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 298 of 400

299 HU157.2 Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /15/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU157 Schooling [CHAPTER HU-8 CONDUCT] [linked to USHJA RCPs to GR837.1, GR844, EQ108.15, JP103.7, JP123.2.b & Appendix] HU157 SCHOOLING 1. Schooling is permitted in accordance with GR834, GR835, GR837 and HU Appendix A. 2. Schooling areas for hunters must contain adequate standards, jump cups and rail and hunter-type rails to make a minimum of a trotting fence, a vertical and an oxer. 3. At Premier Hunter Competitions, the use of FEI Approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up/schooling areas is mandatory. In National and below Hunter Competitions FEI approved safety cups are strongly recommended however, when FEI approved safety cups are not available, cups with breakable pins, such as wooden dowels, must be used. After December 1, 2019, FEI approved safety cups will be mandatory in all warm-up/schooling areas. FEI approved safety cups must be made readily available for each hunter schooling area. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted only when safety cups are not available. 4. The use of any device with ear bud(s) while mounted is prohibited in all hunter schooling areas. [ ] Appendix A. USEF HUNTER SCHOOLING RULES 1. It is important to remember that all exercise areas are different in size, type of footing, and jump material provided. Furthermore, the ability of the horse and rider must always be taken into consideration as well when deciding what is permitted and not permitted during preparation. 2. In the schooling/exercise areas during the preparation before competition, a minimum of one vertical and one oxer must be provided. The ground must be in good condition. Management must provide sufficient obstacle material. The jumping area should be large enough to provide sufficient room for the training. 3. At Premier Hunter Competitions the use of FEI Approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up/schooling areas is mandatory. At National and below Hunter Competitions FEI approved safety cups are strongly recommended however Competitions below those mentioned when FEI approved safety cups are not available, cups with breakable pins, such as wooden dowels, must be used. After December 1, 2019, FEI approved safety cups will be mandatory in all warm-up/schooling areas Obstacles may be flagged, in which case they must be jumped in the proper direction. The Steward, and/or Schooling Supervisor should decide if the flags may be interchanged No one may hold a rail or touch a standard while it is being jumped All rails must be either in cups or totally on the ground (exception: one end of a cross rail may rest on the ground). Rails must be able to fall easily when hit If a rail is placed on the edge of a cup it must be placed on the far side of the cup, and is only allowed at an oxer if it does not cause the front rail to be higher than the back rail (i.e. offset) Walk rails may be no higher than 12 at the highest point. A walk rail may be parallel to the ground with both ends in cups, or may have one end resting on the ground. Cross rails are NOT allowed. Ground rails are NOT permitted. Horses will approach and depart in a straight line only and may NOT be turned There may never be more than two (2) rails on the back of an oxer, with the lower rail equal in height to the lowest rail on the front of the oxer. If the oxer is flagged so that it may only be jumped in one direction, there may only be one (1) rail on the back Ground lines are not mandatory, however if they are used they must be placed either directly below the front of the jump or up to 1 m (3 3 ) out. If a ground line is used on the landing side of a jump, there must be one on the take off side, and it may not be any further out than the one on the take off side. If an oxer is flagged so it may only be jumped in one direction, the ground line is only permitted on the front of the oxer If a trot, canter or placement rail is used, it may not be used at a jump higher or wider than 1.30m (4 3 ). If used on the take-off side, it may not be Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 299 of 400

300 closer than 2.50m (8 2 ). If used on the landing side of a vertical, it may be no closer than 3.0m (9 10 ). If used on the landing side of an oxer, it may be no closer than 20 from the back rail of the oxer If guide rails are used on the landing side of a jump, the closest part of the rail must be a minimum of 3 m (9 10 ) from the jump. The schooling supervisor may allow a shorter distance for ponies A cross rail may be made either by itself, in which case it may not exceed 1.30 m (4 3 ) in height, or be below a rail at a vertical, or the front of an oxer Swedish Oxers are permitted with the following stipulations: a) no more than a 6 height difference (low to high points) for ponies, and b) no more than an 18 height difference (low to high points) for horses If an item (blanket, cooler, etc.) is laid over the rail of an oxer, it may be laid over the front rail. If there is more than one rail on the front of the oxer, the item may be laid over any of those rails The use of materials which proves dangerous is forbidden If space and available material allows and safety conditions permit, combinations may be built using correct distances. Bounce jumps may only be used with verticals and may not exceed 1.10m (3 7 ) in height. 17. At management s discretion (and if local laws allow) bamboo offsets may be permitted in designated schooling areas only. Manual poling is not permitted. 18. Any action deemed not in the best interest of the horse will not be allowed. 19. The schooling supervisor s decision, after consultation with the Senior Steward, or an official competition steward s decision regarding schooling fences, or tack and equipment in the warm-up area is final. 20. The total maximum weight of equipment allowed to be added to a horse s leg, front or hind (single or multiple boots, fetlock rings, etc), is 500 grams or ounces (shoe excluded). Failure to comply with this paragraph will incur disqualification. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org This rule change proposal is drafted to unify the schooling rules across the disciplines of jumper, hunter and hunter/jumping seat equitation in the interest of horse welfare, to ensure safety, and for the overall benefit of the sport. GR 837 (346-17), JP 103 (171-17), GR 844 (214-17), EQ 108 (192-17) Web: Schooling Rules Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/13/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: Council recommends 12/1/2018 effective date requirement for safety cups. Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Draft 3: No Licensed Officials Draft 1: The Committee approves the Appendix A schooling rule language but recommends that HU should reflect that only a minimum of a vertical and an oxer is required. Draft 3: The Licensed Officials Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. National Hunter Committee Draft 3: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 300 of 400

301 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 3: The Steward/ TD Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. Draft 3: No USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 301 of 400

302 HU185 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 HU185 USEF Pony Hunter [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER HU-11 NATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS] 1. Full qualifying criteria and Official Specifications will be posted on the Federation website ( at least 30 days prior to the start of the qualifying period. 2. This competition is designed to encourage the breeding of quality Hunter ponies and the proper basic training for them. 3. Eligibility. a. The pony must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA at the time of qualification and on or before the first day of the Championship. b. The owner of record of the pony must be an Active member in good standing of the Federation and USHJA, i.e. ponies must be shown in accordance with GR1102 and GR1108 in order to be eligible to qualify. 4. Points. Model and Under Saddle Phase Over Fences Phase (all height sections) 1st 100 1st 250 2nd 90 2nd 225 3rd 80 3rd 200 4th 70 4th 175 5th 60 5th 150 6th 50 6th 125 7th 40 7th 100 8th 30 8th 75 9th 20 9th 50 10th 10 10th 25 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 302 of 400

303 Overall Top Twenty (all height sections) Champion Reserve rd 200 4th 190 5th 180 6th 170 7th 160 8th 150 9th th th th th 85 14th 80 15th 75 16th 70 17th 65 18th 60 19th 55 20th 50 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 303 of 400

304 Proponent Details National Hunter Committee Kelsey Shanley This rule change is a request from the USHJA HWG Pony Task Force to awards additional points for the section Overall Champions and Reserve Champions and make the overall points consistent with those awarded at the USEF Junior Hunter National Championships. (Will be HU161 if HU re-organization is passed) Staff: Information Technology - 1 hour to make point change. Web: USEF Pony Hunter Natl Champ. - Points Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 304 of 400

305 HU191 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/9/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU191 International Hunter Derby [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU191 International Hunter Derby 1. For full specifications see 2. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 2. The USHJA International Hunter Derby Derbies may only be offered at Federation licensed Premier competitions, National competitions which meet or exceed the competition standards of a Premier rating, but do not meet the prize money and/or horse entry standard requirements of a Premier rating and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status. The competition Steward must verify in their report to the Federation that the National competition met all other requirements of a Premier competition. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 3. All classes involved in the USHJA Member Event Series must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on the application procedure, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee determined by the USHJA. This fee must be included in the entry fee National bonus points will be awarded to each horse s respective section as declared at the time of entry. Only Juniors and Amateurs may declare for the applicable Junior or Amateur Owner section. Horses declared in Open Sections will also be awarded the value of their money won for the declared hunter section (exception: Green Conformation Hunter 3'6" and High Performance Conformation Hunter). National bonus points may not be credited toward the HOTY awards for the Green Conformation Hunter 3 6 or the High Performance Conformation Hunter. The point structure will be as follows: Round #1 Round #2 Overall/ Top 12 1st nd rd th th th th th th th th th Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of USEF and USHJA before the start of the class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. However the points and/or money won will not count for any USEF or USHJA standings or awards unless they are also members of USEF and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with USEF and registered with USHJA. (See GR901.9) Horses competing in this class must have an active recording to be eligible for Horse of the Year points (GR1110) The prize money offered in this class does not count to determine the overall rating of the competition. Exception: Premier rated competitions see HU161. offering $25,000 or more in prize money. 9. Each class must have two sets of two judges, two of which must be a R. A team of judges may include one R and one r judge Points - USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals Championship Round #1 Round #2 Overall 1st nd rd th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th th Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 305 of 400

306 The intention behind removing these items is to place them in the USHJA program specifications so that exhibitors and show managers can review the parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Web: IHD Specs to Website Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 01/03/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: Tabled 01/02/2018 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee Draft 1: The committee understands there is a second draft in discussion and would be in favor of the draft two which includes: -Addition of exception for Green Conformation Hunter and Regular Conformation Hunter in point 3 money won -Striking of point 5a USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 306 of 400

307 HU192 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU192 USHJA National Hunter Derby [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU192 USHJA National Hunter Derby For full class specifications see See for full specifications. USHJA National Hunter Derby may be offered at USEF Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. Competing in the USHJA National Hunter Derby does not qualify a horse or rider for the USHJA International Hunter Derby Finals. 2. USHJA National Hunter Derby are open to all horses and ponies; however, distances will not be adjusted for ponies Management may choose to offer a second USHJA National Hunter Derby restricted to Juniors and Amateurs. In this case, horses may compete in either class but may not cross enter between the two The same pony may not compete in the USHJA Pony Hunter Derby and the USHJA National Hunter Derby at the same competition. 5. All USHJA National Hunter Derby classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA. Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office. 6. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee within 14 days of the com- petition. This fee must be included in the 10% entry fee maximum. The per horse entrant fee is $25 at Premier, National and Special Competitions and is $15 at Regional I and Regional II Competitions Zone bonus points will be awarded per specifications found on the USHJA website. At Premier or National rated competitions, or competitions approved for Special Competition status, zone HOTY points will be awarded as follows: 1st 75 2nd 60 3rd 54 4th 45 5th 38 6th 30 7th 23 8th 15 9th 10 10th 7 11th 5 12th 3 4. At Regional I or Regional II rated competitions, zone HOTY points will be awarded as follows: 1st 50 2nd 40 3rd 35 4th 30 5th 25 6th 20 7th 15 8th 10 9th 7 10th 5 11th 3 12th 2 5. The money won and points won in the USHJA National Hunter Derby will only be awarded towards a declared Hunter section for Zone HOTY points if a horse competes in the declared section a minimum of 1 time during the competition year. National HOTY points will not be awarded. 6. Money won will be awarded for a USHJA National Hunter Derby as determined by USHJA Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA Class Specifications at Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 307 of 400

308 8. 9.Riders, owners and trainers must be current active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses and ponies must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. Money won in a USHJA National Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA National Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is registered with USHJA. USHJA Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA National Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR If there are forty (40) or more entries in the National Hunter Derby, the class may be split into two (2) separate classes. Management must refer to specifications to determine the split of the class. Management may determine a cutoff time for entering before splitting the National Hunter Derby into two classes. The cutoff time will be no earlier than 24 hours prior to the proposed start time of the National Hunter Derby. See for more specific information The same horse may not compete in the USHJA National Hunter Derby and International Hunter Derby at the same competition. 12. Each class must have a minimum of two judges. All judges will sit together and provide one score. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The intention behind removing these items is to place them in the USHJA program specifications so that exhibitors and show managers can review the parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Web: NHD Specs to Website Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 308 of 400

309 HU193 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU193 USHJA Green Hunter Challenge [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU193 USHJA Green Hunter Challenge For full class specifications see USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be offered at Federation Licensed Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II Competitions and at Competitions approved for a Special Competition Status. 1. USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is open to horses of any age eligible under Federation rules to compete in the Green Hunter 3 or Horses are not required to jog for soundness All USHJA Green Hunter Challenge classes must meet the requirements set forth by USHJA Information on class procedures, class requirements, judging system and course requirements is available from the Programs Department in the USHJA office and on the website at a. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge may be held as a separate two (2) round class or competitions may utilize the last class of a Green section as the first (1st) round of the Green Hunter Challenge. At least twelve (12) horses, if available, must return for the second (2nd) round. Prize lists must specify if more than twelve (12) horses will be invited to return for the second (2nd) round. 4. Competition management will collect and remit to USHJA the per horse entrant fee along with the class results within ten (10) days of the competition. The USHJA Green Hunter Challenge entry fee is capped at ten percent (10%) of prize money offered. The per horse entrant fee will be $15 at Premier, National and Special competitions and $10 at Regional I and Regional II competitions. The per horse entrant fee may be added to the entry fee. 5. This per horse entrant fee is not included in calculating the ten percent (10%) entry fee maximum. 6. National and Zone bonus points will be awarded to the horse in the Green hunter 3 0 or 3 3 section. However, horses may be ridden by Professionals, Juniors, or Amateurs National and Zone bonus HOTY points will be awarded for a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge will count toward the Green Hunter 3 0 or 3 3 section and will be awarded as follows: a. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge in which the first round is the last class of the Green Hunter 3 0 /3 3 Section, National and Zone bonus HOTYpoints will be awarded as follows: 1st-40, 2nd-32, 3rd-28, 4th-24, 5th-20, 6th-16, 7th-12, 8th-10, 9th-8, 10th-6, 11th-4 and 12th-2. b. For a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge which is held as separate two round class, National and Zone bonus HOTY points will be awarded for a as follows: 1st-80, 2nd-64, 3rd-56, 4th- 48, 5th- 40, 6th-32, 7th-24, 8th-20, 9th-16, 10th-12, 11th-8 and 12th A minimum of $750 must be offered when a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge is held at a Premier rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition status, a minimum of $500 when held at a National rated competition and a minimum of $250 must be offered when held at a Regional I or Regional II rated competition. If the 10% cap is less than $50, management may charge an entry fee up to the maximum of $ Money won will be awarded for a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge as determined by USHJA. 9. Prize Money must be distributed in accordance with the official USHJA class specifications at Competitions choosing to pay to further places utilizing different payout percentages must state this in their prize list. 10. A competition may choose to offer add-back prize money in addition to the prize money offered, however, the minimum required prize money must be guaranteed. If add-back prize money will be offered, this must be stated in the prize list Riders, owners and trainers must be current Active members of Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. (See GR202). Horses must be registered with the USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. USHJA National and Zone Horse of the Year bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Green Hunter Challenge if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA, the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. For additional information and Zone residency requirements see GR1110 and GR No more than one Green Hunter Challenge may be held during a given competition and competitions have the option of offering only one (1) fence height, or both fence heights within the class. If offering only one height, it must be the 3 0 height that is offered. 13. Two (2) judges are required for Premier rated competitions and competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status, one of whom must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License. The second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. Only Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 309 of 400

310 one (1) judge is required for National rated competitions and that judge must hold a Registered (large R) USEF Hunter License; only one (1) judge is required for, Regional I and Regional II rated competitions, and that judge must hold a Recorded (small R) USEF Hunter License. Two (2) judges are encouraged when feasible. When utilizing two judges, regardless of competition rating, the second judge may hold a Registered (large R) or Recorded (small r) USEF Hunter License. 14. When more than one (1) judge officiates, all judges will sit together and provide one (1) score. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The intention behind removing these items is to place them in the USHJA program specifications so that exhibitors and show managers can review the parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Web: Green Hunter Challenge Specs to Website Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 310 of 400

311 HU194.1 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU194 USHJA PONY HUNTER DERBY [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU194 USHJA PONY HUNTER DERBY 1. For full class specifications see 2. A USHJA Pony Hunter Derby may be offered at Federation licensed Premier, National, Regional I and Regional II rated competitions or competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. USHJA Pony Hunter Derby must be offered and run in accordance with USHJA official class specifications located at (see including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per pony entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 3. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Ponies must be registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and ponies in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Points earned in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby will only count for any USHJA Pony Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is registered with USHJA. b. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. c. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA Pony Hunter Derby if: 1. A minimum of 12 ponies compete in the first round at a Premier or National rated competition or a competition that has been approved for a Special Competition classification. 2. A minimum of six ponies compete in the first round at a Regional I or II rated competition. 4. National and Zone HOTY bonus points will be awarded for USHJA Pony Hunter Derby as determined by USHJA. 4. Riders must declare the Pony Hunter or Green Pony Hunter section in which to earn HOTY points prior to competing. Only ponies eligible for the Green Pony Hunter Section may declare to earn points in the Green Pony Hunter section. National HOTY points will be awarded for the overall placings as follows: 1st 75 2nd 60 3rd 54 4th 45 5th 38 6th 30 7th 23 8th 15 9th 10 10th 7 11th 5 12th 3 Zone HOTY points will be awarded for the overall placings as follows: 1st 50 2nd 40 3rd 35 4th 30 5th 25 6th 20 7th 15 8th 10 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 311 of 400

312 9th 7 10th 5 11th 3 12th 2 Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The intention behind removing these items is to place them in the USHJA program specifications so that exhibitors and show managers can review the parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Web: Pony Hunter Derby Specs to Website Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 312 of 400

313 HU195.1 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU195 International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU195 International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake 1. For full class specifications see 2. A USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake may only be offered at Federation licensed competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition classification and have also been approved to host a USHJA International Hunter Derby. 2. Classes included in the member event series to be determined annually by USHJA. 3.. USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake must be offered and run in accordance with official USHJA class specifications located at including but not limited to: a. Remitting the per horse entrant fee b. Distribution of prize money 4. Riders, owners, and trainers must be current Active members of the Federation and USHJA to participate in this class. Horses must be recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA to participate in this class. Exception: Foreign residents and horses in good standing with their National Federation are eligible to compete in this class. a. Money won in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake will only count for any USHJA International Hunter Derby program standings or awards if the rider, owner and trainer are current Active members of the Federation and USHJA, and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. b. National HOTY bonus points and money won will only be awarded for placing in a USHJA IHD Welcome Stake if the owner is a current Active member of the Federation and USHJA and the horse is recorded with the Federation and registered with USHJA. 5. National HOTY bonus points and money won will be awarded for a USHJA International Hunter Derby Welcome Stake as determined by USHJA. National bonus points will be awarded to each horse's respective section as declared at the time of entry. Only Juniors and Amateurs may declare for the applicable Junior or Amateur Owner section. Horses declared in Open Sections will also be awarded the value of their money won for the declared hunter section (exception: Green Conformation Hunter 3'6" or the High Performance Conformation Hunter. National bonus points may not be credited toward the HOTY awards for the Green Conformation Hunter 3'6" or the High Performance Conformation Hunter. The point structure will be as follows: 1st 50 2nd 40 3rd 35 4th 30 5th 25 6th 20 7th 15 8th 10 9th 7 10th 5 11th 3 12th 2 Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The intention behind removing these items is to place them in the USHJA program specifications so that exhibitors and show managers can review the Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 313 of 400

314 parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Web: IHD Welcome Stake Specs to Website Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 314 of 400

315 HU196 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/3/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 HU196 USHJA Green Hunter Incentive [CHAPTER HU-13 USHJA CHAMPIONSHIPS AND SPECIAL CLASSES] HU196 USHJA Green Hunter Incentive 1. For full class specifications see 2. The USHJA Green Hunter Incentive Stake class may be held at any USEF Premier, National, Regional I or Regional II rated hunter competition, or competitions that have been approved for a Special Competition status. 3. Open to horses of any age that are eligible to compete as a Green Hunter under Federation rules. Horses must be enrolled in the USHJA Green Hunter Incentive Program prior to competing in a Green Hunter Incentive Stake class. Additionally, horses must be registered with USHJA and recorded with USEF to participate. 4. The USHJA Green Hunter Incentive classes will count toward National and Zone HOTY points or money won awards. 5. Money won will be awarded for a USHJA Green Hunter Incentive class as determined by USHJA. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org The Green Hunter Incentive Program has become popular program. Including it in the rulebook means the specifications will be upheld to the best of the combined efforts of USHJA and USEF. Continuing to maintain the bulk of the requirements in the specifications ensures that exhibitors and show managers can review the parameters in a more comprehensive setting. This also allows for changes to be made cohesively and avoids disparate timelines for changes. Web: Green Hunter Incentive - Add to Rule Book Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/04/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/03/2018 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Council - Natl Breed & Discipline National Hunter Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM HU Tracking # Page 315 of 400

316 JP103.2 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/ /29/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP103 Schooling [CHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 2. Schooling Supervision Requirements a. A C1 Steward or Certified Schooling Supervisor must be present in the schooling area during any Jumper class offering $10,000 to $24,999 in prize money. b. A Registered C1 Steward or Certified Schooling Supervisor must be appointed to supervise schooling before and during the competition for classes offering $25,000 or more in prize money. c. A C1 Steward or Certified Schooling Supervisor must be present during schooling for Five, Six or Seven Year Old classes. d. A minimum of one competition Steward must always remain available to attend to other stewarding duties. e. Management is responsible for providing Certified Schooling Supervisors to supervise schooling for the Jumper warm up area of the ring offering the most prize money during that particular session during scheduled classes and warmups at Jumper Rating 5 or higher competitions. This The Certified Jumper Schooling Supervisor for Jumper Rating 5 or higher competitions cannot be one of the Competition Stewards. f. For all other Jumper warm-up areas and during scheduled classes and warm-ups, Management is responsible for providing designated individuals to supervise schooling. These individuals must have a clear view of their assigned warm up area. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org This clarification will clean up language and provide clarity to the following points: b. The words "competition for" are unnecessary and inconsistent with the rest of the rule. c. rule needs to specify what type of steward e. The entire point "e" is meant to be taken together. However, some people are interpreting that the last sentence could apply to other parts of the rule so this makes it abundantly clear Web: schooling Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 10/29/2018 Council - Admin & Finance Draft 1: The Council approved this proposed rule clarification with the understanding that there is a typo in 2.e., second sentence: "Certified Jumper Schooling Supervisor" should read "Certified Schooling Supervisor." Council - Intl Discipline Licensed Officials Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 316 of 400

317 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 317 of 400

318 JP103.7 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /18/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP103 Schooling [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 7. Schooling areas for jumpers must contain sufficient equipment to construct at least one vertical and one spread fence. Standards, jump cupsand safety cups must also be made available. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted when no safety cups are available. Schooling areas at competitions offering more than $2,500 should use equipment with the same height increments and cup system used in the competition ring. The use of FEI Approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles and all warm-up and schooling areas is mandatory. JP 123 Jump Equipment [JP-5 COURSE REQUIREMENTS] 2. Jump Cups. a. Any licensed competition must use FEI-approved Safety Release Cups for the back pole of all spreads in every jumper class. b. Standards, jump cups and safety cups must be available for use in all schooling/warm-up rings. If used in the competition ring, pins must be made of rigid or unbreakable material. The use of FEI Approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles and all warm-up and schooling areas is mandatory. c. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted in the schooling/warm-up ring when no safety cups are available. d. c. Breakable pins are prohibited in the competition ring. e. d. For information on sources for obtaining FEI approved cups, contact the Jumper Department at the Federation. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon Draft 2: Wooden dowels present a serious safety concern. To ensure the safety of horses the use of approved safety cups should be mandatory. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/20/2017 Draft 1: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Web: Safety Cups Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Licensed Officials Steward-Technical Delegate Committee USHJA Draft 1: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 318 of 400

319 JP103.7 Tracking # Draft #4 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 1/20/2018 Approved 1/20/2018 JP103.7 Schooling [CHAPTER JP-1 General] [linked to USHJA RCPs to GR837.1, GR844, EQ108.15, and HU157 & Appendix] JP103 SCHOOLING [ ] 6. Schooling over obstacles in any competition area is permitted only at the time designated by the Show Committee. All other schooling over obstacles is permitted only within clearly identified areas and only at times designated by the Show Committee. Schooling over obstacles in any other area of the competition ground or at any other time is prohibited. 7. The use of FEI-approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up and schooling areas is mandatory. Schooling areas for jumpers must contain sufficient equipment to construct at least one vertical and one spread fence. Standards, jump cups and safety cups must also be made available. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted when no safety cups are available. Schooling areas at competitions offering more than $2,500 should use equipment with the same height increments and cup system used in the competition ring. [ ] JP123 JUMP EQUIPMENT [ ] 2. Jump Cups. a. Any licensed competition must use FEI-approved Safety Release Cups for the back pole of all spreads in every jumper class. b. The use of FEI-approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up and schooling areas is mandatory. Standards, jump cups and safety cups must be available for use in all schooling/warm-up rings. If used in the competition ring, pins must be made of rigid or unbreakable material. c. Breakable pins such as wooden dowels are permitted in the schooling/warm-up ring when no safety cups are available. d. c. Breakable pins are prohibited in the competition ring. e. d. For information on sources for obtaining FEI approved cups, contact the Jumper Department at the Federation. [ ] APPENDIX A USEF JUMPER SCHOOLING RULES 1. It is important to remember that all exercise areas are different in size, type of footing, and jump material provided. It is also important to take into account the size of the horse and the length of his stride when determining the distance of placement rails. Furthermore, the ability of the horse and rider must always be taken into consideration when deciding what is permitted and not permitted during preparation. 2. In the schooling/exercise areas during the preparation for a competition, a minimum of one vertical and one oxer must be provided. The ground must be in good condition. Management must provide sufficient obstacle material. The jumping area should be large enough to provide sufficient room for the training. 3. The use of FEI-approved Safety Cups to support the back rails of all spread obstacles in all warm-up/schooling areas is mandatory. 4. Obstacles may be flagged, in which case they must be jumped in the proper direction. The Steward and/or Schooling Supervisor should decide if the flags may be interchanged. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 319 of 400

320 5. When schooling for a Five, Six, or Seven Year Old class in progress, jumps in the schooling area may not exceed the height or width by more than 10cm of the jumps in the class. 6. No one may hold a rail or touch a standard while it is being jumped. 7. All rails must be either in cups or totally on the ground (exception: one end of a cross rail may rest on the ground). Rails must be able to fall easily when hit. 8. If a rail is placed on the edge of a cup, it must be placed on the far side of the cup, and is only allowed at an oxer if it does not cause the front rail to be higher than the back rail (i.e. offset). 9. Walk rails are not permitted. Horses are not permitted to walk over cross or slant rails. 10. Jumps in the schooling area may not exceed 1.60m (5 3 ) in height, 1.80m (5 11 ) in width. 11. Any jump 1.30 m (4 3 ) or higher must have a minimum of 2 rails, in cups, on the take off side of the jump, regardless of whether a ground line is used. The lower rail must always be below 1.30 m (4 3 ). 12. There may never be more than two (2) rails on the back of an oxer, with the lower rail equal in height to the lowest rail on the front of the oxer. If the oxer is flagged so that it may only be jumped in one direction, there may only be one (1) rail on the back. 13. Ground lines are not mandatory, however if they are used, they must be placed either directly below the front of the jump or up to 1m (3 3 ) out. If a ground line is used on the landing side of a jump, there must be one on the take off side, and it may not be any further out than the one on the take off side. If a jump is flagged so it may only be jumped in one direction, a ground line may never be placed past the vertical plane on the take off side. 14. If a trot/canter/placement rail is used it may only be used, at a vertical which may not exceed 1.30m (4 3 ) in height. If a rail is used on the take off side of a jump, it may be no closer than 2.50m (8 2 ). If a rail is used on the landing side of a jump, it may be no closer than 3 m (9 10 ). Any rail placed 6m (19 8 ) or further from the take off or landing side of a jump is not to be considered a placement rail and is allowed. 15. If guide rails are used on the landing side of a jump, the closest part of the rail must be a minimum of 3 m (9 10 ) from the jump. 16. A cross rail may be made either: a. by itself, in which case the height at which the cups set may not exceed 1.30m (4 3 ) in height, or b. below a rail at a vertical or the front rail of an oxer, in either case the cups set not to exceed 1.30m (4 3 ) in height. 17. Swedish Oxers are not permitted for Jumpers. 18. If a liverpool is supplied and used at a vertical or oxer, the front of the liverpool may not be behind the front plane of the jump. Also, the back of the liverpool may not be placed beyond the front plane of the jump. If used at an oxer, the front of the liverpool may not be more than 1 m (3 3 ) in front of the jump. The total depth (front to back) may never exceed 1.80m (5 11 ). 19. If space and available fence material allows and safety conditions permit, combinations may be built using correct distances. Bounce jumps may only be used with verticals and may consist of a maximum of three (3) obstacles not exceeding 1 m (3 3 ) in height. 20. For scheduled Five, Six, and/or Seven Year Old classes, any schooling jump 1m (3 3 ) or over must have a minimum of two rails, in cups, on the take-off side of the jump, regardless of whether a ground line is used. The lower rail must always be below 1 m (3 3 ). 21. If an item (blanket, cooler, etc.) is laid over the rail of an oxer, it must only be laid over the front rail. If there is more than one rail on the front of the oxer, the item may be laid over any of those rails. 22. The use of materials, which prove hazardous is forbidden. 23. Manual poling and the use of offsets are not permitted. 24. Riders are fully responsible for any jump taken by their horse. 25. Any action deemed not in the best interest of the horse will not be allowed. 26. The total maximum weight of equipment allowed to be added to a horse s leg, front or hind (single or multiple boots, fetlock rings, etc), is 500 grams ( ounces), shoe excluded. For Young Jumpers, 350 grams ( ounces), shoe excluded. Failure to comply with this paragraph will incur disqualification. 1. It is important to remember that all exercise areas are different in size, type of footing, and jump material provided. Furthermore, the ability of the horse and rider must always be taken into consideration as well when deciding what is permitted and not permitted during preparation. 2. In the schooling/exercise areas during the preparation before competition, a minimum of one vertical and one oxer must be provided. The ground must be in good condition. Management must provide sufficient obstacle material. The jumping area should be large enough to provide sufficient room for the training. 3. Obstacles may be flagged, in which case they must be jumped in the proper direction. The Steward, and/or Schooling Supervisor should decide if the flags may be interchanged. 4. When schooling for a Five, Six, or Seven Year Old class in progress, jumps in the schooling area may not exceed the height or width by more than 10cm of Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 320 of 400

321 the jumps in the class. 5. No one may hold a rail or touch a standard while it is being jumped. 6. All rails must be either in cups or totally on the ground (exception: one end of a cross rail may rest on the ground). Rails must be able to fall easily when hit. 7. If a rail is placed on the edge of a cup it must be placed on the far side of the cup, and is only allowed at an oxer if it does not cause the front rail to be higher than the back rail (i.e. offset). 8. Horses are not permitted to walk over cross or slant rails. Walk rails may not exceed 30cm (12 ), and may be built with one end of the rail resting on the ground. Ground lines are not permitted. While using a walk rail, the competitor must approach and depart in a direct line. At no time may they turn the horse while walking over the rail. Walk rails are not permitted in the schooling/warm-up area during classes for Seven Year Olds or under. BOD 1/14/17 9. Jumps in the schooling area may not exceed 1.60 m (5 3 ) in height, 1.80 m (5 11 ) in width. 10. Any jump 1.30 m (4 3 ) or higher must have a minimum of 2 rails, in cups, on the take off side of the jump, regardless of whether a ground line is used. The lower rail must always be below 1.30 m (4 3 ). 11. There may never be more than two (2) rails on the back of an oxer, with the lower rail equal in height to the lowest rail on the front of the oxer. If the oxer is flagged so that it may only be jumped in one direction, there may only be one (1) rail on the back. 12. Ground lines are not mandatory, however if they are used they must be placed either directly below the front of the jump or up to 1 m (3 3 ) out. If a ground line is used on the landing side of a jump, there must be one on the take off side, and it may not be any further out than the one on the take off side. If an oxer is flagged so it may only be jumped in one direction, the ground line is only permitted on the front of the oxer. 13. If a trot/canter/placement rail is used it may only be used at a vertical which may not exceed 1.30 m (4 3 ) in height. If a rail is used on the take off side of a jump, it may be no closer than 2.50m (8 2 ). If a rail is used on the landing side of a jump it may be no closer than 3 m (9 10 ). 14. If guide rails are used on the landing side of a jump, the closest part of the rail must be a minimum of 3 m (9 10 ) from the jump. 15. A cross rail may be made either a. by itself, in which case the height at which the cups are set may not exceed 1.30 m (4 3 ) in height, or b. below a rail at a vertical, or the front rail of an oxer. 16. No Swedish Oxers! 17. If a liverpool is supplied and used at a vertical or oxer, the front of the liverpool may not be behind the front plane of the jump. Also, the back of the liverpool may not be placed beyond the front plane of the jump. If used at an oxer, the front of the liverpool may not be more than 1 m (3 3 ) in front of the jump. The total depth (front to back) may never exceed 1.80m (5 11 ). 18. If an item (blanket, cooler, etc.) is laid over the rail of an oxer, it must only be laid over the front rail. If there is more than one rail on the front of the oxer, the item may be laid over any of those rails. 19. The use of materials which proves hazardous is forbidden. 20. If space and available fence material allows and safety conditions permit, combinations may be built using correct distances. Bounce jumps may only be used with verticals and may consist of a maximum of three (3) obstacles not exceeding 29.5 (75cm) in height. 21. Manual poling and the use of offsets are not permitted. 22. Riders are fully responsible for any jump taken by their horse. 23. Any action deemed not in the best interest of the horse will not be allowed. 23. For scheduled Five, Six or Seven Year Old classes, any schooling jump 1 m or over must have a minimum of two rails, in cups, on the take-off side of the jump, regardless of whether a ground line is used. The lower rail must always be below 1m. See JP BOD 1/14/17 Effective 2/1/17 TAPING/MARKING SCHOOLING FENCES For Jumpers, fences should be taped or marked at; 1) At the 1.30 m (4 3 ) mark, so when a rail is placed above the tape/mark the competitors knows that they need a second rail; 2) At the 1.60 m (5 3 ) mark, so competitors know that they are not permitted to build higher than that point. For Young Jumper classes, fences should be taped or marked at the 1 m (3 3 ) mark. Fences should be taped at two points. 1) At the 4 3 (1.30 m) mark, so when a rail is placed above the tape the competitor knows that he/she needs a second rail. 2) At the 5 3 (1.60 m) mark, so competitors know that they are not permitted to build higher than that point. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 321 of 400

322 This rule change proposal is drafted to unify the schooling rules across the disciplines of jumper, hunter and hunter/jumping seat equitation in the interest of horse welfare, to ensure safety, and for the overall benefit of the sport. EQ 108 (192-17), HU 157 (174-17), GR 844 (214-17), GR 837 (346-17) Web: Schooling Rules Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 01/10/2018 Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/15/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/18/2017 Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/27/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/13/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Disapproval 12/20/2017 Draft 4: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: Recommends Approval 12/18/2017 Draft 4: No Action Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: Council recommends 12/1/2018 effective date requirement for safety cups. Draft 4: No Council - Intl Discipline Draft 3: The Council would approve if safety cups were required as of Dec. 1, 2018 as per JP103.7, tracking # Draft 4: No Jumper Draft 1: JSC would approve if a phased implementation for the mandatory use of safety cups by the 2020 competition year was included. Draft 3: The JSC would approve if safety cups were required as of Dec 1, 2018 for the 2019 competition year. The JSC's proposal for JP is tracking # Draft 4: No Licensed Officials Draft 3: The Licensed Officials Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. Draft 4: No Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 3: The Steward/TD Committee would approve if safety cups were required as of 12/1/2018 for the 2019 competition year. Draft 4: No Draft 3: No Draft 4: No USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 322 of 400

323 JP104 Tracking # Draft #5 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 4/3/2018 Approved 6/11/2018 JP104 Rating Designations for Jumper Divisions [CHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] JP104 Rating Designations for Jumper Divisions Competitions offering total Jumper prize money of: Less than $5,000 USEF Jumper Rating 1 Between $5,000 and $24,999 USEF Jumper Rating 2 Between $25,000 and $49,999 USEF Jumper Rating 3 Between $50,000 and $124,999 USEF Jumper Rating 4 Between $125,000 and $199,999 USEF Jumper Rating 5 $200,000 and above USEF Jumper Rating 6 Bonus money, including cash or in-kind gifts and any exhibition class prize money must be included for purposes of determining total prize money when determining Jumper Rating. This must be included and reported to the Federation in the Prize List and competition results for purposes of determining total Jumper prize money. Leading Rider and other series awards which require participation in multiple competitions are exempt from this rule. [ ] JP108 Prize Money [ ] 3. Prize Money by Section. Competitions with Jumper Rating 2 or higher will, in principle, allocate their prize money, including bonus money, cash or inkind gifts and exhibition class prize money, which must be included and reported to the Federation in the Prize List and the competition results for purposes of determining total Jumper prize money, according to the following: a. Prize money should increase as the height, spread, and technical difficulty of the courses increase. b. If a competition offers Children s or Adult Amateur and Junior or Amateur Owner classes/sections, no more than 40% of the prize money in these classes/sections should go to the lower height classes/sections. c. If Children s or Adult Amateur sections are divided low and high, no more than 40% of the section s prize money should go to low. d. If Junior or Amateur Owner sections are divided low and high, no more than 40% of the section s prize money should go to low. e. The above applies to the prize money within sections, and also to any special classes or Classics. 4. The maximum amount of prize money (including bonus money, cash or in-kind gifts and exhibition class prize money) allowed to be offered in a Children s and/or Adult Amateur Jumper class is $10,000. This must be included and reported to the Federation in the Prize List and the competition results for purposes of determining total Jumper prize money. Competitions must apply to the Jumper Committee, a minimum of 90 days prior to the start of the competition, for permission to offer more than $10,000 in prize money, including bonus money, cash or in-kind gifts and exhibition class prize money. 5. For add-back classes, the base prize money (or money guaranteed by management) for a class plus any bonus money, if offered, is used to determine the requirements for that class as it pertains to attire, tack, equipment, officials, etc. [ ] Proponent Details Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 323 of 400

324 USHJA Leslie Mangan Currently bonus and/or exhibition class prize money is not necessarily included in the total amount of prize money declared for the Jumper Division. As a result, some competitions are running at a Jumper rating level that does not match the actual amount of total prize money being offered. This rule change is proposed to correct that inconsistency and ensure that competitions are being rated correctly based in total prize money offered. HJ 500 (281-17) Web: Bonus Money Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 3: No Action Draft 4: Referred 02/27/2018 Draft 5: Recommends Approval 05/29/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Tabled 12/21/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/10/2018 Draft 4: Referred 02/20/2018 Draft 5: Recommends Approval 05/29/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: No Action 12/18/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: Recommends Approval 05/14/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Referred 12/14/2017 Draft 3: Recommends Approval 01/02/2018 Draft 4: No Action Draft 5: No Action Competition Management Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Council - Admin & Finance Draft 3: No Draft 4: No new drafts of this proposed rule change have been received. The Council therefore recommends that the Board refer this to the Mid-Year Board Meeting. Draft 5: No Council - Intl Discipline Draft 2: Awaiting new draft. Draft 3: No Draft 4: Recommend the BOD to refer to the Mid-Year Meeting in June. Draft 5: No Jumper Draft 1: The JSC understands that some of the wording regarding exhibition class prize money may need to be tweaked if HJ 500 (tracking #281-17) is approved. Draft 2: Waiting for draft 3 from USHJA after their BOD meeting on Jan 2 Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No USHJA Draft 2: Referred to January USHJA Board Meeting Draft 3: No Draft 4: No Draft 5: No Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 324 of 400

325 JP108.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP108 Prize Money [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 2. Altering Prize Money. Competitions may not change the amount of prize money awarded in a class from that indicated in the prize list unless all conditions affecting such changes are clearly delineated in the prize list, or after publication of the prize list within 30 days of the start of the competition. Such conditions to be included in the prize list; the number of entries received by what date or time that will cause change in conditions or cancellation;, what entry fee will be charged in the event of a change;, and the policy for refund of entry/nomination fees for competitors electing not to compete under the changed conditions. The specific division of the prize money to be distributed in the class must also be indicated in the prize list. If prize money is reduced, the entry fee must also be reduced. Exception: If there are less than eight (8) entries in a class, the provisions of GR904.4 will also be applicable Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org This change would give some flexibility but with a 30 day limit which is consistent with GR 904 regarding changes in prize list. This means no change in prize money can be made within 30 days of the start date of competition. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/04/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Web: Jumper Prize Money Competition Management Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 325 of 400

326 JP111.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP111 Tack and Attire [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 1. Martingales.... b. Classes offered above 1.30m (and all classes restricted to young horses) The only martingales permitted are running martingales used in the conventional manner. Exception: Irish martingales are permitted in all classes. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon Irish martingales aren t truly martingales as it pertains to this rule since their purpose is not to control the head but to prevent the reins from coming over the horse s head. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Web: Irish Martingales Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 326 of 400

327 JP111.8 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP111 Tack and Attire [CHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 8. No mounted exhibitor may wear or carry an electronic communication device (i.e., cellular telephone, pager, walkie talkie, etc.) while in competition ring. The penalty for wearing or carrying a forbidden device if observed by the judge may be elimination from the class during which the device was worn or carried. Exception: A disabled handicapped participant may use electronic devices if, prior to the class, he/she presents to the USEF Federation Steward written justification from treating personnel setting forth the necessity for the equipment. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org The intent is to use a more updated and correct term Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: tack and attire Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 327 of 400

328 JP111.9 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP111 Tack and Attire [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] 9. Attire... d. In extreme weather conditions, the use of jackets, sweaters or raincoats with or without hoods can be allowed by management and/or permission from the Jumper Judge/s. Permission must be granted before entering the competition ring. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon Most raincoats have hoods and raincoats are permitted with permission. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Web: Raincoats Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 328 of 400

329 JP116.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP116.1 Sections/Classes Restricted by Age of Horse [CHAPTER JP-1 GENERAL] JP116 Sections/Classes Restricted by Age of Horse 1. Eligibility. Age restricted classes are open only to horses recorded with the Federation and age verified in accordance with Federation Policies and Procedures. Age can be verified only through the following identification documents: a. registration papers, Certificate of Pedigree or passport issued by a World Breed Federation Sport Horse (WBFSH) recognized registry breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation. b. registration papers or Certificate of Pedigree from a breed or sport horse registry. Horse Identification Document issued by a breed or sport horse registry approved by the Federation that states the registered name of the horse, the registration number of the horse and age of the horse. [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org This rule clarification is proposed to ensure that all horses competing in age-restricted classes are properly age verified by requiring them to be registered with a breed or sport horse organization authorized and recognized by the Federation. Web: horse identification document Draft 1: No Action Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/23/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/22/2018 Draft 1: No Action Breeders Council - Admin & Finance Council - Intl Discipline Jumper USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 329 of 400

330 JP116.2 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /11/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP116 Sections/Classes Restricted by Age of Horse [CHAPTER JP-3 Section Specifications] JP116.2 Sections/Classes Restricted by Age of Horse [ ] 2. Boots: Non-weighted non-performance enhancing (any boot that does anything but protect the horse s leg/ankle will be considered performance enhancing) hind ankle boots are permitted for horses entered in classes restricted to Five, Six, or Seven year-olds while in competition or preparing for the competition. No other boots are permitted for horses entered in age restricted classes during those times. Support wraps are permitted. If boots are made of rigid leather or plastic, they may only be a maximum of 6 inches/15 cm in height (excluding fleece and other protective padding). The total maximum weight of equipment allowed to be added to a horse s leg, front or hind (single or multiple boots, fetlock rings etc), is 350g (shoe excluded). Support wraps are permitted. a. Hind Boots: Non-performance enhancing (any boot that does anything but protect the horse s leg/ankle will be considered performance enhancing) hind ankle boots are permitted for horses entered in classes restricted to Five, Six, or Seven year-olds while in age restricted competition or preparing for the age restricted class. competition or preparing for the competition. No other hind boots are permitted for horses entered in age restricted classes during those times. All hind leg protections must have a maximum interior length of 16 cm; the width of the fastener must be at least five cm. The following criteria must be respected in relation to hind boots worn in classes restricted by age of horse: 1. The inside of the protection must be smooth, that is, the surface must be even and there may not be any pressure points on the inside of the boot; sheepskin linings are allowed. 2. Only non-elastic Velcro-type fasteners are permitted; no hooks, buckles, clips or other methods of attaching the fasteners may be used; 3. The rounded rigid part of the protection must be placed on the inside of the fetlock; 4. No additional elements may be added to or inserted in the boot itself, other than a protective flap, providing it is soft and clearly intended for protection only. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To align the current USEF Young Jumper boot rule JP116.2 with that of the international Young Horses Competitions (see FEI JRs Art ) Web: Boots on Young Jumpers Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Jumper Draft 1: JSC would approve if.3 were changed to something similar to: "The rounded rigid part of the protection must be placed only on the inside of the fetlock and not around the back or outside of fetlock". This would make it clear that rigid or hard fetlock protection can only be on the inside. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 330 of 400

331 JP116.8 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP116 Sections/Classes Restricted by Age of Horse [CHAPTER JP-3 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS] 8. Horses may compete in classes restricted to Five, Six, and Seven Year Olds in the month of December but they will not be eligible for HOTY points (GR ) Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon A horse s age is determined by the calendar year, not the competition year which starts one month earlier. Horses have always been able to compete in classes for which they are eligible. This clarifies the practice that has always been done with these classes in December. Web: classes restricted by age of horse Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 331 of 400

332 JP117 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP117 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, Amateur, or Young Riders [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-3 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS] 7. Restrictions... b. Any competitor that competes in a CSI5*, CSI4*,a CSI-W or CSIO is ineligible to competein a Junior,Amateur Owner and/or Amateur Jumper class held below 1.40m at that same competition. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org Including a restriction for riders already competing at the top level will give more opportunity for the other riders to compete against their true peers. This restriction is only for Junior/Amateur classes and still allows riders competing at the top level to compete in all other classes at the competition. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Web: Jr/AO/Am Restriction Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 332 of 400

333 JP117 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/ /18/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP117.2 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, Amateur or Young Riders [CHAPTER JP-3 Section Specifications ] JP117 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, Amateur or Young Rider 1. Amateur Owner Jumper: A horse that is ridden by an Amateur Owner or an amateur member of the owner s family. In either case, classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Leased horses are not eligible, and multiple ownership is not permitted unless all owners are members of the same family. a. An amateur who competes for a person outside of his/her family may not compete in a class restricted to Amateur Owners at the same competition. Exceptions: 1. Equitation classes, 2. Under Saddle per HU and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in jumper sections and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in hunter sections, in classes not restricted to amateur owners. (For Amateur rules please see GR1306) b. Dividing Classes. Any class within a section with eighty (80) or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are eighty (80) or more entries remaining in a class after it has been divided, the class must be redivided by every other number or a California Split. BOD 1/20/2018 Effective 12/1/2018 [...] 2. Amateur Jumper: A horse that is ridden by an Amateur. Classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. a. (For Amateur rules please see GR1306) b. Dividing Classes. Sections may be offered divided by either specific height or age of rider. Any class within a section with eighty (80) or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are eighty (80) or more entries remaining in a class after it has been divided, the class must be redivided by every other number or a California Split. c. Level of Difficulty: [ ] 3. Junior Jumper: A horse that is ridden by an individual who has not reached his/her 18th birthday. (See GR103). a. Cross Entries. Cross entry into other divisions is considered to be allowed, unless otherwise stated in the prize list. b. Dividing Classes. Sections may be offered divided by either specific height or age of rider. Any class within a section with eighty (80) or more entries at the beginning of the first class must be divided. If there are eighty (80) or more entries remaining in a class after it has been divided, the class must be redivided by every other number or a California Split. c. Level of Difficulty. [ ] Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 333 of 400

334 This proposed clarification is submitted to correct an unintended omission to USEF-approved rule change when it was initially drafted. The rule change proposal was supposed to address mandatory class splits to Children s, Adult Amateur, Pony, Junior, Amateur and Amateur Owner Jumper sections, but the original approved rule change addressed all but the Amateur Jumper and Junior Jumper sections. This clarification will correct that inadvertent omission. Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 10/22/2018 Web: dividing classes Council - Intl Discipline Jumper Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 334 of 400

335 JP117.1 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /11/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP117.1 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, or Young Riders [CHAPTER JP-3 Section Specifications] JP117 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, or Young Riders 1. Amateur Owner Jumper: A horse that is ridden by an Amateur Owner or an amateur member of the owner s family. In either case, classes are restricted to riders who are no longer eligible to compete as junior exhibitors. Leased horses are not eligible, and multiple ownership is not permitted unless all owners are members of the same family. a. An amateur who competes for a person outside of his/her family may not compete in a class restricted to Amateur Owners at the same competition. Exceptions: 1. Equitation classes, 2. Under Saddle per HU and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in jumper sections and a maximum of one (1) horse not owned by the rider or his/her family in hunter sections, in classes not restricted to amateur owners. (For Amateur rules please see GR1306) b. Dividing Classes. Sections may be offered divided by either specific height or age of rider. Any class within a section with eighty (80) or more entries must be divided. If there are eighty (80) or more entries remaining in a class after it has been divided, the class must be redivided by every other number or a California Split. [ ] JP118 Sections/Classes Restricted to Children, Adult Amateur Riders, or Ponies 1.Children s and Adult Amateur Jumper: Sections are open to Junior and Amateur exhibitors. Unless the USHJA submits their Zone Specifications to the Federation by August 1st of the previous year, the specifications as shown below will apply. All USHJA zone specifications submitted by August 1st and approved by USHJA and USEF shall be enforced by USEF if not followed. a. Level of Difficulty. Fence Heights to be set in accordance with JP122 not to exceed 1.15 m (3 9 ). b. Dividing and Combining of Sections. Sections may be divided by age of rider or by horse/pony and may also be combined (Children s with Adult Amateur sections) if so stated in the prize list. c. Any class within a section with eighty (80) or more entries must be divided. If there are eighty (80) or more entries remaining in a class after it has been divided, the class must be redivided by every other number or a California Split. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org To define the specific number of entries at which a class in the Children s, Adult Amateur, Pony, Junior, Amateur, Amateur/Owner or Young Rider sections must be divided. Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 12/04/2017 Draft 2: No Action Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Competition Management Web: Dividing Classes 80 or More Draft 1: The current rules in place already address this Council - Admin & Finance Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 335 of 400

336 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Disapproval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/15/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline Jumper Draft 1: JSC would approve if "at the beginning of the first class" is removed because jumping entries can change drastically from day to day. This phrase is from the hunter rules. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 336 of 400

337 JP117.6 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP117 Sections/Classes Restricted to Junior, Amateur/Owner, Amateur or Young [CHAPTER JP-3 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS] 6. Combined Sections. A section or sections combining Amateur Owner, Amateur, Juniors, and/or Young Riders may be offered. a. Dividing of Combined Sections/Classes... b. Combining of Sections. If Junior, Amateur Ownerand/or Amateur sections are offered separately in the prize list, the sections may be combined if there are eight or less entries in either section. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org The new Amateur section was implemented for the 2018 competition year and.6 of this rule refers dividing and combining. Amateur was left off the heading of.6 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: amateurs Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 337 of 400

338 JP119.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP119 U25 (25 and Under) Jumper Sections/Classes [CHAPTER JP-3 SECTION SPECIFICATIONS] 2. Specifications:... b. U25 classes offering $25,000 or more in prize money must be held at an Open Regional, American Open National, or Open High Performance Standard (per JP122.4) U25 Overlay Class. a. A U25 Overlay Class is defined as additional money specifically for U25 riders entered in an Open Jumper Class offering $25,000 or more held at the Open Regional, American, Open National or Open High Performance Standard (see JP122.4) In principle, no U25 class offering more than $10,000 in prize money may be held within the fourteen (14) days prior to, any days during, or seven (7) days after the USEF U25 National Show Jumping Championship or the North American Youth Junior and Young Rider Championships (NAJYRC). Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org The term "Open" was removed from the rule book and there is a new Standard called American Standard. The name of the North American Junior and Young Rider Championships has changed to North American Youth Championships. This clarification is just updating the outdated language. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: U25 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 338 of 400

339 JP122.4 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP122 Fence Dimensions [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-4 LEVELS OF DIFFICULTY] 4. Standards: Any class offering $25,000 or more in prize money must be offered at one of the following standards delineated below: Regional, American, National, or High Performance. Heights alone do not apply to these classes and the standard must be clearl ystated in the prize list. Competitions must apply to the Jumping Sport Committee for permission to offer $25,000 or more in prize money in any class if it does not meet one of the following: a. Open Regional Standard: 1.35m m with spreads to 1.55m, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. At least 6 Verticals and 4 Oxers must be set at 1.40m.The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 1.85m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jump is 3.60m. b. Junior, Amateur Owner, Amateur, or Young Rider Regional Standard: 1.25m m with spreads to 1.45m, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. At least 4 Verticals and 4 Oxers must be set at 1.30m. The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 1.65m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jumpis 3.60m. c. American Standard: 1.40m m with spreads to 1.60m, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. At least 4 Verticals and 2 Oxers must be set at 1.45m. The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 1.80m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jump is 3.80m. d. Open National Standard: 1.40m m with spreads to 1.70m, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. At least 4 Verticals and 2 Oxers must be set at 1.50m*. The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 2.00m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jump is 4.00m. *If conditions warrant (deterioration of footing, inclement weather,insufficient lighting, fewer than 10 entries at the time declarations are due), the Course Designer after consultation with Management and Judges, may use a 5cm variance up or down for these 6 required efforts. e. Junior, Amateur Owner, Amateur, or Young Rider National Standard: 1.35m m with spreads to 1.60m, excluding Triple Barand Water Jump. At least 4 Verticals and 3 Oxers set at 1.40m. The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 1.80m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jump is 3.90m f. Open High Performance Standard: 1.45m m with spreads to 1.80m, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. At least 2 Verticals must beset at 1.60m, and at least 4 Oxers must be set at 1.50m+*, excluding Triple Bar and Water Jump. The maximum spread for the Triple Bar is 2.20m, and the maximum spread for the Water Jump is 4.50m. *If conditions warrant (deterioration of footing, inclement weather, insufficient lighting, fewer than 10 entries at the time declarations are due), the Course Designer after consultation with Management and Judges, may use a 5cm variance up or down for these 6 required efforts. g. Junior,AmateurOwner, Amateur, oryoung Rider High PerformanceStandard: 1.40m m with spreadsto 1.70m, excludingtriple BarandWaterJump.At least 4 Verticals and 2Oxersmust be set at 1.50m.ThemaximumspreadfortheTriple Baris 2.00m, and themaximumspreadforthewater Jumpis 4.20m. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org Linked with JP The regular HOTY categories for Jr/AO/Am don t have as low of fence heights as these Jr/AO/Am $25,000/+ classes which are as low as m. The handful of Jr/AO classes offering $25k or more per year, can still do that by requesting permission per JP 122.4, using one of the traditional standards. JP 150 (154-17) Web: Jr/AO/Am Fence Heights Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 339 of 400

340 JP135.6 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP135 General [CHAPTER JP-6 SCORING] 6. Broken Equipment. In cases of broken equipment or loss of shoe while on course, the rider must continue if he wishes to avoid penalty, or may retire. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon This makes it abundantly clear that the rider must continue while on course to avoid penalty. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Arabian Web: broken equipment Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 340 of 400

341 JP137.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/30/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP137 Timing [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-6 SCORING] 1. Starting & Stopping. Time is taken from the instant the horse s chest reaches the start line, or upon the expiration of 45 seconds following the sounding of the audible tone, until it reaches the finish line. The Judges have the right to interrupt the 45-second countdown if unforeseen circumstances occur and/or, if the welfare of the horse is involved, temporarily excuse the competitor, allowing him to return at a later period in the class. Incidents such as, but not limited to ddisobediences, falls, etc., occurring between the signal to start and the moment the competitor crosses the starting line in the correct direction, are not penalized. The Ground Jury, in its discretion, if the situation so warrants, has the right not to activate the start or to cancel the starting procedure, give a new signal to start and restart the countdown. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org This wording gives the judges flexibility in unforeseen circumstances and keeps in line with FEI rules in Chapter V for Time and Speed. Web: Starting & Stopping - Timekeeping Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 341 of 400

342 JP139.6 Tracking # Draft #2 Approved Standard 12/1/ /23/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP139.6 Falls [CHAPTER JP-6 SCORING] [Linked to USHJA RCP to GR842, EQ107.1.i.1, HU132.8 & HU137.3.e] JP139 Falls 1. The first fall of horse or rider results in elimination, except in classes in which special rules apply. (Fault and Out, Top Score, etc.) 2. A rider is considered to have fallen when he is separated from his horse, which has not fallen, in such a way as to necessitate remounting or vaulting into the saddle. 3. A horse is considered to have fallen when the shoulder and haunch on the same side have touched the ground or an obstacle and the ground. 4. A courtesy fence is not permitted following the fall of the horse or rider. 5. In the case of a fall while on course, the rider may not remount in the competition ring. 6. In the event of a fall of a horse within the competition ring at a Federation licensed Hunter, Jumper or Hunter/Jumper competition, the judge shall notify a steward, regardless of whether an EMT is called, and the steward must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation. Proponent Details USHJA Leslie Mangan lkmangan@ushja.org In the interest of both horse welfare and rider safety, all falls occurring in the competition ring during any hunter, jumper, and hunter/jumping seat equitation classes should be immediately reported to the competition steward who must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. EQ 107 (195-17), HU 132 (175-17), GR 842 (338-17) Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 11/28/2017 Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Council - Admin & Finance Web: Reporting Falls - Jumper Ring Draft 2: Council felt that there needs to be better tracking between judge and steward. Recommends the following language, The steward, if notified by the judge of a fall, must include the details of the incident on his report to the Federation so the information can be recorded and tracked. Council - Intl Discipline Draft 2: Approved with the caveat that the Steward must not be held accountable for failure to comply on the part of the Judge. Jumper Draft 2: JSC approves but also feels schooling area should be included. Licensed Officials Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 342 of 400

343 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Disapproval 01/05/2018 Draft 1: No Action Draft 2: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Draft 2: The Committee feels this rule will be difficult for the stewards to comply with if the judge doesn't report the fall to the steward in a timely manner. USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 343 of 400

344 JP142.6 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP142 Breaking Ties [CHAPTER JP-6 SCORING] 6. Competitors who are tied for first place after the initial round(s) will jump off. Any competitors that compete in the jump off and are still tied for any placing (i.e. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) shall remain tied unless otherwise stated in the prize list. Prize money and Championship points shall be combined and divided equally among the tied competitors. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon This is unnecessary and a conflict since each Table defines what to do with ties Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: breaking ties Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 344 of 400

345 JP145.3 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/30/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP145 TABLE II Classes scored on Faults and Time [CHAPTER JP-7 JUMPING FAULTS AND SCORING TABLES] 3. Time first jump-off b. Table II, Sec. 2 (b) The first round and first jump-off, if any, are decided by adding together the faults incurred over the course and any penalties for exceeding the Time Allowed. If a competitor has gone clear in the first round, the competitor will, without leaving the ring, upon an audible signal, commence the designated jumpoff course. A competitor with a clear round may dismount, and with assistance if necessary, adjust tack and/or equipment; however, upon the audible signal to begin his/her round, the competitor is responsible to adhering to the 45 seconds rule as per JP A competitor who leaves the arena after a clear round (before or after the tone) will be considered to have withdrawn from the jump-off (exception JP 137.1). If there are no clear rounds and a tie exists for first place, the results will be determined by the scores and time from that round. It is recommended that no more than twelve numbered obstacles be included in the first round when the class is scored under this table. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org Per JP 137.1, judge's can interrupt the 45 second countdown and temporarily excuse a competitor if the welfare of the horse is involved in any jumper class. Including this reference makes it abundantly clear that judge's can still do this in Table II Sec 2(b) classes. Web: classes scored on faults and time Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 345 of 400

346 JP148.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/30/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP148 TABLE IV Optimum Time Classes [CHAPTER JP-7 JUMPING FAULTS AND SCORING TABLES] 2. Optimum Time in First Jump-Off b. Table IV Sec. 2 (b) The first round and first jump-off are decided by adding together the faults incurred over the course and any penalties for exceeding the Time Allowed. If a competitor has gone clear in the first round, the competitor will, without leaving the ring, upon an audible signal, commence the designated jump-off course. A competitor with a clear round may dismount, and with assistance if necessary, adjust tack and/or equipment; however, upon the audible signal to begin his/her round, the competitor is responsible to adhering to the 45 seconds rule as per JP A competitor who leaves the arena after a clear round (before or after the tone) will be considered to have withdrawn from the jump-off (exception JP137.1). In the case of equality of faults in the jump-off, ties will be broken on the following basis: an Optimum Time (defined as 4 seconds less than the Time Allowed for the course) will be posted on the course plan; the horse with the time on course closest to this Optimum Time (over or under) will prevail in the tie, next closest next, etc. If there are no clear rounds, a jump-off, scored as described above, will take place among those tied for first place. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org Table IV (Optimum Time) Section 2 (b) is like Table II Section 2 (b) in that clear competitors go on to do the jump off after they complete their first round. This additional language needs to be included in Table IV Sec 2(b) for consistency in these classes with immediate jump offs. Here is the Table II Sec 2(b) rule to show the similarity: b. Table II, Sec. 2 (b) The first round and first jump-off, if any, are decided by adding together the faults incurred over the course and any penalties for exceeding the Time Allowed. If a competitor has gone clear in the first round, the competitor will, without leaving the ring, upon an audible signal, commence the designated jump off course. A competitor with a clear round may dismount, and with assistance if necessary, adjust tack and/or equipment; however, upon the audible signal to begin his/her round, the competitor is responsible to adhering to the 45 seconds rule as per JP A competitor who leaves the arena after a clear round (before or after the tone) will be considered to have withdrawn from the jump-off. If there are no clear rounds and a tie exists for first place, the results will be determined by the scores and time from that round. It is recommended that no more than twelve numbered obstacles be included in the first round when the class is scored under this table. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Web: first jump-off Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 346 of 400

347 JP150 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP150 Classes Offering $25,000 or more in prize money [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-7 JUMPING FAULTS AND SCORING TABLES] 11. Junior, Amateur/Owner, Amateur, oryoung Rider Classes offering $25,000 or more must be held at a minimum of the Regional Standard. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org Linked with JP The regular HOTY categories for Jr/AO/A don t have as low of fence heights as these Jr/AO/A $25,000/+ classes which are as low as m. The handful of Jr/AO classes offering $25k or more per year, can still do that by requesting permission per JP 122.4, using one of the traditional standards. JP 122 (153-17) Web: Jr/AO/Am Fence Heights Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 347 of 400

348 JP152.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/30/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 JP152 Championship Qualification [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER JP-8 NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS] 2. FEI North American Children, Junior and Young Rider Championships (NAJYRC) Qualifying criteria must be submitted by USHJA sixty (60) days prior to the start of each zone s qualifying period. If no changes are submitted, the following specifications will apply: a. NAChC qualifying criteria will automatically be based on Junior Jumper and Open Jumper classes held at 1.20m or above, and Jumper classes offering $25,000 or more in prize money. Points will be awarded per GR Qualifying period is June 14 the year prior to June 15. Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon jhaydon@usef.org This event now has a Children championship (FEI age Children 12-14) Web: FEI Children's Champ Qualification Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/14/2017 Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 348 of 400

349 JP152.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 8/31/2018 Approved 11/12/2018 JP152 Championship Qualification [CHAPTER JP-8 NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS] 2. FEI North American Youth Children, Junior and Young Rider Championships (NAJYRC)... Proponent Details Jumper Jennifer Haydon The name has been changed from North American Junior and Young Rider Championships to North American Youth Championships Web: championship qualification Draft 1: Recommends Approval 10/30/2018 Draft 1: No Action Council - Intl Discipline USHJA Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM JP Tracking # Page 349 of 400

350 MO105.7 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 5/16/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 MO105 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER MO-1 GENERAL] 1. The Morgan is shown in all its natural beauty with a full mane, forelock and tail. Braiding is permitted only in Hunter, Jumper, Dressage, Sport Horse, and Carriage Pleasure Driving. Braiding is also permitted in performance and equitation classes when shown under proper hunter, dressage, sport horse, or carriage driving tack and attire. 2. The use of any device in the ring to alter the natural carriage of the tail or ears shall result in disqualification. The steward may check for appliances to alter the ear carriage when measuring feet for championships. Rubber bands, an inconspicuous braid or tape in the forelock are permitted. In harness classes, an inconspicuous braid in the end of the tail is permitted to allow it to be fastened to the driving vehicle. 3. The use of supplemental hair on the horse is prohibited in any class restricted to Morgans and shall result in disqualification from the competition, and all entry fees and winnings of the entry for the entire competition will be forfeited. 4. Boots and other artificial appliances are forbidden in the Morgan division during competition in a class. Exception: boots are permitted in all Reining, Roadster, Jumper, Hunter on the Flat Equitation, and Hunter Seat over Fences. 5. In case of inclement weather competition management may permit the use of polo boots or bandages and may allow tails to be tied up provided this is publicly announced before a class or session. 6. Rubber or elastic (except on boots) attached in any way to the legs or hooves must not be used on the competition grounds at any time. 7. The use of chains or rollers as action devices on the competition grounds during or before a competition is prohibited Vertical half-cup blinkers are acceptable on the competition grounds and in the warm-up ring. Blinders of any kind are not allowed A rein (or driving line) is defined as a length of leather, or other material, which remains flexible at the point of contact with the bit and which does not create an extension of leverage of the bit An inconspicuous tongue tie is permitted in all Morgan sections with the exception of Carriage Driving, Dressage, Working Hunter over Fences, Hunter Seat Equitation Over Fences, Reining Seat Equitation, Western Seat Equitation, Trail, Reining and Western Pleasure Nasal strips are allowed with the exception of the competition arenas during scheduled performances Proponent Details Morgan Sarah Beth Hollowed sbhollowed@usef.org This rule change is strengthening language in support of welfare for this division Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: chains and rollers Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM MO Tracking # Page 350 of 400

351 MO190 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 5/16/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 MO190 Morgan Gaited- General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER: MO-17 MORGAN-GAITED] MO190 Morgan Gaited - General The Gaited Morgan is presented Under Saddle. This is a horse suitable for trail riding and should possess athleticism with a relaxed attitude and way of going. The Gaited Morgan should be eye appealing and confident, showing the impression of being a sure, safe and pleasurable ride. MO191 Gaits The Gaited Morgan performs three gaits: Trail Walk, Show Gait and Pleasure Gait. 1. TRAIL WALK. The Trail Walk has equal weight in the judging of a class. The ability to transition from the highest performance level in the class to a completely relaxed walk is an important indication of the correct mentality and temperament. The Trail Walk is an authentic four beat walk, suitable for use on the trails. The walk must be calm, relaxed, and ridden with clearly observable slack in the reins. Reins at all times must droop with the lowest point noticeably lower than the point of attachment to the bit. The head and neck should be lower then the position that is maintained at Show and Pleasure Gaits. Horses unable to move from any gait into a relaxed, natural walk, horses that must be restrained by the reins from accelerating, or a horse who appears to jig performing the Trail Walk, must be severely penalized by the judge. 2. SHOW GAIT. The show gait is a collected, four beat gait performed at moderate speed, with stride and action appropriate for the class. The Show Gait must be collected and smooth with no exaggeration in form or execution. The sequence of the footfalls is rhythmic and cadenced. 3. PLEASURE GAIT. This gait is a four beat gait with the greatest speed and action in any section. There must be a distinct difference in the speed demonstrated at the Show Gait and Pleasure Gait, although speed must not come at the expense of form and correct footfalls. Horses that do not exhibit a distinct difference in speed between the Show Gait and the Pleasure Gait must be penalized. The ability of the horse to demonstrate forward movement, with speed and action appropriate for this section, while maintaining correct form, is of primary importance at gait. 4. SADDLE GAIT. Horses performing the Show or Pleasure Gait may perform any "Saddle Gait". The "Saddle Gait" may be either a lateral or diagonal gait. The Pace, Trot and Jog/Canter are not allowed. If both Show and Pleasure Gaits are to be demonstrated in a class, the horse must maintain the same Saddle Gait footfall sequence throughout the test. The only change will be in the tempo/speed as required by the call throughout the test. 5. BACKUP. In all performance classes, backing at least three steps in a straight line is called for in the line-up. The horse must not throw his head above the bit, gape at the mouth or show other signs of resistance. Failure to follow a straight track will be penalized. MO192 General Judging Requirements for Under Saddle Gaited Classes 1. Credit shall be given to an entry that exemplifies the look of the proper section. 2. A horse that does not demonstrate correct form for the class will be penalized by the judge. 3. Scoring: Proper cadence and balance, presence and apparent ability to give a good pleasurabke ride 60%; type and confirmation 40%. 4. Championship: The same specifications as the above paragraph except the percentages are 50%-50% instead of 60%-40%. MO193 Gaited Morgan Country Trail Pleasure Class 1. Appointments: See MO Shoeing: See MO The Gaited Country Trail Pleasure entry must exemplify the attributes of a pleasure riding horse suitable for all members of the family. The Trail Pleasure horse must have gaits that are effortless and extremely smooth, with no animation. The head and neck of the Gaited Country Trail Pleasure entry must be relaxed and show little to no elevation, and the horse in gait should be ridden with a minimum of bit contact and should remain relaxed at all times. There is to be no sign of animation, nervousness, or the need for restraint. The Gaited Country Trail Pleasure classes are shown in two gaits: Show Gait and Trail Walk. Speed is not desired in this section. Animation, more than moderate speed, nervousness, or an elevated head and/or neck carriage shall be penalized. Manners are paramount in this section. A horse that does not demonstrate correct style shall be penalized by the judge and shall not be placed above a horse that has the correct way of going as long as they are performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. MO194 Class Specifications Gaited Morgan Country Trail Pleasure Class 1. Shown: Horses enter at the Trail Walk, followed by the Show Gait, Trail Walk; Reverse, Show Gait, Trail Walk in that order. A halt may be executed from either gait; the horse must halt promptly and stand quietly on a light rein. A dismount and remount may be called. A reinback of at least 3 steps is required in the line-up. 2. Judged: On manners, quietness, performance including steadiness, responsiveness, traveling on a light rein, and willingness to stand quietly and back readily. MO195 Gaited Morgan Trail Pleasure Class 1. Appointments: See MO Shoeing: See MO A Gaited Trail Pleasure Horse must demonstrate a suitable way of going while performing the Trail Walk, Show Gait and Pleasure Gait. The gaits should not show animation or excessive speed and must be effortless and smooth with forward movement. The head and neck should be in a relaxed manner appropriate to the conformation of the horse yet must be stylish and to a lesser degree of collection. A slight movement of the head is permissible. The horse should be well mannered. A judge may request the horse to stand quietly on the rail on a light rein from any gait. The judge may additionally ask the rider to dismount and remount while the horse stands quietly. 4. To be penalized: The horse should not be presented in a collected, up headed and animated frame. There is no maximum or minimum degree of animation, but smoothness and frame tie over animation and speed. 5. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going shall not be placed above any horse that has the correct way of going regardless of other criteria. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM MO Tracking # Page 351 of 400

352 MO196 Class Specifications Gaited Morgan Trail Pleasure Class. 1. Shown: Horses to enter the ring at a Trail Walk, followed by Slow Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk, Reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk in that order. The horse is shown in a collected frame with the head carried proudly in the bridle evidenced by self-carriage. A rein back of at least 3 steps is required in the line-up 2. Judged: On manners, performance including steadiness with cadence and balance, quietness, responsiveness, traveling on a light rein, and willingness to stand quietly and back readily. During performance, the horse must exhibit consistency of cadence and balance in the gaits. MO197 Gaited Morgan Classic Pleasure Class 1. Appointments: See MO Shoeing: See MO The Gaited Classic Pleasure horse executes the Trail Walk, Show Gait and Pleasure Gait in a collected, up headed and stylish manner with moderate stride. The horse should show in a collected frame while maintaining self-carriage and lightness in the bridle. Frame and carriage with more animation and speed is desirable. However, neither speed nor animation will count over smoothness and correct form and footfalls. 4. To be penalized: Loss of balance or elasticity, lack of energy and incorrect way of going. MO198 Gaited Morgan Classic Pleasure Specifications 1. Shown: Horses to enter the ring at a Trail Walk followed by a Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk, Reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure Gait and Trail Walk in that order. In the line-up, a rein back of at least 3 steps is required. 2. Judged: On performance demonstrating cadence and balance, quietness, manners, responsiveness, traveling on a light reins, and willingness to stand quietly and back readily. MO199 Gaited Morgan Western Pleasure 1. Refer to SUBCHAPTER MO-7 Morgan Western Pleasure Section. Exception: The Western Pleasure Gaited Morgan must stand quietly, back willingly and provide a ride of exceptional smoothness. The headset of the horse must be relaxed and steady. 2. Extreme knee action and any tendency to be up in the bridle will be penalized. Horses failing to stand quietly and/or to back readily must be severely penalized. MO200 Gaited Morgan Western Pleasure Specifications 1. Shown: Horses to enter the ring at a Trail Walk, followed by a Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk, Reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk in that order. In the line-up, a rein back of at least 3 steps is required. 2. Judged: On manners, performance at all gaits (smoothness), attitude, and conformation. SUBCHAPTER MO ADDITIONAL CLASSES MO General MO Additional Class Specifications Proponent Details Morgan Sarah Beth Hollowed Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM MO Tracking # Page 352 of 400

353 This will open up a new section in the Morgan Division. These horses perform the following gaits- the Trail Walk, Show Gait and Pleasure Gait. By offering this new section, it provides further opportunity to present to a wide demographic audience another way of showing the Morgan horse which further promotes the Morgan breed. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Web: morgan gaited Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM MO Tracking # Page 353 of 400

354 RD105 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/28/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason To comply with a safety rule already in the Saddlebred chapter for Safety of exhibitors RD105 General [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-2 SHOWING PROCEDURES ] RD105 General 1. Roadsters must enter the ring clockwise at a jog-trot then show at the Road Gait; turn counter clockwise at the jog-trot, show at the Road Gait and then trot at speed. Judges must emphasize that Roadsters are to be shown at three distinct speeds. 2. In Roadster horse and pony performance classes when the judge calls for the line up, exhibitors must continue in a counter-clockwise direction to bring their entries to the line up. Judge(s) shall penalize entries that do not comply It is very important to emphasize that Roadster horses must trot solidly down the straight away as well as around the turns. Horses should be shown on the rail at all times except when passing and should go to the far end of every corner without side reining; should be light mouthed, capable of being taken up at any time, and stand well when being judged in the center of the ring Any driver, rider, horse or pony in the Roadster division exhibiting inappropriate or dangerous behavior or whose actions would in any way threaten the safety of any other exhibitor, their entries or the safety of class officials will be ordered from the ring. (See GR and.12) Performance at all three gaits must be judged. In the event of a workout, entries chosen must be worked both ways of the ring, as in the original routine. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org This rule clarification is to standardize the showing process for safety concerns and comply with SB107.1 concerning horses coming to the line up. The Saddlebred rule states that when called to the line up horses must continue in the same direction to bring their entries to the line up and the Roadster committee feels this is important to include in the Roadster Chapter for the safety of exhibitors. Safety of exhibitors Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/13/2018 Web: performance classes Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 354 of 400

355 RD107 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/28/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 RD107 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-2 SHOWING PROCEDURES] RD107 Appointments 6. Shackles, draw reins, kicking strap, German martingale, or other training devices are prohibited in the competition ring. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker Clarification that a German martingale is a training device and should be prohibited in the competition ring because exhibitors are trying to use this device in the show ring rather than the accepted running martingale. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/13/2018 Web: appointments Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 355 of 400

356 RD107.1 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 RD107 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-1 GENERAL QUALIFICATIONS] RD107 Appointments 1. Harness. a. Blinkers of square pattern, snaffle bit and attached overcheck-rein (check bit optional); breast collar with straight-flaps, with traces made round with flat ends; (for pairs, collars of the English pattern are used); martingale are required. Breechings must be used in all Wagon classes. Reins to be leather and made round up to the hand pieces. Protective boots on front feet are allowed. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker The roadster committee would like to clarify that the overcheck-rein does not have to be attached to a check bit but can attach to the driving bit. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Web: harness Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Roadster Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 356 of 400

357 RD110.7 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 RD110 Roadster Horse to Bike [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-3 CLASS SPECIFICATIONS] RD110 Roadster Horse to Bike 7. UNITED STATES TROTTING ASSOCIATION ROADSTER CLASSIC. Open to Standardbreds registered with the USTA or SC. In order to be eligible, a copy of the registration papers must accompany the entry and the ownership must be both updated and correct prior to the nomination closing date. For the 2017 competition year a horse must not have shown prior to July 8, 2016, the post entry date of the 2016 Kentucky State Fair Horse Show. Beginning in the 2018 competition year, the horse must not have been shown in any Roadster Class prior to the last compe- tition day of the preceding year s Kentucky State Fair Horse Show. Horse owner must be current member of both the United States Trotting Association (USTA) and the American Road Horse and Pony Association (ARHPA). Horses will be inspected at the competition for proper identification prior to the class. Driver must be a member of the ARHPA. To be shown first at a jog-trot and road gait, then reversed and shown at a jog-trot, road gait and then at speed. To be judged on performance, speed, quality and manners. For complete details on this class contact ARHPA. BOD 1/14/17 Effective 4/1/17 RD108 Division of Classes 1. If there are more than 12 entries in any Road Horse class it must be split. (Exception: The Road Horse USTA Classic class and all Youth Road Horse classes must be split if there are more than 10 entries.) If the Road Horse USTA Class requires a split, the split must be posted no later than 2 hours following the deadline for declaring intent to show. GR1304 Regulations Governing Showing Under Judges, Stewards and Technical Del- egates (See also GR107 for definition of Client) 4. No horses trained by a member of the judge s family may compete in any division or Dressage unless the client/trainer relationship is terminated 30 days prior to the competition. Studfees, retiree board and broodmare board excluded. Exception:American Saddlebred and Hackney classes where requirements that nominations or qualifying be accomplished in advance of the competition(i.e.futurities,sweepstakes,classics, etc.) and the Roadster USTA Classic class, a judge may be substituted in that class for the officially appointed judge who has a conflict. Such substitution shall not affect the restrictions referred to in GR on the substituted judge. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org Deletion of rules relating to the Road Horse USTA Classic class from the USEF rulebook to allow more flexibility in the conduct of these classes. Draft 1: Recommends Approval Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Web: roadster horse to bike Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Roadster Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 357 of 400

358 Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 358 of 400

359 RD112 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Rule Clarification 12/1/2018 6/28/2018 Approved 8/27/2018 Extraordinary Change Reason Clarify that exhibitors must use a running martingale only and not a German martingale or other prohibited equipment RD112 Roadster Horse Under Saddle [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-3 CLASS SPECIFICATIONS] RD112 Roadster Horse Under Saddle 1. To be shown under English saddle, running martingale, open bridle with snaffle bit, single or double rein. Protective boots are allowed on front feet. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org This change is to clarify the use of a running martingale rather than a German martingale or other prohibited equipment in the competition ring. Clarify the use of the correct equipment in the show ring. Potential Impact Draft 1: Recommends Approval 07/31/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 08/13/2018 Web: appointments Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 359 of 400

360 RD114.2 Tracking # Draft #1 Approved Standard 12/1/2018 8/31/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 RD114 Roadster Ponies [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER RD-3 CLASS SPECIFICATIONS] RD114 Roadster Ponies 2. All Roadster Ponies must be re-measured and issued new measurement cards prior to competing in licensed competitions for the year 2004 and beyond. In all Roadster pony championship/stake classes (except Junior Pony sections) at Lexington Junior League, Kentucky State Fair and the American Royal Horse shows and at three (3) randomly selected USEF competitions which will be notified in writing by USEF, the first place and fourth place ponies must allow a heel measurement to be taken immediately following the class to verify the heel measurement is at or below what is indicated on the current measurement card. The heel measurement will be taken by the competition steward at a location determined by the measuring official and competition management. The heel measurement must be taken from the left bulb of the left front heel, from the skin line on the lower side of the coronary band with the ruler perpendicular to the flat surface. It is the trainer s or driver s decision and responsibility to determine if the pony will be hitched or unhitched for this measurement. If the heel measurement is higher than the measurement on the pony s USEF measurement card, an overall height measurement must be performed by two measuring officials (See GR502.4) no later than one hour following the end of the session at the designated location. Any entry that exceeds the legal height limit will forfeit winnings in that class. In the event there are fewer than four ponies in a class, the pony occupying the final placing will be measured. In the event of an emergency and the steward is unavailable to take the heel measurement immediately, competition management must appoint a representative to remain with the pony until the heel measurement can occur. Proponent Details Roadster Chuck Walker cwalker@usef.org The Roadster Committee believes this rule change for heel measurements on Roadster Ponies at three (3) selected shows and three (3) randomly selected shows will help to maintain a standard of impartiality and credibility for exhibitors in the Roadster Pony classes. Draft 1: Recommends Approval 01/08/2018 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 12/05/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/20/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/21/2017 Draft 1: Recommends Approval 11/29/2017 Web: roadster ponies Council - Admin & Finance Council - Natl Breed & Discipline Hackney Roadster Steward-Technical Delegate Committee Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM RD Tracking # Page 360 of 400

361 SB104 Tracking # Draft #3 Approved Standard 12/1/ /28/2017 Approved 1/20/2018 SB104 Appointments [CHAPTER SUBCHAPTER SB-1 GENERAL QUALIFICATIONS] TRADITIONAL SHOW BRIDLE SB104 Appointments 1. Horses shall be shown in traditional tack based on the type of class. Any entries shown in non-traditional tack and/or in anything that alters the intended use of the appointments as provided for in the description of a given class are ineligible for placement in that class. 1. The following are considered non-traditional for all sections: Hackamore bits and/or tie-down. 2. The following is considered non-traditional for all sections except for driving classes and two year olds in Snaffle Bridle Classes: Martingale. 3. The following are considered non-traditional tack for all sections except Dressage: A figure eight noseband, drop nose cavesson and/or flash cavesson. 4. The following is considered non-traditional tack for all sections except Driving classes, Hunter and Western and two year olds in Snaffle Bridle Classes: A single snaffle. 5. The following is considered non-traditional tack for all sections except Western: Hackamore bridle. 2. Entries must be penalized for incomplete appointments, but not necessarily disqualified. 2. Horses shall not be shown in anything that alters the intended use of equipment as provided for in the description of appointments for a given class. Entries with prohibited equipment in the competition ring must be eliminated from the class. 3. Horses shall not be shown in/with artificial appliances. Exception: Artificial appliances listed within the SB chapter as acceptable. 4. Tail sets, high crupper which attaches to the saddle, or other training devices are prohibited in the competition ring. 5. The use of leather straps without appendages of any kind are permitted as action devices in warm up areas on the competition grounds during or before a competition. Rubber or elastic exercising devices attached with a fixed ring on a plain leather strap are permitted. Wool/fleece protective cover allowed. See also GR839.4g. The use of chains or rollers as action devices on the competition grounds during or before a competition is prohibited at all times. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM SB Tracking # Page 361 of 400

362 TRADITIONAL DRIVING BRIDLE SUBCHAPTER SB-3 PERFORMANCE, FINE HARNESS SB120 Appointments (see also SB104) Shown to an appropriate vehicle, preferably a small buggy with four wire wheels but without top. Light harness with blinkers, martingale, snaffle bit and overcheck are required. SUBCHAPTER SB-4 PERFORMANCE, FIVE-GAITED SB127 Appointments (see also SB104) 1. Bridle: A double bridle consisting of snaffle and curb bits is preferred and must suit the horse. No horse shall be shown with a snaffle bit only, breast plate, tie-down or martingale (Exception: 2 Year Olds may be shown in a snaffle bridle with a running martingale when specified in the prize list and provided they compete separately against others using identical equipment). 2. Saddle: The saddle should be flat, English-type with leather or web girth. 3. Attire: Informal dress for riders is required in morning and afternoon classes. Dark colored habit (with collars and lapels of same color) and accessories are appropriate for evening. Gaudy colors should be avoided. (See GR801) SUBCHAPTER SB-5 PERFORMANCE, THREE-GAITED SB131 Appointments (see also SB104_ 1. Bridle: A double bridle consisting of snaffle and curb bits is preferred and must suit the horse. No horse shall be shown with a snaffle bit only, breast plate, tie-down or martingale (Exception: 2 Year Olds may be shown in a snaffle bridle with a running martingale when specified in the prize list and provided they compete separately against others using identical equipment). 2. Saddle: The saddle should be flat, English-type with leather or web girth. 3. Attire: Informal dress for riders is required in morning and afternoon classes. Formal attire or dark colored habit (with collars and lapels of same color) and accessories are appropriate for evening. Gaudy colors should be avoided. (See GR801) SUBCHAPTER SB-6 PARK SB135 Appointments (see also SB104) 1. Under Saddle: a.bridle: A double bridle consisting of snaffle and curb is preferred and must suit the horse. No horse shall be shown with a snaffle bit only, breast plate, tiedown or martingale (Exception: 2 Year Olds may be shown in a snaffle bridle with a running martingale when specified in the prize list and provided they compete separately against others using identical equipment). b.saddle: The saddle should be flat, English-type with leather or web girth. c. Attire: Informal Saddle Seat attire for riders is required in morning and afternoon classes. Formal Saddle Seat attire or dark colored habit (with collars and lapels of same color) and accessories are appropriate for evening. Gaudy colors should be avoided.(see GR801) 2. Driving: Shown to an appropriate vehicle, preferable a small buggy with four wire wheels but without top. Light harness with martingale, blinkers, snaffle bit and overcheck are required. Wednesday, November 21, :23 PM SB Tracking # Page 362 of 400